Document/ExhibitDescriptionPagesSize 1: 20-F Annual Report by a Foreign Private Issuer HTML 4.17M
2: EX-1.1 Ex-1.1: English Translation of Articles of HTML 63K
Association
4: EX-8.1 Ex-8.1: Subsidiaries HTML 236K
7: EX-13.1 Ex-13.1: Certification HTML 8K
8: EX-13.2 Ex-13.2: Certification HTML 8K
9: EX-14.1 Ex-14.1: Legal Opinion HTML 17K
3: EX-7.1 Ex-7.1: Statement Re Computation of Ratio of HTML 17K
Earnings to Fixed Charges
5: EX-12.1 Ex-12.1: Certification HTML 14K
6: EX-12.2 Ex-12.2: Certification HTML 14K
10: EX-15.1 Ex-15.1: Consent of Kpmg Ag HTML 9K
Wirtschaftsprufungsgesellschaft
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Deutsche Bank Corporation
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English) Federal Republic of Germany
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) Theodor-Heuss-Allee 70, 60486 Frankfurt am Main, Germany
(Address of Registrant’s principal executive offices)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act
See following page
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.
NONE
(Title of Class)
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.
NONE
(Title of Class)
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common
stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report:
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule
405 of the Securities Act.
Yes x
No o
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is
not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934.
Yes o
No x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed
by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12
months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and
(2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes x
No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated
filer, or non- accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the
Exchange Act (Check one):
Large accelerated filer x
Accelerated filer o
Non-accelerated filer o
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the
financial statements included in this filing:
U.S. GAAP o
International Financial Reporting Standards x
Other o
as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board
Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow
Item 17 o
Item 18 x
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company
(as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft, which we also call Deutsche Bank AG, is a stock corporation
organized under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany. Unless otherwise specified or required
by the context, in this document, references to “we”, “us”, and “our” are to Deutsche Bank
Aktiengesellschaft and its consolidated subsidiaries.
Due to rounding, numbers presented throughout this document may not add up precisely to the totals
we provide and percentages may not precisely reflect the absolute figures.
Our registered address is Theodor-Heuss-Allee 70, 60486 Frankfurt am Main, Germany, and our
telephone number is +49-69-910-00.
We make certain forward-looking statements in this document with respect to our financial
condition and results of operations. In this document, forward-looking statements include, among
others, statements relating to:
—
the potential development, severity, duration and impact on us of the current financial crisis;
—
the implementation of our strategic initiatives and other responses to the financial crisis;
—
the development of aspects of our results of operations;
—
our expectations of the impact of risks that affect our business, including the risks of continuing losses on our trading
processes and credit exposures; and
—
other statements relating to our future business development and economic performance.
In addition, we may from time to time make forward-looking statements in our periodic reports to
the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 6-K, annual and interim reports,
invitations to Annual General Meetings and other information sent to shareholders, offering
circulars and prospectuses, press releases and other written materials. Our Management Board,
Supervisory Board, officers and employees may also make oral forward-looking statements to third
parties, including financial analysts.
Forward-looking statements are statements that are not historical facts, including statements about
our beliefs and expectations. We use words such as “believe”, “anticipate”, “expect”, “intend”,
“seek”, “estimate”, “project”, “should”, “potential”, “reasonably possible”, “plan”, “aim” and
similar expressions to identify forward-looking statements.
By their very nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, both general and
specific. We base these statements on our current plans, estimates, projections and expectations.
You should therefore not place too much reliance on them. Our forward-looking statements speak only
as of the date we make them, and we undertake no obligation to update any of them in light of new
information or future events.
We caution you that a number of important factors could cause our actual results to differ
materially from those we describe in any forward-looking statement. These factors include, among
others, the following:
—
the potential development, severity and duration of the current financial crisis;
—
other changes in general economic and business conditions;
—
changes and volatility in currency exchange rates, interest rates and asset prices;
—
changes in governmental policy and regulation, and political and social conditions;
—
changes in our competitive environment;
—
the success of our acquisitions, divestitures, mergers and strategic alliances;
—
our success in implementing our strategic initiatives and other responses to the current financial crisis and realizing the
benefits anticipated therefrom; and
—
other factors, including those we refer to in “Item 3: Key Information – Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this document and
others to which we do not refer.
Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
This document and other documents we have published or may publish contain non-GAAP financial
measures. Non-GAAP financial measures are measures of our historical or future performance,
financial position or cash flows that contain adjustments that exclude or include amounts that are
included or excluded, as the case may be, from the most directly comparable measure calculated and
presented in accordance with IFRS in our financial statements. We refer to the definitions of
certain adjustments as “target definitions” because we have in the past used and may in the future
use the non-GAAP financial measures based on them to measure our financial targets. Examples of our
non-GAAP financial measures, and the most directly comparable IFRS financial measures, are as
follows:
Non-GAAP Financial Measure
Most Directly Comparable IFRS Financial Measure
IBIT attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders (target definition)
Income (loss) before income taxes
Average active equity
Average shareholders’ equity
Pre-tax return on average active equity
Pre-tax return on average shareholders’ equity
Pre-tax return on average active equity (target definition)
Pre-tax return on average shareholders’ equity
Net income (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders
(basis for target definition EPS)
Net income (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders
Diluted earnings per share (target definition)
Diluted earnings per share
For descriptions of these non-GAAP financial measures and the adjustments made to the most
directly comparable IFRS financial measures to obtain them, please refer to pages S-17 through S-19
of the supplemental financial information, which are incorporated by reference herein, and the
following paragraphs.
Our target definition of IBIT attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders excludes significant gains
(such as gains from the sale of industrial holdings, businesses or premises) and charges (such as
charges from restructuring, goodwill impairment or litigation) if we believe they are not
indicative of the future performance of our core businesses.
When used with respect to future periods, our non-GAAP financial measures are also forward-looking
statements. We cannot predict or quantify the levels of the most directly comparable IFRS financial measures
(listed in the table above) that would correspond to these non-GAAP financial measures for future
periods. This is because neither the magnitude of such IFRS financial measures, nor the magnitude
of the adjustments to be used to calculate the related non-GAAP financial measures from such IFRS
financial measures, can be predicted. Such adjustments, if any, will relate to specific, currently
unknown, events and in most cases can be positive or negative, so that it is not possible
to predict whether, for a future period, the non-GAAP financial measure will be greater than or
less than the related IFRS financial measure.
Use of Internet Addresses
This document contains inactive textual addresses of Internet websites operated by us and third
parties. Reference to such websites is made for informational purposes only, and information found at such websites is
not incorporated by reference into this document.
Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers
Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.
Item 2:
Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable
Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.
Item 3:
Key Information
Selected Financial Data
We have derived the data we present in the tables below from our audited consolidated financial
statements for the years presented. You should read all of the data in the tables below together
with the consolidated financial statements and notes included in “Item 18: Financial Statements”
and the information we provide in “Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.” Except
where we have indicated otherwise, we have prepared all of the consolidated financial information
in this document in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and as endorsed by the European Union
(“EU”). Until December 31, 2006, we prepared our consolidated financial information in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). All 2006
data included in this report has been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. Our
group division and segment data come from our management reporting systems and are not necessarily
based on, or prepared in accordance with, IFRS. For a discussion of the major differences between
our management reporting systems and our consolidated financial statements under IFRS, see “Item 5:
Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Results of Operations by Segment (2008 vs. 2007).”
Net interest income after provision for credit losses
$ 15,836
11,377
8,237
6,710
Commissions and fee income
$ 13,570
9,749
12,289
11,195
Net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair
value through profit or loss
$ (13,908
)
(9,992
)
7,175
8,892
Other noninterest income
$ 1,782
1,280
2,432
1,399
Total net revenues
$ 18,777
13,490
30,745
28,494
Compensation and benefits
$ 13,371
9,606
13,122
12,498
General and administrative expenses
$ 11,436
8,216
7,954
7,069
Policyholder benefits and claims
$ (351
)
(252
)
193
67
Impairment of intangible assets
$ 814
585
128
31
Restructuring activities
–
–
(13
)
192
Total noninterest expenses
$ 25,270
18,155
21,384
19,857
Income (loss) before income taxes
$(7,991
)
(5,741
)
8,749
8,339
Income tax expense (benefit)
$ (2,568
)
(1,845
)
2,239
2,260
Net income (loss)
$(5,423
)
(3,896
)
6,510
6,079
Net income (loss) attributable to minority interest
$ (85
)
(61
)
36
9
Net income (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders
$ (5,338
)
(3,835
)
6,474
6,070
Basic earnings per share2
$ (10.59
)
(7.61
)
13.65
12.96
Diluted earnings per share3
$ (10.59
)
(7.61
)
13.05
11.48
Dividends paid per share4
$ 6.26
4.50
4.00
2.50
1
Amounts in this column are unaudited. We have translated the amounts solely for your
convenience at a rate of U.S.$ 1.3919 per €, the noon buying rate on December 31,2008.
2
We calculate basic earnings per share for each period by dividing our net income (loss) by
the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding.
3
We calculate diluted earnings per share for each period by dividing our net income (loss)
by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding after assumed conversions.
4
Dividends we declared and paid in the year.
Balance Sheet Data
in € m. and U.S.$ m.
20081
2008
2007
2006
Total assets
$ 3,065,553
2,202,423
1,925,003
1,520,580
Loans
$ 374,812
269,281
198,892
178,524
Deposits
$ 550,570
395,553
457,946
411,916
Long-term debt
$ 186,314
133,856
126,703
111,363
Common shares
$ 2,034
1,461
1,358
1,343
Total shareholders’ equity
$ 42,736
30,703
37,893
33,169
Tier 1 capital
$ 43,280
31,094
28,320
23,539
Regulatory capital
$ 52,051
37,396
38,049
34,309
1
Amounts in this column are unaudited. We have translated the amounts solely for your
convenience at a rate of U.S.$ 1.3919 per €, the noon buying rate on December 31,2008.
Return on average shareholders’ equity (post-tax)2
(11.1) %
17.9 %
20.3 %
Pre-tax return on average shareholders’ equity3
(16.5) %
24.1 %
27.9 %
Pre-tax return on average active equity4
(17.7) %
29.0 %
32.5 %
Cost/income ratio5
134.6 %
69.6 %
69.7 %
Compensation ratio6
71.2 %
42.7 %
43.9 %
Noncompensation ratio7
63.4 %
26.9 %
25.8 %
Employees (full-time equivalent)8:
In Germany
27,942
27,779
26,401
Outside Germany
52,514
50,512
42,448
Branches8:
In Germany
981
989
934
Outside Germany
1,000
900
783
1
Shareholders’ equity divided by the number of basic shares outstanding (both at period end).
2
Net income (loss) attributable to our shareholders as a percentage of average shareholders’ equity.
3
Income (loss) before income taxes attributable to our shareholders as a percentage of average shareholders’ equity.
4
Income (loss) before income taxes attributable to our shareholders as a percentage of average active equity.
5
Total noninterest expenses as a percentage of net interest income before provision for credit losses, plus noninterest income.
6
Compensation and benefits as a percentage of total net interest income before provision for credit losses, plus noninterest income.
7
Noncompensation noninterest expenses, which is defined as total noninterest expenses less
compensation and benefits, as a percentage of total net interest income before provision for
credit losses, plus noninterest income.
8
At the end of each period.
Dividends
The following table shows the dividend per share in euro and in U.S. dollars for the years
ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. We declare our dividends at our Annual General Meeting
following each year. Our dividends are based on the non-consolidated results of Deutsche Bank AG as
prepared in accordance with German accounting principles. Because we declare our dividends in euro,
the amount an investor actually receives in any other currency depends on the exchange rate between
euro and that currency at the time the euros are converted into that currency.
Effective January 1, 2009, the German withholding tax applicable to dividends increased to
26.375 % (consisting of a 25 % withholding tax and an effective 1.375 %
surcharge) compared to 21.1 % applicable for the years 2008, 2007 and 2006. For individual
German tax residents, the withholding tax represents, generally, the full and final income tax
applicable to the dividends. Dividend recipients who are tax residents of countries that have
entered into a convention for avoiding double taxation may be eligible to receive a refund from the
German tax authorities of a portion of the amount withheld and in addition may be entitled to
receive a tax credit for the German withholding tax not refunded in accordance with their local tax
law.
U.S. residents will be entitled to receive a refund equal to 11.375 % of the dividends
received after January 1, 2009 (compared to an entitlement to a refund of 6.1 % of the
dividends received in the years 2006 through 2008). For
U.S. federal income tax purposes, the dividends we pay are not eligible for the dividends received
deduction generally allowed for dividends received by U.S. corporations from other U.S.
corporations.
Dividends in the table below are presented before German withholding tax.
See “Item 10: Additional Information – Taxation” for more information on the tax treatment of our
dividends.
Dividends
Dividends
Payout ratio2
per share1
per share
Basic
Diluted
earnings
earnings
per share
per share
2008 (proposed)
$ 0.70
€ 0.50
N/M
N/M
2007
$ 6.57
€ 4.50
33 %
34 %
2006
$ 5.28
€ 4.00
31 %
35 %
N/M – Not meaningful
1
For your convenience, we present dividends in U.S. dollars for each year by translating the
euro amounts at the noon buying rate described below under “Exchange Rate and Currency
Information” on the last business day of that year.
2
We define our payout ratio as the dividends we paid per share in respect of each year as a
percentage of our basic and diluted earnings per share for that year. For 2008, the payout
ratio was not calculated due to the net loss.
Exchange Rate and Currency Information
Germany’s currency is the euro. For your convenience, we have translated some amounts
denominated in euro appearing in this document into U.S. dollars. Unless otherwise stated, we have made these
translations at U.S.$ 1.3919 per euro, the noon buying rate for euros on December 31, 2008. The
“noon buying rate” is the rate the Federal Reserve Bank of New York announces for customs purposes
as the buying rate for foreign currencies in the City of New York on a particular date. You should
not construe any translations as a representation that the amounts could have been exchanged at the
rate used on December 31, 2008 or any other date.
The noon buying rate for euros on December 31, 2008 may differ from the actual rates we
used in the preparation of the financial information in this document. Accordingly, U.S. dollar
amounts appearing in this document may differ from the actual U.S. dollar amounts that we
originally translated into euros in the preparation of our financial statements.
Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the euro and the U.S. dollar will affect the U.S. dollar
equivalent of the
euro price of our shares quoted on the German stock exchanges and, as a result, are likely to
affect the market price of our shares on the New York Stock Exchange. These fluctuations will also
affect the U.S. dollar value of cash
dividends we may pay on our shares in euros. Past fluctuations in foreign exchange rates may not be
predictive of future fluctuations.
The following table shows the period-end, average, high and low noon buying rates for the euro. In
each case, the period-end rate is the noon buying rate announced on the last business day of the
period.
in U.S.$ per €
Period-end
Average1
High
Low
2009:
March
(through March 17)
1.2942
–
1.3042
1.2555
February
1.2644
–
1.3008
1.2591
January
1.2816
–
1.3866
1.2795
2008:
December
1.3919
–
1.4358
1.2634
November
1.2694
–
1.3039
1.2525
October
1.2682
–
1.4058
1.2446
September
1.4081
–
1.4737
1.3939
2008
1.3919
1.4695
1.6010
1.2446
2007
1.4603
1.3797
1.4862
1.2904
2006
1.3197
1.2661
1.3327
1.1860
2005
1.1842
1.2400
1.3476
1.1667
2004
1.3538
1.2478
1.3625
1.1802
1
We calculated the average rates for each year using the average of the noon buying rates
on the last business day of each month during the year. We did not calculate average
exchange rates within months.
On
March 17, 2009, the noon buying rate was U.S.$ 1.2942 per euro.
Long-term Credit Ratings
We believe that maintaining a strong credit quality is a key part of the value we offer to our
clients, bondholders and shareholders. Below are our long-term credit ratings. On December 5, 2008,
Moody’s Investors Service changed the outlook on our rating to negative, citing for instance the
continuous impact on our revenues and earnings streams of the persistent turmoil in international
capital markets. Our long-term credit rating was lowered by Standard & Poor’s on December 19, 2008
to A+ with stable outlook from AA- with negative outlook. Among the reasons stated was the
significant pressure on large complex financial institutions’ future performance due to increasing
bank industry risk and the deepening global economic slowdown, as well as earnings prospects. On
January 16, 2009, Fitch Ratings placed our long-term credit rating on rating watch negative, naming
concerns over our profitability, vulnerability to market volatility and asset depreciation, and the
need to reduce our balance sheet leverage.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Dec 31, 2006
Moody’s Investors Service, New York1
Aa1
Aa1
Aa3
Standard & Poor’s, New York2
A+
AA
AA–
Fitch Ratings, New York3
AA–
AA–
AA–
1
Moody’s defines the Aa1 rating as denoting bonds that are judged to be high quality by all
standards. Moody’s rates Aa bonds lower than the best bonds (which it rates Aaa) because
margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective
elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the
long-term risk appear somewhat greater than Aaa securities. The numerical modifier 1
indicates that Moody’s ranks the obligation in the upper end of the Aa category.
2
Standard and Poor’s defines its A rating as somewhat more susceptible to the adverse
effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated
categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
obligation is still strong.
3
Fitch Ratings defines its AA rating as very high credit quality. Fitch Ratings uses the AA
rating to denote a very low expectation of credit risk. According to Fitch Ratings,
AA-ratings indicate very strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This
capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events. Category AA is Fitch Ratings
second-highest rating category; the minus indicates a ranking in the lower end of the AA
category.
As of the date of this document, there has been no change in any of the above ratings.
Each rating reflects the view of the rating agency only at the time it gave us the rating, and you
should evaluate each rating separately and look to the rating agencies for any explanations of the
significance of their ratings. The rating agencies can change their ratings at any time if they
believe that circumstances so warrant. You should not view these long-term credit ratings as
recommendations to buy, hold or sell our securities.
Capitalization and Indebtedness
The following table sets forth our consolidated capitalization in accordance with IFRS as of
December 31, 2008:
in € m.
Debt1,2:
Long-term debt
133,856
Trust preferred securities
9,729
Long-term debt at fair value through profit or loss
18,439
Total debt
162,024
Shareholders’ equity:
Common shares (no par value)
1,461
Additional paid-in capital
14,961
Retained earnings
20,074
Common shares in treasury, at cost
(939
)
Equity classified as obligation to purchase common shares
(3
)
Net (losses) not recognized in the income statement, net of tax
Unrealized net (losses) on financial assets available for sale, net of applicable tax and other
(882
)
Unrealized net (losses) on derivatives hedging variability of cash flows, net of tax
(349
)
Foreign currency translation, net of tax
(3,620
)
Total shareholders’ equity
30,703
Minority interest
1,211
Total equity
31,914
Total capitalization
193,938
1
No third party has guaranteed any of our debt.
2
€ 2,761 million (2 %) of our debt was secured as of December 31,2008.
Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds
Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.
An investment in our securities involves a number of risks. You should carefully consider the
following information about the risks we face, together with the other information in this
document, when you make investment decisions involving our securities. If one or more of these
risks were to materialize, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition,
results of operations, cash flows or prices of our securities.
We have been and expect to continue to be affected by the ongoing global financial crisis and
economic downturn.
As a global investment bank with a large private clients franchise, our businesses are
materially affected by conditions in the global financial markets and economic conditions
generally. Over the past year, these conditions have changed significantly and negatively and
continue to deteriorate.
Since the second half of 2007, and particularly since September 2008, the financial services
industry, including ourselves, and the global financial markets have been materially and adversely
affected by significant declines in the values of nearly all classes of financial assets. The
declines initially occurred in financial assets linked to or backed by U.S. subprime residential
mortgages, but soon spread to nearly all other asset classes, including mortgage and real estate
asset classes, leveraged finance loans and equities. The financial markets have been, and continue
to be, characterized by unprecedented levels of volatility (rapid changes in price direction) and
the breakdown of historically observed correlations (the extent to which prices move in tandem)
across asset classes, compounded by extremely limited liquidity. This has materially and adversely
affected the availability and performance of instruments used to hedge positions and manage risk.
Furthermore, there has been a widespread loss of investor confidence, initially and most severely
in financial institutions, but more recently also in companies in a number of other industries and
in the broader markets.
Market conditions have also led to the failure or merger under distressed conditions of a number of
prominent financial institutions. Financial institution failures or near-failures have resulted in
losses, including for us, as a consequence of defaults on securities issued by them and defaults
under bilateral derivatives and other contracts entered into with such entities as counterparties.
Furthermore, declining asset values, defaults on mortgages and consumer loans, and the lack of
market and investor confidence, as well as other factors, have all combined to increase the
spreads, or costs, on credit default swaps, which are instruments used to manage credit risks, to
cause rating agencies to lower credit ratings, including our own, and to otherwise increase the
cost and decrease the availability of liquidity, despite very significant declines in central bank
borrowing rates and other government actions. While governments, regulators and central banks
worldwide, including in Germany and the U.S., have taken numerous steps to increase liquidity and
to restore investor confidence, asset values have continued to decline and access to liquidity
continues to be very limited.
As of the end of 2008, Europe, the U.S. and other important economies were contracting. Business
activity across a wide range of industries and regions continues to be greatly reduced and local governments and
many companies are in serious economic difficulty due to the lack of consumer spending and the lack
of liquidity in the credit markets. Unemployment has increased significantly.
As described further below, these extremely adverse financial market and economic conditions have
negatively impacted many of our businesses, particularly our credit trading, equity and derivatives
trading, mortgage, leveraged finance, corporate finance and investment management businesses, and
we have no reason to expect that these conditions will improve in the near or medium term. Until
they do, we expect our results of operations to continue to be materially and adversely affected.
Market declines and volatility can materially adversely affect our revenues and profits.
In recent years we have increased our exposure to the financial markets as we have emphasized
growth in our investment banking activities, including trading activities. Accordingly, we are more
at risk from the adverse developments in the financial markets than we were when we derived a
larger percentage of our revenues from traditional lending activities. Market declines have caused
and can continue to cause our revenues to decline, and, if we are unable to reduce our expenses at
the same pace, can cause our profitability to erode or cause us to show material losses, as we did
in 2008. Volatility can also adversely affect us, by causing the value of financial assets we hold
to decline or the expense of hedging our risks to rise.
We have incurred and may continue to incur significant losses from our trading and investment
activities due to market fluctuations.
We enter into and maintain large trading and investment positions in the fixed income, equity
and currency markets, primarily through our Corporate Banking & Securities Corporate Division. We
describe these activities in “Item 4: Information on the Company – Our Group Divisions –
Corporate and Investment Bank Group Division.” We also have made significant investments in
individual companies, primarily through our Corporate Investments and Corporate Investment Bank
Group Divisions, which we describe in “Item 4: Information on the Company – Our Group Divisions”.
We also maintain smaller trading and investment positions in other assets. Many of these trading
positions include derivative financial instruments.
In each of the product and business lines in which we enter into these kinds of positions, part of
our business entails making assessments about the financial markets and trends in them. The
revenues and profits we derive from many of our positions and our transactions in connection with
them can be negatively impacted by market prices, which have recently been both declining and
volatile. When we own assets, market price declines can expose us to losses. Many of the more
sophisticated transactions we describe in our discussions of our Corporate Banking & Securities
Corporate Division are designed to profit from price movements and differences among prices. If
prices move in a
way we have not anticipated, we may experience losses. Also, when markets are volatile, the
assessments we have made may prove to lead to lower revenues or profits, or may lead to losses, on
the related transactions and positions. In addition, we commit capital and take market risk to
facilitate certain capital markets transactions; doing so can result in losses as well as income
volatility.
Since the second half of 2007, and particularly since September 2008, financial markets have
experienced exceptionally difficult conditions, which have been reflected in material declines in
the values of financial assets, considerably lower volumes of business activity in the areas most
directly affected and slowing economic and business momentum more generally. Among the principally
affected areas in which we do business have been the leveraged finance and structured credit
markets. In addition to causing reduced business activity and revenues in these and other areas,
continuing difficult market conditions have required us to write down the carrying values of some
of our portfolios of assets, including leveraged loans and loan commitments. Furthermore, we
incurred sizeable losses in our equity
derivatives trading and equity and credit proprietary trading businesses. Despite initiatives to
reduce our exposure to the affected asset classes or activities, such reduction has not always been
possible due to illiquid trading markets for many assets. As a result, we have substantial
remaining exposures and thus continue to be exposed to further deterioration in prices for the
remaining positions. These write-downs and losses led us to incur a loss in 2008, as performance in
our other businesses was not sufficient to offset them. Our inability to offset the potential
negative effects on our profitability through performance in our other businesses may continue in
the future, which may further adversely affect our business and financial condition.
See “Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects – Results of Operations by Segment (2008 vs. 2007) –
Corporate Banking & Securities Corporate Division” for information on the impact of the current
market environment on a number of our key businesses.
Protracted market declines have reduced and may continue to reduce liquidity in the markets,making it harder to sell assets and possibly leading to material losses.
In some of our businesses, protracted market movements, particularly asset price declines, can
reduce the level of activity in the market or reduce market liquidity. These developments can lead
to material losses if we cannot close out deteriorating positions in a timely way. This may
especially be the case for assets we hold for which there are
not very liquid markets to begin with. Assets that are not traded on stock exchanges or other
public trading markets, such as derivatives contracts between banks, may have values that we
calculate using models other than publicly-quoted prices. Monitoring the deterioration of prices of
assets like these is difficult and could lead to losses we did not anticipate.
The exceptionally difficult market conditions since the second half of 2007, and particularly since
September 2008, have resulted in greatly diminished liquidity in certain markets in which we do
business, including the leveraged
finance and structured credit markets. We have already written down, and continuing difficult
market conditions may require us to write down further, the carrying values of some of our
portfolios of assets, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. In the
third and fourth quarter of 2008, we have, as permitted by recent amendments to IFRS, reclassified
certain financial assets out of financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss or
available for sale into loans. While such reclassified assets, which had a carrying value of
€ 34.4 billion as of December 31, 2008, are no longer subject to mark-to-market accounting,
we continue to be exposed to the risk of impairment of such assets. In addition, to the extent we
are unable to sell assets, we bear additional funding and capital costs with respect to them. See
“Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Results of Operations by Segment (2008 vs. 2007) – Group
Divisions – Corporate and Investment Bank Group Division – Corporate Banking & Securities
Corporate Division” for information on the impact of the current market environment on a number of
our key
businesses.
We have incurred losses, and may incur further losses, as a result of changes in the fair
value of our financial instruments.
A substantial proportion of the assets and liabilities on our balance sheet comprise financial
instruments that we carry at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in the income
statement. See “Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Significant Accounting
Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates – Fair Value Estimates – Methods of Determining Fair
Value” for information on fair value accounting. Fair value is defined as the price at which an
asset or liability could be exchanged in a current transaction between knowledgeable, willing
parties, other than in
a forced or liquidation sale. If the value of an asset carried at fair value declines (or the value
of a liability carried at fair value increases) a corresponding write-down is recognized in the
income statement. These write-downs have been and could continue to be significant.
Observable prices or inputs are not available for certain classes of financial instruments. Fair
value is determined in these cases using valuation techniques we believe to be appropriate for the
particular instrument. The application
of valuation techniques to determine fair value involves estimation and management judgment, the
extent of which will vary with the degree of complexity of the instrument and liquidity in the
market. Management judgment is required
in the selection and application of the appropriate parameters, assumptions and modeling
techniques. If any of the assumptions change due to negative market conditions or for other
reasons, subsequent valuations may result in significant changes in the fair values of our
financial instruments, requiring us to record losses.
Our exposure and related write-downs are reported net of any fair value gains we may record in
connection with
hedging transactions related to the underlying assets. However, we may never realize these gains,
and the fair value of the hedges may change in future periods for a number of reasons, including as
a result of deterioration in the credit of our hedging counterparties. Such declines may be
independent of the fair values of the underlying hedged assets and may result in future losses.
Our results for the fiscal year 2008 included losses on trading activities in relative value
trading in both debt and equity, CDO correlation trading and residential mortgage-backed
securities, and the leveraged loan book including loan commitments. We continue to have significant
exposures to these markets and products and therefore are exposed to the risk of further losses.
Such losses could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial
condition. See “Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Results of Operations by
Segment (2008 vs. 2007) – Group Divisions – Corporate and Investment Bank Group Division – Corporate Banking &
Securities Corporate Division” for information on the impact of the current market environment on a
number of our key businesses.
Even where losses are for our clients’ accounts, they may fail to repay us, leading to
material losses for us, and our reputation can be harmed.
While our clients would be responsible for losses we incur in taking positions for their
accounts, we may be exposed to additional credit risk as a result of their need to cover the
losses. Our business may also suffer if our clients lose money and we lose the confidence of
clients in our products and services.
Our investment banking revenues have declined and may continue to decline in the current or
any future adverse market or economic conditions.
Our investment banking revenues, in the form of financial advisory and underwriting fees,
directly relate to the number and size of the transactions in which we participate and are
susceptible to adverse effects from sustained market downturns, such as the one currently
experienced. These fees and other income are generally linked to the value of the underlying assets
and therefore decline as asset values decline, as they have during the current financial crisis.
During 2008, our investment banking business has been negatively affected by the decrease in equity
and debt underwriting and a decline in mergers and acquisitions. Our revenues and profitability could
sustain further material adverse effects from a significant reduction in the number or size of debt
and equity offerings and merger and acquisition transactions.
We may generate lower revenues from brokerage and other commission- and fee-based businesses.
Market downturns have led and are likely to continue to lead to declines in the volume of
transactions that we execute for our clients and, therefore, to declines in our noninterest income.
In addition, because the fees that we charge for managing our clients’ portfolios are in many cases
based on the value or performance of those portfolios, a market downturn, such as the one currently
experienced, that reduces the value of our clients’ portfolios or increases
the amount of withdrawals reduces the revenues we receive from our asset management and private
banking
businesses. Even in the absence of a market downturn, below-market or negative performance by our
investment funds may result in increased withdrawals and reduced inflows, which would reduce the
revenue we receive from our asset management business.
Our
risk management policies, procedures and methods leave us exposed to unidentified or unanticipated risks, which could lead to material losses.
We have devoted significant resources to developing our risk management policies, procedures
and assessment methods and intend to continue to do so in the future. Nonetheless, our risk
management techniques and strategies have not been and may in the future not be fully effective in
mitigating our risk exposure in all economic market
environments or against all types of risk, including risks that we fail to identify or anticipate.
Some of our quantitative tools and metrics for managing risk are based upon our use of observed
historical market behavior. We apply statistical and other tools to these observations to arrive at
quantifications of our risk exposures. In the current volatile market environment, these tools and
metrics failed to predict some of the losses we experienced and may continue to fail to predict
future important risk exposures. In addition, our quantitative modeling does not take all risks
into account and makes numerous assumptions regarding the overall environment, which may not be
borne out by events. As a result, risk exposures have arisen and could continue to arise from
factors we did not anticipate or correctly evaluate in our statistical models. This has limited and
could continue to limit our ability to manage our risks. Our losses thus have been and may continue
to be significantly greater than the historical measures indicate.
For example, the value-at-risk approach we use to derive quantitative measures for our trading book
market risks is designed to model risk factors assuming normal market conditions, and the
statistical parameters required for the value-at-risk calculation are based on a 261 trading day
history with equal weighting being given to each observation. However, in our regulatory
back-testing in 2008, we observed 35 outliers (as compared to 12 in 2007), which are hypothetical
buy-and-hold losses that exceeded our value-at-risk estimate for the trading units as a whole
versus two to three outliers statistically expected in any one year. While we believe that the
majority of these outliers were related to extreme events outside standard market conditions, we
are also re-evaluating our modeling assumptions and
parameters for potential improvements in such unusual market conditions.
In addition, our more qualitative approach to managing those risks not taken into account by our
quantitative methods could also prove insufficient, exposing us to material unanticipated losses.
See “Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk” for a
more detailed discussion of the policies, procedures and methods we use to identify, monitor and
manage our risks. Also, if existing or potential customers believe our risk
management is inadequate, they could take their business elsewhere. This could harm our reputation
as well as our revenues and profits.
Our nontraditional credit businesses materially add to our traditional banking credit risks.
As a bank and provider of financial services, we are exposed to the risk that third parties
that owe us money, securities or other assets will not perform their obligations. Many of the
businesses we engage in beyond the traditional banking businesses of deposit-taking and lending
also expose us to credit risk.
In particular, many of the businesses we have engaged in through our Corporate Banking & Securities
Corporate Division entail credit transactions, frequently ancillary to other transactions.
Nontraditional sources of credit risk can arise, for example, from holding securities of third
parties; entering into swap or other derivative contracts under which counterparties have
obligations to make payments to us; executing securities, futures, currency or commodity trades
that fail to settle at the required time due to nondelivery by the counterparty or systems failure
by clearing agents, exchanges, clearing houses or other financial intermediaries; and extending
credit through other arrangements. Parties to these transactions, such as trading counterparties,
may default on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, political and economic events, lack of
liquidity, operational failure or other reasons.
Many of our derivative transactions are individually negotiated and non-standardized, which can
make exiting, transferring or settling the position difficult. Certain credit derivatives require
that we deliver to the counterparty the underlying security, loan or other obligation in order to
receive payment. In a number of cases, we do not hold, and may not be able to obtain, the
underlying security, loan or other obligation. This could cause us to forfeit the payments
otherwise due to us or result in settlement delays, which could damage our reputation and ability
to transact future
business, as well as increased costs to us.
The exceptionally difficult market conditions since the second half of 2007 have severely adversely
affected certain areas in which we do business that entail nontraditional credit risks, including
the leveraged finance and structured credit markets, and appear likely to continue to do so in
2009. See “Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects – Results of Operations by Segment (2008 vs. 2007) – Corporate Banking & Securities Corporate Division”
for information on the impact of the current market environment on a number of our key businesses.
We have a continuous demand for liquidity to fund our business activities. We may suffer
during periods of market-wide or firm-specific liquidity constraints and are exposed to the risk
that liquidity is not made available to us even if our underlying business remains strong.
We are exposed to liquidity risk, which is the risk arising from our potential inability to
meet all payment obligations when they become due or only being able to meet them at excessive
costs. Our liquidity may become impaired due to a reluctance of our counterparties or the market to
finance our operations due to actual or perceived weaknesses
in our businesses. Such impairments can also arise from circumstances unrelated to our businesses
and outside our control, such as, but not limited to, disruptions in the financial markets, such as
experienced during 2008, negative developments concerning other financial institutions perceived to
be comparable to us, such as the collapse of another financial institution, or negative views about
the financial services industry in general, as experienced as a result of the financial crisis, or
disruptions in the markets for any specific class of assets. Negative perceptions concerning our
business and prospects could develop as a result of large losses, changes of our credit ratings, a
general decline
in the level of business activity in the financial services sector, regulatory action, serious
employee misconduct or illegal activity, as well as many other reasons.
In December 2008, Moody’s Investors Service changed the outlook on our ratings to negative and
Standard & Poor’s lowered our long-term credit rating to A+ with stable outlook from AA- with
negative outlook. In January 2009, Fitch Ratings placed our long-term credit rating on rating watch
negative. Ratings downgrades may impact the cost and availability of our funding, collateral
requirements and the willingness of counterparties to do business with us.
We require capital to support our business activities and meet regulatory requirements.
Losses due to the financial crisis could diminish our capital, and market conditions may prevent us
from raising additional capital or increase our cost of capital.
The recent market volatility has created downward pressure on stock prices and credit capacity
both for certain issuers, often without regard to those issuers’ underlying financial strength, and
for financial market participants generally. In 2008, the price of our shares declined and has
continued to do so through early 2009, and the spreads on our credit default swaps have widened. If
current levels of market disruption and volatility continue or worsen, our ability to access the
capital markets and obtain the necessary funding to support our business activities on acceptable
terms may be adversely affected. Among other things, an inability to refinance assets on our
balance sheet or maintain appropriate levels of capital to protect against deteriorations in their
value could force us to liquidate assets we hold at depressed prices or on unfavorable terms, as
well as forcing us to curtail business, such as extending new credit. This could have an adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Governmental and central bank action in response to the financial crisis significantly affects
competition and may affect the legal or economic position of shareholders or other investors and
our regulatory environment.
In response to the financial markets crisis, there has been significant intervention by governments
and central banks into the financial services sector, including the taking of direct shareholdings
in individual financial institutions, particularly in the U.S., the UK and Switzerland, and
contributions of other forms of capital to, guarantees of debt of and purchases of distressed
assets from financial institutions. In some instances, individual financial institutions have been
nationalized or their nationalization is being considered. The conditions under which banks may
take advantage of such measures vary from country to country and in some cases such measures are
only available to the parent bank of a group. Generally, participation by a bank is voluntary but
in some cases has been politically encouraged. It may become mandatory if certain thresholds, such
as predefined capital ratios, are no longer met. The eligibility to benefit from such measures is
in some instances tied to certain commitments of the participating bank, such as lending to certain
types of borrowers, adjustments to the bank’s business strategy, suspension of dividends and other
profit distributions and limitations on the compensation of executives.
Such interventions involve significant amounts of money and have significant effects on both
institutions that participate in them and institutions that do not participate including with
respect to access to funding and capital and recruiting and retention of talent. Institutions that
do not receive such government support may be in a position to preserve greater autonomy in their
strategy, lending and compensation policy but may suffer competitive disadvantages on their cost
base, in particular their cost of funding and of capital. They also may suffer a decline in
depositor or investor confidence thus risking a loss of liquidity. Institutions that receive such
government support will, as described above, have to make certain commitments and become subject to
certain constraints.
In Germany, the Financial Market Stabilization Act of October17, 2008 (Finanzmarktstabilisierungsgesetz) provides for the temporary suspension of otherwise applicable
stock corporation and takeover law, in particular with respect to the rights of the shareholders to
resolve on capital increases, preemptive rights of shareholders, reporting duties, and obligations
to make public tender offers upon acquiring a controlling stake, in connection with the
implementation of the stabilization measures. Access to judicial review of stabilization measures
is limited. In addition, the Financial Market Stabilization Fund will generally seek remuneration
for stabilization measures that ranks senior to the other shareholders’ rights in the profits of
that financial institution, and may condition such measures on a ban on dividends. See also “Item
10: Additional Information – Memorandum and
Articles of Association” and “Item 8: Financial Information – Dividend Policy.” Our senior
management has stated that it currently does not intend to participate in the program of the
Financial Market Stabilization Fund. However, further deteriorations in market conditions or the
competitive environment might require a change of such intention.
The German government has recently presented a draft bill which will extend the scope of the
above-described suspensions and that also provides for the temporary authorization (through October31, 2009) to nationalize financial institutions that are essential to the functioning of the German
financial market through the expropriation (with
compensation) of its shareholders or the holders of financial instruments qualifying as own funds
(Eigenmittel) of the financial institution if such expropriation is necessary to safeguard the
stability of the financial market, and no other less restrictive legally and economically
reasonable and equally effective means are available in order to achieve this goal. Conversion or
option rights relating to expropriated shares or expropriated other financial instruments would
terminate by operation of law. The government aims to complete legislative action on its draft bill
by April 3, 2009.
The implementation of any stabilization measures with respect to our company could adversely affect
the legal or economic position of our shareholders or other investors.
In addition, there is a wide variety of proposals on a reform of the regulatory framework for
financial services which are presently being discussed. Such proposals relate in particular to
increased capital requirements, additional regulatory oversight and reporting, business models and
business practices. If these proposals in whole or in part become law, they may significantly
increase our costs.
Operational risks may disrupt our businesses.
We face operational risk arising from errors, inadvertent or intentional, made in the
execution, confirmation or settlement of transactions or from transactions not being properly
recorded, evaluated or accounted for. Derivative contracts are not always confirmed with the
counterparties on a timely basis; while the transaction remains unconfirmed, we are subject to
heightened credit and operational risk and in the event of a default may find it more difficult to
enforce the contract. The current financial crisis, in which the risk of counterparty default has
increased, has increased the possibility that this operational risk materializes.
Our businesses are highly dependent on our ability to process, on a daily basis, a large number of
transactions across numerous and diverse markets in many currencies, and certain of the
transactions we process have become increasingly complex. Consequently, we rely heavily on our
financial, accounting and other data processing systems. If any of these systems do not operate
properly, or are disabled, we could suffer financial loss, a disruption of our businesses,
liability to clients, regulatory intervention or reputational damage.
In addition, despite the contingency plans we have in place, our ability to conduct business
may be adversely impacted by a disruption in the infrastructure that supports our businesses and the communities in
which we are located. This may include a disruption involving electrical, communications, transportation or
other services used by us or third parties with which we conduct business, terrorist activities or
disease pandemics.
The size of our clearing operations exposes us to a heightened risk of material losses should
these operations fail to function properly.
We have large clearing and settlement businesses. These give rise to the risk that we, our
customers or other third parties could lose substantial sums if our systems fail to operate
properly for even short periods. This will be the case even where the reason for the interruption
is external to us. In such a case, we might suffer harm to our reputation even if no material
amounts of money are lost. This could cause customers to take their business elsewhere, which could
materially harm our revenues and our profits.
If we are unable to implement our strategic initiatives or otherwise respond to the financial
crisis, we may continue to incur losses or low profitability, and our share price may continue to
be materially and adversely affected.
In response to the financial crisis, we have defined several near-term strategic initiatives,
including reducing exposure to, and activity in, certain businesses that have been directly
impacted by the financial crisis, investing selectively in growth initiatives of our ‘stable’
businesses and pursuing efficiency measures. We may continue to incur losses, or low profitability,
and our share price may continue to be materially and adversely affected, should we fail to
implement these strategic initiatives or otherwise respond to the financial crisis or should such
initiatives that are implemented fail to produce the anticipated benefits. A number of internal and
external factors could prevent the implementation of these initiatives or the realization of their
anticipated benefits, including the continuation or worsening of the extreme turbulence in the
markets in which we are active or of global, regional and national economic conditions and
increased competition for business. In particular, the current exceptionally difficult market
conditions may adversely affect our ability to reduce our exposures to affected classes of assets
or to implement our growth initiatives.
We may have difficulty in identifying and executing acquisitions, and both making
acquisitions and avoiding them could materially harm our results of operations and our share price.
We consider business combinations from time to time. Even though we review the companies we
plan to acquire, it is generally not feasible for these reviews to be complete in all respects. As
a result, we may assume unanticipated liabilities, or an acquisition may not perform as well as
expected. Were we to announce or complete a significant business combination transaction, our share
price could decline significantly if investors viewed the transaction as too costly or unlikely to
improve our competitive position. In addition, we might have difficulty integrating any entity with
which we combine our operations. Failure to complete announced business combinations or failure to
integrate acquired businesses successfully into ours could materially adversely affect our profitability. It
could also affect investors’ perception of our business prospects and management, and thus cause
our share price to fall. It could also lead to departures of key employees, or lead to increased
costs and reduced profitability if we felt compelled to offer them financial incentives to remain.
In February 2009, we acquired a stake of 22.9 % in Deutsche
Postbank AG, bringing our total stake to 25% plus one share, and bonds of
Postbank’s parent that are mandatorily exchangeable in 2012 into an additional 27.4 % of
Postbank’s shares, for a total consideration of € 3.8 billion. If we continue to hold the
bonds when they are exchanged, we would own a majority of Postbank’s shares. As our current holding
does not give us control of Postbank, we are not in a position to influence the business of
Postbank which, like that of many financial institutions, has been affected by the financial
crisis. While we are able to determine, in the implementation of our strategy, whether to hold the
exchangeable bonds at the time of their mandatory exchange, and accordingly whether we will in fact
acquire control of Postbank, we remain exposed to the risk of loss on our present investment in
Postbank. Any such loss could be material.
We may have difficulties selling noncore assets at favorable prices, or at all.
We may seek to sell certain noncore assets. Unfavorable business or market conditions may make
it difficult for us to sell such assets at favorable prices, or may preclude such a sale
altogether.
Events at companies in which we have invested may make it harder to sell our holdings and
result in material losses irrespective of market developments.
We have made significant investments in individual companies. Losses and risks at those
companies may restrict
our ability to sell our shareholdings and may reduce the value of our holdings considerably,
potentially impacting our
financial statements or earnings, even where general market conditions are favorable. Our larger,
less liquid interests are particularly vulnerable given the size of these exposures.
Intense competition, in our home market of Germany as well as in international markets, could
materially adversely impact our revenues and profitability.
Competition is intense in all of our primary business areas, in Germany as well as in
international markets. If we are unable to respond to the competitive environment in these markets
with attractive product and service offerings that are profitable for us, we may lose market share
in important areas of our business or incur losses on some or all of our activities. In addition,
downturns in the economies of these markets could add to the competitive pressure, through, for
example, increased price pressure and lower business volumes for us.
In recent years there has been substantial consolidation and convergence among financial services
companies. In 2008, the banking sector witnessed further substantial consolidation and merger activity, some
of it in distressed circumstances, including the merger of some U.S. investment banks with
commercial banks, the conversion of others into bank holding companies and, in Germany, the merger
of the second and third largest private sector banks
together with an infusion of capital by the German government. This trend has significantly
increased the capital base and geographic reach of some of our competitors and has hastened the
globalization of the securities and other financial services markets. In order to meet of some of
our most significant challenges and to take advantage of related opportunities, we must compete
with financial institutions that may be larger and better capitalized than we are and that may have
a stronger position in local markets. Also, as described above, governmental action in response to
the financial crisis may place us at a competitive disadvantage.
We operate in an increasingly regulated and litigious environment, potentially exposing us to
liability and other costs, the amounts of which may be difficult to estimate.
The financial services industry has historically been and continues to be among the most highly
regulated industries. Our operations throughout the world are regulated and supervised by the
central banks and regulatory authorities in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Regulation and
supervision includes requirements regarding our structure, capitalization and function, as well as
requirements relating to the conduct of our business. In recent years, regulation and supervision
in a number of areas has increased, and regulators, counterparties and others have sought to
subject financial services providers to increasing responsibilities and liabilities. As a result,
we may be subject to an increasing incidence or amount of liability or regulatory sanctions and may
be required to make greater expenditures and devote additional resources to address potential
liability.
Due to the nature of our business, we and our subsidiaries are involved in litigation, arbitration
and regulatory proceedings in Germany and in a number of jurisdictions outside Germany, including
the U.S. Such matters are subject to many uncertainties, and the outcome of individual matters is
not predictable with assurance. We may settle litigation
or regulatory proceedings prior to a final judgment or determination pursuant to which our
liability is established and quantified. We may do so to avoid the cost, management efforts or
negative business, regulatory or reputational
consequences of continuing to contest liability, even when we believe we have valid defenses to
liability. We may also do so when the potential economic, business, regulatory or reputational
consequences of failing to prevail would be disproportionate to the costs of settlement.
Furthermore, we may, for similar reasons, reimburse counterparties for losses incurred by them even
in situations where we do not believe that we are legally compelled to do so. See “Item 8:
Financial Information – Legal Proceedings” and Note [25] to our consolidated financial
statements for information on our legal, regulatory and arbitration proceedings.
The financial impact of legal risks might be considerable but may be hard or impossible to estimate
and so to quantify, so that amounts eventually paid may exceed the amount of reserves set aside to
cover such risks. See “Item 5: Operational and Financial Review and Prospects – Significant
Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates – Legal and Regulatory Contingencies and Tax
Risks”.
Transactions with counterparties in countries designated by the U.S. State Department as
state sponsors of terrorism may lead potential customers and investors to avoid doing business with
us or investing in our securities.
We engage or have engaged in a limited amount of business with counterparties, including
government owned or controlled counterparties, in certain countries which the U.S. State Department
has designated as state sponsors of terrorism, including Iran. We also had a representative office
in Tehran, Iran, which we discontinued at December 31, 2007. U.S. law generally
prohibits U.S. persons from doing business with such countries. We are a German bank and our
activities with respect to such countries have not involved any U.S. person in either a managerial
or operational role and have been subject to policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance
with United
Nations, European Union and German embargoes. In 2007 and before, our Management Board decided that
we will not engage in new business with counterparties in countries such as Iran, Syria, Sudan and
North Korea and to exit existing business, if any, to the extent legally possible.
Our existing business with Iranian counterparties consists mostly of participations as lender
and/or agent in a few large trade finance facilities arranged some years ago to finance the export
contracts of exporters in Europe and Asia, which exporters are primarily multinational corporations
supplying goods, equipment and related services in the petrochemical and hydrocarbon processing
industries. The lifetime of most of these facilities is ten years or more and we are legally
obligated to fulfill our contractual obligations. Other business activities, such as correspondent
banking services to banks located in Iran and private banking loans to Iranian citizens, have
already been terminated or closed down. We do not believe our business activities with Iranian
counterparties are material to our overall business, with our outstandings to Iranian borrowers
representing less than 0.1 % of our total assets as of December 31, 2008 and our revenues
from all such activities representing less than 0.1 % of our total revenues for the year
ended December 31, 2008.
We are aware, through press reports and other means, of initiatives by governmental entities in the
U.S. and by U.S. institutions such as universities and pension funds, to adopt laws, regulations or policies
prohibiting transactions with or investment in, or requiring divestment from, entities doing
business with Iran. It is possible that such initiatives may result in our being unable to gain or
retain entities subject to such prohibitions as customers or as investors in our securities. In
addition, our reputation may suffer due to our association with Iran. Such a result could have
significant adverse effects on our business or the price of our securities.
The legal and commercial name of our company is Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft. It is a stock
corporation organized under the laws of Germany.
Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft originated from the reunification of Norddeutsche Bank
Aktiengesellschaft, Hamburg, Rheinisch-Westfälische Bank Aktiengesellschaft, Düsseldorf and
Süddeutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft, Munich. Pursuant to the Law on the Regional Scope of Credit
Institutions, these were disincorporated in 1952 from Deutsche Bank, which had been founded in
1870. The merger and the name were entered in the Commercial Register of the District Court
Frankfurt am Main on May 2, 1957.
We are registered under registration number HRB 30 000. Our registered address is
Theodor-Heuss-Allee 70,
60486 Frankfurt am Main, Germany, and our telephone number is +49-69-910-00. Our agent in the
United States is: Peter Sturzinger, Deutsche Bank Americas, c/o Office of the Secretary, 60 Wall
Street, Mail Stop NYC60-4006, New York, NY10005.
We have made the following significant capital expenditures or divestitures since January 1, 2008:
—
The increase of our stake in Harvest Fund Management Co. Ltd, a leading fund management company in
China, to 30 % was signed in August 2007 and closed in January 2008.
—
The acquisition of HedgeWorks, LLC, a hedge fund administrator in the U.S., was announced and closed in January 2008.
—
The reduction of our holding in Linde AG from 5.2 % to 2.4 % took place via sell-down in the
public markets in January, March, August, September and November 2008.
—
The disposal of the 50 % interest in the management company of the Australia based DEXUS Property
Group by RREEF Alternative Investments to DEXUS’ unit holders was signed and closed in February
2008.
—
The reduction of our holding in Daimler AG from 4.4 % to 2.7 % took place via sell-down in
the public markets in February, March and June 2008.
—
The sale of our holding in Allianz SE of 1.7 % took place via sell-down in the public markets in March,
June and September 2008.
—
The sale of our holding in Arcor AG & Co. KG of 8.2 % to Vodafone Group Plc was signed and closed
in May 2008.
—
The disposal of our life insurance company in Italy, DWS Vita SpA to Zurich Financial Services Group was
signed in December 2007 and closed in June 2008.
—
The acquisition of a 7.6 % stake in Germany1 Acquisition Ltd. was signed and closed in July 2008.
—
An agreement to purchase New HBU II N.V. and IFN Finance B.V., comprising parts of ABN Amro’s commercial
banking activities in the Netherlands, from ABN Amro and Fortis Group was signed in July 2008. The
transaction is subject to approval by the Dutch Central Bank. No date for closing has been scheduled.
—
The acquisition of a 40 % stake in UFG Invest, the Russian investment management company of UFG Asset
Management, by our Asset Management division was signed in September 2008 and closed in November
2008. We have an option to become a 100 % owner in the future.
—
In November 2008, Corporate Investments participated in a liquidity facility for Hypo Real Estate Group
acquiring € 12.0 billion of collateralized notes.
In September 2008, we signed agreements to acquire shares and options to purchase additional shares in
Deutsche Postbank. In January 2009, the transaction was
restructured and, in February 2009, as part of the restructured
transaction, we issued
50,000,000 Deutsche Bank shares to Deutsche Post, the parent of
Deutsche Postbank, to acquire a stake of 22.9 % in Postbank, bringing
our total stake to 25 % plus one share. We also acquired
mandatorily-exchangeable bonds issued by Deutsche Post, which will be exchanged for an additional
27.4 % stake in Postbank in February 2012, and the exclusive option to acquire an additional stake of
12.1 % in Postbank between February 2012 and February 2013.
Since January 1, 2008, there have been no public takeover offers by third parties with respect to
our shares.
Business Overview
Our Organization
Headquartered in Frankfurt am Main, Germany, we are the largest bank in Germany, and one of the
largest financial institutions in Europe and the world, as measured by total assets of € 2,202
billion as of December 31, 2008. As of that date, we employed 80,456 people on a full-time
equivalent basis and operated in 72 countries out of 1,981 branches worldwide, of which
50 % were in Germany. We offer a wide variety of investment, financial and related products and
services to private individuals, corporate entities and institutional clients around the world.
We are organized into three group divisions, two of which are further sub-divided into corporate divisions. As of
December 31, 2008, our group divisions were:
—
The Corporate and Investment Bank (CIB), comprising two corporate divisions:
—
Corporate Banking & Securities (CB&S)
—
Global Transaction Banking (GTB)
—
Private Clients and Asset Management (PCAM), comprising two corporate divisions:
—
Asset and Wealth Management (AWM)
—
Private & Business Clients (PBC)
—
Corporate Investments (CI)
These divisions are supported by infrastructure functions and our Corporate Center. In addition, we
have a regional management function that covers regional responsibilities worldwide.
We have operations or dealings with existing or potential customers in most countries in the world.
These operations and dealings include:
The following table shows our net revenues by geographical region, based on our management
reporting systems.
in € m.
2008
2007
2006
Germany:
CIB
2,866
2,921
2,265
PCAM
5,208
5,514
4,922
Total Germany
8,074
8,434
7,187
Europe, Middle East and Africa:
CIB
(621
)
7,721
6,836
PCAM
2,391
2,816
2,661
Total Europe, Middle East and Africa
1,770
10,537
9,497
Americas (primarily U.S.):
CIB
(838
)
4,628
6,810
PCAM
971
1,331
1,350
Total Americas
133
5,959
8,160
Asia/Pacific:
CIB
1,671
3,823
2,891
PCAM
471
468
381
Total Asia/Pacific
2,142
4,291
3,273
CI
1,290
1,517
574
Consolidation & Adjustments
82
7
(197
)
Consolidated net revenues1
13,490
30,745
28,494
1
Consolidated net revenues comprise interest and similar income, interest expense and total
noninterest income (including commissions and fee income). Revenues are attributed to
countries based on the location in which our booking office is located. The location of a
transaction on our books is sometimes different from the location of the headquarters or
other offices of a customer and different from the location of our personnel who entered
into or facilitated the transaction. Where we record a transaction involving our staff and
customers and other third parties in different locations frequently depends on other
considerations, such as the nature of the transaction, regulatory considerations and
transaction processing considerations.
Management Structure
We operate the three group divisions and the infrastructure functions under the umbrella of a
“virtual holding
company”. We use this term to mean that, while we subject the group divisions and infrastructure
areas to the overall supervision of our Management Board, which is supported by the Corporate
Center, we do not have a separate legal entity holding these three group divisions but we
nevertheless allocate substantial managerial autonomy to them.
To support this structure, key governance bodies function as follows:
The Management Board has the overall responsibility for the management of Deutsche Bank, as
provided by the German Stock Corporation Act. Its members are appointed and removed by the
Supervisory Board, which is a separate corporate body. Our Management Board focuses on strategic
management, corporate governance, resource allocation, risk management and control, assisted by
Functional Committees.
The Group Executive Committee (GEC), established in 2002, comprises the members of the Management
Board, the heads of the business divisions within our client-facing group divisions, CIB and PCAM,
and one member representing the management of our regions. The GEC is a body that is not required
by the Stock Corporation Act. It serves as a tool to coordinate our businesses and regions. We
believe this underscores our commitment to a virtual holding company structure.
Within each group division and region, coordination and management functions are handled by
Operating Committees and Executive Committees, which helps ensure that the implementation of the
strategy of individual businesses and the plans for the development of infrastructure areas are
integrated with global business objectives.
We have a clearly defined business strategy, which encompasses all dimensions of our practice:
our corporate identity; our mission and values; our brand; and our management agenda, which
comprises a program of transformation and profitable growth initiatives which we have implemented
since 2002. Our strategy has been adjusted in response to the more difficult market conditions of
the second half of 2007 and 2008, as detailed below.
Our identity. We are a leading global investment bank with a strong private clients franchise.
These are mutually reinforcing businesses; taking full advantage of the synergy potential between
these businesses is a strategic priority for us. We are a leader in Europe, with strong positions
in North America, Asia, and key emerging markets. Growth initiatives include both organic
investment and selective, incremental acquisitions.
Our mission and values. We compete to be the leading global provider of financial solutions for
demanding clients, and to create exceptional value for our shareholders and people. We are
committed to our core values of customer focus, teamwork, innovation, performance and trust.
Our brand. Our brand is synonymous with strength and quality throughout the world and our logo is
one of the best-recognized brand symbols in the global financial industry as confirmed by Global
B2B Brand Monitor. Our brand campaign aims to leverage a distinctive logo, our business
achievements, and our offering to clients. This campaign has further strengthened our profile in
established markets and built awareness in new growth markets.
Our management agenda. In 2002, we initiated a multi-year and multi-phased agenda. The first phase
of this agenda focused on management’s priorities to transform Deutsche Bank and the second phase
focused on a strategy of achieving sustainable profitable growth. The implementation of these two
phases of our strategy was successful. Between 2002 and 2007, we made significant gains in
profitability as measured by growth in net income and pre-tax return on average active equity; we
reached positions among the leaders in our chosen core businesses; we substantially reduced our
credit risk and alternative asset risk; and we pursued a clear capital management strategy, which
allowed us to maintain core capital strength within our stated target range while simultaneously
investing in business growth and returning cash to shareholders during this period.
In 2006, we launched “Phase 3” of our management agenda, covering the period 2006-2008. Our overall
objective was to leverage our global platform for accelerated growth. We defined four specific
goals. First, to maintain our cost, risk, capital and regulatory discipline; second, to continue to
invest in organic growth and bolt-on acquisitions; third, to further grow our businesses which we
believe are viewed by the market as having more stable earnings streams, namely Private Clients and
Asset Management (PCAM) and Global Transaction Banking; and fourth, to build on our competitive
strength in the Corporate and Investment Bank (CIB).
The financial crisis which began in the second half of 2007, and particularly the rapid
deterioration of conditions in financial markets during the fourth quarter 2008, saw the banking
industry significantly and negatively impacted by considerably lower volumes of business activity
in many key areas, together with mark-downs and losses related to the decline in value of some
classes of assets. Following the insolvency of a large U.S. investment bank in September 2008,
capital markets faced conditions of acute stress, with interbank lending severely reduced, extreme
illiquidity in credit and other markets, and exceptional volatility, including sharp falls, in
major equity markets. Bank balance sheets also came under pressure from exposures to assets which
had deteriorated in value during the credit crisis and from a
worsening credit environment as the financial crisis spread to the wider economy. Central banks and
governments intervened on an unprecedented scale, injecting liquidity in key markets and
recapitalizing banks through direct equity stakes. Against the backdrop of these extremely
challenging conditions, we were unable to reach all of our objectives in “Phase 3” of our
management agenda. We were considerably less impacted than some of our peers by losses related to
declines in the value of collateralized debt obligations and some other types of securities which
were directly impacted by the credit crisis; however, our performance in 2008 was substantially and
adversely affected by losses in certain sales and trading businesses, write-downs on leveraged
loans and loan commitments, and lower revenues, notably from declining fee and commission income in
our investment management activities.
We responded to these developments with a number of initiatives in 2008. We strengthened capital
ratios and bolstered our funding base via capital market issuance and several other measures. We
recalibrated our investment banking business model by reducing our exposure to, and activity in,
certain businesses which have been directly impacted by the financial crisis, including global
credit trading and some proprietary trading activities. We have also reduced legacy trading-book
exposures in key areas such as leveraged finance and commercial real estate, and made substantial
reductions in non-derivative trading assets. We continue to invest selectively in growth
initiatives in our ‘stable’ businesses, balancing these investments with efficiency measures. At
Group level, we are reducing complexity in our operations, standardizing processes across
businesses and improving our functions through additional offshoring, which enables us to achieve
cost savings by relocating certain activities to lower-cost locations. We have also initiated a
review of our compensation procedures.
Strategies in our CIB Businesses
In Corporate Banking & Securities, we aim to build further on the position we reached in recent
years as one of the world’s leading investment banks (based on publicly available revenue
information and client surveys in industry publications). In sales and trading, we have established
a position as one of the world’s leading banks (based on publicly available revenue information).
In response to the financial crisis, we have taken steps to recalibrate our investment banking
platform, adjusting our deployment of capital, our resource levels and our risk-weighted assets to
the changed environment. We are withdrawing resources from certain illiquid trading businesses,
including some areas of credit trading, that have been directly impacted by the financial crisis
and in which levels of activity appear unlikely to return to pre-crisis levels in the near term. We
closed some proprietary trading desks and have reduced proprietary trading activity. Our
recalibration efforts include an increased focus on more liquid trading businesses, including
foreign exchange, money market and interest rate trading. We also aim to reap the benefits of prior
investments in such businesses as prime brokerage, commodities trading and U.S. cash equities. The
continuity offered by Deutsche Bank’s client franchise, during a period of significant
consolidation, merger-related reorganization and structural change elsewhere in the investment
banking industry, is also a potential source of strategic advantage for us.
In Corporate Finance, we have built a powerful European franchise, and our principal strategic
objective is to build a sustainable top-5 position globally, as measured by the industry fee pool.
We aim to achieve this goal by building on our leading position in Europe; by growing market share,
profitably, in the U.S. market; and by continuing to build our presence in important emerging
growth markets. The financial crisis, and the impact of this crisis on the wider economy, caused a
reduction in market activity in some corporate finance businesses, including highly-leveraged M&A
and leveraged buyouts, initial public offerings, leveraged finance and commercial real estate,
counterbalanced to some extent by demand for corporate restructuring and recapitalization, as the
corporate client base reacts to a more difficult business environment. In response to these
conditions, we are recalibrating our activities in Commercial Real Estate
and Leveraged Finance, aiming to capture opportunities in capital raising and restructuring
advisory, and selectively investing in our advisory capability in particular industry sectors.
In Global Transaction Banking, we achieved significant growth in pre-tax profitability between 2004
and 2008. Our strategic aim is to leverage this momentum by expanding into new markets, attracting
new clients in core markets, increasing the penetration of our existing client base, and further
developing our product offering. Wherever GTB is present, we offer comprehensive services for
domestic and cross-border trade, including structuring, financing and risk mitigation. We continue
to develop flexible, innovative solutions in areas such as the credit card business and low-value
cross-currency payments. For this purpose we aim to continue to invest in new technologies and
improve our range of products. GTB aims both to grow organically and to take advantage of
opportunities for attractive bolt-on acquisitions.
Strategies in our PCAM Businesses
In Asset and Wealth Management, we operate in all major regions of the world, with invested assets
of € 628 billion as of the end of 2008. Our aim is to develop further, and grow profitably
in, both our Asset Management and Private Wealth Management businesses. As the financial crisis
developed in 2008, the performance of our Asset Management business was significantly and
negatively impacted by declines in equity valuations, which caused a decline in the value of client
portfolios and thereby adversely impacted our fee and commission income and led to us making cash
injections to support certain European money market funds, and deteriorating conditions in
alternative investments, notably real estate. In response, we have launched a series of initiatives
to re-engineer the division in order to restore operating leverage. These initiatives will impact
each of Asset Management’s four global business lines: retail, alternative investments,
institutional and insurance. In retail asset management, we have taken action to restructure some
money market fund products and will aim to enhance our position in the mutual fund business around
the world by leveraging our DWS brand. In alternative asset management, which operates under the
RREEF brand, we will right-size our platform to take account of the more difficult conditions in
the real estate markets. We have also downsized our hedge fund platform. We further aim to realize
cost efficiencies by streamlining production processes for new funds and reducing costs in our mid-
and back-office operations.
In Private Wealth Management, our aim is to build on the strong Deutsche Bank brand, continue to
attract net new money inflows and profit from a “flight to quality”. Key measures to achieve
profitable growth and net new money inflows are to selectively recruit top talent and to build out
our discretionary portfolio management business along with our wealth advisory mandate business. In
addition, we will respond to challenging conditions in financial markets by continuing to focus on
front-office productivity and cost efficiency. Our strategy contemplates both organic growth and
focused bolt-on acquisition opportunities.
In Private & Business Clients (PBC), our strategy is to build on our position in Germany and other
core European markets, while also expanding our platform in growth markets in Central Eastern
Europe and Asia. Our business model is based on the two core competencies of advisory banking and
consumer banking. As the financial crisis developed through 2008, PBC experienced a decline in
revenues from investment and brokerage products against a backdrop of falling equity markets,
higher provisions for credit losses and margin compression in deposit and other basic banking
products. In response, we will continue to implement our Growth and Efficiency Program, launched in
2008, which comprises efficiency measures in both middle and back offices, integration of credit
operations, and selective investments in distribution. In advisory banking, we aim to position PBC
for a recovery in investment products
via selective investments. In consumer banking, we are addressing margin compression via
cost-efficiency measures. We also aim to fully leverage the growth of our customer and deposit base
during 2008 and in prior years. In 2008 alone, PBC attracted 800,000
net new clients and € 19
billion in new customer deposits, which supports revenue generation in the future.
PBC’s commitment to growth in our home market – already underlined by our acquisitions of Berliner
Bank and
norisbank in 2006 and 2007, respectively – was further emphasized in February 2009 by our
acquisition of a minority stake in Deutsche Postbank, Germany’s largest private retail bank, from
Deutsche Post, Postbank’s parent. We also acquired mandatorily-exchangeable bonds issued
by Deutsche Post which will be exchanged for an additional 27.4 % stake in
Postbank in February 2012, as well as the exclusive option to acquire an additional
12.1 % stake between February 2012 and February 2013. If we acquired a majority stake in
Postbank, the combined entity would enjoy a clear leadership position in retail banking in Germany
(as measured by number of clients), and would serve nearly 30 million clients across Europe. In
addition, we have reached an agreement with Postbank on comprehensive business cooperation
regarding investment products, loans and partnerships in the areas of IT and sourcing. This
agreement aims to deliver cost and revenue synergies for both parties.
Outside Germany, PBC aims to grow in “core” European markets: Italy, Spain, Portugal and Belgium.
Our organic expansion in Poland continued in 2008, with growth in revenues and business volume,
reflecting the expansion of our network in both advisory banking and consumer banking.
Capital management strategy. Focused management of capital has been a clearly-stated part of all
phases of our management agenda. In the current difficult conditions, we view a strong capital
base, liquidity and funding position as key assets. In 2008, we increased our Tier 1 capital over
the course of the year from € 28.3 billion to € 31.1 billion. At the end of 2008, our
Tier 1 capital ratio, as measured under Basel II, stood at 10.1 %, higher than at
the beginning of the financial crisis. We also reduced our leverage ratio – the ratio of total
assets to equity – during the second half of 2008. We remain committed to maintaining a Tier 1
capital ratio of approximately 10 % and to making further progress on bringing down our
leverage ratio.
Our Group Divisions
Corporate and Investment Bank Group Division
The Corporate and Investment Bank Group Division primarily serves large and medium-sized
corporations, financial institutions and sovereign, public sector and multinational organizations.
This group division generated 23 % of our net revenues in 2008, 62 % of our net
revenues in 2007 and 66 % of our net revenues in 2006 (on the basis of our management
reporting systems).
The Corporate and Investment Bank Group Division’s operations are predominantly located in the
world’s primary financial centers, including London, New York, Frankfurt, Tokyo, Singapore and Hong
Kong.
The businesses that comprise the Corporate and Investment Bank Group Division seek to reach and
sustain a leading global position in corporate and institutional banking services, as measured by
financial performance, market share, reputation and customer franchise, while making optimal usage
of, and achieving optimal return on, our capital. The
division also continues to exploit business synergies with the Private Clients and Asset Management
Group Division and the Corporate Investments Group Division. The Corporate and Investment Bank
Group Division’s activities and strategy are primarily client-driven. Teams of specialists in each
business division give clients access not only to their own products and services, but also to
those of our other businesses.
At December 31, 2008, this group division included two corporate divisions, comprising the
following business divisions:
—
Corporate Banking & Securities Corporate Division
—
Global Markets
—
Corporate Finance
—
Global Transaction Banking Corporate Division
—
Trade Finance and Cash Management Corporates
—
Trust & Securities Services and Cash Management Financial Institutions
Corporate Banking & Securities includes our debt and equity sales and trading businesses, which are
housed in our Global Markets Business Division. Global Markets has eight primary business lines and
three horizontally-integrated client-facing groups (Debt Capital Markets/Corporate Coverage, the
Institutional Client Group, and Research), unified at a local level by strong regional management.
Corporate Banking & Securities also includes the Corporate Finance Business Division, which focuses
on providing advisory, equity and debt financing and structuring services to corporates and
financial institutional clients and also includes our commercial real estate business. CIB’s client
coverage functions are also a key part of the Corporate Finance Business Division.
Global Transaction Banking is closely aligned with Corporate Finance, but is a separately managed
corporate division, providing trade finance, cash management and trust & securities services.
Corporate Banking & Securities and Global Transaction Banking are supported by the Loan Exposure
Management Group (LEMG). LEMG has responsibility for a range of loan portfolios, actively managing
the risk of these through the implementation of a hedging regime on a selective basis. LEMG manages
the credit risk of loans and lending-related commitments related to both our investment-grade
portfolio and our medium-sized German companies portfolio.
Corporate Banking & Securities Corporate Division
Corporate Division Overview
Corporate Banking & Securities is made up of the business divisions Global Markets and Corporate
Finance. These businesses offer financial products worldwide ranging from the underwriting of
stocks and bonds to the tailoring of structured solutions for complex financial requirements.
In July 2007, we announced the acquisition of Abbey Life Assurance Company Limited, a UK company
that consists primarily of unit-linked life and pension policies and annuities. The acquisition was
completed in October 2007.
In July 2006, we announced the signing of a definitive agreement to acquire MortgageIT Holdings,
Inc., a residential mortgage real estate investment trust (REIT) based in the U.S. The acquisition
was closed in January 2007.
In April 2006, we closed the purchase of a 30.99 % stake in Paternoster Limited, a UK life
assurance company that is focused on bulk annuity purchases.
In February 2006 we closed the purchase of the remaining 60 % of United Financial Group
(“UFG”), a Moscow investment bank, having purchased an initial 40 % stake in January
2004.
Products and Services
The Global Markets Business Division is responsible for origination, sales, financing, structuring
and trading activities across a wide range of fixed income, equity, equity-linked, convertible
bond, foreign exchange and commodities products. The division aims to deliver creative solutions to
the capital-raising, investing, hedging and other financing needs of customers.
Within our Corporate Finance Business Division, our clients are offered mergers and acquisitions
and general corporate finance advice, together with leveraged debt and equity origination services,
and a variety of credit products and financial services. In addition, we provide a variety of
financial services to the public sector. Corporate Finance also includes coverage functions related
to corporate, financial and institutional clients globally.
Within Corporate Banking & Securities, we closed our Credit Proprietary trading business with
remaining risk positions being transferred for ongoing management and liquidation by the relevant
product trading management within our Sales and Trading businesses. In addition, we also further
reduced our Equity Proprietary trading business over the course of 2008 with a particular reduction
in both the number and size of our trading strategies during the fourth quarter in the light of the
significant market disruptions and illiquidity following the failure of a large U.S. investment
bank. We continue to be exposed to the risk of further losses for the remaining positions we hold,
and have not managed to fully mitigate our risk. We will continue to conduct some proprietary trading,
or trading on our own account, in addition to providing products and services to customers. Most of
this trading is undertaken in the normal course of facilitating client business. For example, to
facilitate customer flow business, traders will maintain long positions (accumulating securities)
and short positions (selling securities we do not yet own) in a range of securities and derivative
products, reducing the exposure to hedging transactions where appropriate. While these activities
give rise to market and other risk, we do not view this as proprietary trading. However, we also
use our capital to exploit market opportunities across all asset classes, and this is what we term
proprietary trading.
All our trading activities, including proprietary trading, are covered by our risk management
procedures and controls which are described in detail in “Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative
Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk – Market Risk – Value-at-Risk
Analysis.”
Distribution Channels and Marketing
In the Corporate Banking & Securities Corporate Division, the focus of our corporate and
institutional coverage bankers and sales teams is on our client relationships. We have structured our client coverage
model so as to provide varying levels of standardized or dedicated services to our customers depending on their
needs and level of complexity.
Global Transaction Banking is primarily engaged in the gathering, transfer, safeguarding and
control of assets for its clients throughout the world. It provides processing, fiduciary and trust
services to corporations, financial institutions and governments and their agencies and comprises
the following business divisions:
—
Trade Finance and Cash Management Corporates
—
Trust & Securities Services and Cash Management Financial Institutions
In October 2008, we closed the acquisition of the operating platform of Pago eTransaction GmbH into
the Deutsche Card Services GmbH, based in Germany.
In July 2008, we agreed to purchase New HBU II N.V. and IFN Finance B.V., comprising parts of ABN
Amro’s commercial banking activities in the Netherlands, from ABN Amro and Fortis Group. The
transaction is subject to approval by the Dutch Central Bank. No date for closing has been
scheduled.
In January 2008, we acquired HedgeWorks LLC, a hedge fund administrator based in the United
States.
In July 2007, we closed the acquisition of the institutional cross-border custody business of
Türkiye Garanti Bankasi A.S.
In May 2006, we completed the acquisition of the UK Depository and Clearing Centre business from
JPMorgan Chase.
Products and Services
Trade Finance provides comprehensive solutions along the client’s trade value chain by combining
international trade risk mitigation products and services with custom-made solutions for structured
trade and export finance as well as, in a continuously growing number of regions, cross-selling of
interest and currency risk products.
Cash Management caters to the needs of a diverse client base of corporates and financial
institutions. With the provision of a comprehensive range of innovative and robust solutions, we
handle the complexities of global and regional treasury functions including customer access,
payment and collection services, liquidity management, information and account services and
electronic bill presentation and payment solutions.
Trust & Securities Services provides a range of trust, payment, administration and related services
for selected securities and financial transactions, as well as domestic securities custody in more
than 28 markets.
Distribution Channels and Marketing
The Global Transaction Banking Corporate Division develops and markets its own products and
services in Europe, Asia and the Americas. The marketing is carried out in conjunction with the
coverage functions both in this division and in the Corporate Banking & Securities Corporate
Division.
Customers can be differentiated into two main groups: (i) financial institutions, such as banks,
mutual funds and
retirement funds, broker-dealers, fund managers and insurance companies, and (ii) multinational
corporations and large local corporates.
Private Clients and Asset Management Group Division
The Private Clients and Asset Management Group Division primarily serves retail and small
corporate customers as well as affluent and wealthy clients and provides asset management services
to retail and institutional clients. This group division generated 67 % of our net revenues
in 2008 and 33 % of our net revenues in both 2007 and 2006 (on the basis of our management
reporting systems).
At December 31, 2008, this group division included the following corporate divisions:
—
Asset and Wealth Management (AWM)
—
Private & Business Clients (PBC)
The Asset and Wealth Management (AWM) Corporate Division consists of the Asset Management Business
Division (AM) and the Private Wealth Management Business Division (PWM). AWM Corporate Division’s
operations are
located in Europe, Middle East, Africa, the Americas and Asia.
The AWM Corporate Division is among the leading asset managers in the world as measured by total
invested assets. The division serves a range of retail, private and institutional clients.
The Private & Business Clients (PBC) Corporate Division serves retail and affluent clients as well
as small corporate customers in our key markets of Germany, Italy and Spain, as well as in Belgium,
Portugal and Poland. This is complemented by our established market presence in India and China.
Asset and Wealth Management Corporate Division
Corporate Division Overview
Our AM Business Division is organized into four global business lines:
—
Retail offers a range of products, including mutual funds and structured products, across many asset classes
—
Alternative Investments manages real estate and infrastructure investments and private equity funds of funds
—
Insurance provides specialist advisory and portfolio management services to insurers and re-insurers globally
—
Institutional provides investment solutions across both traditional and alternative strategies to all other
(non-insurance) institutional clients, such as pension funds, endowments and corporates
Our PWM Business Division, which includes wealth management for high net worth clients and ultra
high net worth individuals, their families and selected institutions, is organized into regional
teams specialized in their respective regional markets.
Among significant transactions, in December 2008 RREEF Alternative Investments acquired a
significant minority interest in Rosen Real Estate Securities LLC (RRES), a long/short real estate
investment advisor.
In November 2008, we acquired a 40 % stake in UFG Invest, the Russian investment management
company of UFG Asset Management, with an option to become a 100 % owner in the future. The
business will be branded Deutsche UFG Capital Management.
In June 2008, AM sold its Italian life insurance company DWS Vita SpA to Zurich Financial Services
Group. The transaction includes an exclusive 7-year agreement for the distribution of life
insurance products via our financial advisors network in Italy, Finanza & Futuro Banca SpA.
Also in June 2008, AM sold DWS Investments Schweiz AG, consisting of the Swiss fund administration
business, to State Street Bank.
On June 30, 2008, AM consolidated Maher Terminal LLC and Maher Terminals of Canada Corp.,
collectively and hereafter referred to as Maher Terminals, a privately held operator of port
terminal facilities in North America acquired in July 2007. RREEF Infrastructure acquired all third
party investors’ interests in the North Americas Infrastructure Fund, whose sole investment is
Maher Terminals.
PWM increased its footprint in two large emerging markets with the opening of representative
offices in St. Petersburg, Russia in April 2008 and Kolkata, India in February 2008.
Effective March 2008, AM completed the acquisition of a 60 % interest in Far Eastern
Alliance Asset Management Co. Limited, a Taiwanese investment management firm.
In January 2008, AM increased its stake in Harvest Fund Management by 10.5 % to
30 %. Harvest is the third largest mutual fund manager in China, with a 6.0 % market share
(source: Z-Ben Advisors, September 2008).
In July 2007, RREEF Private Equity acquired a significant minority interest in Aldus Equity, an
alternative asset
management and advisory boutique specializing in customized private equity investing for
institutional and high net worth investors.
In July 2007, AM completed the sale of its local Italian mutual fund business and established long
term distribution arrangements with our strategic partner, Anima S.G.R.p.A.
In June 2007, AM closed the sale of part of its Australian business to Aberdeen Asset Management.
As a result of the repositioning, AM’s Australian operation migrated from being primarily a
domestic manufacturing platform to become a distribution platform with specialist investment
management capabilities.
In December 2006, PWM completed the acquisition of the UK wealth manager, Tilney Group Limited,
strengthening our position in the second-largest wealth management market in Europe. The
acquisition was an important element in our strategy to expand the onshore presence in dedicated
core markets and to expand into various client segments, including the Independent Financial
Advisors sector.
At the end of 2006, PWM entered into the important Chinese onshore market with the opening of an
office in Shanghai to serve wealthy clients.
AWM’s portfolio/fund management products include active fund management, passive/quantitative fund
management, alternative investments, discretionary portfolio management and wealth advisory
services.
AM focuses primarily on active investing. Its products and services encompass a broad range of
investment strategies and asset classes, and cover many industries and geographic regions. AM’s
product offering includes mutual funds, structured products, commingled funds and separately
managed accounts.
AM’s global retail brand is DWS. The product range of DWS covers all regions and sectors as well as
many forms and styles of investment. DWS Investments is one of Europe’s leading retail asset
managers and is the largest retail
mutual fund management group in Germany (as measured by publicly available invested asset data,
including Deutsche Bank fund products). DWS also operates in the U.S. and key markets in
Asia-Pacific.
In the Alternative Investments business line, real estate, infrastructure and private equity funds
of funds investment management products and services are offered under the RREEF brand. RREEF is
one of the world’s largest real estate investment organizations (as reflected by publicly available
invested asset data).
The Insurance platform provides clients with customized investment programs designed to address an
insurer’s
specific needs. It offers investment solutions across multiple asset classes, including traditional
fixed income, equities, asset allocation services, and alternative asset classes such as hedge
funds and real estate.
Institutional products and services are marketed under the DB Advisors brand. The Institutional
business offers its clients access to AM’s full range of products and services, including both
traditional and alternative investments. The single-manager/multi-manager hedge fund business
operates within DB Advisors.
PWM provides a fully-integrated service offering for its clients based on dynamic strategic asset
allocation including individual risk-management according to the clients’ risk/return profile.
PWM offers discretionary portfolio management, in which our portfolio managers have discretion to
manage clients’ investments within the clients’ general guidelines. The portfolio managers invest
client funds in various investment products, such as stocks, bonds, mutual funds, hedge funds and
other alternative investments including derivatives, where appropriate. In addition, we offer
wealth advisory services for actively-involved clients with customized investment advice via a
unique combination of risk management and portfolio optimization.
PWM also provides brokerage services in which our relationship managers and client advisors provide
investment advice to clients but we do not exercise investment discretion. An integrated approach
to wealth management is the core of our advisory services. Our investment advice covers stocks,
bonds, mutual funds, hedge funds and other alternative investments, including derivatives where
appropriate. The relationship managers also advise their clients on the products of third parties
in all asset classes. Furthermore, our solutions include wealth preservation strategies and
succession planning, philanthropic advisory services, art advisory services, family office
solutions and services for financial intermediaries.
PWM continued to expand its offering of alternative investments in 2008, especially with respect to
innovative solutions within the private equity and hedge funds asset classes. Going forward, real
estate offerings will be broadened. PWM generates foreign exchange products, as well as structured
investment products in cooperation with the Global Markets Business Division.
PWM’s loan/deposit products include traditional and specialized deposit products (including current
accounts, time deposits and savings accounts) and both standardized and specialized secured and
unsecured lending. It also provides payment, account & remaining financial services, processing and
disposition of cash and non-cash payments in local currency, international payments, letters of
credit, guarantees, and other cash transactions.
AWM generates revenues from other products, including direct real estate investments included in
our alternative investments business, rental revenues and gains and losses earned on real estate
deal flows and revenues that are not part of our core business, specifically, the gain on sale of
businesses.
Distribution Channels and Marketing
AM markets our retail products in Germany and other Continental European countries generally
through our established internal distribution channels in PWM and PBC. We also distribute our funds
through other banks, insurance companies and independent investment advisors. We market our retail
funds outside Europe via our own Asset and Wealth Management distribution channels and through
third-party distributors. DWS Investments distributes its retail products to U.S. investors
primarily through financial representatives at major national and regional wirehouses, independent
and bank-based broker dealers, and independent financial advisors and registered investment
advisors.
Products for institutional clients are distributed through the substantial sales and marketing
network within AM and through third-party distribution channels. They are also distributed through
our other businesses, notably the Corporate and Investment Bank Group Division.
Alternative investment products are distributed through our sales and marketing network within
Asset and Wealth Management and through third-party distribution channels, predominantly to high
net worth clients, institutions and retail customers worldwide.
Insurance asset management solutions are marketed and distributed by AM’s specialist insurance
unit, which provides advisory and portfolio management services for insurers and re-insurers
globally.
PWM pursues an integrated business model to cater to the complex needs of high net worth clients
and ultra high net worth individuals, their families and selected institutions. The relationship
managers work within target customer groups, assisting clients in developing individual investment
strategies and creating enduring relationships with our clients.
In our PWM onshore business, wealthy customers are served via our relationship manager network in
the respective countries. Where PBC has a presence, our customers also have access to our retail
branch network and other general banking products. The offshore business encompasses all of our
clients who establish accounts outside their countries of residence. These customers are able to
use our offshore services to access financial products that may not be available in their countries
of residence.
In addition, the client advisors of the U.S. Private Client Services business focus on traditional
brokerage offering and asset allocation, including a wide range of third party products.
A major competitive advantage for PWM is the fact that it is a private bank within Deutsche Bank,
with its leading investment banking, corporate banking and asset management activities. In order to
make optimal use of the potential offered by cross-divisional cooperation, since 2007 PWM has
established Key Client Teams in order to serve clients with very complex assets and highly
sophisticated needs. PWM offers these clients the opportunity to make direct additional purchases,
coinvest in its private equity activities or obtain direct access to its trading units. Large
entrepreneurial families are increasingly expecting wealth management and investment banking
operations to work hand in hand. Cooperation with the corporate banking division also helps to
identify potential PWM clients at a very early stage.
Private & Business Clients Corporate Division
Corporate Division Overview
The Private & Business Clients Corporate Division operates under a single business model across
Europe and selected Asian markets with a focused, sales-driven management structure predominantly under the
Deutsche Bank brand. PBC serves retail and affluent clients as well as small and medium sized
business customers.
In 2008, we continued our balanced and profitable growth in selected European and Asian markets,
supported by a comprehensive global growth and efficiency program including the opening of new
branches, hiring of highly qualified sales staff and a plan to increase efficiency in our middle
and back offices.
In the German core market, we were able to expand our already strong position by attracting new
customers and business volume. In February 2009, after the acquisitions of Berliner Bank and
norisbank in 2006 and 2007, we
acquired a stake of 22.9 % in Germany’s largest private retail bank, Deutsche Postbank, and
bonds of Postbank’s parent that are mandatorily exchangeable in February 2012 into an additional
27.4 % of Postbank’s shares, for a total consideration of € 3.8 billion. We also hold an
exclusive option, exercisable between February 2012 and February 2013, to potentially increase our
stake by an additional 12.1 %. We also agreed with Postbank on comprehensive
business cooperation regarding investment products, loans and partnerships in the areas of IT and
sourcing.
In Italy, we continued to open new branches and increased our client base substantially compared to
last year. We also expanded our business in Spain, Belgium and, especially, in Portugal, where our
network was further strengthened with the opening of new branches.
We also continued to invest in promising countries and business lines. After entering the Polish
consumer finance market in February 2007, we have opened 120 “db-kredyt”-branded loan shops by the
end of 2008. PBC’s entry into the consumer finance business is a meaningful addition to our Polish
branch business and follows the PBC business model, which is successfully in use in Germany, Italy
and Spain.
The development of PBC in Asia has also maintained momentum. PBC further invested in its strategic
partnership with Hua Xia Bank in China and increased its shareholding from 9.9 % to
13.7 % by investing € 423 million. This
investment was part of Hua Xia Bank’s private placement to its three biggest shareholders and was
completed in October 2008. As part of the strategic partnership, we and Hua Xia Bank jointly have
developed and distributed credit
cards in China since June 2007. Moreover PBC now has three branches in China. In India, PBC
expanded its presence through the addition of three branches, increasing the number of branches to
thirteen. Our 10 % stake in Habubank in Vietnam, including a business cooperation
arrangement, further demonstrates PBC’s confidence in the growth potential of Asia.
Products and Services
PBC offers a similar range of banking products and services throughout Europe and Asia, with some
variations among countries that are driven by local market, regulatory and customer requirements.
In offering portfolio/fund management and brokerage services, we provide investment advice,
brokerage services, discretionary portfolio management and securities custody services to our
clients.
We provide loan and deposit services, with the most significant being property financing (including
mortgages) and consumer and commercial loans, as well as traditional current accounts, savings
accounts and time deposits. The property finance business, which includes mortgages and
construction finance, is our most significant lending business. We provide property finance loans
primarily for private purposes, such as home financing. Most of our mortgages have an original
fixed interest period of five or ten years. Loan and deposit products also include the home loan
and savings business in Germany, offered through our subsidiary Deutsche Bank Bauspar AG.
PBC’s payments, account & remaining financial services consist of administration of current
accounts in local and foreign currency as well as settlement of domestic and cross-border payments
on these accounts. They also include the purchase and sale of payment media and the sale of
insurance products, home loan and savings contracts and credit cards. In 2008, we strengthened our
focus on gathering deposits, resulting in a significant increase in assets under management. In
Italy, PBC issues credit cards under the BankAmericard brand.
Other products include primarily activities related to asset and liability management.
Distribution Channels and Marketing
To achieve a strong brand position internationally, we market our services consistently throughout
the European and Asian countries in which PBC is active. In order to make banking products and
services more attractive to clients, we seek to optimize the accessibility and availability of our
services. To accomplish this, we look to self-service functions and technological advances to
supplement our branch network with an array of access channels to PBC’s products and services.
These channels consist of the following in-person and remote distribution points:
—
Investment and Finance Centers. Investment and Finance Centers offer
our entire range of products and advice. In 2008, several of our
Investment and Finance Centers were refurbished according to
innovative concepts which illustrate how we see branch banking in the
future and which were introduced and tested in our flagship “Branch of
the future – Q 110” in Berlin.
—
Financial Agents. In most countries, we market our retail banking
products and services through self-employed financial agents. In 2008,
we continued to invest in our mobile sales force network in Germany,
Italy, Spain, Poland and India by hiring additional sales representatives.
—
Call Centers. Call centers provide clients
with remote services supported by automated
systems. Remote services include access to
account information, securities brokerage
and other basic banking transactions.
Internet. On our website, we offer clients
brokerage services, account information and
product information on proprietary and
third-party investment products. These
offerings are complemented with services
that provide information, analysis tools and content to support the client in making independent investment decisions.
—
Self-service Terminals. These terminals support our branch network and
allow clients to withdraw and transfer funds, receive custody account
statements and make appointments with our financial advisors.
In addition to our branch network and financial agents, we enter into country-specific distribution
arrangements. In Germany, for example, we have a cooperation agreement with Deutsche
Vermögensberatung AG (referred to as DVAG) whereby we distribute our mutual funds and other banking
products through DVAG’s independent distribution network. We also work together with ADAC
(Germany’s and Europe’s largest automobile club with more than 15 million members), with
whom we have an exclusive sales cooperation agreement in place. In order to complement our product
range, we have signed distribution agreements, in which PBC distributes the products of reputable
product suppliers. These include an agreement with Zurich Financial Services for insurance
products, and a strategic alliance with nine fund companies for the distribution of their
investment products.
Corporate Investments Group Division
The Corporate Investments Group Division manages a portfolio containing certain alternative
assets and other debt and equity positions. The portfolio includes our industrial holdings, certain
private equity and venture capital investments, private equity fund investments, certain corporate
real estate investments, our holding in Atradius N.V., certain credit exposures and certain other
non-strategic investments. Historically, its mission has been to provide financial, strategic,
operational and managerial capital to enhance the values of the portfolio companies in which the
group division has invested.
We believe that the group division enhances the bank’s portfolio management and risk management
capability.
Corporate Investments holds interests in a number of manufacturing and financial services
corporations (our
“Industrial Holdings”). The largest of these Industrial Holdings by market value at December 31,2008 were interests of 2.7 % in Daimler AG and 2.4 % in Linde AG. Currently, over
91 % of our Industrial Holdings are in German corporations.
In 2008, we reduced our investment in Daimler AG from 4.4 % to 2.7 % and our
investment in Linde AG from 5.2 % to 2.4 %. We sold our remaining stake in Allianz
SE and our investment in Arcor AG & Co. KG.
In November 2008, Corporate Investments participated in a liquidity facility for Hypo Real Estate
Group acquiring € 12.0 billion of collateralized notes.
In July 2008, Corporate Investments acquired a 7.6 % stake in Germany1 Acquisition Ltd., a
vehicle established for the purpose of acquiring ownership in companies in Germany, Austria and
Switzerland.
In February 2007, we signed a contract to acquire a 10 % stake in Dedalus GmbH & Co. KGaA,
economically representing a 0.75 % participation in European Aeronautic Defence and Space
Company EADS N.V. The transaction closed in March 2007.
In 2007, we reduced our investment in Linde AG from 7.8 % to 5.2 % and our
investment in Allianz SE from 2.2 %
to 1.7 %.
In 2006, we reduced our investment in Linde AG from 10.0 % to 7.8 %, and we sold
our stake in WMF and our remaining stake in DEUTZ AG.
Rather than engaging in proprietary trading, which involves buying and selling securities in the
short term, Corporate Investments usually holds our investments in listed securities for several
years. The majority of the larger shareholdings in listed companies have been in the portfolio for
more than 20 years.
The total market value of these listed holdings was € 1.1 billion as of December 31, 2008.
See “Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk – Market Risk – Assessment of Market Risk in Our Nontrading Portfolios” for further information.
Corporate Investments also holds certain private equity type investments that have been transacted
both on behalf of clients and for our own account, directly and through private equity funds,
including venture capital opportunities and leveraged buy-out funds. In 2008, we continued to
reduce our private equity on-balance sheet exposure in CI, with holdings declining by approximately
€ 200 million due to various transactions.
In 2007, we sold a portfolio of Latin America direct Private Equity investments and our investment
in Odontoprev.
In 2006, we sold the remaining significant assets of the Morgan Grenfell Private Equity funds.
The Corporate Investments’ portfolio also covers certain real estate holdings, many of which we
occupy.
In 2007, we sold and leased back the bank-occupied building 60 Wall Street in New York City. In
addition, we
disposed of our interest in the building at 31 West 52nd Street in New York City.
In 2007, we reduced our stake in HCL Technologies Limited from 2.4 % to 1.2 % in a
partial sale. In 2006, we had reduced our stake in this company from 3.6 % to
2.4 %.
In 2006, we sold our remaining 27.99 % stake in EUROHYPO AG to Commerzbank.
The business combination of Atradius N.V., in which we held a 12.73 % stake at the end of
2007, and Crédito y Caución S.A. was signed in April 2007 and closed in January 2008. The completion of this
transaction resulted in a reduction of our stake to 9.1 %.
In May 2006, we closed the sale of 21.16 % of Atradius N.V. to Crédito y Caución and
Seguros Catalán Occidente, reducing our stake to 12.73 %.
In December 2006, we sold our 6.75 % stake in Germanischer Lloyd AG to Günter Herz.
The infrastructure group consists of our centralized business support areas and our Corporate
Center. These support areas principally comprise control and service functions supporting the CIB
and PCAM businesses. The Corporate Center comprises those functions that directly support the
Management Board in its management of the Group.
This infrastructure group is organized to reflect the Management Board members’ areas of
responsibilities into COO functions (e.g., information technology, global sourcing and human
resources), CFO functions (e.g., finance, operations, tax, audit and insurance), CRO functions
(e.g., risk management, treasury, legal and compliance), and CEO functions (e.g., corporate
development and economics).
The Regional Management function covers regional responsibilities worldwide. Country heads and
management committees are established in the regions to enhance client-focused product coordination
across businesses and to ensure compliance with regulatory and control requirements, both from a
local and Group perspective. In addition, in a global context, the Regional Management function
represents regional interests at the Group level and enhances cross-regional coordination.
All expenses and revenues incurred within the Infrastructure and Regional Management areas are
fully allocated to the Group Divisions CIB, PCAM and CI.
The Competitive Environment
Competitors, Markets and Competitive Factors
The financial services industry, and all of our businesses, are intensely competitive, and we
expect them to remain so. Our main competitors are other commercial banks, savings banks, other
public sector banks, brokers and dealers, investment banking firms, insurance companies, investment
advisors, mutual funds and hedge funds. We compete with some of our competitors globally and with
some others on a regional, product or niche basis. We compete on the basis of a number of factors,
including the quality of client relationships, transaction execution, our products and services,
innovation, reputation and price.
In Germany, our competitive environment is influenced by a division of the banking sector into
three pillars: private sector banks such as Deutsche Bank, public sector banks (state banks, or
Landesbanken, and savings banks) and cooperative banks. A number of foreign banks also operate in
Germany. The public sector banks and the cooperative banks often collaborate closely with other
banks within their respective pillar and thus operate as networks for most products. The different
legal form of private sector banks, public sector banks and mutual banks impedes cross-pillar
consolidation, and consequently consolidation has taken place within, rather than across, the three
pillars described above. Public sector banks are only permitted to be owned by municipalities and
other public bodies and are able to rely on unlimited state guarantees in various forms. Following
an agreement between the European Commission and the German government, these arrangements have
generally been discontinued for Landesbanken after July 18, 2005, subject to transition rules for
liabilities existing on that date. For the savings banks which are mainly owned by municipalities
and which are mainly engaged in retail business, these arrangements remain in force.
In Europe, consolidation in the banking industry has mainly taken place within individual
countries. In September 2007, the European Union amended the rules on the review of bank mergers
and acquisitions under bank regulatory
laws, by narrowing the focus of and imposing a strict time frame on such reviews, with the aim to
facilitate cross-border business combinations within Europe. These new rules must be transposed
into national law by March 21, 2009. In addition, the European Commission is considering further
measures to enhance competition among banks within the European Union and to improve the
competitiveness of European banks globally. We monitor these discussions closely and analyze
carefully any potential business opportunities or challenges that might emerge as a result.
Our performance is largely dependent on the talents and efforts of highly-skilled individuals.
Competition for qualified employees in the banking, securities and financial services industries is
intense. We also compete for employees with companies outside of the financial services industry.
Our continued ability to compete effectively in our businesses depends on our ability to attract
new employees as necessary and to retain and motivate our existing employees. Pressure to redesign
the banking industry’s compensation models, and to restrain the absolute level of senior executive
pay, may have a significant impact on our ability to attract new recruits and retain talented
staff.
Our reputation for financial strength and integrity is vital to our ability to attract and maintain
customers. To keep our well-established reputation we have to promote and market our brand
adequately and may decide to abstain from certain transactions or activities, even where they would
be financially profitable. The loss of business that would result from damage to our reputation
could affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Consolidation and Globalization
In recent years there has been substantial consolidation and convergence in the financial
services industry. A number of large commercial banks, insurance companies and other broad-based
financial services firms have merged with or been acquired by other financial institutions. In
2008, the banking sector witnessed further substantial consolidation and merger activity, some of
which occurred against a backdrop of significant losses in certain financial institutions resulting
from exposure to troubled assets. 2008 also saw a decisive shift away from the large, independent
broker-dealer business model. Some broker-dealers have been acquired by large, integrated banks,
others have chosen to become bank holding companies, and one collapsed in September 2008. The
recent consolidation activity will likely result in significant discontinuities from post-merger
integration, restructurings or internal reorganizations in the institutions concerned. Disruptive
change at some institutions may present opportunities for banks unaffected by consolidation
activity, including Deutsche Bank, to capture market share. This opportunity may also arise for
other banks which have acquired investment banking operations during the consolidation process. In
Germany, the merger of the second and third largest private sector banks, together with an infusion
of capital into the combined entity by the German government, will also alter the competitive
landscape.
Government Intervention in Response to the Financial Markets Crisis
Governments and central banks in a number of countries, including Germany, the UK, Switzerland
and the U.S., have taken a series of measures to address the current crisis in the financial
markets and, in particular, its effects on banks, with a view to restore market liquidity and
investor confidence. These measures include guarantees by a government or governmental agency of
debt of certain banks, the purchase of illiquid assets from certain banks and the injection of
various forms of capital (hybrid instruments, preferred stock and common stock) into banks. In some
cases banks have been nationalized or their nationalization is being considered. The German
government has recently presented a draft bill which extends the scope of certain suspensions of
provisions of takeover law and provides for the temporary authorization (through October 31, 2009)
to nationalize financial institutions that are essential to the functioning of the
German financial market through the expropriation (with compensation) of its shareholders or the holders of
financial instruments qualifying as own funds (Eigenmittel) of the financial institution if such
expropriation is necessary to safeguard the stability of the financial market, and no other less
restrictive legally and economically reasonable and equally effective means are available in order
to achieve this goal.
The conditions under which banks may take advantage of such measures vary from country to country
and in some cases such measures are only available to the parent bank of a group. Generally,
participation by a bank is voluntary but in some cases has been politically encouraged. It may
become mandatory if certain thresholds, such as predefined capital ratios, are no longer met. The
eligibility to benefit from such measures is in some instances tied to certain commitments of the
participating bank, such as lending to certain types of borrowers (for example, small and medium
sized companies), adjustments to the bank’s business strategy, suspension of dividends and other
profit distributions and limitations on the compensation of its executives.
Certain of the above-mentioned government intervention programs involve significant sums of money,
but differences exist between the various national programs. They have significant effects both on
banks that participate in them and on banks that do not participate. These effects relate, in
particular, to access to funding and capital; the degree of strategic autonomy retained by
participating financial institutions; executive compensation; and the recruiting and retention of
talent. Banks which have not received direct government support, currently including Deutsche Bank,
may be in a position to derive competitive advantage from preservation of strategic autonomy, and
greater autonomy of lending policy or executive compensation policy. On the other hand, banks which
have received direct government support may be in a position to derive competitive advantage from
additional access to, or lower cost of, capital and funding. Non-participating banks also may suffer a decline in
depositor or investor confidence thus risking a loss of liquidity.
Competition in Our Businesses
Corporate and Investment Bank Group Division
Our investment banking operation competes in domestic and international markets in Europe, the
Americas and Asia Pacific. Competitors include bank holding companies, investment advisors, brokers
and dealers in securities and commodities, securities brokerage firms and certain commercial banks.
Within Germany and other European countries, our competitors also include German private universal
banks, public state banks and foreign banks.
Private Clients and Asset Management Group Division
In the retail banking business we face intense competition from savings banks and cooperative
banks, other universal banks, insurance companies, home loan and savings companies and other
financial intermediaries. In Germany, savings and cooperative banks form our biggest group of
competitors. These banks generally operate regionally. In other European countries, private
universal banks and savings banks are our main competitors. The large Asian
markets (India and China), where we recently opened a limited number of retail branches, are
dominated by local public and private sector banks. However, with deregulation, international
financial institutions are likely to increase their investments in these markets and thereby
intensify competition.
Our private wealth management business faces fierce competition from the private banking and wealth
management units of other global and regional financial service companies and from investment
banks.
Our main competitors in the asset management business are asset management subsidiaries of major
financial
services companies and large stand-alone retail and institutional asset managers. Most of our main
competitors are headquartered in Europe or the United States, though many operate globally.
Regulation and Supervision
Our operations throughout the world are regulated and supervised by the relevant authorities in
each of the jurisdictions where we conduct business. Such regulation relates to licensing, capital
adequacy, liquidity, risk concentration, conduct of business as well as organizational and
reporting requirements. It affects the type and scope of the business we conduct in a country and
how we structure specific operations. Currently and in reaction to the crisis in the financial
markets, significant changes in the regulatory environment are under preliminary consideration in
the jurisdictions in which we operate. While the extent and nature of these changes cannot be
predicted now, they may result in an increase in regulatory oversight in ways that may have a
material effect on our businesses and the services and products that we will be able to offer.
In the following sections, we present a description of the supervision of our business by the
authorities in Germany, our home market, the European Economic Area, and in the U.S., which we view
as the most significant for us. Beyond these regions, local country regulations generally have limited impact on our
operations that are unconnected with these countries.
Regulation and Supervision in Germany – Basic Principles
We are authorized to conduct banking business and to provide financial services under, and
subject to the requirements set forth in, the German Banking Act (Kreditwesengesetz).
We are subject to comprehensive regulation and supervision by the German Federal Financial
Supervisory Authority (Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht, referred to as BaFin) and
the Deutsche Bundesbank (referred to as Bundesbank), the German central bank.
The BaFin is a federal regulatory authority and reports to the German Federal Ministry of Finance.
It supervises the operations of German banks to ensure that they are in compliance with the Banking
Act and other applicable German laws and regulations. It places particular emphasis on compliance
with capital adequacy and liquidity requirements, large exposure limits and restrictions on certain
activities imposed by the Banking Act and related regulations.
The Bundesbank supports the BaFin and closely cooperates with it. The cooperation includes the
ongoing review and evaluation of reports submitted by us and of our audit reports as well as
assessments of the adequacy of our capital base and risk management systems. In this supervisory
role the Bundesbank follows the guidelines issued by the BaFin acting in conjunction with the
Bundesbank. The Bundesbank is also responsible for the collection and analysis of statistics and
reports from German banks.
Nevertheless, these two institutions have distinct functions. While the BaFin has the sole
authority to issue administrative orders (Verwaltungsakte) binding on German banks, it is required
to consult with the Bundesbank before it issues general regulations (Verordnungen). In addition,
the BaFin must obtain the Bundesbank’s consent before it issues any
general regulations or guidelines that would affect the Bundesbank’s operations, such as rules on
solvency, liquidity or large exposures of banks.
Generally, supervision by the BaFin and the Bundesbank applies on an unconsolidated basis (company
only) and on a consolidated basis (the company and the entities consolidated with it for German
regulatory purposes). Parent banks of a consolidated group may waive the application of capital
adequacy requirements, large exposure limits and certain organizational requirements on an
unconsolidated basis if certain conditions are met. We meet these conditions and have waived
application of these rules since January 1, 2007.
We are materially in compliance with the German laws that are applicable to our business.
The Banking Act
The Banking Act contains the principal rules for German banks, including the requirements for a
banking license, and regulates the business activities of German banks. In particular it requires
that an enterprise that engages in one or more of the activities defined in the Banking Act as
“banking business” or “financial services” in Germany must be licensed as a “credit institution”
(Kreditinstitut) or “financial services institution” (Finanzdienstleistungsinstitut), as the case
may be. We are licensed as a credit institution.
The Banking Act and the rules and regulations adopted thereunder implement certain recommendations
of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (which we refer to as the Basel Committee), the
secretariat of which is provided by the Bank for International Settlements, as well as certain
European Union directives relating to banks. These directives address issues such as accounting
standards, regulatory capital, risk-based capital adequacy, consolidated supervision and the
monitoring and control of large exposures.
International capital adequacy standards, recommended by the Basel Committee in June 2004 and
widely referred to as the Basel II capital framework, align capital requirements closely with the
underlying risks. In 2006, the European Union enacted the Capital Requirements Directive, which
adopts the Basel II capital framework. Germany transposed the Capital Requirements Directive
effective as of January 1, 2007, subject to certain transition periods. Following the application
of transitional rules in 2007 and approval by the BaFin of our internal rating models for measuring
credit risk and operational risk, we have applied the revised capital framework on the basis of our
approved internal models since January 1, 2008. As a result of the increased risk sensitivity of
the Basel II framework, capital requirements will be more cyclical and may also increase compared
to levels before application of the Basel II framework in times of economic downturn.
The German Securities Trading Act
Under the German Securities Trading Act (Wertpapierhandelsgesetz), the BaFin regulates and
supervises securities trading in Germany. The Securities Trading Act prohibits, among other things,
insider trading with respect to securities admitted to trading on, or included in the regulated
market or the over-the-counter market at a German exchange, or admitted to trading on an organized
market in another country that is a member state of the European Union or another contracting state
of the Agreement on the European Economic Area.
The Securities Trading Act also contains rules of conduct. These rules of conduct apply to all
businesses that provide securities services. Securities services include, in particular, the
purchase and sale of securities or derivatives for
others and the intermediation of transactions in securities or derivatives. The BaFin has broad
powers to investigate businesses providing securities services to monitor their compliance with the
rules of conduct and the reporting
requirements. In addition, the Securities Trading Act requires an independent auditor to perform an
annual audit of the securities services provider’s compliance with its obligations under the
Securities Trading Act. The Directive on
Markets in Financial Instruments of 2004 (commonly referred to as the MiFID) aims to further
integrate the securities markets and improve competition within the European Union and the European
Economic Area by harmonizing rules of conduct. It was transposed into German law as of November 1,2007.
Capital Adequacy Requirements
The Banking Act and the Regulation on Solvency of Institutions, Groups of Institutions and
Financial Holding Groups (Solvabilitätsverordnung or “Solvency Regulation”) reflect the capital
adequacy rules of Basel II and require German banks to maintain an adequate level of capital in
relation to their risk positions. Risk positions comprise counterparty risks
(Adressenausfallrisiken), operational risks (operationelle Risken) (comprising, among other things,
risks related to certain external factors, as well as to technical errors and errors of employees)
and market risks (Marktrisiken). Counterparty risks and operational risks must be covered with
Tier 1 capital (Kernkapital or “core capital”) and Tier 2 capital
(Ergänzungskapital or “supplementary capital”) (together, haftendes Eigenkapital or “regulatory
banking capital”). Market risk must be covered with regulatory banking capital (to the extent not
required to cover counterparty and operational risk) and Tier 3 capital (Drittrangmittel
and, together with regulatory banking capital, “own funds”).
Counterparty Risk, Operational Risk and Modified Available Regulatory Banking Capital
Counterparty risk is measured pursuant to the standard credit risk approach and operational
risk is measured pursuant to the base indicator approach or the standard approach, as applicable,
each as set forth in the Solvency Regulation. Banks may instead use an internal ratings based
approach (IRBA) to measure counterparty risk and an advanced measurement approach (AMA) based on
internal models to measure operational risk, if the BaFin approves the respective internal models.
The BaFin approved our most significant rating systems for IRBA covering more than 90 % of
our credit exposure. The BaFin also approved our internal model for measuring operational risk as
an AMA.
Under the Solvency Regulation, at the close of each business day, the sum of the total amount
calculated for counterparty risks and the total amount calculated for operational risks of a bank
must not exceed its regulatory banking capital, subject to certain modifications described below.
Regulatory banking capital is comprised of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. Tier
1 capital mainly consists of paid-in subscribed capital (excluding capital with respect to
preferred shares with cumulative dividend rights), capital reserves and other retained earnings and
certain hybrid capital instruments. Own shares held by the bank, losses and certain intangible
assets are deducted from the amount of Tier 1 capital. Tier 2 capital is limited to
the amount of Tier 1 capital and mainly consists of paid-in subscribed capital with respect
to preferred shares (Vorzugsaktien) with cumulative dividend rights, profit-participation rights
(Genussrechte), subordinated debt with an original term of five years or more (up to 50 %
of the amount of Tier 1 capital) and certain unrealized reserves of real estate and
securities.
Deductions from Tier 1 and Tier 2 Capital
Capital components that meet the above criteria and that a bank has provided to another bank,
financial services institution or financial enterprise which is not consolidated with the bank for
regulatory purposes are subtracted in equal portions from the bank’s Tier 1 and Tier
2 capital, respectively, subject to certain de minimis exemptions. The
same deduction applies for capital components that meet requirements similar to the foregoing under
German insurance law and that a bank has provided to an insurance, reinsurance or insurance holding
company, if the bank holds a direct or indirect participation in such other company, or holds
(directly or indirectly) 20 % or more of the capital or voting rights of such other
company. No such deduction is required if the bank and the relevant company form part
of a financial conglomerate (Finanzkonglomerat).
For capital adequacy purposes, regulatory banking capital is subject to certain modifications
(“modified available regulatory banking capital”). In particular, the following amounts are
deducted in equal portions from the bank’s Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital:
—
If the bank is using an IRBA (like us), the amount by which the expected loss for exposures to central governments,
institutions and corporate and retail exposures as measured under the bank’s IRBA model exceeds the amount of value
adjustments and provisions for such exposures. If the amount of the expected loss is less than the amount of such fair
value adjustments and provisions, the difference is added to the bank’s Tier 2 capital.
—
If the bank is using an IRBA, the expected losses for certain equity exposures.
—
Securitization positions to which the Solvency Regulation assigns a risk-classification multiplier of 1,250 % and which
have not been taken into account when calculating the risk-weighted position for securitizations.
—
Claims for delivery or payment of securities which have not been settled within five business days and which relate to
transactions allocated to the bank’s trading book.
Market Risk and Available Tier 3 Capital
Market price positions are measured pursuant to standard methods for each category as set forth in
the Solvency Regulation. Banks may instead use an internal risk model, if the BaFin approves the
respective model. We use an internal model to measure market risk.
Under the Solvency Regulation, at the close of each business day, a bank’s total net risk-weighted
market price risk positions must not exceed the sum of:
—
the bank’s modified available regulatory banking capital reduced by
the amounts used to cover capital requirements for counterparty risk
and operational risk; and
—
the bank’s available Tier 3 capital.
Tier 3 capital consists of (i) net profits which would result from closing all trading book
positions at the end of a given day minus all foreseeable expenses and distributions and minus
losses resulting from the banking book which would likely arise upon a liquidation of the bank,
unless such losses must be deducted from the bank’s regulatory banking capital pursuant to an order
of the BaFin, (ii) subordinated debt with a minimum term of two years and the right of the bank to
suspend payment of interest and principal if such payment were to result in a breach of the own
funds
requirements applicable to the bank, and (iii) positions not included in the bank’s Tier 2
capital because the amount of Tier 2 capital would otherwise exceed the bank’s Tier 1 capital, or
the total amount of long-term subordinated debt would otherwise exceed 50 % of the bank’s
Tier 1 capital.
These items generally qualify as Tier 3 capital only up to an amount which, together with
the Tier 2 capital not required to cover counterparty risks and operational risks, does not exceed
250 % of the core capital not required to cover risks arising from the banking book and
operational risks.
Limitations on Large Exposures
The Banking Act and the Large Exposure Regulation (Großkredit- und
Millionenkreditverordnung) limit a bank’s concentration of credit risks through restrictions on
large exposures (Großkredite). All exposures to a single customer (and customers connected with it)
are aggregated for these purposes.
An exposure incurred in the banking book that equals or exceeds 10 % of the bank’s
regulatory banking capital constitutes a banking book large exposure. A banking book and trading
book exposure taken together that equals or
exceeds 10 % of the bank’s own funds constitutes an aggregate book large exposure. No large
exposure may exceed 25 % of the bank’s regulatory banking capital or own funds, as
applicable. Where the exposure is to affiliates of the bank that are not consolidated for
regulatory purposes the limit is 20 %.
In addition, the total of all banking book large exposures must not exceed eight times the bank’s
regulatory banking capital and the total of all aggregate book large exposures must not exceed
eight times the bank’s own funds.
A bank may exceed these ceilings only with the approval of the BaFin and subject to increased
capital requirements for the amount of the large exposure that exceeds the ceiling.
Furthermore, total trading book exposures to a single customer (and customers affiliated with it)
must not exceed five times the bank’s own funds that are not required to meet the capital adequacy
requirements with respect to the banking book. Total trading book exposures to a single customer
(and customers affiliated with it) in excess of the aforementioned limit are not permitted.
Consolidated Regulation and Supervision
The Banking Act’s provisions on consolidated supervision require that each group of
institutions (Institutsgruppe) taken as a whole complies with the requirements on capital adequacy
and the limitations on large exposures
described above. A group of institutions generally consists of a domestic bank or financial
services institution, as the parent company, and all other banks, financial services institutions,
financial enterprises and bank service enterprises in which the parent company holds more than
50 % of the capital or voting rights or on which the parent company can otherwise exert a
controlling influence. Special rules apply to joint venture arrangements that result in the joint
management of another bank, financial services institution, financial enterprise or bank service
enterprise by a bank and one or more third parties.
Financial groups which offer services and products in various financial sectors (banking and
securities business, insurance and reinsurance business) are subject to supplementary supervision
as a financial conglomerate (Finanzkonglomerat) once certain thresholds have been exceeded. The
supervision on the level of the conglomerate is exercised by the BaFin. It comprises requirements
regarding own funds, risk concentration, risk management, transactions within the group and
organizational matters. Following the acquisition of Abbey Life Assurance Company Limited, the
amount of assets held by us and attributed to the insurance sector exceeds € 6 billion. In
November 2007, the BaFin therefore determined that we are a financial conglomerate. The main effect
of this determination is that we also must
report to the BaFin and the Bundesbank capital adequacy requirements and risk concentrations also
on a conglomerate level. In addition, we are required to report significant conglomerate internal
transactions. After determination of the applicable calculation method by the BaFin, the first
capital adequacy calculation for the financial conglomerate was performed in 2008.
Liquidity Requirements
The Banking Act requires German banks and certain financial services institutions to invest
their funds so as to maintain adequate liquidity at all times. The Liquidity Regulation
(Liquiditätsverordnung) issued by the BaFin with effect from January 1, 2007 is based on a
comparison of the remaining terms of certain assets and liabilities. It requires maintenance of a
ratio (Liquiditätskennzahl or “liquidity ratio”) of liquid assets to liquidity reductions expected
during the month following the date on which the ratio is determined of at least one. The Liquidity
Regulation also allows banks and financial services institutions subject to it to use their own
methodology and procedures to measure and manage liquidity risk if the BaFin has approved such
methodology and procedures. The liquidity ratio and estimated liquidity ratios for the next eleven
months must be reported to the BaFin on a monthly basis. The liquidity requirements do not apply on
a consolidated basis.
Financial Statements and Audits
As required by the German Commercial Code (Handelsgesetzbuch), we prepare our non-consolidated
financial statements in accordance with German GAAP and our consolidated financial statements in
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS. Until December 31, 2006 we
prepared our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP as then permitted by
the German Commercial Code.
Since we have waived the application of capital adequacy requirements and large exposure limits on
an unconsolidated basis beginning January 1, 2007, our compliance with such requirements is
determined solely on a consolidated basis pursuant to consolidated financial statements prepared in
accordance with IFRS.
Under German law, we are required to be audited annually by a certified public accountant
(Wirtschaftsprüfer). The accountant is appointed at the shareholders’ meeting. However, the
supervisory board mandates the accountant and supervises the audit. The BaFin must be informed of
and may reject the accountant’s appointment.
The Banking Act requires that a bank’s auditor informs the BaFin of any facts that come to the
accountant’s attention which would lead it to refuse to certify or to limit its certification of
the bank’s annual financial statements or which would adversely affect the financial position of
the bank. The auditor is also required to notify the BaFin in the event of a material breach by
management of the articles of association or of any other applicable law.
The auditor is required to prepare a detailed and comprehensive annual audit report
(Prüfungsbericht) for submission to the bank’s supervisory board, the BaFin and the Bundesbank.
Reporting Requirements
The BaFin and the Bundesbank require German banks to file comprehensive information in order to
monitor compliance with the Banking Act and other applicable legal requirements and to obtain
information on the financial condition of banks.
The Banking Act requires each German bank to have an effective and independent internal audit
function. Internal audits are risk-based, conducted regularly and designed to provide independent
reasonable assurance regarding the adequacy of the systems of internal controls of the activities
and processes of the bank.
Banks are also required to have a written plan of organization that sets forth the responsibilities
of the employees and operating procedures. The bank’s internal audit department is required to
monitor compliance with the plan.
Enforcement of Banking Regulations; Investigative Powers
Investigations
and Official Audits
The BaFin conducts audits of banks on a random basis, as well as for cause. The BaFin is also
responsible for auditing internal risk models used by a bank for regulatory purposes. It may
require a bank to furnish information and documents in order to ensure that the bank is complying
with the Banking Act and applicable regulations. The BaFin may conduct investigations without
having to state a reason therefor.
The BaFin may also conduct investigations at a foreign entity that is part of a bank’s group for
regulatory purposes. Investigations of foreign entities are limited to the extent that the law of
the jurisdiction where the entity is located
restricts such investigations.
The BaFin may attend meetings of a bank’s supervisory board and shareholders’ meetings. It also has
the authority to require that such meetings be convened.
Enforcement Powers
The BaFin has a wide range of enforcement powers in the event it discovers any irregularities. It
may remove the bank’s managers from office, transfer their responsibilities in whole or in part to
a special commissioner or prohibit them from exercising their current managerial capacities. If a
bank’s own funds are inadequate or if a bank does not meet the liquidity requirements and the bank
fails to remedy the deficiency within a certain period, then the BaFin may prohibit or restrict the
bank from distributing profits or extending credit. This prohibition also applies to the parent
bank of a group of institutions in the event that the own funds of the group are inadequate on a
consolidated basis. If a bank fails to meet the liquidity requirements, the BaFin may also prohibit
the bank from making further investments in illiquid assets. The BaFin may also order a bank to
adopt measures to contain risks if such risks result from particular types of transactions or
systems used by the bank.
If a bank is in danger of defaulting on its obligations to creditors, the BaFin may take emergency
measures to avert default. These emergency measures may include:
—
issuing instructions relating to the management of the bank;
—
prohibiting the acceptance of deposits and the extension of credit;
—
ordering that certain measures to reduce risks are taken;
—
prohibiting or restricting the bank’s managers from carrying on their functions; and
If these measures are inadequate, the BaFin may revoke the bank’s license and, if appropriate,
order the closure of the bank.
To avoid the insolvency of a bank, the BaFin may prohibit payments and disposals of assets, close
the bank’s customer services, and prohibit the bank from accepting any payments other than payments
of debts owed to the bank. Only the BaFin may file an application for the initiation of insolvency
proceedings against a bank.
Violations of the Banking Act may result in criminal and administrative penalties.
In response to the current crisis on the financial markets, proposals are discussed to enhance the
BaFin’s enforcement powers. One proposal is to empower the BaFin to instruct a bank that is in
danger of defaulting on its obligations to increase its capital by issuing common stock to the
newly created Financial-Market Stabilization Fund (Sonderfonds Finanzmarktstabilisierung)
notwithstanding any shareholder resolutions to the contrary.
Deposit Protection in Germany
The Deposit Guarantee Act
The Law on Deposit Insurance and Investor Compensation (Einlagensicherungs- und
Anlegerentschädigungsgesetz, the Deposit Guarantee Act) provides for a mandatory deposit insurance
system in Germany. It requires that each German bank participate in one of the licensed
government-controlled investor compensation institutions (Entschädigungseinrichtungen). The
investor compensation institutions are supervised by the BaFin. Entschädigungseinrichtung deutscher
Banken GmbH acts as the investor compensation institution for private sector banks such as us.
The investor compensation institutions collect and administer the contributions of the member banks
and settle the compensation claims of investors in accordance with the Deposit Guarantee Act. In
the event a bank’s financial condition leaves the bank permanently unable to repay deposits or
perform its obligations under securities transactions, and the BaFin has published its
determination to that effect, the Deposit Guarantee Act authorizes creditors of the bank to make
claims against the bank’s investor compensation institution. Certain entities, such as banks,
financial institutions (Finanzinstitute), insurance companies, investment funds, the Federal
Republic of Germany, the German federal states, municipalities and medium-sized and large
corporations, are not eligible to make such claims.
Investor compensation institutions are liable only for obligations resulting from deposits and
securities transactions that are denominated in euro or the currency of a contracting state to the
Agreement on the European Economic Area. Investor compensation institutions are not liable for
obligations represented by instruments in bearer form or negotiable by endorsement. Investor
compensation institutions’ liabilities for failed banks are limited to 90 % of the
aggregate value of each creditor’s deposits with the bank and to 90 % of the aggregate
value of obligations arising from securities transactions. The maximum liability of an investor
compensation institution to any one creditor is limited to € 20,000. In February 2009, the Federal
government introduced a bill to amend the Deposit Guarantee Act by raising the limit to € 50,000
from June 30, 2009 onwards and to € 100,000 from December 31, 2010 onwards and to
provide for 100 % coverage within these limits. This amendment will transpose a European
directive expected to be passed this spring.
Banks are obliged to make annual contributions to the investor compensation institution in which
they participate. An investor compensation institution must levy special contributions on the banks
participating therein or take up loans, whenever it is necessary to settle compensation claims by
such institution in accordance with the Deposit Guarantee
Act. There is no absolute limit on such special contributions. The investor compensation
institution may exempt a bank from special contributions in whole or in part if full payments of
such contributions are likely to render such bank unable to repay its deposits or perform its
obligations under securities transactions. The amount of such contribution will then be added
proportionately to the special contributions levied on the other participating banks.
Voluntary Deposit Protection System
Liabilities to creditors that are not covered under the Deposit Guarantee Act may be covered by one
of the various protection funds set up by the banking industry on a voluntary basis. We take part
in the Deposit Protection Fund of the Association of German Banks (Einlagensicherungsfonds des
Bundesverbandes deutscher Banken e.V.). The Deposit Protection Fund covers liabilities to customers
up to an amount equal to 30 % of the bank’s core capital and supplementary capital (to the
extent that supplementary capital does not exceed 25 % of core capital). Liabilities to
other banks and other specified institutions, obligations of banks represented by instruments in
bearer form and covered bonds in registered form (Namenspfandbriefe) are not covered. To the extent
the Deposit Protection Fund makes payments to customers of a bank, it will be subrogated to their
claims against the bank.
Banks that participate in the Deposit Protection Fund make regular contributions to the fund based
on their liabilities to customers, and may be required to make special contributions up to the
amount of their regular contributions to the extent requested by the Deposit Protection Fund to
enable it to fulfill its purpose. If one or more German banks are in financial difficulties, we may
therefore participate in their restructuring even where we have no business relationship or
strategic interest, in order to avoid making special contributions to the Deposit Protection Fund
in case of an insolvency of such bank or banks, or we may be required to make such special
contributions.
Regulation and Supervision in the European Economic Area
Since 1989 the European Union enacted a number of Directives to create a single European
Union-wide market with almost no internal barriers on banking and financial services. The Agreement
on the European Economic Area
extends this single market to Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway. Within this market our branches
generally operate under the so-called “European Passport.” Under the European Passport, our
branches are subject to regulation and supervision primarily by the BaFin. The authorities of the
host country are responsible for the regulation and supervision of the liquidity requirements and
the financial markets of the host country. They also retain responsibility for the provision of
securities services within the territory of the host country.
Regulation and Supervision in the United States
Our operations are subject to extensive federal and state banking and securities regulation and
supervision in the United States. We engage in U.S. banking activities directly through our New
York branch. We also control U.S. banking subsidiaries, including Deutsche Bank Trust Company
Americas (“DBTCA”), and U.S. broker-dealers, such as Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., U.S.
nondepositary trust companies and nonbanking subsidiaries.
Regulatory Authorities
Deutsche Bank AG and Taunus Corporation, its wholly owned subsidiary, are bank holding companies
under the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the Bank Holding Company Act), by
virtue of, among other things, our ownership of DBTCA. As a result, we and our U.S. operations are
subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve Board as our U.S.
“umbrella supervisor”.
DBTCA is a New York state-chartered bank and a member of the Federal Reserve System, and its
deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the FDIC). As such, DBTCA is
subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve System and the New York
State Banking Department and to relevant FDIC regulation. Deutsche Bank Trust Company Delaware is a
Delaware state-chartered bank which is not a member of the Federal Reserve System. As a state
non-member bank the deposits of which are insured by the FDIC, it is subject to regulation,
supervision and examination by the FDIC and the Office of the State Bank Commissioner of Delaware.
Our New York branch is supervised by the Federal Reserve System and the New York State Banking
Department, but its deposits are not insured (or eligible to be insured) by the FDIC. Our
federally-chartered nondeposit trust companies are subject to regulation, supervision and
examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. Certain of our subsidiaries are also
subject to regulation, supervision and examination by state banking regulators of certain states in
which we conduct banking operations, including New Jersey.
Restrictions on Activities
As described below, federal and state banking laws and regulations restrict our ability to engage,
directly or indirectly through subsidiaries, in activities in the United States.
We are required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before directly or
indirectly acquiring the ownership or control of more than 5 % of any class of voting
shares of U.S. banks, certain other depository institutions, and bank or depository institution
holding companies. Under the Bank Holding Company Act and Federal Reserve Board regulations, our
U.S. banking operations (including our New York branch and DBTCA) are also restricted from engaging
in certain “tying” arrangements involving products and services.
Our two U.S. insured bank subsidiaries are subject to requirements and restrictions under federal
and state law,
including requirements to maintain reserves against deposits, restrictions on the types and amounts
of loans that may be made and the interest that may be charged thereon, and limitations on the
types of investments that may be made and the types of services that may be offered. Various
consumer laws and regulations also affect the operations of these subsidiaries.
Under U.S. law, our activities and those of our subsidiaries are generally limited to the business
of banking, managing or controlling banks, and other activities that the Federal Reserve Board has
determined to be a proper incident to banking or managing or controlling banks. Following the
Gramm-Leach Bliley Act of 1999 (the GLB Act), however, qualifying bank holding companies and
foreign banks that become financial holding companies may engage in a substantially broader range
of nonbanking activities in the United States, including securities, merchant banking, insurance
and other financial activities, in many cases, without prior notice to, or approval from, the
Federal Reserve Board or any other U.S. banking regulator. We became a financial holding company in
March 2000 and, so long as we maintain that designation, we are able to engage in this broader
range of activities. As a non-U.S. bank, we are generally authorized under the Bank Holding Company
Act and Federal Reserve Board regulations to acquire a non-U.S. company engaged in nonfinancial
activities provided that the company’s U.S. operations do not exceed thresholds specified in
Federal Reserve Board regulations and certain other conditions are met. In addition, under the
merchant banking authority granted by the GLB Act and Federal Reserve Board regulations, we and our
nonbank subsidiaries may, as a general matter, invest in companies that engage in activities that
are not financial in nature, as long as we limit the duration of the investment to ten (and, in
certain cases, fifteen) years, do not routinely manage any such portfolio company and do not engage
in any cross-marketing with our U.S. branch or bank subsidiaries.
Our status as a financial holding company, and resulting ability to engage in the broader range of
activities permitted under the GLB Act, are dependent on Deutsche Bank AG and our two insured U.S.
depository institutions remaining “well capitalized” and “well managed” (as defined by Federal
Reserve Board regulations) and upon our insured U.S. depository institutions meeting certain
requirements under the Community Reinvestment Act. In order to meet the “well capitalized” test, we
and our U.S. depository institutions are required to maintain capital ratios comparable to those of
a well-capitalized U.S. bank, including a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least
6 % and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10 %. If we or one of our U.S.
depository institutions cease to be well-capitalized or well-managed, or otherwise fail to meet any
of the requirements for financial holding company status, then, depending on which requirement we
fail to meet, we may be required to discontinue activities and investments authorized under the GLB
Act or terminate our U.S. banking operations.
Pursuant to Supervision and Regulation Letter No. 01-01 (SR 01-01), issued in 2001 by the Federal
Reserve Board’s Division of Banking Supervision and Regulation, Taunus Corporation, as the top-tier
U.S. bank holding company subsidiary of Deutsche Bank AG, is not required to comply with capital
adequacy guidelines generally made applicable to U.S. banking organizations by the Federal Reserve
Board, as long as Deutsche Bank AG remains a financial holding company that the Federal Reserve
Board continues to regard as well capitalized and well managed. Because Taunus Corporation is able
to fund its subsidiaries via its parent, it does not maintain stand-alone capital. Therefore,
should Deutsche Bank AG cease to be well capitalized or well managed, and should Taunus Corporation
thereby (or otherwise because of a change in Federal Reserve Board policy) become subject to U.S.
capital guidelines, Deutsche Bank AG would have to restructure its U.S. activities. The extent of
such restructuring, and the adverse affects that it would have on the financial condition and
operations of Deutsche Bank, cannot be estimated at this time.
The GLB Act and Federal Reserve Board regulations contain other provisions that could affect our
operations and the operations of all financial institutions. One of these provisions requires us to
disclose our privacy policy to consumers and to offer them the ability to opt out of having their
non-public information disclosed to third parties. In addition, individual states are permitted to
adopt more extensive privacy protections through legislation or regulation.
The so-called “push-out” provisions of the GLB Act also narrow the exclusion of banks (including
U.S. branches of foreign banks, such as our New York branch) from the definitions of “broker” and
“dealer” under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934. The rules narrowing the exclusion of banks from the definition of “dealer”
became effective on September 30, 2003 and those narrowing the exclusion of banks from the
definition of “broker” became effective for us on January 1, 2009. As a result of these rules,
certain securities activities conducted by DBTCA and our New York branch have been restructured or
transferred to one or more U.S. registered broker-dealer subsidiaries.
In addition, under U.S. federal banking laws, state-chartered banks (such as DBTCA) and
state-licensed branches and agencies of foreign banks (such as our New York branch) may not, as a
general matter, engage as a principal in any type of activity not permissible for their federally
chartered or licensed counterparts, unless (i) in the case of state-chartered banks (such as
DBTCA), the FDIC determines that the additional activity would pose no significant risk to the
FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund and is consistent with sound banking practices, and (ii) in the case
of state
licensed branches and agencies (such as our New York branch), the Federal Reserve Board determines
that the additional activity is consistent with sound banking practices. United States federal
banking laws also subject state branches and agencies to the same single-borrower lending limits
that apply to federal branches or agencies, which
are substantially similar to the lending limits applicable to national banks. These single-borrower
lending limits are
based on the worldwide capital of the entire foreign bank (i.e., Deutsche Bank AG in the case of
our New York branch).
Under the International Banking Act of 1978, as amended, the Federal Reserve Board may terminate
the activities of any U.S. office of a foreign bank if it determines that the foreign bank is not
subject to comprehensive supervision on a consolidated basis in its home country (unless the home
country is making demonstrable progress toward establishing such supervision), or that there is
reasonable cause to believe that such foreign bank or its affiliate has violated the law or engaged
in an unsafe or unsound banking practice in the United States and, as a result of such violation or
practice, the continued operation of the U.S. office would be inconsistent with the public interest
or with the purposes of federal banking laws.
There are various legal restrictions on the extent to which we and our nonbank subsidiaries can
borrow or otherwise obtain credit from our U.S. banking subsidiaries or engage in certain other
transactions involving those subsidiaries.
In general, these transactions must be on terms that would ordinarily be offered to unaffiliated
entities and must be secured by designated amounts of specified collateral. In addition, certain
transactions, such as certain extensions of credit by a U.S. bank subsidiary to, or purchases of
assets by such a subsidiary from, us or our nonbank subsidiaries are subject to volume limitations.
These restrictions also apply to certain transactions of our New York Branch with our U.S.
broker-dealer and certain of our other affiliates.
Our New York Branch
Our New York branch is licensed by the New York Superintendent of Banks to conduct a commercial
banking business. Under the New York State Banking Law and regulations, our New York branch is
required to maintain eligible high-quality assets with banks in the State of New York, as security
for the protection of depositors and certain other creditors. In the case of foreign banking
corporations that have been designated as “well-rated” by the New York State Superintendent of
Banks, as our New York branch has been, the amount of assets required to be pledged is determined
on the basis of sliding scale, whereby the amount required to be pledged as a percentage of
third-party liabilities decreases from 1 % to 0.25 % as such liabilities increase
from U.S.$ 1 billion or less to more than U.S.$ 10 billion
(up to a maximum of U.S.$ 100 million of assets pledged). Should our New York Branch cease to be “well-rated” by
the New York State Superintendent of Banks we may need to maintain substantial additional amounts
of eligible
assets with banks in the State of New York.
The New York State Banking Law also empowers the Superintendent of Banks to establish asset
maintenance requirements for branches of foreign banks, expressed as a percentage of each branch’s
liabilities. The presently designated percentage is 0 %, although the Superintendent may
impose additional asset maintenance requirements upon individual branches on a case-by-case basis.
No such requirement has been imposed upon our New York branch.
The New York State Banking Law authorizes the Superintendent of Banks to take possession of the
business and property of a New York branch of a foreign bank under circumstances involving
violation of law, conduct of business in an unsafe manner, impairment of capital, suspension of
payment of obligations, or initiation of liquidation proceedings against the foreign bank at its
domicile or elsewhere. In liquidating or dealing with a branch’s business after taking possession
of a branch, only the claims of creditors which arose out of transactions with a branch are to be
accepted by the Superintendent of Banks for payment out of the business and property of the foreign
bank in the State of New York, without prejudice to the rights of the holders of such claims to be
satisfied out of other assets of the foreign bank.
After such claims are paid, the Superintendent of Banks will turn over the remaining assets, if
any, to the foreign bank or its duly appointed liquidator or receiver.
Under the New York State Banking Law, our New York branch is generally subject to the same limits
on lending to a single borrower, expressed as a ratio of capital, that apply to a New York
state-chartered bank, except that for our New York branch such limits are based on our worldwide
capital.
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
DBTCA, like other FDIC-insured banks, is required to pay assessments to the FDIC for deposit
insurance under the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund (calculated using a risk-based assessment system
adopted by the FDIC pursuant to regulations that became effective January 1, 2007). These
assessments can currently vary between 12 to 14 basis points for well managed and well capitalized
banks, and are based on the examination rating accorded a bank by its primary federal regulator
(the Federal Reserve Board in the case of DBTCA) and, in certain cases, the bank’s long-term debt
ratings established by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations. The FDIC has
recently finalized proposed changes to the risk-based assessment scale designed to make the
assessment system more risk sensitive. The new assessment rules which take effect beginning April1, 2009, provide for an expanded range of assessments and alter the way the FDIC differentiates
for risk in the system. The FDIC projects an overall average assessment rate for FDIC insured
institutions of 15.4 basis points beginning in April 2009 and intends to impose special assessments
in 2009 in light of losses incurred by the Deposit Insurance Fund on account of current financial
market conditions. In 2008, the FDIC’s deposit insurance was temporarily increased from
U.S.$ 100,000 to U.S.$ 250,000 per depositor through December 31, 2009.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (referred to as FDICIA) provides
for extensive regulation of depository institutions (such as DBTCA and its direct and indirect
parent companies), including requiring federal banking regulators to take “prompt corrective
action” with respect to FDIC-insured banks that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For this
purpose, FDICIA establishes five tiers of institutions: “well capitalized”,
“adequately capitalized”, “undercapitalized”, “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically
undercapitalized”. As an insured bank’s capital level declines and the bank falls into lower
categories (or if it is placed in a lower category by the discretionary action of its supervisor),
greater limits are placed on its activities and federal banking regulators are
authorized (and, in many cases, required) to take increasingly more stringent supervisory actions,
which could ultimately include the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the bank (even if
it is solvent). In addition, FDICIA generally prohibits an FDIC-insured bank from making any
capital distribution (including payment of a dividend) or payment of a management fee to its
holding company if the bank would thereafter be undercapitalized. If an insured bank becomes
“undercapitalized”, it is required to submit to federal regulators a capital restoration plan
guaranteed by the bank’s holding company. The guarantee is limited to 5 % of the bank’s
assets at the time it becomes undercapitalized or, should the undercapitalized bank fail to comply
with the plan, the amount of the capital deficiency at the time of failure, whichever is less. If
an undercapitalized bank fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it were
“significantly undercapitalized”. Significantly undercapitalized banks may be subject to a number
of restrictions, including requirements to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately
capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets and restrictions on accepting deposits from
correspondent banks. “Critically undercapitalized” depository institutions are subject to
appointment of a receiver or conservator. Since the enactment of FDICIA, both of our U.S. insured
banks have been categorized as “well capitalized” under Federal Reserve Board regulations.
DBTCA and its sister bank, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Delaware, participate in the FDIC’s
Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, and particularly, the Transaction Account Guarantee Program
thereunder, pursuant to which the FDIC guarantees certain noninterest-bearing transaction accounts.
Under the Transaction Account Guarantee Program, eligible noninterest-bearing transaction accounts
are fully guaranteed by the FDIC for the entire amount in the account until December 1, 2009.
Institutions participating in the Transaction Account Guarantee Program are
assessed a supplemental premium on balances exceeding the U.S.$ 250,000 per-customer limit for
deposit insurance.
It is not possible to predict the potential financial impact on us of any U.S. banking and
financial sector-related regulatory changes that may be made as a result of current financial
market conditions. Our U.S. competitors have access to funds from the Troubled Asset Repurchase
Program (TARP). Because we are a non-U.S. banking organization, we and our U.S. subsidiaries are
not eligible to participate in the Capital Purchase Program under TARP.
Other
In the United States, our U.S.-registered broker-dealers are regulated by the Securities and
Exchange Commission. Broker-dealers are subject to regulations that cover all aspects of the
securities business, including:
—
sales methods;
—
trade practices among broker-dealers;
—
use and safekeeping of customers’ funds and securities;
—
capital structure;
—
recordkeeping;
—
the financing of customers’ purchases; and
—
the conduct of directors, officers and employees.
In addition, our principal U.S. SEC-registered broker dealer subsidiary, Deutsche Bank Securities
Inc., is a member of and regulated by the New York Stock Exchange and is regulated by the
individual state securities authorities in the states in which it operates. The U.S. government
agencies and self-regulatory organizations, as well as state securities authorities in the United
States having jurisdiction over our U.S. broker-dealer affiliates, are empowered to conduct
administrative proceedings that can result in censure, fine, the issuance of cease-and-desist
orders or the suspension or expulsion of a broker-dealer or its directors, officers or employees.
Organizational Structure
We operate our business along the structure of our three group divisions. Deutsche Bank AG is
the direct or indirect holding company for our subsidiaries. The following table sets forth the
significant subsidiaries we own, directly or indirectly. We have provided information on Taunus
Corporation’s principal subsidiaries, to give an idea of their businesses. We have also included
Deutsche Bank Privat- und Geschäftskunden Aktiengesellschaft as well as DB Capital Markets
(Deutschland) GmbH and its principal subsidiary.
We own 100 % of the equity and voting interests in these significant subsidiaries.
Subsidiary
Place of Incorporation
Taunus Corporation1
Delaware, United States
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas2
New York, United States
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.3
Delaware, United States
Deutsche Bank Privat- und Geschäftskunden Aktiengesellschaft4
Frankfurt am Main, Germany
DB Capital Markets (Deutschland) GmbH5
Frankfurt am Main, Germany
DWS Investment GmbH6
Frankfurt am Main, Germany
1
This company is a holding company for most of our subsidiaries in the United States.
2
This company is a subsidiary of Taunus Corporation. Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas is
a New York State-chartered bank which originates loans and other forms of credit, accepts
deposits, arranges financings and provides numerous other commercial banking and financial
services.
3
This company is a subsidiary of Taunus Corporation. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. is a U.S.
SEC-registered broker dealer and a member of, and regulated by, the New York Stock Exchange.
It is also regulated by the individual state securities authorities in the states in which
it operates.
4
The company serves private individuals, affluent clients and small business clients with
banking products.
5
This company is a German limited liability company and operates as a holding company for a
number of European subsidiaries, mainly institutional and mutual fund management companies
located in Germany, Luxembourg, France, Austria, Switzerland, Italy, Poland and Russia.
6
This company, in which DB Capital Markets (Deutschland) GmbH indirectly owns
100 % of the equity and voting interests, is a limited liability company that operates
as a mutual fund manager.
Property and Equipment
As of December 31, 2008, we operated in 72 countries out of 1,981 branches around the world, of
which 50 % were in Germany. We lease a majority of our offices and branches under long-term
agreements.
As of December 31, 2008, we had premises and equipment with a total book value of approximately
€ 3.7 billion. Included in this amount were land and buildings with a carrying value of
approximately € 911 million. As of December 31, 2007, we had premises and equipment with a
total book value of approximately € 2.4 billion. Included in this amount were land and
buildings with a carrying value of approximately € 981 million.
We continue to review our property requirements worldwide taking into account cost containment
measures as well as growth initiatives in selected businesses.
Information Required by Industry Guide 3
Please see pages S-1 through S-16 of the supplemental financial information, which pages are
incorporated by reference herein, for information required by Industry Guide 3.
Item 4A:
Unresolved Staff Comments
We have not received written comments from the Securities and Exchange Commission regarding our
periodic reports under the Exchange Act, as of any day 180 days or more before the end of the
fiscal year to which this annual report relates, which remain unresolved.
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated
financial statements and the related notes to them included in Item 18 of this document, on which
we have based this discussion and analysis. Our consolidated financial statements for the years
ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 have been audited by KPMG AG
Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, as described in the “Report of Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm” on page F-3.
We have prepared our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the
International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and as endorsed by the European Union (“EU”). Until December31, 2006, we prepared our consolidated financial information in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles in the United States. The effective date of our transition to IFRS was
January 1, 2006.
Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates
Our significant accounting policies, as described in Note [1] to the consolidated
financial statements, are essential to understanding our reported results of operations and
financial condition. Certain of these accounting policies require critical accounting estimates
that involve complex and subjective judgments and the use of assumptions, some of which may be for
matters that are inherently uncertain and susceptible to change. Such critical accounting estimates
could change from period to period and have a material impact on our financial condition, changes
in financial condition or results of operations. Critical accounting estimates could also involve
estimates where management could have reasonably used another estimate in the current accounting
period. Actual results may differ from these estimates if conditions or underlying circumstances
were to change.
We have identified the following significant accounting policies that involve critical accounting
estimates. The impact and any associated risks related to these policies on our business operations
is discussed throughout “Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” where such policies
affect our reported and expected financial results.
Fair Value Estimates
Certain of our financial instruments are carried at fair value with changes in fair value
recognized in the consolidated statement of income. This includes trading assets and liabilities
and financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss. In addition,
financial assets that are classified as available for sale are carried at fair value with the
changes in fair value reported in a component of shareholders’ equity. Derivatives held for
non-trading purposes are carried at fair value with changes in value recognized through the
consolidated income statement, except where they are in cash flow hedge accounting relationships
when changes in fair value of the effective portion of the hedge are reflected directly in a
component of shareholders’ equity.
20-F Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
Trading assets include debt and equity securities, derivatives held for trading purposes and
trading loans. Trading liabilities consist primarily of derivative liabilities and short positions.
Financial assets and liabilities which are designated at fair value through profit or loss, under
the fair value option, include repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, certain loans and loan
commitments, debt and equity securities and structured note liabilities. Private equity investments
in which we do not have a controlling financial interest or significant influence, are also carried
at fair value either as trading instruments, designated as at fair value through profit or loss or
as available for sale instruments.
Fair value is defined as the price at which an asset or liability could be exchanged in a current
transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale.
In reaching estimates of fair value management judgment needs to be exercised. The areas requiring
significant management judgment are identified, documented and reported to senior management as
part of the valuation control framework and the standard monthly reporting cycle. Our specialist
model validation and valuation groups focus attention on the areas of subjectivity and judgment.
The level of management judgment required in establishing fair value of financial instruments for
which there is a quoted price in an active market is minimal. Similarly there is little
subjectivity or judgment required for instruments valued using valuation models that are standard
across the industry and where all parameter inputs are quoted in active markets.
The level of subjectivity and degree of management judgment required is more significant for those
instruments
valued using specialized and sophisticated models and where some or all of the parameter inputs are
not observable. Management judgment is required in the selection and application of appropriate
parameters, assumptions and modeling techniques. In particular, where data are obtained from
infrequent market transactions extrapolation and interpolation techniques must be applied. In
addition, where no market data are available parameter inputs are determined by assessing other
relevant sources of information such as historical data, fundamental analysis of the economics of
the transaction and proxy information from similar transactions and making appropriate adjustments
to reflect the terms of the actual instrument being valued and current market conditions. Where
different valuation techniques indicate a range of possible fair values for an instrument,
management has to establish what point within the range of estimates best represents fair value.
Further, some valuation adjustments may require the exercise of management judgment to achieve fair
value.
Methods of Determining Fair Value
A substantial percentage of our financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value are based
on, or derived from, observable prices or inputs. The availability of observable prices or inputs
varies by product and market, and may change over time. For example, observable prices or inputs
are usually available for: liquid securities; exchange traded derivatives; over the counter (OTC)
derivatives transacted in liquid trading markets such as interest rate swaps, foreign exchange
forward and option contracts in G7 currencies; and equity swap and option contracts on listed
securities or indices. If observable prices or inputs are available, they are utilized in the
determination of fair value and, as such, fair value can be determined without significant
judgment. This includes instruments for which the fair value is derived from a valuation model that
is standard across the industry and the inputs are directly observable. This is the case for many
generic swap and option contracts.
In other markets or for certain instruments, observable prices or inputs are not available, and
fair value is determined using valuation techniques appropriate for the particular instrument. For
example, instruments subject to valuation techniques include: trading loans and other loans or loan
commitments designated at fair value through profit or loss, under the fair value option; new,
complex and long-dated OTC derivatives; transactions in immature or limited markets; distressed
debt securities and loans; private equity securities and retained interests in securitizations of
financial assets. The application of valuation techniques to determine fair value involves
estimation and management judgment, the extent of which will vary with the degree of complexity and
liquidity in the market. Valuation techniques
include industry standard models based on discounted cash flow analysis, which are dependent upon
estimated future cash flows and the discount rate used. For more complex products, the valuation
models include more complex modeling techniques, parameters and assumptions, such as volatility,
correlation, prepayment speeds, default rates and loss severity. Management judgment is required in
the selection and application of the appropriate parameters, assumptions and modeling techniques.
Because the objective of using a valuation technique is to establish the price at which market
participants would currently transact, the valuation techniques incorporate all factors that we
believe market participants would consider in setting a transaction price.
Valuation adjustments are an integral part of the fair value process that requires the exercise of
judgment. In making appropriate valuation adjustments, we follow methodologies that consider
factors such as bid-offer spread valuation adjustments, liquidity, and credit risk (both
counterparty credit risk in relation to financial assets and our own credit risk in relation to
financial liabilities).
The fair value of our financial liabilities (e.g., OTC derivative liabilities and structured note
liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss) incorporates the change in our own
credit risk of the financial liability. For derivative liabilities we consider our own
creditworthiness by assessing all counterparties’ potential future exposure to us, taking into
account any collateral held, the effect of any master netting agreements, expected loss given
default and our own credit risk based on historic default levels. The change in our own credit risk
for structured note liabilities is calculated by discounting the contractual cash flows of the
instrument using the rate at which similar instruments would be issued at the measurement date. The
resulting fair value is an estimate of the price at which the specific liability would be exchanged
at the measurement date with another market participant.
If there are significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation technique, the financial
instrument is recognized at the transaction price and any trade date profit is deferred. We
recognize the deferred amount using systematic methods over the period between trade date and the
date when the market is expected to become observable, or over the life of the trade (whichever is
shorter). We use such a methodology because it reflects the changing economic and risk profiles of
the instruments as the market develops or as the instruments themselves progress to maturity. Any
remaining deferred profit is recognized through the income statement when the transaction becomes
observable and/or we enter into a transaction that will substantially eliminate the instrument’s
risk. In the rare circumstances that a trade date loss arises, it would be recognized at inception
of the transaction to the extent that it is probable that a loss has been incurred and a reliable
estimate of the loss amount can be made. The decision regarding the subsequent recognition of the
deferred amount is made after careful assessment of the then current facts and circumstances
supporting
observability of parameters and/or risk mitigation.
We have established internal control procedures over the valuation process to provide assurance
over the appropriateness of the fair values applied. If fair value is determined by valuation
models, the assumptions and techniques
20-F Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
within the models are independently
validated by a specialist group. Price and parameter inputs,
assumptions and valuation adjustments are subject to verification and review processes. If the
price and parameter inputs are observable, they are verified against independent sources.
If prices and parameter inputs or assumptions are not observable, the appropriateness of fair value
is subject to additional procedures to assess its reasonableness. Such procedures include
performing revaluations using independently generated models, assessing the valuations against
appropriate proxy instruments, performing sensitivity analysis and extrapolation techniques, and
considering other benchmarks. Assessment is made as to whether the valuation techniques yield fair
value estimates that are reflective of the way the market operates by calibrating the results of
the valuation models against market transactions. These procedures require the application of
management judgment.
Under IFRS, the financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value are required to be disclosed
according to the valuation method used to determine their fair value. Specifically, segmentation is
required between those valued using quoted market prices in an active market, valuation techniques
based on observable parameters and valuation techniques using significant unobservable parameters.
This disclosure is provided in Note [11] to the consolidated financial statements. Our financial
assets held at fair value for which we determine fair value using valuation techniques where
observable prices or inputs were not available were € 88.7 billion at December 31, 2008,
compared to € 87.8 billion at December 31, 2007. Our financial liabilities held at fair
value for which we determine fair value using valuation techniques where observable prices or
inputs were not available were € 34.4 billion at December 31, 2008 and € 23.1 billion
at December 31, 2007. Management judgment is required in determining the category to which certain
instruments should be allocated. This specifically arises when the valuation is determined by a
number of parameters, some of which are observable and others are not. Further, the classification
of an instrument can change over time to reflect changes in market liquidity and therefore price
transparency.
Other valuation controls include review and analysis of daily profit and loss, validation of
valuation through close out profit and loss and Value-at-Risk back-testing. For further discussion
on our Value-at-Risk Analysis, see “Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit,
Market and Other Risk – Market Risk – Value-at-Risk Analysis.”
Reclassification of Financial Assets
We classify our financial assets into the following categories: financial assets at fair value
through profit or loss, financial assets available for sale (“AFS”) or loans. The appropriate
classification of financial assets is determined at the time of
initial recognition. In addition,
under the amendments to IAS 39 and IFRS 7, “Reclassification of Financial Assets” which were
approved by the IASB and endorsed by the EU in October 2008, it is permissible to reclassify
certain financial assets out of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss and the
available for sale classifications into the loans classification. For assets to be reclassified
there must be a clear change in management intent with respect to the assets since initial
recognition and the financial asset must meet the definition of a loan at the reclassification
date. Additionally, there must be an intent and ability to hold the asset for the foreseeable
future at the reclassification date. There is no ability for subsequent reclassification back to
the trading or available for sale classifications.
In the third quarter 2008, we identified assets, eligible under the amendments, for which we had a clear
change of intent to hold for the foreseeable future. These assets were reclassified with effect
from July 1, 2008 at fair value as of that
date. In the fourth quarter 2008, we made additional
reclassifications, at fair value at the date of reclassification. Where the decision to reclassify
was made by November 1, 2008, the reclassifications were made with effect from
October 1, 2008, at fair value on that date. Reclassifications made after November 1, 2008 were
made on a prospective basis at fair value on the date of reclassification. All reclassifications
were to loans. In these instances, management believed the intrinsic values of the assets exceeded
their estimated fair values, which have been significantly adversely impacted by the reduced
liquidity in the financial markets, and returns on these assets would be optimized by holding them
for the foreseeable future. Where this clear change of intent existed and was supported by an
ability to hold and fund the underlying positions, we concluded that the reclassifications aligned
more closely the accounting with the business intent.
Significant management judgment and assumptions are required to identify assets eligible under the
amendments for which intrinsic value exceeds estimated fair value. Significant management judgment
and assumptions are also
required to estimate the fair value of the assets identified (as described in “Fair Value
Estimates”) at the date of
reclassification, which becomes the amortized cost base under the loan classification. The task
facing management in both these matters was particularly challenging in the highly volatile and
uncertain economic and financial market conditions that characterized the third and fourth quarters
of 2008. The change of intent to hold for the foreseeable future is another matter requiring
significant management judgment. The change in intent is not simply determined because of an
absence of attractive prices nor is foreseeable future defined as the period until the return of
attractive prices. We have established a minimum guideline for what constitutes a change of intent
to hold for the foreseeable future. At the time of reclassification, there must be:
—
no intent to dispose of the asset through sale or securitization within one year and no internal or external requirement
that would restrict our ability to hold or require sale; and
—
the business plan going forward should not be to profit from short-term movements in price.
Qualifying financial assets proposed for reclassification which meet the minimum guideline are
considered based on the facts and circumstances of each asset under consideration. A positive
management determination is required after taking into account the ability and plausibility to
execute the strategy to hold.
At the time of reclassification and subsequently, the reclassified assets, which are now accounted
for as loans, are tested for impairment as described under “Impairment of Financial Assets”.
To the extent that assets categorized as loans are repaid, restructured or eventually sold and the
amount received is less than the carrying value at that time, then a loss would be recognized.
Impairment of Financial Assets
At each balance sheet date we assess whether there is objective evidence that
a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset or
group of financial assets is impaired and impairment losses
are incurred if there is:
—
objective evidence of impairment as a result of a loss event that
occurred after the initial recognition of the asset and up to the
balance sheet date (a “loss event”);
—
the loss event had an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the
financial asset or the group of financial assets; and
—
a reliable estimate of the loss amount can be made.
20-F Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
The volume of our financial assets that are subject to testing for impairment has increased due to
the reclassification of financial assets in the second half of 2008. In assessing assets for
impairment, significant management judgment is required, particularly in circumstances of great
economic and financial uncertainty, such as those of the current financial crisis, when
developments and changes to expected cash flows can occur both with greater rapidity and less
predictability.
Impairment of Loans and Provision for Off-balance Sheet Positions
At each balance sheet date we assess whether objective evidence of impairment exists
individually for loans that are individually significant. We then assess collectively those loans
that are not individually significant and loans which are significant but for which there is no
objective evidence of impairment under the individual assessment at the balance sheet date.
Additionally, all impaired loans are reviewed to determine if there has been a change in the
impairment.
To determine whether a loss event has occurred on an individual basis, all significant counterparty
relationships are reviewed periodically. This evaluation considers current information and events
related to the counterparty, such as the counterparty experiencing significant financial difficulty
or a breach of contract, such as default or delinquency in interest or principal payments.
If there is evidence of impairment leading to an impairment loss for an individual counterparty
relationship, then the amount of the loss is determined as the difference between the carrying
amount of the loan(s), including accrued interest, and the present value of expected future cash
flows discounted at the loans’ original effective interest rate or the effective interest rate
established upon reclassification to loans, including cash flows that may result from foreclosure
less costs for obtaining and selling the collateral. The carrying amount of the loans is reduced by
the use of an allowance account and the amount of the loss is recognized in the income statement as
a component of the provision for credit losses.
The collective assessment of impairment is principally to establish an allowance amount relating to
loans that are either individually significant but for which there is no objective evidence of
impairment, or are not individually significant but for which there is, on a portfolio basis, a
loss amount that is probable of having occurred and is reasonably estimable. The loss amount for
collectively assessed loans has three components. The first component is an amount for transfer and
currency convertibility risks for loan exposures with counterparties domiciled in countries where
there are serious doubts about the ability of the counterparty to comply with the repayment terms
due to the economic or political situation prevailing in that country. This amount is calculated
using ratings for country risk and transfer risk which are established and regularly reviewed for
each country in which we do business. The second component is an allowance amount representing the
incurred losses on the portfolio of smaller-balance homogeneous loans, which are loans to
individuals and small business customers of the private banking and retail business. The loans are
grouped according to similar credit risk characteristics and the allowance for each group is
determined using statistical models based on historical experience. The third component represents
an estimate of incurred losses inherent in the group of loans that have not yet been individually
identified or measured as part of the smaller-balance homogenized loans. Loans that were found not
to be impaired when evaluated on an individual basis are included in the scope of this component of
the allowance.
The process to determine the provision for off-balance sheet positions is similar to the
methodology used for loans and includes an allowance for an individually assessed loss component
and a collectively assessed loss component. Any loss amounts are recognized as an allowance in the
balance sheet within other liabilities and charged to the income statement as a component of the
provision for credit losses.
We believe that the accounting estimate related to the impairment of loans and provision for
off-balance sheet positions is a critical accounting estimate for our Corporate Banking &
Securities and Private & Business Clients Corporate Divisions because the underlying assumptions
used for both the individually and collectively assessed impairment can change from period to
period. Such changes may materially affect our results of operations.
Our provision for credit losses totaled € 1,076 million, € 612 million and € 298
million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
For further discussion on our provision for credit losses, see “Item 11: Quantitative and
Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk – Credit Risk – Credit Loss Experience and Allowance
for Loan Losses” and Notes [15] and [16] to the consolidated financial statements.
Impairment of Other Financial Assets
Equity method investments, and financial assets classified as available for sale are evaluated
for impairment on
a quarterly basis, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that these
assets are impaired.
In the case of equity investments classified as available for sale, objective evidence of
impairment would include a significant or prolonged decline in fair value of the investment below
cost. It could also include specific conditions in an industry or geographical area or specific
information regarding the financial condition of the company, such as a downgrade in credit rating.
In the case of debt securities classified as available for sale, impairment is assessed based on
the same criteria as for loans. If information becomes available after we make our evaluation, we
may be required to recognize impairment in the future. Because the estimate for impairment could
change from period to period based upon future events that may or may not occur, we consider this
to be a critical accounting estimate. Our impairment reviews for equity method investments and
financial assets available for sale resulted in impairment charges of € 970 million in 2008,
€ 286 million in 2007 and € 27 million in 2006. For additional information on
financial assets classified as available for sale, see Note [13] to the consolidated financial
statements and for equity method investments, see Note [14] to the consolidated financial
statements.
20-F Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
Impairment of Non-financial Assets
Certain non-financial assets, including goodwill and
other intangible assets, are subject to impairment review. We
record impairment charges on assets in this
category when we believe that their
carrying value may not be recoverable.
Goodwill and other intangible assets are tested for impairment on an annual basis, or more
frequently if events
or changes in circumstances, such as an adverse change in business climate, indicate that these
assets may be
impaired. The determination of the recoverable amount in the impairment assessment requires
estimates based on quoted market prices, prices of comparable businesses, present value or other
valuation techniques, or a combination thereof, necessitating management to make subjective
judgments and assumptions. Because these estimates and assumptions could result in significant
differences to the amounts reported if underlying circumstances were to change, we consider this
estimate to be critical. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, goodwill had a carrying amount of
€ 7.5 billion and € 7.2 billion, respectively, and other intangible assets had a
carrying amount of € 2.3 billion and € 2.2 billion, respectively. Evaluation of
impairment of these assets is a significant estimate for multiple divisions.
In 2008, goodwill and other intangible asset impairments of € 586 million were recorded of
which € 580 million related to investments in Asset and Wealth Management. In 2007, goodwill
and other intangible asset impairments were € 133 million of which € 77 million were
recognized in Asset and Wealth Management and € 54 million in Corporate Investments. In
2006, goodwill and other intangible asset impairments of € 31 million were recorded in
Corporate Investments. For further discussion on goodwill and other intangible assets, see Note
[21] to the consolidated financial statements.
Unrecognized Deferred Tax Assets
We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable
to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and
liabilities and their respective tax bases, unused tax losses and unused tax credits. Deferred tax
assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that sufficient taxable profit will be
available against which those unused tax losses, unused tax credits or deductible temporary
differences can be utilized. This assessment requires significant management judgments and
assumptions. In determining unrecognized deferred tax assets, we use historical tax capacity and
profitability information and, if relevant, forecasted operating results, based upon approved
business plans, including a review of the eligible carry-forward periods, available tax planning
opportunities and other relevant considerations. Each quarter, we re-evaluate our estimate related
to unrecognized deferred tax assets, including our assumptions about future profitability. At
December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 the value of unrecognized deferred tax assets was € 1.7
billion and € 872 million, respectively.
We believe that the accounting estimate related to the deferred tax assets is a critical accounting
estimate because the underlying assumptions can change from period to period. For example, tax law
changes or variances in future projected operating performance could result in a change of the
deferred tax asset. If we were not able to realize all or part of our net deferred tax assets in
the future, an adjustment to our deferred tax assets would be charged to income tax expense or
directly to equity in the period such determination was made. If we were to recognize previously
unrecognized deferred tax assets in the future, an adjustment to our deferred tax asset would be
credited to income tax expense or directly to equity in the period such determination was made.
For further information on our deferred taxes see Note [33] to the consolidated financial
statements.
We conduct our business in many different legal, regulatory and tax environments, and,
accordingly, legal claims, regulatory proceedings and income tax provisions for uncertain tax
positions may arise.
The use of estimates is important in determining provisions for potential losses that may arise
from litigation, regulatory proceedings and uncertain income tax positions. We estimate and provide
for potential losses that may arise out of litigation, regulatory proceedings and uncertain income
tax positions to the extent that such losses are probable and can be estimated, in accordance with
IAS 37, “Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets” and IAS 12,
“Income Taxes”. Significant judgment is required in making these estimates and our final
liabilities may ultimately be materially different.
Contingencies in respect of legal matters are subject to many uncertainties and the outcome of
individual matters
is not predictable with assurance. Significant judgment is required in assessing probability and
making estimates in respect of contingencies, and our final liability may ultimately be materially
different. Our total liability in respect of litigation, arbitration and regulatory proceedings is
determined on a case-by-case basis and represents an estimate
of probable losses after considering, among other factors, the progress of each case, our
experience and the experience of others in similar cases, and the opinions and views of legal
counsel. Predicting the outcome of our litigation matters is inherently difficult, particularly in
cases in which claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages. See “Item 8: Financial
Information – Legal Proceedings” and Note [25] to our consolidated financial statements
for information on our judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements and New Accounting Pronouncements
See Note [1] to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion on our recently
adopted and new accounting pronouncements.
Operating Results (2008 vs. 2007)
You should read the following discussion and analysis in conjunction with our consolidated
financial statements.
Executive Summary
In 2008 the banking industry experienced its most serious financial crisis in decades. The near
breakdown of the global financial system could only be avoided through massive intervention from
governments and central banks. Trust in the stability of the national and international financial
system was in particular shaken by the insolvency of a U.S. investment bank in September 2008,
which started an accelerated downward spiral in an already extremely volatile financial market
environment. The markets late in the year were characterized by unprecedented levels of volatility
and the breakdown of historically observed correlations across asset classes, compounded by extreme
illiquidity. Operating in such an exceptionally turbulent market environment throughout 2008,
particularly in the fourth quarter, we recorded a net loss of € 3.9 billion for the full
year. Some weaknesses in our business model were
exposed while operating in this environment and we are repositioning our platforms in some core
businesses in consequence. We have also taken and continue to take steps to reduce our overall risk
positions in CB&S, particularly in areas most impacted by the market conditions, by managing and
reducing costs and by reducing our leverage while maintaining a strong Tier 1 capital ratio.
20-F Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
We recorded a loss before income taxes of € 5.7 billion for 2008, compared with income
before income taxes of € 8.7 billion for 2007. Net revenues of € 13.5 billion in 2008
were € 17.3 billion, or 56 %, below net revenues in 2007. Our pre-tax return on
average active equity was negative 18 % in 2008 versus positive 29 % in 2007. Our
pre-tax return on average shareholders’ equity was negative 16 % in 2008 and positive
24 % in 2007. Our net loss was € 3.9 billion in 2008, compared with net income of
€ 6.5 billion in 2007. Diluted earnings per share were negative € 7.61 in 2008 and positive
€ 13.05 in 2007.
CIB’s net revenues declined 84 %, from € 19.1 billion in 2007 to € 3.1
billion in 2008. Overall Sales & Trading net revenues for 2008 were negative € 506
million compared with positive € 13.0 billion in 2007. This reflects the impact of
unprecedented market turmoil, especially late in the year, on some of our trading businesses,
particularly Credit Trading (including proprietary trading activities), Equity Derivatives and
Equity Proprietary Trading. Strong client business flows and favorable positioning generated record
revenues in the Foreign Exchange and Money Market businesses, which partially offset our weak
results in other trading areas. The dislocations in the financial markets also impacted revenues in
our Origination and Advisory businesses, which decreased by € 2.5 billion to € 212
million in 2008, from € 2.7 billion in 2007, due to significant mark-downs of € 1.7
billion, net of recoveries, against leveraged finance loans and loan commitments, and as
volumes of business combinations and capital market transactions fell. PCAM’s net revenues were
€ 9.0 billion, a decrease of € 1.1 billion, largely driven by the negative effect of
market conditions on our performance and asset-based fees in the portfolio fund management business
and on our brokerage business, as well as certain specific significant items, including mark-downs
on seed capital and other investments.
Our noninterest expenses were € 18.2 billion in 2008 and € 21.4 billion in 2007, a
decline of € 3.2 billion, or 15 %. Compensation and benefits, driven by
significantly lower performance-related compensation in line with the lower operating results, was
the most important factor in the overall decrease.
In 2008, the provision for credit losses of € 1.1 billion was € 464 million, or
76 %, higher than in 2007. The increase was due largely to provisions on loans reclassified
according to amendments to IAS 39 and higher provisions in PBC attributable to the deteriorating
credit environment and business growth.
Trends and Uncertainties
The significant decline in net revenues in 2008 compared to 2007 was driven by CB&S with
mark-downs on certain assets that have been heavily impacted by the global credit crisis and by
certain trading losses, both in the third and the fourth quarters of 2008. Mark-downs related in
particular to additional reserves against monoline insurers, mark-downs on residential
mortgage-backed securities, on commercial real estate loans as well as on leveraged finance loans
and loan commitments. Trading losses occurred primarily in credit, equities and equity derivatives,
including losses in proprietary trading positions. Exposures in these asset categories have been
reduced significantly and the future impact on revenues is not expected to reach 2008 levels.
However, the results of our businesses, and in particular the businesses housed in CIB, are highly
dependent on and materially impacted by the conditions in financial markets and the overall
economic environment. They are therefore in our view incapable of producing predictable results in
the current market and economic environment. We expect volatility in our results from these
businesses, and given their volumes, in our Group results, to continue at historically high levels
at least until the international financial markets have stabilized. Revenues in PCAM’s investment
management businesses also suffered from the difficult market environment in 2008 which led to
lower customer activity and a decline in the value of invested assets. Ongoing market turbulence
and a continued lack of investor confidence are likely to cause this trend to continue. Revenues
in 2008 included significant gains on sales of our industrial holdings portfolio. We do not expect
material gains from such assets going forward.
The increase in provision for credit losses in 2008 compared to 2007 resulted from deteriorating
credit conditions, provisions related to loans reclassified in accordance with amendments to IAS 39
and from growth in volumes. The overall worsening of the economic outlook will likely continue to
negatively impact the level of provision for credit losses.
The decrease in compensation and benefits in 2008 compared to 2007 reflected significantly lower
performance-related compensation. The development of performance-related compensation will continue
to depend significantly on the operating performance of our businesses. Severance charges increased
in 2008, mainly resulting from repositioning and efficiency programs. Such measures, which aim to
reduce complexity in our operations, standardize processes across businesses and expand the
offshoring of functions, are expected to continue in 2009.
The increase in general and administrative expenses in 2008 compared to 2007 was due mainly to
litigation-related charges, higher expenses related to consolidated investments and other specific
factors. Excluding these factors, general and administrative expenses decreased in 2008 following
reductions in business volumes and cost saving initiatives, which are expected to contribute to a
further decline of general and administrative expenses going forward.
The actual effective tax rate was 32.1 % in 2008. Numerous factors can distort the
effective tax rate, especially in periods with low income. In 2008, such factors included continued
losses in certain entities that resulted in unrecognized deferred tax assets and share based
payments which are determined by our share price.
The following table sets forth data related to our net interest income.
2008 increase (decrease)
2007 increase (decrease)
in € m.
from 2007
from 2006
(unless stated otherwise)
2008
2007
2006
in € m.
in %
in € m.
in %
Total interest and similar income
54,549
64,675
58,275
(10,126
)
(16
)
6,400
11
Total interest expenses
42,096
55,826
51,267
(13,730
)
(25
)
4,559
9
Net interest income
12,453
8,849
7,008
3,604
41
1,841
26
Average interest-earning assets1
1,216,666
1,226,191
1,071,617
(9,525
)
(1
)
154,574
14
Average interest-bearing liabilities1
1,179,631
1,150,051
1,005,133
29,580
3
144,918
14
Gross interest yield2
4.48 %
5.27 %
5.44 %
(0.79) ppt
(15
)
(0.17) ppt
(3
)
Gross interest rate paid3
3.57 %
4.85 %
5.10 %
(1.28) ppt
(26
)
(0.25) ppt
(5
)
Net interest spread4
0.91 %
0.42 %
0.34 %
0.49 ppt
117
0.08 ppt
24
Net interest margin5
1.02 %
0.72 %
0.65 %
0.30 ppt
42
0.07 ppt
11
ppt
–
Percentage points
1
Average balances for each year are calculated in general based upon month-end balances.
2
Gross interest yield is the average interest rate earned on our average interest-earning assets.
3
Gross interest rate paid is the average interest rate paid on our average interest-bearing liabilities.
4
Net interest spread is the difference between the average interest rate earned on average interest-earning assets and the average interest rate paid on average interest-bearing liabilities.
5
Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.
Net interest income in 2008 was € 12.5 billion, an increase of € 3.6 billion, or
41 %, from 2007. Both total interest and similar income and total interest expenses were
significantly down versus 2007, mainly reflecting the overall declining interest levels as central
banks globally cut rates during 2008 in response to the credit crunch. The decrease in interest
expenses was more pronounced than the decrease in interest income. Although our average
interest-bearing liabilities volume increased by € 29.6 billion, or 3 %, in 2008,
our ability to fund at significantly lower rates compared to 2007 was the main reason for the
widening of our net interest spread by 49 basis points and of our net interest margin by 30 basis
points.
The development of our net interest income is also impacted by the accounting treatment of some of
our hedging-related derivative transactions. We enter into nontrading derivative transactions
primarily as economic hedges of the interest rate risks of our nontrading interest-earning assets
and interest-bearing liabilities. Some of these derivatives qualify as hedges for accounting
purposes while others do not. When derivative transactions qualify as hedges of interest rate risks
for accounting purposes, the interest arising from the derivatives is reported in interest income
and expense, where it offsets interest flows from the hedged items. When derivatives do not qualify
for hedge accounting treatment, the interest flows that arise from those derivatives will appear in
trading income.
20-F Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
Net Gains (Losses) on Financial Assets/Liabilities at Fair Value through Profit or Loss
The following table sets forth data related to our Net gains (losses) on financial
assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss.
2008 increase (decrease)
2007 increase (decrease)
from 2007
from 2006
in € m.
(unless stated otherwise)
2008
2007
2006
in € m.
in %
in € m.
in %
CIB – Sales & Trading (equity)
(1,513
)
3,335
2,441
(4,848
)
N/M
894
37
CIB – Sales & Trading (debt and other products)
(6,647
)
3,858
5,919
(10,505
)
N/M
(2,061
)
(35
)
Other
(1,832
)
(18
)
531
(1,814
)
N/M
(549
)
N/M
Total net gains (losses) on financial
assets/liabilities at fair value through profit
or loss
(9,992
)
7,175
8,892
(17,167
)
N/M
(1,717
)
(19
)
N/M – Not meaningful
Net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss from
CIB – Sales & Trading (debt and other products) were a loss of € 6.6 billion in 2008,
compared to a gain of € 3.9 billion in 2007. This development was mainly driven by
mark-downs relating to reserves against monoline insurers, provisions against residential
mortgage-backed securities and commercial real estate loans and significant losses in our credit
trading businesses, including our proprietary trading businesses in the third and fourth quarter of
2008, which are described in more detail in the discussion of the results in CB&S. Net gains
(losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss from Sales & Trading
(equity) were losses of
€ 1.5 billion, mainly generated in Equity Derivatives and Equity
Proprietary Trading, compared to net gains of € 3.3 billion in 2007. The main contributor to
the net loss of € 1.8 billion on
financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss from Other products were net
mark-downs of € 1.7 billion
on leveraged finance loans and loan commitments during 2008.
Net Interest Income and Net Gains (Losses) on Financial Assets/Liabilities at Fair Value
through Profit or Loss
Our trading and risk management businesses include significant activities in interest rate
instruments and related derivatives. Under IFRS, interest and similar income earned from trading
instruments and financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss (e.g. coupon
and dividend income), and the costs of funding net trading positions are part of net interest
income. Our trading activities can periodically shift income between net interest income and net
gains (losses) of financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss depending on a
variety of factors, including risk management strategies.
In order to provide a more business-focused commentary, the following table presents net interest
income and net gains (losses) of financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
by group division and by product within the Corporate and Investment Bank, rather than by type of
income generated.
2008 increase (decrease)
2007 increase (decrease)
in € m.
from 2007
from 2006
(unless stated otherwise)
2008
2007
2006
in € m.
in %
in € m.
in %
Net interest income
12,453
8,849
7,008
3,604
41
1,841
26
Total net gains (losses) on financial
assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or
loss
(9,992
)
7,175
8,892
(17,167
)
N/M
(1,717
)
(19
)
Total net interest income and net gains (losses) on
financial assets/liabilities at fair value through
profit or loss
2,461
16,024
15,900
(13,563
)
(85
)
124
1
Breakdown by Group Division/CIB product1:
Sales & Trading (equity)
(1,895
)
3,117
2,613
(5,012
)
N/M
504
19
Sales & Trading (debt and other products)
317
7,483
8,130
(7,166
)
(96
)
(648
)
(8
)
Total Sales & Trading
(1,578
)
10,600
10,743
(12,178
)
N/M
(144
)
(1
)
Loan products2
1,014
499
490
515
103
9
2
Transaction services
1,358
1,297
1,074
61
5
223
21
Remaining products3
(1,821
)
(118
)
435
(1,703
)
N/M
(554
)
N/M
Total Corporate and Investment Bank
(1,027
)
12,278
12,743
(13,305
)
N/M
(465
)
(4
)
Private Clients and Asset Management
3,871
3,529
3,071
342
10
457
15
Corporate Investments
(172
)
157
3
(329
)
N/M
154
N/M
Consolidation & Adjustments
(211
)
61
83
(272
)
N/M
(22
)
(27
)
Total net interest income and net gains (losses) on
financial assets/liabilities at fair value through
profit or loss
2,461
16,024
15,900
(13,563
)
(85
)
124
1
N/M – Not meaningful
1
This breakdown reflects net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial
assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss only. For a discussion of the group
divisions’ total revenues by product please refer to “Results of Operations by Segment”.
2
Includes the net interest spread on loans as well as the fair value changes of credit default
swaps and loans designated at fair value through profit or loss.
3
Includes net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair
value through profit or loss of origination, advisory and other products.
Corporate and Investment Bank (CIB). Combined net interest income and net gains (losses) on
financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss from Sales & Trading were
negative € 1.6 billion in 2008, compared to positive € 10.6 billion in 2007. The main
drivers for the decrease were the aforementioned mark-downs on credit-related exposures, as well as
losses in Equity Derivatives and Proprietary Trading. The increase in Loan products was driven by
interest income on assets transferred from Origination (Debt) to Loan Products as a result of
reclassifications in accordance with the amendments to IAS 39 and mark-to-market hedge gains. The
decrease of € 1.7 billion in
Remaining products resulted mainly from net mark-downs on leveraged loans and loan commitments.
Private Clients and Asset Management (PCAM). Combined net interest income and net gains (losses) on
financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss were € 3.9 billion in
2008, an increase of € 342 million, or 10 %, compared to 2007. The main contributor
to the increase was higher net interest income following the consolidation of several money market
funds in the first half of 2008, which are described in more detail under “Special Purpose
Entities”. Higher loan and deposit volumes from growth in PBC also contributed to the increase.
Corporate Investments (CI). Combined net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial
assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss were negative € 172 million in 2008,
compared to positive € 157 million in 2007, primarily reflecting mark-to-market losses from
our option to increase our share in Hua Xia Bank in China.
20-F Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
Consolidation & Adjustments. Combined net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial
assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss were negative € 211 million in 2008
compared to positive € 61 million in 2007. The main reasons for the decrease were higher
funding expenses and lower net interest income related to tax refunds.
Provision for Credit Losses
Provision for credit losses was € 1.1 billion in 2008, up 76 %, compared to
€ 612 million in 2007. This increase reflects net charges of € 408 million in CIB,
compared to € 109 million in the prior year, and a 33 % increase in PCAM’s
provisions to € 668 million, primarily in PBC. The increase in CIB included € 257
million of provisions related to loans reclassified in accordance with amendments to IAS 39 and
additional provisions, mainly on European loans, reflecting the deterioration in credit conditions.
For further information on the provision for loan losses see “Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative
Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk – Credit Risk – Credit Loss Experience and Allowance for Loan
Losses”.
Remaining Noninterest Income
The following table sets forth information on our Remaining noninterest income.
2008 increase (decrease)
2007 increase (decrease)
in € m.
from 2007
from 2006
(unless stated otherwise)
2008
2007
2006
in € m.
in %
in € m.
in %
Commissions and fee income1
9,749
12,289
11,195
(2,540
)
(21
)
1,094
10
Net gains (losses) on financial assets available for sale
666
793
591
(127
)
(16
)
202
34
Net income (loss) from equity method investments
46
353
419
(307
)
(87
)
(66
)
(16
)
Other income
568
1,286
389
(718
)
(56
)
897
N/M
Total remaining noninterest income
11,029
14,721
12,594
(3,692
)
(25
)
2,127
17
N/M – Not meaningful
1
Includes:
2008
2007
2006
in € m.
in %
in € m.
in %
Commissions and fees from fiduciary activities:
Commissions for administration
384
427
436
(43
)
(10
)
(9
)
(2
)
Commissions for assets under management
2,815
3,376
3,293
(561
)
(17
)
83
3
Commissions for other securities business
215
162
182
53
33
(20
)
(11
)
Total
3,414
3,965
3,911
(551
)
(14
)
54
1
Commissions, broker’s fees, mark-ups on securities
underwriting and other securities activities:
Commissions and fee income. Total 2008 commissions and fee income was € 9.7 billion, a
decrease of € 2.5 billion, or 21 %, compared with 2007. Commissions and fees from
fiduciary activities decreased € 551 million compared to the prior year, mainly driven by
lower performance and asset-based fees in PCAM. Underwriting and advisory fees
decreased by € 1.2 billion, or 47 %, and Brokerage fees by € 525 million, or
18 %, mainly driven by CB&S, as business volumes decreased in line with market
developments. Fees for other customer services also decreased € 289 million.
Net gains (losses) on financial assets available for sale. Total net gains on financial assets
available for sale were € 666 million in 2008, down € 127 million, or 16 %,
compared to 2007. The 2008 result was driven mainly by net gains of € 1.3 billion from the
sale of industrial holdings in CI (mainly related to reductions of our holdings in Daimler AG and
Linde AG and the sale of our remaining holding in Allianz SE), partly offset by impairment charges
in CIB’s sales and trading areas, including mainly a € 490 million impairment loss on our
available for sale positions. The 2007 result was primarily attributable to disposal gains of
€ 626 million related to CI’s industrial holdings portfolio, of which the most significant
were gains from the reduction of our stakes in Allianz SE and Linde AG, and from the disposal of
our
investment in Fiat S.p.A. Gains in CIB’s sales and trading areas were entirely offset by impairment
charges.
Net income (loss) from equity method investments. Net income from our equity method investments was
€ 46 million and € 353 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively. There were no
significant individual items included in 2008. The key contributors in 2007 were CI and the RREEF
Alternative Investments business in AM. CI’s income in 2007 was driven by a gain of € 178
million from our investment in Deutsche Interhotel Holding GmbH & Co. KG (which also triggered
an impairment charge of CI’s goodwill of € 54 million).
Other income. Total other income was € 568 million in 2008. The decrease of € 718
million compared to 2007
reflected specific items in the prior period including the sale and leaseback transaction of our
premises at 60 Wall Street in 2007, and lower gains from the disposal of consolidated subsidiaries
in 2008. Charges related to certain consolidated money market funds, which were offset in other
revenue categories, further contributed to this development. The reduction was partly offset by
higher insurance premiums, primarily from the acquisition of Abbey Life
Assurance Company Limited in the fourth quarter 2007.
20-F Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
Noninterest Expenses
The following table sets forth information on our noninterest expenses.
2008 increase (decrease)
2007 increase (decrease)
in € m.
from 2007
from 2006
(unless stated otherwise)
2008
2007
2006
in € m.
in %
in € m.
in %
Compensation and benefits
9,606
13,122
12,498
(3,516
)
(27
)
624
5
General and administrative
expenses1
8,216
7,954
7,069
262
3
885
13
Policyholder benefits and claims
(252
)
193
67
(445
)
N/M
126
188
Impairment of intangible assets
585
128
31
457
N/M
97
N/M
Restructuring activities
–
(13
)
192
13
N/M
(205
)
N/M
Total noninterest expenses
18,155
21,384
19,857
(3,229
)
(15
)
1,527
8
N/M – Not meaningful
1
Includes:
2008
2007
2006
in € m.
in %
in € m.
in %
IT costs
1,820
1,867
1,585
(47
)
(3
)
282
18
Occupancy, furniture and equipment expenses
1,434
1,347
1,198
87
6
149
12
Professional service fees
1,164
1,257
1,203
(93
)
(7
)
54
4
Communication and data services
700
680
634
20
3
46
7
Travel and representation expenses
492
539
503
(47
)
(9
)
36
7
Payment, clearing and custodian services
418
437
431
(19
)
(4
)
6
1
Marketing expenses
373
411
365
(38
)
(9
)
46
13
Other expenses
1,815
1,416
1,150
399
28
266
23
Total general and administrative expenses
8,216
7,954
7,069
262
3
885
13
Compensation
and benefits. The decrease of € 3.5 billion, or 27 %, in 2008
compared to 2007 reflected significantly lower performance-related compensation, in line with lower
operating results. This was partly offset by higher severance charges in CB&S and PBC, in
connection with employee reductions resulting from repositioning and efficiency programs.
General and administrative expenses. The increase of € 262 million, or 3 %, in 2008
compared to 2007 was due mainly to additional litigation-related charges in the current year after
net releases of provisions in the prior year, and higher expenses related to consolidated
investments in AM, both reflected in Other expenses. In addition, the increase of € 399
million in Other expenses includes a provision of € 98 million related to the obligation
to repurchase Auction Rate Preferred (“ARP”) securities / Auction Rate Securities (“ARS”) at par from
retail clients following a settlement in the U.S.
Policyholder benefits and claims. The credit of € 252 million in the current year, compared
to a charge of € 193 million in 2007, resulted primarily from the aforementioned acquisition
of Abbey Life Assurance Company Limited. These insurance-related credits are mainly offset by
related net losses on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss.
Impairment of intangible assets. 2008 included impairments of € 310 million on DWS Scudder
intangible assets and a goodwill impairment of € 270 million in a consolidated investment,
both in AM. An impairment charge of € 74 million on unamortized intangible assets in AM and
a goodwill impairment charge of € 54 million in CI were recorded in 2007.
Restructuring activities. There were no restructuring charges in 2008. In 2007, the Business
Realignment Program was completed and remaining provisions of € 13 million were released.
A tax benefit of € 1.8 billion was recorded in 2008, compared to income tax expense of
€ 2.2 billion in 2007. The net benefit in 2008 was favorably driven by the geographic mix of
income/loss, successful resolution of outstanding tax matters and a € 79 million
policyholder tax credit related to the Abbey Life business. These beneficial impacts were partly
offset by an increase in our unrecognized deferred tax assets through losses incurred by certain
U.S. entities since the third quarter and a tax charge related to share based compensation as a
result of the decline in our share price. The actual effective tax rates were 32.1 % in
2008 and 25.6 % in 2007.
Results of Operations by Segment (2008 vs. 2007)
The following is a discussion of the results of our business segments. See Note [2] to
the consolidated financial statements for information regarding
—
our organizational structure;
—
effects of significant acquisitions and divestitures on segmental results;
—
changes in the format of our segment disclosure;
—
the framework of our management reporting systems;
—
consolidating and other adjustments to the total results of operations of our business segments;
—
definitions of non-GAAP financial measures that are used with respect to each segment, and
—
the rationale for including or excluding items in deriving the measures.
The criterion for segmentation into divisions is our organizational structure as it existed at
December 31, 2008. Segment results were prepared in accordance with our management reporting
systems.
2008
Corporate
Private
Corporate
Total
Consoli-
Total
and
Clients and
Investments
Management
dation &
Consolidated
in € m.
Investment
Asset
Reporting
Adjustments
(unless stated otherwise)
Bank
Management
Net revenues
3,078
9,041
1,290
13,408
82
13,490
1
Provision for credit losses
408
668
(1
)
1,075
1
1,076
Total noninterest expenses
10,090
7,972
95
18,156
(0
)
18,155
therein:
Policyholder benefits and claims
(273
)
18
–
(256
)
4
(252
)
Impairment of intangible assets
5
580
–
585
–
585
Restructuring activities
–
–
–
–
–
–
Minority interest
(48
)
(20
)
2
(66
)
66
–
Income (loss) before income taxes
(7,371
)
420
1,194
(5,756
)
15
(5,741
)
Cost/income ratio
N/M
88 %
7 %
135 %
N/M
135 %
Assets2
2,047,181
188,785
18,297
2,189,313
13,110
2,202,423
Average active equity3
20,262
8,315
403
28,979
3,100
32,079
Pre-tax return on average active equity4
(36) %
5 %
N/M
(20) %
N/M
(18) %
N/M – Not meaningful
1
Includes gains from the sale of industrial holdings (Daimler AG, Allianz SE and Linde AG) of
€ 1,228 million and a gain from the sale of the investment in Arcor AG & Co. KG of
€ 97 million, which are excluded from our target definition.
2
The sum of corporate divisions does not necessarily equal the total of the corresponding
group division because of consolidation items between corporate divisions, which are to be
eliminated on group division level. The same approach holds true for the sum of group
divisions compared to ‘Total Consolidated’.
3
For management reporting purposes goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives
are explicitly assigned to the respective divisions. Average active equity is first allocated
to divisions according to goodwill and intangible assets; remaining average active equity is
allocated to divisions in proportion to the economic capital calculated for them.
4
For the calculation of pre-tax return on average active equity please refer to Note [2]. For
‘Total consolidated’, pre-tax return on average shareholders’ equity is (16)%.
20-F Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
2007
Corporate
Private
Corporate
Total
Consoli-
Total
and
Clients and
Investments
Management
dation &
Consolidated
in € m.
Investment
Asset
Reporting
Adjustments
(unless stated otherwise)
Bank
Management
Net revenues
19,092
10,129
1,517
30,738
7
30,745
1
Provision for credit losses
109
501
3
613
(1
)
612
Total noninterest expenses
13,802
7,560
220
21,583
(199
)
21,384
therein:
Policyholder benefits and claims
116
73
–
188
5
193
Impairment of intangible assets
–
74
54
128
–
128
Restructuring activities
(4
)
(9
)
(0
)
(13
)
(0
)
(13
)
Minority interest
34
8
(5
)
37
(37
)
–
Income (loss) before income taxes
5,147
2,059
1,299
8,505
243
8,749
Cost/income ratio
72 %
75 %
15 %
70 %
N/M
70 %
Assets2
1,800,027
156,767
13,005
1,916,304
8,699
1,925,003
Average active equity3
20,714
8,539
473
29,725
368
30,093
Pre-tax return on average active equity4
25 %
24 %
N/M
29 %
N/M
29 %
N/M – Not meaningful
1
Includes gains from the sale of industrial holdings (Fiat S.p.A., Linde AG and Allianz SE) of
€ 514 million, income from equity method investments (Deutsche Interhotel Holding GmbH
& Co. KG) of € 178 million, net of goodwill impairment charge of € 54 million
and a gain from the sale of premises (sale/leaseback transaction of 60 Wall Street) of
€ 317 million, which are excluded from our target definition.
2
The sum of corporate divisions does not necessarily equal the total of the corresponding
group division because of consolidation items between corporate divisions, which are to be
eliminated on group division level. The same approach holds true for the sum of group
divisions compared to ‘Total Consolidated’.
3
For management reporting purposes goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives
are explicitly assigned to the respective divisions. Average active equity is first allocated
to divisions according to goodwill and intangible assets; remaining average active equity is
allocated to divisions in proportion to the economic capital calculated for them.
4
For the calculation of pre-tax return on average active equity please refer to Note [2]. For
‘Total consolidated’, pre-tax return on average shareholders’ equity is 24 %.
2006
Corporate
Private
Corporate
Total
Consoli-
Total
and
Clients and
Investments
Management
dation &
Consolidated
in € m.
Investment
Asset
Reporting
Adjustments
(unless stated otherwise)
Bank
Management
Net revenues
18,802
9,315
574
28,691
(197
)
28,494
1
Provision for credit losses
(94
)
391
2
298
(0
)
298
Total noninterest expenses
12,789
7,000
214
20,003
(146
)
19,857
therein:
Policyholder benefits and claims
–
63
–
63
4
67
Impairment of intangible assets
–
–
31
31
–
31
Restructuring activities
99
91
1
192
(0
)
192
Minority interest
23
(11
)
(3
)
10
(10
)
–
Income (loss) before income taxes
6,084
1,935
361
8,380
(41
)
8,339
Cost/income ratio
68 %
75 %
37 %
70 %
N/M
70 %
Assets2
1,404,256
130,753
17,783
1,512,759
7,821
1,520,580
Average active equity3
17,105
7,206
1,057
25,368
255
25,623
Pre-tax return on average active equity4
36 %
27 %
34 %
33 %
N/M
33 %
N/M – Not meaningful
1
Includes a gain from the sale of the bank’s remaining holding in EUROHYPO AG of € 131
million, gains from the sale of industrial holdings (Linde AG) of € 92 million, and
a settlement of insurance claims in respect of business interruption losses and costs related
to the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 of € 125 million, which are excluded
from our target definition.
2
The sum of corporate divisions does not necessarily equal the total of the corresponding
group division because of consolidation items between corporate divisions, which are to be
eliminated on group division level. The same approach holds true for the sum of group
divisions compared to ‘Total Consolidated’.
3
For management reporting purposes goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives
are explicitly assigned to the respective divisions. Average active equity is first allocated
to divisions according to goodwill and intangible assets; remaining average active equity is
allocated to divisions in proportion to the economic capital calculated for them.
4
For the calculation of pre-tax return on average active equity please refer to Note [2]. For
‘Total consolidated’, pre-tax return on average shareholders’ equity is 28 %.
The following table sets forth the results of our Corporate and Investment Bank Group Division
for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, in accordance with our management reporting
systems.
in € m.
(unless stated otherwise)
2008
2007
2006
Net revenues:
Sales & Trading (equity)
(630
)
4,613
4,039
Sales & Trading (debt and other products)
124
8,407
9,016
Origination (equity)
336
861
760
Origination (debt)
(713
)
714
1,331
Advisory
589
1,089
800
Loan products
1,260
974
946
Transaction services
2,774
2,585
2,228
Other products
(661
)
(151
)
(318
)
Total net revenues
3,078
19,092
18,802
therein:
Net interest income and net gains
(losses) on financial assets/liabilities
at fair value through profit or loss
(1,027
)
12,278
12,743
Provision for credit losses
408
109
(94
)
Total noninterest expenses
10,090
13,802
12,789
therein:
Policyholder benefits and claims
(273
)
116
–
Impairment of intangible assets
5
–
–
Restructuring activities
–
(4
)
99
Minority interest
(48
)
34
23
Income (loss) before income taxes
(7,371
)
5,147
6,084
Cost/income ratio
N/M
72 %
68 %
Assets
2,047,181
1,800,027
1,404,256
Average active equity1
20,262
20,714
17,105
Pre-tax return on average active equity
(36) %
25 %
36 %
N/M – Not meaningful
1
See Note [2] to the consolidated financial statements for a description of how average active equity is allocated to the divisions.
The following paragraphs discuss the contribution of the individual corporate divisions to the
overall results of the Corporate and Investment Bank Group Division.
20-F Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
Corporate Banking & Securities Corporate Division
The following table sets forth the results of our Corporate Banking & Securities Corporate Division
for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, in accordance with our management reporting
systems.
in € m.
(unless stated otherwise)
2008
2007
2006
Net revenues:
Sales & Trading (equity)
(630
)
4,613
4,039
Sales & Trading (debt and other products)
124
8,407
9,016
Origination (equity)
336
861
760
Origination (debt)
(713
)
714
1,331
Advisory
589
1,089
800
Loan products
1,260
974
946
Other products
(661
)
(151
)
(318
)
Total net revenues
304
16,507
16,574
Provision for credit losses
402
102
(65
)
Total noninterest expenses
8,427
12,169
11,236
therein:
Policyholder benefits and claims
(273
)
116
–
Impairment of intangible assets
5
–
–
Restructuring activities
–
(4
)
77
Minority interest
(48
)
34
23
Income (loss) before income taxes
(8,476
)
4,202
5,379
Cost/income ratio
N/M
74 %
68 %
Assets
2,012,427
1,785,876
1,395,115
Average active equity1
19,181
19,619
16,041
Pre-tax return on average active equity
(44) %
21 %
34 %
N/M – Not meaningful
1
See Note [2] to the consolidated financial statements for a description of how average active equity is allocated to the divisions.
Comparison between 2008 and 2007
Net revenues in 2008 were € 304 million, compared to € 16.5 billion in 2007. This
development reflected mark-downs on credit market related assets of € 7.5 billion, compared
to € 2.3 billion in the prior year, significant losses in key Sales & Trading businesses,
particularly in the fourth quarter of 2008, and lower levels of Origination and Advisory revenues.
The Corporate Banking & Securities Corporate Division recorded a loss before income taxes of
€ 8.5 billion in 2008, compared to income before income taxes of € 4.2 billion in
2007.
These losses reflect the impact on our business model of unprecedented levels of market volatility and
correlation across asset classes during 2008 and particularly following the financial collapse of
an U.S. investment bank in September. In response CB&S reduced its trading exposures in Equity and
Credit Proprietary Trading. The Credit Proprietary Trading business has now been closed and legacy
positions moved under different internal management. We continue to be exposed to further
deterioration in prices for the remaining positions. The aforementioned losses more than offset
significant year-on-year revenue growth in our customer-oriented money market and foreign exchange
flow businesses.
Sales & Trading (debt and other products) revenues for the year were € 124 million, compared
to € 8.4 billion in 2007. Key drivers of the decline were mark-downs of € 5.8
billion, relating to additional reserves against monoline insurers (€ 2.2 billion),
further mark-downs on residential mortgage-backed securities (€ 2.1 billion) and commercial
real estate
loans (€ 1.1 billion), and impairment losses on available for sale positions (€ 490
million), compared to a total of € 1.6 billion in 2007. If reclassifications, in
accordance with the amendments to IAS 39, had not been made, the income statement for the year
would have included additional negative fair value adjustments of € 2.3 billion in Sales &
Trading (debt and other products).
In Credit Trading, we incurred further losses of € 3.2 billion, predominantly in the fourth
quarter, of which € 1.7 billion related to Credit Proprietary Trading. The losses in the
Credit Proprietary Trading business were mainly driven by losses on long positions in the U.S.
automotive sector and by falling corporate and convertible bond prices, as well as basis widening
on significant other debt trading inventory versus the credit default swaps (CDS) established to
hedge them. The remaining losses in our Credit Trading business were incurred across many sectors,
as bonds were sold off and basis spreads widened, driven by significant market de-leveraging and
low levels of liquidity. These losses were partially offset by record results in Foreign Exchange,
Money Markets and Commodities, where customer activity remained strong.
Sales & Trading (equity) revenues were negative € 630 million, compared to positive € 4.6
billion in 2007. The
decrease was mainly driven by losses in our Equity Derivatives and Equity Proprietary Trading
businesses. In an environment characterized by severely dislocated equity markets, with
unprecedented levels of volatility and very low levels of liquidity, Equity Derivatives incurred
losses of € 1.4 billion, mainly in the fourth quarter. Significant increases in the levels
of equity market volatility and in correlations between both individual equity securities and indices
combined with the rapid downward repricing of dividend expectations negatively impacted the overall
value of the structural positions we held from our significant client related trading activities in
the European and other equity derivatives markets. Equity Proprietary Trading losses of € 742
million were driven by market-wide de-leveraging, which drove down convertible values and
widened basis risk. However, the prime brokerage business continued to attract net new
securities balances and generated revenues that were marginally lower than in 2007.
Revenues of € 212 million from Origination and Advisory were € 2.5 billion below
2007. The revenue decrease
was caused primarily by mark-downs of € 1.7 billion, net of recoveries, against leveraged
finance loans and loan commitments, compared to € 759 million in 2007. In addition, revenues
were affected by the turbulent conditions in the financial markets which led to lower issuances and
new business volume compared to 2007. If reclassifications, in accordance with the amendments to
IAS 39, had not been made, the income statement for the year would have
included additional negative fair value adjustments from Origination and Advisory of € 1.1
billion.
Loan products revenues were € 1.3 billion, an increase of € 287 million, or
29 %, compared to 2007. The increase was largely driven by mark-to-market hedge gains and interest
income on assets transferred from Origination (debt) to Loan Products as a result of
reclassifications in accordance with the amendments to IAS 39.
Other products revenues were negative € 661 million, a decrease of € 510 million
compared to 2007. The decrease primarily resulted from mark-to-market losses on investments held to
back insurance policyholder claims in Abbey
Life Assurance Company Limited, which was acquired in the fourth quarter 2007. This effect is
offset in noninterest expenses and has no impact on net income (loss).
The provision for credit losses was a net charge of € 402 million in 2008, compared to a net
charge of € 102 million in 2007. The increase was driven by a provision for credit losses of
€ 257 million related to assets which had been
20-F Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
reclassified in accordance with the amendments to IAS 39, together with additional provisions,
mainly on European loans, reflecting the deterioration in credit conditions.
Noninterest expenses decreased € 3.7 billion, or 31 %, to € 8.4 billion in
2008. This decrease was primarily due to lower performance-related compensation in line with
business results, as well as the aforementioned effects from Abbey Life which resulted in cost
decreases of € 389 million. Savings from cost containment measures and lower staff levels
were offset by higher severance charges.
Amendments to IAS 39 and IFRS 7, “Reclassification of Financial Assets”
The results for 2008 were significantly positively impacted by the application of the
amendments to IAS 39 and IFRS 7, “Reclassification of Financial Assets” which were
approved by the IASB and endorsed by the EU in October 2008. Under these amendments it is
permissible to reclassify certain financial assets out of financial assets as at fair value through
profit or loss and the available for sale classifications into the loans classification. For assets
to be reclassified there must be a clear change in management intent with respect to the assets
since initial recognition and the financial asset must meet the definition of a loan at the
reclassification date. Additionally, there must be an intent and ability to hold the asset for the
foreseeable future at the reclassification date.
In the third quarter, we identified assets, eligible under the amendments, for which we had a clear
change of intent to hold for the foreseeable future. These assets were reclassified with effect
from July 1, 2008 at fair value as of that date. In the fourth quarter 2008, we made additional
reclassifications, at fair value at the date of reclassification. Where the decision to reclassify
was made by November 1, 2008, the reclassifications were made with effect from October 1, 2008, at
fair value on that date. Reclassifications made after November 1, 2008 were made on a prospective
basis at fair value on the date of reclassification. All reclassifications were to loans. In these
instances, management believed the intrinsic values of the assets exceeded their estimated fair
values, which has been significantly adversely impacted by the reduced liquidity in the financial
markets, and returns on these assets would be optimized by holding them for the foreseeable future.
Where this clear change of intent existed and was supported by an ability to hold and fund the
underlying positions, we concluded that the reclassifications aligned more closely the accounting
with the business intent.
The impacts of these reclassifications for CB&S are summarized in the following table and their
consequential effect on credit market risk disclosures is provided in “Key Credit Market
Exposures”.
Dec 31, 2008
Period ended Dec 31, 2008
Carrying value
Fair value
Impact on
Impact on net
income before
gains (losses) not
income taxes
recognized in the
income statement
in € bn.
in € bn.
in € m.
in € m.
Sales & Trading – Debt
Trading assets reclassified to loans
16.2
14.3
2,073
–
Financial assets available for sale
reclassified to loans
10.5
8.5
121
1,712
Origination and Advisory
Trading assets reclassified to loans
7.4
6.4
1,101
–
Loan products
Financial assets available for sale
reclassified to loans
0.3
0.1
–
114
Total
34.4
29.3
3,295
1
1,826
1
In addition to the impact in CB&S, income before income taxes increased by € 32
million in PBC.
The assets reclassified included funded leveraged finance loans with a fair value on the date
of reclassification of € 7.5 billion which were entered into as part of an “originate to
distribute” strategy. Assets with a fair value on the date of reclassification of € 9.4
billion were contained within consolidated asset backed commercial paper conduits at
reclassification date. Commercial real estate loans were reclassified with a fair value on the date
of reclassification of € 9.1 billion. These loans were intended for securitization at their
origination or purchase date. The remaining reclassified assets, which comprised other assets
principally acquired or originated for the purpose of securitization, had a fair value of € 9.0
billion on the reclassification date.
Key Credit Market Exposures
The following is an update on the development of certain key credit positions exposed to fair value
movements through the profit and loss account (“P&L”) (including protection purchased from monoline
insurers) of those CB&S businesses that have been impacted throughout the global credit crisis and
on which we have previously provided additional risk disclosures.
Assets reclassified from trading or available for sale to loans and receivables under the
amendments to IAS 39 have been excluded from the 2008 figures as they no longer create fair value
movements through P&L.
CDO Trading and Origination Businesses: The following table outlines the overall U.S. subprime
residential mortgage-related exposures in our CDO trading businesses as of December 31, 2008 and
December 31, 2007.
CDO subprime exposure – Trading
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Subprime
Hedges and
Subprime
Subprime
Hedges and
Subprime
ABS CDO
other
ABS CDO
ABS CDO
other
ABS CDO
gross
protection
net
gross
protection
net
in € m.
exposure
purchased
exposure
exposure
purchased
exposure
Super Senior tranches
640
(182
)
458
1,778
(938
)
840
Mezzanine tranches
228
(195
)
33
1,086
(922
)
164
Total Super Senior
and Mezzanine tranches
868
(377
)
491
2,864
(1,860
)
1,004
Other net subprime-related exposure
held by CDO businesses
(6
)
186
Total net subprime exposure in
CDO businesses
485
1,190
In the above table, exposure represents our potential loss in the event of a 100 %
default of subprime securities and subprime-related ABS CDO, assuming zero recovery. It is not an
indication of net delta adjusted trading risk (the net delta adjusted trading risk measure is used
to ensure comparability between different ABS CDO and other subprime exposures; for each subprime
position the delta represents the change of the position in the related security which would have
the same sensitivity to a given change in the market).
The various gross components of the overall net exposure shown above represent different vintages,
locations, credit ratings and other market-sensitive factors. Therefore, while the overall numbers
above provide a view of the absolute levels of our exposure to an extreme market movement, actual
future profit and losses will depend on actual market movements, basis movements between different
components of our positions, and our ability to adjust hedges in these circumstances. As of
December 31, 2008, the Super Senior and Mezzanine gross exposures and hedges consisted of
approximately 1 % 2007, 30 % 2006, 35 % 2005 and 34 % 2004 and
earlier vintages.
20-F Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
ABS CDO valuations are driven by parameters which can be separated into primary and secondary.
Primary parameters are quantitative inputs into the pricing model. Secondary parameters can be
qualitative (geographical concentration) or quantitative (historical default rates), and are used
to determine the appropriate values for the primary parameters. Secondary parameters are used as
guidelines to support the reasonable estimates for primary parameters. Key primary parameters
driving valuation for CDO assets include forward rates, credit spreads, prepayment speeds, and
correlation, default and recovery rates. Our assumptions are benchmarked against market
transactions to the extent possible. We have also classified ABS CDO as subprime if 50 % or
more of the underlying collateral are home equity loans.
In addition to subprime-related CDO exposure, we also have exposure to ABS CDO positions backed by
U.S. Alt-A mortgage collateral. The table below summarizes our exposure for these positions on an
equivalent basis to the above.
CDO Alt-A exposure - Trading
Exposure
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Total gross Alt-A exposure
201
603
Hedges and other protection purchased
(147
)
(442
)
Total net Alt-A exposure in CDO businesses
54
161
Our CDO businesses also have exposure to CDOs backed by other asset classes, including
commercial mortgages, trust preferred securities and collateralized loan obligations. These
exposures are typically hedged through transactions arranged with other market participants or
through other related market instruments. Actual future profits and losses will depend on actual
market movements, basis movements between different components of our positions, and our ability to
adjust hedges in these circumstances.
In addition to the exposure classified as “trading”, the table below summarizes our exposure to
U.S. subprime ABS CDOs classified as “Available for Sale”. These exposures arise from activities
with Group sponsored consolidated asset-backed commercial paper conduits. While changes in the fair
value of available for sale securities generally are recorded in equity, certain reductions in fair
value are reflected in profit or loss. In the 2008 results, we recorded charges in profit or loss
of € 448 million against these available for sale positions which have been previously
recorded in equity. As of December 31, 2008, the remaining amount recorded in equity against these
positions was € 15 million.
CDO subprime exposure – Available for sale and short positions on trading book
Exposure
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Available for sale
86
499
Short positions on trading book
–
(446
)
Total net CDO subprime exposure
86
53
Residential
Mortgage Trading Businesses: We also have ongoing exposure to the U.S. residential
mortgage market through our trading, origination and securitization business in residential
mortgages. The credit sensitive exposures are summarized below. Our analysis excludes both agency
mortgage backed securities and agency eligible loans, which we do not consider to be credit
sensitive products. Agency mortgage backed securities are not considered to
be credit sensitive products as the timely payment of principal and interest on the underlying
loans is guaranteed by government sponsored entities (“GSEs”). Agency eligible loans are not
considered to be credit sensitive products as
they are underwritten to meet agency guidelines, which allow them to be sold to GSEs. Our analysis
also excludes interest-only and inverse interest-only positions which are negatively correlated to
deteriorating markets.
Other U.S. residential mortgage business exposure
Exposure
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Alt-A
3,406
7,848
Subprime
84
214
Other
1,359
1,666
Total other U.S. residential mortgage gross assets
4,849
9,729
Hedges and other protection purchased
(3,993
)
(6,921
)
Other trading-related net positions
403
803
Total net other U.S. residential mortgage business exposure
1,259
3,611
In the above table, exposure represents our potential loss in the event of a 100 %
default of RMBS bonds, loans and associated hedges, assuming a zero recovery. It is not an
indication of net delta adjusted trading risk (the net delta adjusted trading risk measure is used
to ensure comparability between different residential mortgage-backed securities and other
exposures; for each synthetic position the delta represents the position in the related security
which would have the same sensitivity to a given change in the market).
The various gross components of the overall net exposure shown above represent different vintages,
locations, credit ratings and other market-sensitive factors. Therefore, while the overall numbers
above provide a view of the absolute levels of our exposure to an extreme market movement, actual
future profits and losses will depend on actual market movements, basis movements between different
components of our positions and our ability to adjust hedges in these circumstances. On December31, 2008, the Alt-A and subprime gross assets, and hedges and other protection purchased, consisted
of approximately 89 % 2007, 9 % 2006 and 2 % 2005 and earlier vintages. The
credit ratings on the total Alt-A and subprime gross assets, and hedges and other protection
purchased, were approximately 90 % AAA.
Hedges consist of a number of different market instruments, including protection provided by
monoline insurers,
single-name CDS contracts with market counterparties and index-based contracts.
During 2008 we recorded losses of € 1.8 billion, excluding impacts of monoline provisions
which are included in the monoline disclosure, in our U.S. residential mortgage business, primarily
relating to the Alt-A exposures that are disclosed in the table above.
CB&S’s European “originate to distribute” mortgage business has remaining exposures to residential
mortgages in trading assets which are summarized in the table below. During 2008, we incurred
losses of € 277 million on mark-downs of these trading assets.
European residential mortgage business exposure (fair value basis)
Exposure
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
United Kingdom
188
1,545
Italy
56
423
Germany
13
148
Spain
–
83
Total European residential mortgage business exposure
20-F Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
In the above table, our exposure excludes assets that were reclassified from trading to loans
and receivables under the provisions of the amended IAS 39, “Reclassification of Financial Assets”,
with an effective transfer date of July 1, 2008 or later. The impact of the transfer was to reduce
our P&L exposure to fair value movements as of
December 31, 2008 by € 1.1 billion (thereof UK € 699 million, Italy € 198
million, Germany € 146 million and Spain € 65 million).
Exposure to Monoline Insurers: The deterioration of the U.S. subprime mortgage and related markets
has generated large exposures to financial guarantors, such as monoline insurers, that have insured
or guaranteed the value of pools of collateral referenced by CDOs and other market-traded
securities. Actual claims against monoline insurers will only become due if actual defaults occur
in the underlying assets (or collateral). There is ongoing uncertainty as to whether some monoline
insurers will be able to meet all their liabilities to banks and other buyers of protection. Under
certain conditions (e.g. liquidation) we can accelerate claims regardless of actual losses on the
underlying assets.
The following table summarizes the fair value of our counterparty exposures to monoline insurers
with respect to U.S. residential mortgage-related activity, on the basis of the fair value of the
assets compared with the notional value guaranteed or underwritten by monoline insurers. The table
shows the associated credit valuation adjustments (“CVA”) that we have recorded against the
exposures. The credit valuation adjustments are assessed name-by-name based on internally
determined credit ratings and, in the case of those deemed unlikely to be able to meet their
liabilities in full, an in-depth analysis of the facts and circumstances by our Credit Risk
Management function.
Monoline exposure related to U.S. residential mortgages
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Notional
amount
Fair value
prior to
CVA1
Fair value after
Notional amount
Fair
value prior to
CVA1
Fair value
after
in € m.
CVA1
CVA1
CVA1
CVA1
AA/AAA Monolines:
Super Senior ABS CDO
–
–
–
–
1,087
615
(25
)
590
Other subprime
76
40
–
39
461
44
–
44
Alt-A
5,063
1,573
(37
)
1,536
6,318
229
–
229
Total AA/AAA Monolines2
5,139
1,613
(37
)
1,576
7,866
888
(25
)
863
Non AA/AAA Investment Grade Monolines:
Super Senior ABS CDO
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Other subprime
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Alt-A
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Total Non AA/AAA Investment Grade Monolines
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Non Investment Grade Monolines:
Super Senior ABS CDO
1,110
1,031
(918
)
113
69
57
(57
)
–
Other subprime
258
80
(24
)
56
–
–
–
–
Alt-A
1,293
336
(346
)
(10
)
–
–
–
–
Total Non Investment Grade Monolines
2,660
1,447
(1,288
)
159
69
57
(57
)
–
Total
7,799
3,060
(1,325
)
1,735
7,935
945
(82
)
863
1
Credit valuation adjustment
2
Fair value prior to CVA 2008: 100 % rated “AA”; 2007: 72 % rated “AAA” and
28 % “AA”
The ratings in the table above are based on external ratings. We have applied the lower of
Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s credit ratings as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007.
The table above excludes counterparty exposure to monoline insurers that relates to wrapped bonds.
A wrapped bond is one that is insured or guaranteed by a third party. As of December 31, 2008 and
December 31, 2007, the exposure on wrapped bonds related to U.S. residential mortgages was € 58
million and € 159 million, respectively, which represents an estimate of the potential
mark-downs of wrapped assets in the event of monoline defaults.
A proportion of this mark-to-market monoline exposure has been mitigated with CDS protection
arranged with other market counterparties and other economic hedge activity.
In addition to the residential mortgage-related activities shown in the table above, we have other
exposures to monoline insurers, based on the mark-to-market value of other protected assets. These
arise from a range of client and trading activity, including collateralized loan obligations,
commercial mortgage-backed securities, trust preferred securities, student loans and public sector
or municipal debt. The following table summarizes the fair value of our other counterparty
exposures to monoline insurers, on the basis of the fair value of the assets compared with the
notional value guaranteed or underwritten by monoline insurers. The table shows the associated
credit valuation adjustments that we have recorded against the exposures which are assessed and
calculated on the basis set out above.
Other Monoline exposure
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Notional
amount
Fair value
prior to
CVA1
Fair value after
Notional amount
Fair
value prior to
CVA1
Fair value
after
in € m.
CVA1
CVA1
CVA1
CVA1
AA/AAA Monolines:
TPS - CLO
3,019
1,241
(29
)
1,213
3,606
192
–
192
CMBS
1,018
117
(3
)
115
7,798
122
–
122
Corporate single name/Corporate CDO
6,273
222
(2
)
219
13,133
45
–
45
Student loan
277
105
(2
)
103
1,687
135
–
135
Other
587
288
(5
)
283
2,607
136
–
136
Public sector/Municipal
–
–
–
–
1,027
2
–
2
Total AA/AAA Monolines2
11,174
1,974
(41
)
1,933
29,858
632
–
632
Non AA/AAA Investment Grade Monolines:
TPS - CLO
416
215
(59
)
156
–
–
–
–
CMBS
5,537
882
(111
)
771
–
–
–
–
Corporate single name/Corporate CDO
5,525
272
(38
)
234
–
–
–
–
Student loan
53
20
(3
)
17
–
–
–
–
Other
498
94
(16
)
78
–
–
–
–
Public sector/Municipal
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Total Non AA/AAA Investment Grade Monolines
12,029
1,484
(228
)
1,256
–
–
–
–
Non Investment Grade Monolines:
TPS - CLO
831
244
(74
)
169
–
–
–
–
CMBS
672
125
(56
)
69
–
–
–
–
Corporate single name/Corporate CDO
787
9
(2
)
6
–
–
–
–
Student loan
1,185
906
(227
)
680
–
–
–
–
Other
1,244
504
(229
)
275
–
–
–
–
Public sector/Municipal
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Total Non Investment Grade Monolines
4,719
1,787
(588
)
1,199
–
–
–
–
Total
27,922
5,245
(857
)
4,388
29,858
632
–
632
1
Credit valuation adjustment
2
Fair value prior to CVA 2008: 100 % rated “AA”; 2007: 96 % rated “AAA” and
4 % “AA”
The ratings in the table above are based on external ratings. We have applied the lower of
Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s credit ratings as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007.
20-F Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
The table above excludes counterparty exposure to monoline insurers that relates to wrapped bonds.
As of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the exposure on wrapped bonds other than those
related to U.S. residential mortgages was € 136 million and € 612 million,
respectively, which represents an estimate of the potential mark-downs of wrapped assets in the
event of monoline defaults.
A proportion of this mark-to-market monoline exposure has been mitigated with CDS protection
arranged with other market counterparties and other economic hedge activity.
As of December 31, 2008, our total CVA for monoline exposures was € 2.2 billion (thereof
U.S. residential mortgage-related € 1.3 billion, other exposures € 857 million),
compared to € 82 million (all U.S. residential mortgage-related) as of December 31, 2007.
Commercial Real Estate Business: Our Commercial Real Estate business takes positions in commercial
mortgage whole loans which are originated and either held with the intent to sell, syndicate,
securitize or otherwise distribute to third party investors, or held on an amortized cost basis.
The following is a summary of our exposure to commercial mortgage whole loans which are held on
a fair value basis as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007. This excludes our portfolio of
secondary market commercial mortgage-backed securities which are actively traded and priced.
Commercial Real Estate traded whole loan exposure (fair value basis)
Gross exposure
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 20071
Funded positions
4,600
16,044
Unfunded commitments
–
1,218
Total gross traded whole loan exposure [A]
4,600
17,262
Net risk reduction2 [B]
(1,367
)
(1,215
)
Total net traded whole loan exposure
3,233
16,047
Gross exposure by region:
Germany
1,347
6,873
North America
2,609
8,366
Other Europe
593
1,926
Asia/Pacific1
51
97
Gross exposure by loan type:
Office
1,554
4,086
Hotel
1,079
4,717
Retail
1,076
3,199
Multi-Family
214
2,899
Leisure
415
1,000
Mixed Use
31
800
Other
231
561
Mark-to-market losses against loans and loan commitments
in € m.
2008
2007
Net mark-downs excluding hedges
(857
)
(386
)
Gain (loss) on specific hedges
(270
)
171
Net mark-downs including specific hedges
(1,127
)
(215
)
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Life-to-date gross mark-downs excluding fees and specific hedges on remaining exposure [C]
(628
)
(558
)
Fees on remaining exposure
95
172
Life-to-date net mark-downs excluding specific hedges on remaining exposure
(533
)
(386
)
Carrying value of loans and loan commitments held on a fair value basis, gross of risk reduction [A-C]
3,972
16,704
Carrying value of loans and loan commitments held on a fair value basis, net of risk reduction [A-B-C]
2,605
15,489
1
Gross exposure as of December 31, 2007 has been restated by € 97 million to include
traded whole loans in Asia/Pacific.
2
Risk reduction trades represent a series of derivative or other transactions entered into
in order to mitigate risk on specific whole loans.
In the above table, our exposure excludes assets that were reclassified from trading to loans
and receivables under the provisions of the amended IAS 39, “Reclassification of Financial Assets”,
with an effective transfer date of July 1, 2008 or later. The impact of the transfer was to reduce
our trading loans subject to fair value movements through the P&L as of December 31, 2008 by
€ 6.9 billion and to increase our loans accounted for on an amortized cost basis by a
corresponding amount.
The above table also excludes our previous loan exposure to The Cosmopolitan Resort and Casino. In
September 2008, we foreclosed on the property. The fair value of the loan at the date of
transfer was € 799 million. The property is now carried as an investment property under
construction and is included in Property and equipment, with a
20-F Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
carrying value as of December 31, 2008 of € 1.1 billion. For further information on this asset see
Note [44] to the consolidated financial statements.
Leveraged Finance Business: The following is a summary of our exposures to leveraged loan and other
financing commitments arising from the activities of our Leveraged Finance business as of December31, 2008 and December 31, 2007. These activities include private equity transactions and other
buyout arrangements. Also shown are the mark-downs taken against these loans and loan commitments
as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007.
Leveraged Finance exposure (fair value basis)
Gross exposure
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Funded positions
851
14,492
Unfunded commitments
–
20,415
Total Leveraged Finance exposure [A]
851
34,908
Gross exposure by region:
North America
812
25,766
Europe
39
8,667
Asia/Pacific
–
475
Gross exposure by industry sector:
Telecommunications
74
7,486
Chemicals
–
5,403
Pharmaceuticals
–
4,554
Media
481
2,797
Hospitality & Gaming
106
4,192
Leasing
–
1,386
Services
109
2,319
Healthcare
19
328
Retail
–
2,455
Technology
16
1,345
Utilities
47
1,498
Other
–
1,145
Mark-to-market losses against loans and loan commitments
in € m.
2008
2007
Net mark-downs excluding hedges
(1,683
)
(759
)
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Life-to-date gross mark-downs excluding fees and hedges on remaining exposure [B]
(326
)
(1,351
)
Fees on remaining exposure
17
642
Life-to-date net mark-downs excluding hedges on remaining exposure
(309
)
(709
)
Exposure to loans and loan commitments (fair value basis) [A-B]
525
33,558
The table above excludes both new exposures entered into in 2008, which were transacted at
market rates and have a fair value of € 558 million as of December 31, 2008, and loans,
entered into after January 1, 2007, accounted for on an amortized cost basis of € 9.9
billion, compared to € 1.3 billion as of December 31, 2007. Included in the loans
accounted for on an amortized cost basis are assets that were reclassified from trading to loans
and receivables under the provisions of the amended IAS 39, “Reclassification of Financial
Assets”, with an effective transfer date of July 1, 2008 or later. The impact of the transfers was
to reduce our trading loans subject to fair value movements
through the P&L as of December 31, 2008 by € 8.5 billion and to increase our loans accounted for on an
amortized cost basis by a corresponding amount.
During 2008, we entered into transactions with four special purpose entities to derecognize certain
loans, predominantly U.S. leveraged loans and commercial real estate loans that were held at fair
value through profit or loss. Please refer to “Special Purpose Entities” for more information.
Global Transaction Banking Corporate Division
The following table sets forth the results of our Global Transaction Banking Corporate Division for
the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, in accordance with our management reporting
systems.
in € m.
(unless stated otherwise)
2008
2007
2006
Net revenues:
Transaction services
2,774
2,585
2,228
Other products
–
–
–
Total net revenues
2,774
2,585
2,228
Provision for credit losses
5
7
(29
)
Total noninterest expenses
1,663
1,633
1,552
therein:
Restructuring activities
–
(1
)
22
Minority interest
–
–
–
Income (loss) before income taxes
1,106
945
705
Cost/income ratio
60 %
63 %
70 %
Assets
49,487
32,117
25,655
Average active equity1
1,081
1,095
1,064
Pre-tax return on average active equity
102 %
86 %
66 %
1
See Note [2] to the consolidated financial statements for a description of how
average active equity is allocated to the divisions.
Comparison between 2008 and 2007
Income before income taxes increased by € 160 million, or 17 %, to a record € 1.1
billion for the year ended December 31, 2008. This development reflected record revenues
combined with sustained cost discipline.
Net revenues increased by 7 % to € 2.8 billion in 2008. The increase of € 189
million compared to 2007 was mainly driven by an improved business flow in documentary credit
services and export finance solutions for clients’ cross-border trade transactions in the Trade
Finance business. Cash Management also generated higher revenues as
a result of significantly increased transaction volumes in both the euro and U.S. dollar clearing
business. Despite the market turmoil in 2008, there was a solid growth in deposit balances of
8 % as compared to December 31, 2007.
The provision for credit losses was a net charge of € 5 million, compared to a net charge of
€ 7 million in 2007.
Noninterest expenses of € 1.7 billion remained stable compared to 2007. Expenses related to
investments, including the acquisitions of HedgeWorks LLC in the U.S. and the operating platform of
Pago eTransaction Services GmbH, were mostly offset by cost containment measures, efficiency
improvements and lower performance-related compensation.
20-F Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
Private Clients and Asset Management Group Division
The following table sets forth the results of our Private Clients and Asset Management Group
Division for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, in accordance with our management
reporting systems.
in € m.
(unless stated otherwise)
2008
2007
2006
Net revenues:
Portfolio/fund management
2,457
3,017
3,041
Brokerage
1,891
2,172
1,895
Loan/deposit
3,251
3,145
2,814
Payments, account & remaining financial services
1,066
1,039
907
Other products
376
756
658
Total net revenues
9,041
10,129
9,315
therein:
Net interest income and net gains (losses) on
financial assets/liabilities at fair value
through profit or loss
3,871
3,529
3,071
Provision for credit losses
668
501
391
Total noninterest expenses
7,972
7,560
7,000
therein:
Policyholder benefits and claims
18
73
63
Impairment of intangible assets
580
74
–
Restructuring activities
–
(9
)
91
Minority interest
(20
)
8
(11
)
Income (loss) before income taxes
420
2,059
1,935
Cost/income ratio
88 %
75 %
75 %
Assets
188,785
156,767
130,753
Average active equity1
8,315
8,539
7,206
Pre-tax return on average active equity
5 %
24 %
27 %
Invested assets (in € bn.)2
816
952
908
1
See Note [2] to the consolidated financial statements for a description of how
average active equity is allocated to the divisions.
2
We define invested assets as (a) assets we hold on behalf of customers for investment
purposes and/or (b) client assets that are managed by us. We manage invested assets on a
discretionary or advisory basis, or these assets are deposited with us.
The following paragraphs discuss the contribution of the individual corporate divisions to the
overall results of Private Clients and Asset Management Group Division.
The following table sets forth the results of our Asset and Wealth Management Corporate Division
for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, in accordance with our management reporting
systems.
in € m.
(unless stated otherwise)
2008
2007
2006
Net revenues:
Portfolio/fund management (AM)
1,840
2,351
2,470
Portfolio/fund management (PWM)
361
414
332
Total portfolio/fund management
2,201
2,765
2,802
Brokerage
908
964
811
Loan/deposit
266
223
191
Payments, account & remaining financial services
26
22
18
Other products
(137
)
401
345
Total net revenues
3,264
4,374
4,166
Provision for credit losses
15
1
(1
)
Total noninterest expenses
3,794
3,453
3,284
therein:
Policyholder benefits and claims
18
73
63
Impairment of intangible assets
580
74
–
Restructuring activities
–
(8
)
43
Minority interest
(20
)
7
(11
)
Income (loss) before income taxes
(525
)
913
894
Cost/income ratio
116 %
79 %
79 %
Assets
50,473
39,180
35,939
Average active equity1
4,870
5,109
4,917
Pre-tax return on average active equity
(11) %
18 %
18 %
Invested assets (in € bn.)2
628
749
732
1
See Note [2] to the consolidated financial statements for a description of how
average active equity is allocated to the divisions.
2
We define invested assets as (a) assets we hold on behalf of customers for investment
purposes and/or (b) client assets that are managed by us. We manage invested assets on a
discretionary or advisory basis, or these assets are deposited with us.
Comparison between 2008 and 2007
For the year 2008, AWM reported net revenues of € 3.3 billion, a decrease of € 1.1
billion, or 25 %, compared to 2007. Portfolio/fund management revenues in Asset
Management (AM) decreased by € 510 million, or 22 %, and in Private Wealth
Management (PWM) by € 53 million, or 13 %. Both business divisions were
significantly and negatively
impacted by market developments in 2008, especially in the fourth quarter, as well as from the
strong euro. The deterioration of performance and asset-based fees reflected the sharp decline of
asset valuations and the related development of assets under management, especially with regard to
equity products. Brokerage revenues decreased by € 56 million, or 6 %, compared to
2007, reflecting limited client activity in the challenging market environment and the impact of
the stronger euro. Loan/deposit revenues were up € 43 million, or 20 %, due to a
significant growth of loan and deposit volumes. Revenues from Other products were negative € 137
million for 2008 compared to positive revenues of € 401 million last year. The negative
revenues for the current year were composed of a number of significant specific items due to the
market dislocations, including mark-downs on seed capital and other investments of
approximately € 230 million and injections of € 150 million into certain consolidated
money market funds.
Noninterest expenses in 2008 were € 3.8 billion, an increase of € 341 million, or
10 %, compared to 2007. The increase was primarily due to an impairment of € 310
million related to DWS Scudder intangible assets (compared to
20-F Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
€ 74 million in 2007) and
a goodwill impairment of € 270 million in a consolidated investment, both in AM. In PWM, a
provision of € 98 million was taken related to the obligation to repurchase Auction Rate
Preferred (“ARP”) securities/Auction Rate Securities (“ARS”) at par from retail clients following a
settlement in the U.S.
AWM’s full year 2008 resulted in a loss before income taxes of € 525 million, compared to an
income before income taxes of € 913 million in 2007.
Invested assets in AWM were € 628 billion at December 31, 2008, a decrease of € 121
billion compared to December 31, 2007. Of this decrease, asset value declines accounted for
€ 109 billion. For the full year 2008, AM recorded net outflows of € 22 billion while
PWM attracted net new assets of € 10 billion.
Private & Business Clients Corporate Division
The following table sets forth the results of our Private & Business Clients Corporate Division for
the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, in accordance with our management reporting
systems.
in € m.
(unless stated otherwise)
2008
2007
2006
Net revenues:
Portfolio/fund management
256
253
239
Brokerage
983
1,207
1,084
Loan/deposit
2,985
2,923
2,623
Payments, account & remaining financial services
1,040
1,017
890
Other products
513
355
313
Total net revenues
5,777
5,755
5,149
Provision for credit losses
653
501
391
Total noninterest expenses
4,178
4,108
3,716
therein:
Restructuring activities
–
(1
)
49
Minority interest
0
0
0
Income (loss) before income taxes
945
1,146
1,041
Cost/income ratio
72 %
71 %
72 %
Assets
138,350
117,809
94,853
Average active equity1
3,445
3,430
2,289
Pre-tax return on average active equity
27 %
33 %
45 %
Invested assets (in € bn.)2
189
203
176
Loan volume (in € bn.)
91
87
79
Deposit volume (in € bn.)
118
96
72
1
See Note [2] to the consolidated financial statements for a description of how
average active equity is allocated to the divisions.
2
We define invested assets as (a) assets we hold on behalf of customers for investment
purposes and/or (b) client assets that are managed by us. We manage invested assets on a
discretionary or advisory basis, or these assets are deposited with us.
Comparison between 2008 and 2007
Net revenues of € 5.8 billion were essentially unchanged compared with 2007. Portfolio/fund
management revenues increased by € 3 million, or 1 %, driven by a successful
portfolio management product campaign in the third quarter of 2008. Brokerage revenues decreased by
€ 224 million, or 19 %, mainly reflecting low client activity in a difficult market
environment. Loan/deposit revenues increased by € 62 million, or 2 %, mainly driven
by growth in both loan and
deposit volumes, partly offset by lower margins, especially in deposit products. Payment, account &
remaining financial services revenues increased by € 23 million, or 2 %, mainly
driven by higher revenues from the credit card busi-
ness. Revenues from Other products of € 513 million in 2008 increased by € 158
million, or 44 %, mainly driven by PBC’s asset and liability management function,
dividend income from a cooperation partner after an IPO and subsequent gains related to a business
sale closed in a prior period.
Provision for credit losses increased by € 152 million, or 30 %, mainly reflecting
the deteriorating credit conditions in Spain, higher delinquencies in Germany and Italy, as well as
organic growth in Poland.
Noninterest expenses of € 4.2 billion were € 70 million, or 2 %, higher than
in 2007. Higher severance and staffing costs were offset by lower performance-related compensation
and tight cost management.
Invested assets of € 189 billion at the end of 2008 decreased by € 15 billion. Market
depreciation of € 30 billion was partly offset by net new assets inflows of € 15
billion.
The number of clients in PBC reached 14.6 million at year end 2008, an increase of
approximately 800,000 net new clients, mainly in Germany, Italy and Poland.
Corporate Investments Group Division
The following table sets forth the results of our Corporate Investments Group Division for the
years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, in accordance with our management reporting systems.
in € m.
(unless stated otherwise)
2008
2007
2006
Net revenues
1,290
1,517
574
therein:
Net interest income and net gains
(losses) on financial assets/liabilities
at fair value through profit or loss
(172
)
157
3
Provision for credit losses
(1
)
3
2
Total noninterest expenses
95
220
214
therein:
Impairment of intangible assets
–
54
31
Restructuring activities
–
(0
)
1
Minority interest
2
(5
)
(3
)
Income (loss) before income taxes
1,194
1,299
361
Cost/income ratio
7 %
15 %
37 %
Assets
18,297
13,005
17,783
Average active equity1
403
473
1,057
Pre-tax return on average active equity
N/M
N/M
34 %
N/M – Not meaningful
1
See Note [2] to the consolidated financial statements for a description of how average active equity is allocated to the divisions.
Comparison between 2008 and 2007
In 2008 CI’s income before income taxes was € 1.2 billion compared to € 1.3 billion
in 2007.
Net revenues were € 1.3 billion, a decrease of € 227 million compared to 2007. Net
revenues in 2008 included net gains of € 1.3 billion from the sale of industrial holdings
(mainly related to Daimler AG, Allianz SE and Linde AG), a gain of € 96 million from the
disposal of our investment in Arcor AG & Co. KG, dividend income of € 114 million, as well
as mark-downs, including the impact from our option to increase our share in Hua Xia Bank Co. Ltd.
20-F Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
Net revenues in 2007 included net gains of € 626 million from selling some of our industrial
holdings (mainly
Allianz SE, Linde AG and Fiat S.p.A.), a gain of € 178 million from our equity method
investment in Deutsche Interhotel Holding GmbH & Co. KG (which also triggered an impairment charge
of € 54 million of CI’s goodwill), dividend income of € 141 million and mark-ups from
our option to increase our share in Hua Xia Bank Co. Ltd. In addition, net revenues included a gain
of € 313 million from the sale and leaseback transaction of our premises at 60 Wall Street.
Total noninterest expenses were € 95 million, a decrease of € 126 million compared to
the previous year. This
decrease was mainly the result of lower costs from consolidated investments in 2008 and the
aforementioned goodwill impairment charge in 2007.
At year end 2008, the alternative assets portfolio of CI had a carrying value of € 434
million (down 31 % compared to 2007), of which 72 % was real estate
investments, 23 % was private equity direct investments and 5 % was private equity
indirect and other investments. This compares to a carrying value of € 631 million at year
end 2007.
Consolidation & Adjustments
For a discussion of Consolidation & Adjustments to our business segment results see Note
[2] to the consolidated financial statements.
Operating Results (2007 vs. 2006)
Net Interest Income
Net interest income in 2007 was € 8.8 billion, an increase of € 1.8 billion, or
26 %, from 2006. Average interest-bearing volumes of assets and liabilities increased by
€ 154.6 billion and € 144.9 billion respectively. Much of the increase in net
interest income was related to Sales & Trading (debt and other products) activity and was largely
offset by
decreased net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
from related activity. Interest income from loans increased year-on-year due to higher interest
rates and greater volumes of our average loans outstanding, partly resulting from the acquisition
of Berliner Bank and norisbank.
Net Gains (Losses) on Financial Assets/Liabilities at Fair Value through Profit or Loss
Net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss from
CIB – Sales & Trading (debt and other products) decreased by € 2.1 billion, or
35 %, due mainly to weaker performance in our credit trading businesses in the exceptionally
challenging markets of the second half of 2007. Significant improvements across our customer-driven
businesses drove an increase in net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value
through profit or loss from Sales & Trading (equity). The main contributors to the decrease in
Other net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss were
mark-to-market losses (net of fees and gains on sales) on leveraged loans and loan commitments in
2007 due to the difficulties in the leveraged finance markets.
Net Interest Income and Net Gains (Losses) on Financial Assets/Liabilities at Fair Value
through Profit or Loss
Corporate and Investment Bank (CIB). Combined net interest income and net gains (losses) on
financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss from sales and trading products
were € 10.6 billion in 2007, a decrease of € 144 million, or 1 %, from 2006.
This result reflected the negative impact of the aforementioned difficult market situation for our
credit trading businesses in Sales & Trading (debt and other
products), improvements across cus-
tomer-driven businesses in Sales & Trading (equity), an increase of € 223 million, or
21 %, in Transaction services, and mark-to-market losses on leveraged loans and loan commitments
(included in Remaining products). The increase in Transaction services was due to higher customer
balances, a growth in payment volumes from Cash Management and new client mandates in domestic
custody products.
Private Clients and Asset Management (PCAM). Combined net interest income and net gains (losses) on
financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss were € 3.5 billion in
2007, an increase of € 457 million, or 15 %, over 2006, due mainly to the impact of
the acquired Berliner Bank and norisbank together with higher volumes from organic business
expansion.
Corporate Investments (CI). Combined net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial
assets/liabilities at
fair value through profit or loss increased € 154 million, primarily reflecting
mark-to-market gains from our option to increase our shareholding in Hua Xia Bank in China.
Provision for Credit Losses
Provision for credit losses was € 612 million in 2007 and € 298 million in 2006.
The increase in 2007 is largely due to net charges of € 109 million in CIB (including a
significant provision taken on a single counterparty relationship, partly offset by releases),
compared to net releases of € 94 million in CIB in 2006, and a 28 % increase in
PCAM’s provisions to € 501 million, driven predominantly by provisions in PBC.
Remaining Noninterest Income
Commissions and fee income. Total 2007 commissions and fee income was € 12.3 billion, an
increase of € 1.1 billion, or 10 %, compared with 2006. Underwriting and advisory
fees increased by € 295 million, mainly attributable to CIB’s Advisory products. Brokerage
fees were up € 493 million with CIB’s Sales & Trading (equity) products having a significant
impact, mainly driven by increased volumes and market activity in Asia. Fees for other customer
services
increased € 252 million, driven by increases in Sales & Trading (equity) in CIB and in PBC
Germany.
Net gains (losses) on financial assets available for sale. Total net gains on financial assets
available for sale were € 793 million in 2007, up € 202 million, or 34 %,
primarily due to gains of € 626 million related to CI’s industrial holdings portfolio, with
the most significant gains resulting from the reduction of our stakes in Allianz SE and Linde AG,
and the disposal of our investment in Fiat S.p.A. Gains in CIB’s sales and trading areas were
offset by impairment charges. The 2006 result reflected gains in CIB’s Sales & Trading areas and
net gains in CI, of which the most significant was
a gain of € 92 million related to the partial sale of our stake in Linde AG.
Net income (loss) from equity method investments. Net income from our equity method investments was
€ 353 million and € 419 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively. The key contributors
in 2007 were in CI and the RREEF Alternative Investments business in AM. CI’s income in 2007 was
driven by a gain of € 178 million from our investment in Deutsche Interhotel Holding GmbH &
Co. KG (which also triggered an impairment review of CI’s goodwill, resulting in an impairment
charge of € 54 million). A gain of € 131 million from the sale of our remaining
holding in EUROHYPO AG contributed significantly to CI’s 2006 equity method income.
20-F Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
Other income. Total other income was € 1.3 billion in 2007, an increase of € 897
million compared to 2006, mainly from the sale and leaseback transaction of our premises at 60
Wall Street, higher revenues from consolidated investments and higher insurance premiums as a
result of the Abbey Life Assurance Company Limited acquisition.
Noninterest Expenses
Compensation and benefits. The increase of € 624 million, or 5 %, in 2007
compared to 2006 was mainly driven by higher salary expenses, partly resulting from a rise in staff
of 9,442 (on a full-time equivalent basis), and accelerated recognition of share-based compensation
expense following a new definition of early retirement eligibility for the awards granted under the
DB Equity Plan in 2007. Also contributing to the increase were higher severance payments, which
were up € 72 million in 2007.
General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses in 2007 were € 885
million, or 13 %, higher than in 2006 due mainly to business growth, primarily
reflected in IT costs and occupancy expenses. The increase of € 266 million in Other
expenses was largely attributable to a provision release related to grundbesitz-invest, our German
open-ended real estate fund, in 2006.
Policyholder benefits and claims. The increase of € 126 million, or 188 %, over 2006
is due mainly to our acquisition of Abbey Life Assurance Company Limited in the fourth quarter
2007, and was largely offset by net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value
through profit or loss and by insurance premium revenues.
Impairment of intangible assets. Charges in 2007 included an impairment of € 74 million on
unamortized intangible assets in AM and a goodwill impairment charge of € 54 million in CI.
In 2006, CI incurred a goodwill impairment charge of € 31 million.
Restructuring activities. The Business Realignment Program was completed and remaining provisions
of € 13 million were released in 2007, compared to charges of € 192 million in 2006.
Income Tax Expense
Income tax expense was € 2.2 billion in 2007 compared to € 2.3 billion in 2006.
The tax expense in 2007 was primarily reduced by the effects of the German tax reform, utilization
of capital losses, successful resolution of outstanding tax matters, recoverable taxes subsequent
to decisions of the Court of Justice of the European Communities regarding the non-conformity of
certain German tax provisions with European Community Law, and claims relating to current and prior
years. In 2006, the tax expense was primarily reduced by the effect of a German tax law change for
the refund of prior years’ distribution tax credits, which resulted in the accelerated recognition
of corporate tax credits and the settlement of tax audits at favorable terms. The actual effective
tax rates were 25.6 % in 2007 and 27.1 % in 2006.
Results of Operations by Segment (2007 vs. 2006)
Corporate and Investment Bank Group Division
Corporate Banking &
Securities Corporate Division
Net revenues of € 16.5 billion in 2007 were marginally lower than in 2006. Write-downs and
mark-to-market losses in some Sales & Trading areas and in Leveraged Finance on loans and loan
commitments offset higher revenues from our more mature flow businesses. Income before income taxes
for the year ended December 31, 2007 decreased by
€ 1.2 billion, or 22 %, to € 4.2 billion. The overall reduction in CB&S was
mainly attributable to an increase in noninterest expenses resulting from higher staff levels and
an increase in provision for credit losses.
Sales & Trading (debt and other products) revenues were € 8.4 billion in 2007, a decrease of
€ 609 million, or 7 %, compared to 2006. Sales & Trading (equity) revenues were a
record € 4.6 billion, € 574 million, or 14 %, higher than in 2006. Sales and
Trading results for the entire year were comparable to those of 2006 despite the exceptionally
challenging markets of the second half of 2007.
In the third quarter of 2007, we announced losses of € 1.6 billion related to relative value
trading (both debt and
equity), CDO correlation trading and Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities (RMBS). Of this amount,
€ 726 million related to CDO correlation and RMBS and was principally driven by exposure to
positions linked to subprime residential mortgages. In the fourth quarter of 2007, the CDO and RMBS
businesses produced an overall net positive result after factoring in gains from hedges.
Elsewhere, CB&S benefited from the scale and diversity of its Global Markets platform, particularly
its leadership in products such as foreign exchange, interest rates and money markets and its
strong position in emerging markets, which helped to offset a weaker performance in our credit
trading businesses. Designated proprietary trading gains were lower compared to 2006, in both
absolute terms and as a percentage of net revenues, having been negatively affected by the
difficult market environment during the second half of 2007.
Revenues of € 2.7 billion from Origination and Advisory were € 226 million, or
8 %, lower than in 2006. The reduction in revenue year-on-year arose principally from the
deterioration in the market for private equity leveraged loans and financing as part of the overall
dislocation of credit markets experienced in the second half of the year. Mark-to-market losses of
€ 759 million (excluding fees and hedges, € 1.4 billion) were taken against leveraged
finance loans and loan commitments during 2007.
Revenues from Loan products were € 1.0 billion, just above those of 2006, due to gains on
sales of equity from
restructured loans, which were partly offset by the application of the fair value option to an
increased level of new lending activity.
Revenues from Other products were a loss of € 151 million, an improvement of € 167
million versus 2006, primarily driven by higher revenues following our acquisition of Abbey
Life Assurance Company Limited, though these were offset in policyholder benefits and claims in
noninterest expenses.
The Provision for credit losses resulted in a net charge of € 102 million in 2007, compared
to a net release of € 65 million in 2006, driven primarily by a provision taken on a single
counterparty relationship.
Noninterest expenses in 2007 were € 12.2 billion, an increase of € 933 million, or
8 %, versus 2006, largely due to increased staff levels, accelerated recognition of
share-based compensation expense, the impact of acquisitions and higher business volumes.
20-F Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
Global Transaction Banking Corporate Division
Net
revenues rose in all regions and across all products, with an overall increase of 16 %
to € 2.6 billion in 2007. Cash Management grew substantially due to increased customer
balances and a strong increase in payment volumes, reflecting the continued tendency of banks and
corporates to consolidate to fewer banking counterparties, as well
as the Single Euro Payments Area (SEPA) initiative and new Cash Management capabilities in emerging
markets, such as Brazil, Russia and Turkey. Revenue growth in Trade Finance products was
predominantly driven by strong business activity in the EMEA region. Trust & Securities Services
grew in Asia/Pacific and EMEA, particularly due to increased asset inflows and significant new
client mandates in domestic custody.
The Provision for credit losses amounted to a net charge of € 7 million in 2007, compared to
a net release of € 29 million for 2006.
Noninterest expenses of € 1.6 billion increased by 5 %, or € 80 million, from
2006, mainly reflecting higher staff levels, performance-related compensation, and
transaction-related costs in support of increased business volumes.
Income before income tax expense increased by 34 %, or € 241 million, to a record
€ 945 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This development was based on
double-digit profit growth in all geographic regions.
Private Clients and Asset Management Group Division
Asset and Wealth
Management Corporate Division
Net revenues were € 4.4 billion in 2007, an increase of € 208 million, or
5 %, compared to 2006. A decline of € 119 million, or 5 %, in AM’s Portfolio/fund
management revenues, driven by lower levels of performance fees in the Alternative Investments
business, was partly offset by increases in performance fees in the Retail and Institutional
businesses and increases in management fees in the Alternative Investments and the Retail business.
In PWM, portfolio/fund management revenues increased by € 81 million, or 24 %, due
to a higher invested asset base after the acquisition of Tilney Group Limited and the additions of
new client advisors since the beginning of 2006. Brokerage revenues of € 964 million were up
€ 154 million, or 19 %, due to higher client activity, especially on demand from
clients for alternative investment and other innovative products. Revenues related to
loans/deposits were up by € 31 million, or 16 %, due to higher volumes and margins
in both our loan and deposit business. Revenues from Other products were € 57 million, or
16 %, higher than in 2006, due largely to the consolidation of an infrastructure investment
intended for a RREEF fund during 2007 in AM.
Noninterest expenses were € 3.5 billion in 2007, an increase of € 169 million, or
5 %, from 2006 due mainly to an impairment charge of € 74 million related to
intangible assets in AM and the effect of PWM’s acquisition and growth strategy, partly offset by a
decrease in charges for restructuring activities.
Income before income tax expense in AWM was € 913 million in 2007, just above 2006.
AWM’s Invested assets increased by € 17 billion to € 749 billion in 2007. Invested
assets in AM were up € 12 billion, to € 555 billion, and were up in PWM by € 5
billion, to € 194 billion. Net new assets of € 27 billion in AM and € 13
billion in PWM were partly offset by the impact of a strong euro on the value of dollar-based
balances.
Net revenues of € 5.8 billion increased by € 606 million, or 12 %, compared
to 2006. The increase in all products was partly driven by the acquisitions of norisbank
(consolidated since November 2006) and Berliner Bank (consolidated since January 2007).
Portfolio/fund management revenues and brokerage revenues increased by € 14 million and
€ 123 million, respectively, reflecting the successful placements of investment products and
higher transaction-based flow revenues. Loan/deposit revenues were the key drivers of the growth in
2007 with increases of € 300 million, or 11 %, owing to the aforementioned
acquisitions. Payments, account and remaining financial services revenues
increased by € 128 million, or 14 %, due to the acquisitions and also from increased
insurance brokerage revenues on higher sales of pension-related products. Revenues from Other
products increased by € 42 million, or 13 %.
Provision for credit losses increased by € 109 million, or 28 %, to € 501
million in 2007, primarily driven by the aforementioned acquisitions.
Noninterest expenses of € 4.1 billion were € 391 million, or 11 %, higher
than in 2006, mainly due to the acquisitions. Also contributing to the increase were
integration-related expenses, investments in business growth in emerging
markets, including the branch banking and credit card offerings in India and China, and the
extension of the branch network and consumer finance offerings in Poland.
Income before income tax expense was € 1.1 billion in 2007, which was € 106 million,
or 10 %, higher than in 2006. In 2006, income before income tax expense of € 1.0
billion included charges of € 49 million for restructuring activities.
Invested assets were € 203 billion at the end of 2007, a € 28 billion, or
16 %, increase over 2006, due mainly to € 19 billion in net new money, with the remainder
generated by performance and acquisitions.
The number of clients in PBC reached 13.8 million by year end 2007, a net increase of 1
million, excluding the impact of the acquisition of Berliner Bank and the sale of the credit
card processing activities in Italy. The increase was mainly related to Germany and India.
Corporate Investments Group Division
Net revenues were € 1.5 billion in 2007, an increase of € 943 million compared to
the previous year. Net revenues in 2007 included net gains of € 626 million from selling
some of our industrial holdings (mainly related to Allianz SE, Linde AG and Fiat S.p.A.), a gain of
€ 178 million from our equity method investment in Deutsche Interhotel Holding GmbH & Co. KG
(net of an impairment charge of € 54 million), dividend income of € 141 million and
mark-to-market gains from our option to increase our share in Hua Xia Bank Co. Ltd. The net
revenues also included a gain of € 313 million related to the sale and leaseback transaction
of our premises at 60 Wall Street. Net revenues in 2006 primarily included gains of € 131
million from the sale of our remaining holding in EUROHYPO AG and € 92 million related
to the partial sale of our stake in Linde AG, as well as dividend income of € 122 million.
Total Noninterest expenses in 2007 were up slightly over 2006 as higher goodwill impairment charges
offset reductions in other expense categories.
Income before income tax expense was € 1.3 billion in 2007 and € 361 million in 2006.
20-F Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
At year end 2007, the carrying value of the alternative assets portfolio was down to € 631
million, of which 51 % was real estate investments, 43 % was private equity
direct investments and 6 % was private equity indirect and other investments. The portfolio
value at year end 2006 was € 895 million.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
For a detailed discussion of our liquidity risk management, see “Item 11: Quantitative and
Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk –
Liquidity Risk.” For a detailed discussion of our capital management, see “Item 11: Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk – Liquidity Risk –
Capital Management” and Note [36] to the consolidated financial statements.
Post-Employment Benefit Plans
We have a number of post-employment benefit plans. In addition to defined contribution plans,
there are plans accounted for as defined benefit plans.
As a matter of principle all defined benefit plans with a benefit obligation exceeding € 1
million are included in our globally coordinated accounting process. Reviewed by our global
actuary, the plans in each country are evaluated by locally appointed actuaries.
By applying our global policy for determining the financial and demographic assumptions we seek to
ensure that the assumptions are unbiased and mutually compatible and that they follow the best
estimate and ongoing plan principles.
For a further discussion on our employee benefit plans see Note [32] to our consolidated
financial statements.
Special Purpose Entities
We engage in various business activities with certain entities, referred to as special purpose
entities (SPEs), which are designed to achieve a specific business purpose. The principal uses of
SPEs are to provide clients with access to specific portfolios of assets and risk and to provide
market liquidity for clients through securitizing financial assets. SPEs may be established as
corporations, trusts or partnerships.
We may or may not consolidate SPEs that we have set up or sponsored or with which we have a
contractual relationship. We will consolidate an SPE when we have the power to govern its financial
and operating policies, generally accompanying a shareholding, either directly or indirectly, of
more than one half of the voting rights. When the activities are narrowly defined or it is not
evident who controls the financial and operating policies of the SPE, a range of other factors are
considered. These factors include whether (1) the activities of the SPE are being conducted on our
behalf according to our specific business needs so that we obtain the benefits from the SPE’s
operations, (2) we have decision-making powers to obtain the
majority of the benefits, (3) we will
obtain the majority of the benefits of the activities of the SPE, and
(4) we retain the majority of
the residual ownership risks related to the assets in order to obtain the benefits from its
activities. We consolidate an SPE if an assessment of the relevant factors indicates that we
control it.
We reassess our treatment of SPEs for consolidation when there is a change in the SPE’s
arrangements or the
substance of the relationship between us and an SPE changes. For further detail on our accounting
policies regarding consolidation and reassessment of consolidation of SPEs please refer to Note [1]
in our consolidated financial
statements.
In limited situations we consolidate some SPEs for both financial reporting and German regulatory
purposes. However, in all other cases we hold regulatory capital, as appropriate, against all
SPE-related transactions and related exposures, such as derivative transactions and lending-related
commitments and guarantees. To date, our exposures to non-consolidated SPEs have not had a material
impact on our debt covenants, capital ratios, credit ratings or dividends.
Total Assets in Consolidated SPEs
Dec 31, 2008
Asset type
Financial
Financial
Loans2
Cash and
Other assets
Total assets
assets at
assets
cash
fair value
available
equivalents
through
for sale
in € m.
profit or loss1
Category:
Group sponsored ABCP conduits2
–
30
24,523
6
132
24,691
Group sponsored securitizations
U.S.
6,792
–
–
–
277
7,069
non-U.S.2
1,655
–
1,324
41
30
3,050
Third party sponsored securitizations
U.S.
546
–
–
–
125
671
non-U.S.
–
–
533
1
23
557
Repackaging and investment products
9,012
1,847
101
935
2,224
14,119
Mutual funds
7,005
–
–
3,328
45
10,378
Structured transactions
3,327
202
5,066
22
416
9,033
Operating entities2
1,810
3,497
1,986
600
1,472
9,365
Other
415
307
926
485
839
2,972
Total
30,562
5,883
34,459
5,418
5,583
81,905
1
Fair value of derivative positions is € 391 million.
2
Certain positions have been reclassified from
trading and available for sale into loans in accordance with
IAS 39, “Reclassification of Financial Assets” which became effective on July1, 2008. For an explanation of the impact of the reclassification please see
Note [10] and “Results of Operations by Segment (2008 vs. 2007) – Corporate Banking &
Securities Corporate Division, Amendments to IAS 39 and IFRS 7, “Reclassification of
Financial Assets”.
20-F Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
Dec 31, 2007
Asset type
Financial
Financial
Loans
Cash and
Other assets
Total assets
assets at fair
assets avail-
cash equiva-
value
able for sale
lents
through
in € m.
profit or loss1
Category:
Group sponsored ABCP conduits
5
10,558
16,897
3
139
27,602
Group sponsored securitizations
U.S.
24,720
–
–
–
569
25,289
non-U.S.
2,957
–
383
33
4
3,377
Third party sponsored securitizations
U.S.
13,781
–
–
–
24
13,805
non-U.S.
–
–
–
–
–
–
Repackaging and investment products
12,543
1,825
–
1,012
1,453
16,833
Mutual funds
256
–
–
424
1
681
Structured transactions
4,449
4,672
2,664
604
314
12,703
Operating entities
2,576
3,458
216
17
337
6,604
Other
616
302
583
306
472
2,279
Total
61,903
20,815
20,743
2,399
3,313
109,173
1
Fair value of derivative positions is € 489 million.
These tables provide detail about the assets (after consolidation eliminations) in our
consolidated SPEs. Further
details follow regarding the purpose of the SPEs, the nature of our relationship with the SPEs and
the associated risks. These tables should be read in conjunction with Key Credit Market Exposures
which is included in “Results of Operations by Segment (2008 vs. 2007) – Corporate Banking &
Securities Corporate Division.”
Group Sponsored ABCP Conduits
We set up, sponsor and administer our own asset-backed commercial paper (ABCP) programs. These
programs provide our customers with access to liquidity in the commercial paper market and create
investment products for our clients. As an administrative agent for the commercial paper programs,
we facilitate the purchase of non-Deutsche Bank Group loans, securities and other receivables by
the commercial paper conduit (conduit), which then issues to the market high-grade, short-term
commercial paper, collateralized by the underlying assets, to fund the purchase. The conduits
require sufficient collateral, credit enhancements and liquidity support to maintain an investment
grade rating for the commercial paper. We are the liquidity provider to these conduits and
therefore exposed to changes in the carrying value of their assets.
Our liquidity exposure to these conduits is to the entire commercial paper issued of € 25.2
billion and € 26.6 billion as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, of which we
held € 5.1 billion and € 8.8 billion, respectively.
The collateral in the conduits includes a range of asset-backed loans and securities, including
aircraft leasing, student loans, trust preferred securities and residential- and
commercial-mortgage-backed securities. The collateral in the conduits decreased € 2.9
billion from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008 as a result of the maturity of € 1.3
billion liquidity facilities, € 0.7 billion general decline in the fair value of
financial assets available for sale which were then reclassified to loans in the third quarter of
2008 and the transfer of € 0.9 billion assets from the conduits to another consolidated
entity to facilitate collateral management.
We consolidate the majority of our sponsored conduit programs because we have the controlling
interest.
Group Sponsored Securitizations
We sponsor SPEs for which we originate or purchase assets. These assets are predominantly
commercial and residential whole loans or mortgage-backed securities. The SPEs fund these purchases
by issuing multiple tranches of securities, the repayment of which is linked to the performance of
the assets in the SPE. When we retain a subordinated interest in the assets that have been
securitized, an assessment of the relevant factors is performed and,
if SPEs are controlled by us, they are consolidated. The fair value of our retained exposure in
these securitizations as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 was € 4.4 billion and
€ 8.6 billion, respectively. During 2008 we actively sold the subordinated interests in
these SPEs, which resulted in the deconsolidation of some of the SPEs and a reduction in our
consolidated assets.
Third Party Sponsored Securitizations
In connection with our securities trading and underwriting activities, we acquire securities
issued by third party securitization vehicles that purchase diversified pools of commercial and
residential whole loans or mortgage-backed securities. The vehicles fund these purchases by issuing
multiple tranches of securities, the repayment of which is linked to the performance of the assets
in the vehicles. When we hold a subordinated interest in the SPE, an assessment of the relevant
factors is performed and if SPEs are controlled by us, they are consolidated. As of December 31,2008 and December 31, 2007 the fair value of our retained exposure in these securitizations was
€ 0.8 billion and € 1.1 billion, respectively. During 2008 we actively sold the
subordinated interests in these SPEs, which resulted in the deconsolidation of some of the SPEs and
a reduction in our consolidated assets.
Repackaging and Investment Products
Repackaging is a similar concept to securitization. The primary difference is that the
components of the repackaging SPE are generally securities and derivatives, rather than
non-security financial assets, which are then “repackaged” into a different product to meet
specific individual investor needs. We consolidate these SPEs when we have the majority of risks
and rewards. As we are the swap counterparty to notes issued by the SPEs and held by us, we are
exposed to changes in market values of collateral held against these notes, the fair value of which
was € 1.9 billion as of December 31, 2008 and € 2.6 billion as of December 31, 2007.
As of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 the total assets held in these SPEs were € 2.3
billion and € 2.8 billion, respectively.
Investment products offer clients the ability to become exposed to specific portfolios of assets
and risks through purchasing our structured notes. We hedge this exposure by purchasing interests
in SPEs that match the return specified in the notes. We consolidate the SPEs when we hold the
controlling interest or have the majority of risks and rewards. Assets in the
consolidated SPEs as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 totaled € 9.8 billion and
€ 13.5 billion, respectively. The reduction in consolidated assets was generally a result of
a decrease in the fair value of the assets, € 2.1 billion, and € 1.6 billion from the
redemption of notes, deconsolidation and the liquidation of assets held in the SPEs. These assets
typically include bonds, equities and real estate assets, of which a significant portion of the
risk is transferred to the note holders. In addition, we also consolidate RREEF funds with real
estate and infrastructure assets totaling € 2.0 billion and € 0.5 billion as of
December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. The increase in consolidated RREEF funds is
due to the consolidation of funds holding our investments in Maher Terminals LLC and Maher
Terminals of Canada Corp. with assets totaling € 1.4 billion at December 31, 2008. As we own
all issued interests in these funds, we are exposed to the entire performance of these assets.
20-F Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
Mutual Funds
We offer clients mutual fund and mutual fund-related products which pay returns linked to the
performance of the assets held in the funds. We provide a guarantee feature to certain funds in
which we guarantee certain levels of the net asset value to be returned to investors at certain
dates. The risk for us as guarantor is that we have to compensate the investors if the market
values of such products at their respective guarantee dates are lower than the guaranteed levels.
For our investment management service in relation to such products, we earn management fees and, on
occasion, performance-based fees.
For all funds we determine a projected yield based on current money market rates. However, no
guarantee or assurance is given that these yields will actually be achieved. Though we are not
contractually obliged to support these funds, we made a decision, in a number of cases in which
actual yields were lower than originally projected (although
still above any guaranteed thresholds), to support the funds’ target yields by injecting cash of
€ 49 million in 2007 and € 207 million in 2008. This action was on a discretionary
basis, and was taken to protect our market position. Initially such support was seen as temporary
action. However, when we continued to make cash injections through the second quarter of 2008, we
concluded that we could not preclude future discretionary cash injections being made to
support the yield and reassessed the consolidation requirement. We concluded that the majority of
the risk lies with us and that it was appropriate to consolidate eight funds effective June 30,2008.
During 2008, one of these funds (provided with a guarantee) was liquidated; there was no additional
income statement impact to us other than the cash injected at liquidation, which is included in the
amount detailed above.
The consolidated funds held assets of € 10.4 billion as of December 31, 2008.
Structured Transactions
We enter into certain structures which offer clients funding opportunities at favorable rates.
The funding is predominantly provided on a collateralized basis. These structures are individually
tailored to the needs of our clients. We consolidate these SPEs when we hold the controlling
interest or we have the majority of the risks and rewards through a residual interest
holding and/or a related liquidity facility. The composition of the SPEs that we consolidate is
influenced by the execution of new transactions and the maturing, restructuring and exercise of
early termination options with respect to existing transactions.
Operating Entities
We establish SPEs to conduct some of our operating business when we benefit from the use of an
SPE. These include direct holdings in certain proprietary investments and the issuance of credit
default swaps where our exposure has been limited to our investment in the SPE. We consolidate
these entities when we hold the controlling interest or are exposed to the majority of risks and
rewards of the SPE. Included within Other assets of the exposure detailed in the table is U.S. real
estate taken upon the foreclosure of a loan in the third quarter of 2008. As of December 31, 2008,
the carrying value of the property was € 1.1 billion. Generally, the remaining increase in
value of these assets is a result of our increased investments in U.S. municipal bonds.
This table details the maximum unfunded exposure remaining to certain non-consolidated SPEs.
Further detail on our significant exposure to non-consolidated SPEs follows, including the purpose
of the SPEs, the nature of our relationship with the SPEs, the associated risks and any associated positions. This table should be read in
conjunction with the Key Credit Market Exposures included in “Results of Operations by Segment
(2008 vs. 2007) – Corporate Banking & Securities Corporate Division.”
Group Sponsored ABCP Conduits
We sponsor and administer five ABCP conduits, established in Australia, which are not
consolidated because we do not hold the majority of risks and rewards. These conduits provide our
clients with access to liquidity in the commercial paper market in Australia. As of December 31,2008 and December 31, 2007 they had assets totaling € 2.8 billion and € 4.8 billion
respectively, consisting of securities backed by non-U.S. residential mortgages issued by warehouse
SPEs set up by the clients to facilitate the purchase of the assets by the conduits. The minimum
credit rating for these securities is AA–. The credit enhancement necessary to achieve the
required credit ratings is ordinarily provided by mortgage insurance extended by third-party
insurers to the SPEs.
The weighted average life of the assets held in the conduits is five years. The average life of the
commercial paper issued by these off-balance sheet conduits is one to three months.
No material difficulties were experienced by these conduits during 2008 although a general widening
in credit spreads was experienced on the conduits’ issued commercial paper, the cost of which was
passed on to the original asset sellers. Our exposure to these entities is limited to the committed
liquidity facilities entered into by us to provide funding to the conduits in the event of market
disruption. The committed liquidity facilities to these conduits totaled € 3.3 billion as of
December 31, 2008 and € 5.3 billion as of December 31, 2007. We reduced the lines of credit
available to the clients in 2008, which resulted in a decline in commercial paper issued by the
conduits and the amount of assets held. None of these liquidity facilities have been drawn.
Advances against the liquidity facilities are collateralized by the underlying assets held in the
conduits, and thus a drawn facility will be exposed to volatility in the value of the underlying
assets. Should the assets decline sufficiently in value, there may not be sufficient funds to repay
the advance.
As of December 31, 2008, we held € 0.6 billion of commercial paper issued by these
non-consolidated entities. We purchased the paper voluntarily as a dealer in commercial paper on
standard commercial terms. In addition, we held
20-F Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
€ 0.3 billion in term notes issued by one
SPE whose notes were ordinarily purchased by the conduits and € 0.2 billion in commercial
paper issued by a conduit. As this represents 100 % of the SPE’s issued debt, this caused
us to
consolidate the SPE and conduit respectively.
As of December 31, 2007, we held € 1.4 billion of the commercial paper issued by these
non-consolidated entities. We purchased the paper voluntarily as a dealer in the commercial paper
on standard commercial terms. In addition,
we purchased € 0.5 billion in asset-backed securities from one conduit representing
100 % of its asset holdings, which has caused us to consolidate that entity.
Third Party ABCP Conduits
In addition to sponsoring our commercial paper programs, we also assist third parties with the
formation and ongoing risk management of their commercial paper programs. We do not consolidate any
third party ABCP conduits as we do not control them.
Our assistance to third party conduits is primarily financing-related in the form of unfunded
committed liquidity facilities and unfunded committed repurchase agreements in the event of
disruption in the commercial paper market. The liquidity facilities and committed repurchase
agreements are recorded off-balance sheet unless a contingent payment is deemed probable and
estimable, in which case a liability is recorded. The notional amount of undrawn facilities
provided by us is € 2.1 billion. These facilities are collateralized by the assets in the
SPEs and therefore the movement in the fair value of these assets will affect the recoverability of
the amount drawn.
We are a swap counterparty to certain Canadian asset-backed commercial paper conduits that
experienced liquidity problems in August 2007. The assets and liabilities of these conduits were
restructured pursuant to a plan of compromise and arrangement under the Companies’ Creditors
Arrangement Act (Canada), which was completed on
January 21, 2009. In accordance with the terms of the restructuring, the conduits
were merged into three newly formed SPEs. We are purchasing leveraged CDS protection from two of
the SPEs. Additional collateral was provided to these two SPEs through senior note purchase
facilities of € 2 billion in the aggregate and margin facilities of € 8.3 billion in
the aggregate. The senior note purchase facilities will be provided primarily by the Government of
Canada and three provincial governments for an interim period of 19 months from the closing of the
restructuring. The margin facilities will be provided over the life of the two SPEs concerned by a
consortium of financial institutions; we will provide € 0.8 billion of these margin
facilities. In addition to the increase in collateral in the SPEs, the collateral triggers were
amended to be linked to spread/loss matrices based on credit indices rather than mark-to-market
determinations, thereby making the possibility of collateral calls more remote. A moratorium on
collateral calls was imposed with
respect to the 18 months immediately following the closing of the restructuring. The terms of the
restructuring will not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Third Party Sponsored Securitizations
The third party securitization vehicles to which we, and in some instances other parties,
provide financing are third party-managed investment vehicles that purchase diversified pools of
assets, including fixed income securities, corporate loans, asset-backed securities (predominantly
commercial mortgage-backed securities, residential mortgage-backed securities and credit card
receivables) and film rights receivables. The vehicles fund these purchases by
issuing multiple tranches of debt and equity securities, the repayment of which is linked to the
performance of the assets in the vehicles.
The notional amount of liquidity facilities with an undrawn component provided by us as of December31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 was € 20.1 billion and € 28.8 billion, respectively,
of which € 10.8 billion and € 13.8 billion had been drawn and € 9.3 billion
and € 15.0 billion were still available to be drawn as detailed in the table. All facilities
are available to be drawn if the assets meet certain eligibility criteria and performance triggers
are not reached. These facilities are collateralized by the assets in the SPEs and therefore the
movement in the fair value of these assets affects the recoverability of the amount drawn.
Mutual Funds
We provide guarantees to funds whereby we guarantee certain levels of the net asset value to be
returned to investors at certain dates. These guarantees do not result in us consolidating the
funds; they are recorded on-balance sheet as derivatives at fair value with changes in fair value
recorded in the consolidated statement of income. The fair value of the guarantees was € 13.2
million as of December 31, 2008 and € 4.7 million as of December 31, 2007. As of
December 31, 2008, these non-consolidated funds had € 11.8 billion assets under management
and provided guarantees
of € 10.9 billion. As of December 31, 2007, assets of € 23.6 billion and
guarantees of € 23.0 billion were reported. The significant decrease in 2008 was mainly
driven by the consolidation of four funds as discussed previously.
Real Estate Leasing Funds
We provide guarantees to SPEs that hold real estate assets (commercial and residential land and
buildings and infrastructure assets located in Germany) that are financed by third parties and
leased to our clients. These guarantees are only drawn upon in the event the asset is destroyed and
the insurance company does not pay for the loss. If the guarantee is drawn we hold a claim against
the insurance company. To date no guarantee has been drawn. The notional amount of guarantees
provided by us was € 535 million and € 547 million as of December 31, 2008 and
December 31, 2007, respectively. They have an immaterial fair value. We do not consolidate these
SPEs as we do not hold the majority of their risks and rewards.
We also write put options to closed-end real estate funds set up by us, which purchase commercial
or infrastructure assets located in Germany and which are then leased to third parties. The put
options allow the shareholders to put the real estate asset or their shares to us at the end of the
lease term for a fixed price in the event that the lessee does not exercise its option to purchase
the asset. As the lessees hold a bargain purchase option, we believe those options will generally
be exercised by the lessees. The notional value of the written puts was € 222 million and
€ 300 million as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. They have an
immaterial fair value. We do not consolidate these SPEs as we do not hold the majority of their
risks and rewards.
Relationships with
Other Non-consolidated SPEs
Group Sponsored Securitizations
During 2008 we entered into transactions with SPEs to derecognize € 10.4 billion of U.S.
leveraged loans and commercial real estate loans that were held at fair value through profit or
loss. We continue to recognize € 0.7 billion of these loans, as the derecognition criteria
were not met. The SPEs issued tranched notes, and the junior (equity) notes are substantially held
by third parties. We hold all the debt notes issued by the SPEs, which are reported as loan assets
measured at amortized cost and assessed for impairment periodically. We do not consolidate the SPEs
as we do not control them.
20-F Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
These SPEs were structured with event of default triggers which provide additional protection to
the debt note holders if the market value of the loans is less than, or the actual losses are
greater than, a specified threshold. If an event of default is triggered and not rectified within
an agreed period, we will need to reassess consolidation status of the SPE. In two SPEs, market
value default events were triggered in the fourth quarter 2008. This resulted in the third party
equity holders consenting to invest additional equity of € 0.7 billion to rectify the
default. As of December 31, 2008, € 0.5 billion of the additional equity was contributed to
one SPE. The equity contribution payable to the other SPE is still outstanding pending further
review. Subsequently, our contractual arrangements with these SPEs were redefined so that default
events would be based on the actual defaults of the underlying assets for the next twelve months
and then revert to being based on the market value of these assets. We believe the carrying value
of the loans in the SPE will be fully recovered if held to maturity.
Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations
The table below shows the cash payment requirements from contractual obligations outstanding as
of December 31, 2008.
Contractual obligations
Payment due by period
Total
Less than
1–3 years
3–5 years
More than
in € m.
1 year
5 years
Long-term debt obligations
133,856
22,225
37,132
33,487
41,012
Trust preferred securities
9,729
983
1,711
2,378
4,657
Long-term financial
liabilities designated at
fair value through profit
or loss1
19,270
1,748
4,995
4,110
8,417
Finance lease obligations
352
32
61
57
202
Operating lease obligations
5,749
765
1,242
945
2,797
Purchase obligations
2,457
496
1,225
492
244
Long-term deposits
35,255
–
12,322
8,601
14,332
Other long-term liabilities
2,852
4
–
–
2,848
Total
209,520
26,253
58,688
50,070
74,509
1
Mainly long-term debt and long-term deposits designated at fair value through profit or
loss.
Figures above do not include the benefit of noncancelable sublease rentals of € 245
million on operating leases. Purchase obligations for goods and services include future
payments for, among other things, processing, information technology and custodian services. Some
figures above for purchase obligations represent minimum contractual payments and actual future
payments may be higher. Long-term deposits exclude contracts with a remaining maturity of less than
one year. Under certain conditions future payments for some long-term financial liabilities
designated at fair value through profit or loss may occur earlier. See the following notes to the
consolidated financial statements for further information: Note [9] regarding financial
liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, Note [20] regarding lease obligations,
Note [24] regarding deposits, Note [27] regarding long-term debt and trust
preferred securities, and Note [28] regarding obligation to purchase common shares.
In accordance with the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz), we have a Management Board
(Vorstand) and a Supervisory Board (Aufsichtsrat). The Stock Corporation Act prohibits simultaneous
membership on both the
Management Board and the Supervisory Board. The members of the Management Board are the executive
officers of our company. The Management Board is responsible for managing our company and
representing us in dealings with third parties. The Supervisory Board oversees the Management Board
and appoints and removes its members
and determines their salaries and other compensation components, including pension benefits.
According to German law, our Supervisory Board represents us in dealings with members of the
Management Board. Therefore, no members of the Management Board may enter into any agreement with
us (for example, a loan) without the prior consent of our Supervisory Board.
We do not require the members of the Management Board to own any of our shares to be qualified. In
addition, we have no requirement that members of the Management Board retire under an age limit.
However, according to our rules of procedure for our Supervisory Board, an age limit of 70 years
applies to the members of our Supervisory Board.
The Supervisory Board may not make management decisions. However, German law and our Articles of
Association (Satzung) require the Management Board to obtain the consent of the Supervisory Board
for certain actions. The most important of these actions are:
—
Granting general powers of attorney (Generalvollmachten). A general
power of attorney authorizes its holder to represent the company in
substantially all legal matters without limitation to the affairs of a
specific office;
—
Acquisition and disposal (including transactions carried out by a
subsidiary) of real estate when the value of the object exceeds 1
% of our regulatory banking capital (haftendes Eigenkapital);
—
Granting loans and acquiring participations if the German Banking Act
requires approval by the Supervisory Board. In particular, the German
Banking Act requires the approval of the Supervisory Board if we grant
a loan (to the extent legally permissible) to a member of the Management Board or the
Supervisory Board or one of our employees who holds a procuration (Prokura) or
general power of attorney; and
—
Acquisition and disposal (including transactions
carried out by a subsidiary) of other participations,
insofar as the object involves more than 2 %
of our regulatory banking capital; the Supervisory
Board must be informed without delay of any
acquisition or disposal of such participations
involving more than 1 % of our regulatory
banking capital.
The Management Board must submit regular reports to the Supervisory Board on our current operations
and future business planning. The Supervisory Board may also request special reports from the
Management Board at any time.
20-F Item 6: Directors, Senior Management and Employees
With respect to voting powers, a member of the Supervisory Board or the Management Board may not
vote on resolutions open to a vote at a board meeting if the proposed resolution concerns:
—
a legal transaction between us and the member; or
—
commencement, settlement or completion of legal proceedings between us and the member.
A member of the Supervisory Board or the Management Board may not directly or indirectly exercise
voting rights on resolutions open to a vote at a shareholders’ meeting (Hauptversammlung, referred
to as the General Meeting) if the proposed resolution concerns:
—
ratification of the member’s acts;
—
a discharge of liability of the member; or
—
enforcement of a claim against the member by us.
Supervisory Board and Management Board
In carrying out their duties, members of both the Management Board and Supervisory Board must
exercise the standard of care of a prudent and diligent business person, and they are liable to us
for damages if they fail to do so. Both boards are required to take into account a broad range of
considerations in their decisions, including our interests and those of our shareholders, employees
and creditors. The Management Board is required to ensure that shareholders are treated on an equal
basis and receive equal information. The Management Board is also required to ensure
appropriate risk management within our operations and to establish an internal monitoring system.
As a general rule under German law, a shareholder has no direct recourse against the members of the
Management Board or the Supervisory Board in the event that they are believed to have breached a
duty to us. Apart from insolvency or other special circumstances, only we have the right to claim
damages from members of either board. We may waive this right or settle these claims only if at
least three years have passed since the alleged breach and if the shareholders approve the waiver
or settlement at the General Meeting with a simple majority of the votes cast, and provided that
opposing shareholders do not hold, in the aggregate, one tenth or more of our share capital and do
not have their opposition formally noted in the minutes maintained by a German notary.
Supervisory Board
Our Articles of Association require our Supervisory Board to have twenty members. In the event
that the number of members on our Supervisory Board falls below twenty, the Supervisory Board
maintains its authority to pass resolutions so long as at least ten members participate in the
passing of a resolution, either in person or by submitting their votes in writing. If the number of
members remains below twenty for more than three months or falls below ten, upon application to a
competent court, the court must appoint replacement members to serve on the board until official
appointments are made.
The German Co-Determination Act of 1976 (Mitbestimmungsgesetz) requires that the shareholders elect
half of
the members of the supervisory board of large German companies, such as Deutsche Bank, and that
employees in Germany elect the other half. None of the current members of either of our boards were
selected pursuant to any arrangement or understandings with major shareholders, customers or
others.
Each member of the Supervisory Board generally serves for a fixed term of approximately five years.
For the election of shareholder representatives, the General Meeting may establish that the terms
of office of up to five members may begin or end on differing dates. Pursuant to German law, the
term expires at the latest at the end of the Annual
General Meeting that approves and ratifies such member’s actions in the fourth fiscal year after
the year in which the Supervisory Board member was elected. Supervisory Board members may also be
re-elected. The shareholders may, by a majority of the votes cast in a General Meeting, remove any
member of the Supervisory Board they have elected in a General Meeting. The employees may remove
any member they have elected by a vote of three-quarters of the employee votes cast.
The members of the Supervisory Board elect the chairperson and the deputy chairperson of the
Supervisory Board. Traditionally, the chairperson is a representative of the shareholders, and the
deputy chairperson is a representative of the employees. At least half of the members of the
Supervisory Board must be present at a meeting or must have submitted their vote in writing to
constitute a quorum. In general, approval by a simple majority of the members of the Supervisory
Board present and voting is required to pass a resolution. In the case of a deadlock, the
resolution is put to a second vote. In the case of a second deadlock, the chairperson has the
deciding vote.
The following table shows information on the current members of our Supervisory Board. The members
representing our shareholders were elected at the Annual General Meeting on May 29,2008, except for Dr. Siegert, who was elected at the Annual General Meeting 2007 until the end
of the Annual General Meeting 2012. The members elected by employees in Germany were elected on
May 8, 2008. The information includes the members’ ages as of December 31, 2008,
the years in which they were first elected or appointed, the years when their terms expire, their
principal occupation and their membership on other companies’ supervisory boards, other
nonexecutive directorships and other positions.
20-F Item 6: Directors, Senior Management and Employees
Member
Principal occupation
Supervisory board memberships and other directorships
Wolfgang Böhr*
Age: 45
First elected: 2008
Term expires: 2013
Chairman of the Combined
Staff Council Dusseldorf of
Deutsche Bank
Dr. Clemens Börsig
Age: 60
Appointed by the court: 2006
Term expires: 2013
Chairman of the Supervisory
Board of Deutsche Bank AG,
Frankfurt
Linde AG; Bayer AG; Daimler AG; Emerson Electric
Company (since February 2009)
Dr. Karl-Gerhard Eick
Age: 54
Appointed by the court: 2004
Term expires: 2013
Deputy Chairman of the
Management Board of Deutsche
Telekom AG, Bonn until
February 28, 2009; Chairman
of the Management Board of
Arcandor AG, Essen since
March 1, 2009
DeTe Immobilien Deutsche Telekom Immobilien und Service
GmbH (until September 2008); T-Mobile International AG;
T-Systems Enterprise Services GmbH; T-Systems Business
Services GmbH; FC Bayern München AG; CORPUS SIREO
Holding GmbH & Co. KG; STRABAG Property and Facility
Services GmbH (since October 2008); Hellenic
Telecommunications Organization S.A. (OTE S.A.) (since
June 2008); Thomas Cook Group Plc (since December 2008)
Heidrun Förster*
Age: 61
First elected: 1993
Term expires: 2013
Deputy Chairperson of the
Supervisory Board of
Deutsche Bank AG until May29, 2008; Chairperson of the
Combined Staff Council
Berlin of Deutsche Bank
Deutsche Bank Privat- und Geschäftskunden AG (since May
2008); Betriebskrankenkasse der Deutschen Bank
Alfred Herling*
Age: 56
First elected: 2008
Term expires: 2013
Chairman of the Combined
Staff Council
Wuppertal/Sauerland of
Deutsche Bank; Deputy
Chairman of the General
Staff Council; Chairman of
the European Staff Council
Gerd Herzberg*
Age: 58
Appointed by the court: 2006 Term expires: 2013
Deputy Chairman of ver.di
Vereinte
Dienstleistungsgewerkschaft,
Berlin
Franz Haniel & Cie GmbH (Deputy Chairman); DBV
Winterthur Lebensversicherung AG; BGAG –
Beteiligungsgesellschaft der Gewerkschaften AG; DAWAG
– Deutsche Angestellten Wohnungsbau AG (Chairman);
Vattenfall Europe AG
Sir Peter Job
Age: 67
Appointed by the court: 2001
Term expires: 2011
Schroders Plc; Tibco Software Inc.; Royal Dutch Shell
Plc; Mathon Systems (Advisory Board)
Prof. Dr. Henning Kagermann
Age: 61
First elected: 2000
Term expires: 2013
Co-CEO of SAP AG, Walldorf
Münchener Rückversicherungs-Gesellschaft
Aktiengesellschaft; Nokia Corporation; Deutsche Post AG
(since February 28, 2009)
Martina Klee*
Age: 46
First elected: 2008
Term expires: 2013
Chairperson of the Staff
Council GTO Deutsche Bank
Frankfurt/Eschborn;
member of the General Staff
Council of Deutsche Bank
Sterbekasse für die Angestellten der Deutschen Bank a.G.
Suzanne Labarge
Age: 62
First elected: 2008
Term expires: 2013
Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc.
Maurice Lévy
Age: 66
First elected: 2006
Term expires: 2012
Chairman and CEO, Publicis
Groupe S.A., Paris
Publicis Conseil S.A.; Medias et Régies Europe S.A.;
MMS USA Holdings, Inc.; Fallon Group, Inc.;
Zenith Optimedia Group Ltd.
Henriette Mark*
Age: 51
First elected: 2003
Term expires: 2013
Chairperson of the Combined
Staff Council Munich and
Southern Bavaria of Deutsche
Bank
Supervisory board memberships and other directorships
Gabriele Platscher*
Age: 51
First elected: 2003
Term expires: 2013
Chairperson of the
Combined Staff Council
Braunschweig/Hildesheim
of Deutsche Bank
Deutsche Bank Privat- und Geschäftskunden AG (until May
2008);
BVV Versicherungsverein des Bankgewerbes a.G.; BVV
Versorgungskasse des Bankgewerbes e.V.;BVV Pensionsfonds
des Bankgewerbes AG
Karin Ruck*
Age: 43
First elected: 2003
Term expires: 2013
Deputy Chairperson of
the Supervisory Board
of Deutsche Bank AG
since May 29, 2008;
Deputy Chairperson of
the Combined Staff
Council Frankfurt
branch of Deutsche Bank
Deutsche Bank Privat- und Geschäftskunden AG;
BVV Versicherungsverein des Bankgewerbes a.G.; BVV
Versorgungskasse des Bankgewerbes e.V.; BVV
Pensionsfonds des Bankgewerbes AG
Dr. Theo Siegert
Age: 61
First elected: 2006
Term expires 2012
Managing Partner of de
Haen Carstanjen &
Söhne, Düsseldorf
E.ON AG; ERGO AG; Merck KGaA;
E. Merck OHG (member of the Shareholders’ Committee);
DKSH Holding Ltd. (member of the Board of Administration)
Dr. Johannes Teyssen
Age: 49
First elected: 2008
Term expires: 2013
Chief Operating Officer
and Deputy Chairman of
the Management Board of
E.ON AG, Düsseldorf
E.ON Energie AG; E.ON Ruhrgas AG; E.ON Energy Trading
AG; Salzgitter AG; E.ON Nordic AB; E.ON Sverige AB; E.ON
Italia Holding s.r.l.
Marlehn Thieme*
Age: 51
First elected: 2008
Term expires: 2013
Divisional Head of
Corporate Social
Responsibility Deutsche
Bank AG, Frankfurt
Tilman Todenhöfer
Age: 65
Appointed by the court: 2001
Term expires: 2013
Managing Partner of
Robert Bosch
Industrietreuhand KG,
Stuttgart
Robert Bosch GmbH; Robert Bosch Int. Beteiligungen AG
(President of the Board of Administration); HOCHTIEF AG
(since September 2008); Carl Zeiss AG (Chairman, until
September 2008; Schott AG (Chairman, until July 2008)
Werner Wenning
Age: 62
First elected: 2008
Term expires: 2013
Chairman of the
Management Board of
Bayer AG, Leverkusen
E.ON AG (since April 2008); Henkel AG & Co. KGaA (member
of the Supervisory Board until April 14, 2008; member of
the Shareholders’ Committee since April 14, 2008);
Evonik Industries AG (until September 2008); Bayer
Schering Pharma AG (Chairman)
Leo Wunderlich*
Age: 59
First elected: 2003
Term expires: 2013
Chairman of the Group
and General Staff
Councils of Deutsche
Bank AG, Mannheim
*
Elected by the employees in Germany.
Dr. Clemens Börsig was a member of the Management Board of Deutsche Bank AG until May3, 2006. Dr. Börsig has declared that he would abstain from voting in his function as
member of the Supervisory Board and its committees on all questions that relate to his former
membership of the Management Board and could create a conflict of interest.
According to Section 5.4.2 of the German Corporate Governance Code, the Supervisory Board
determined that it has what it considers to be an adequate number of independent members.
Standing Committees: The Supervisory Board has the authority to establish, and appoint its members
to standing committees. The Supervisory Board may delegate certain of its powers to these
committees. Our Supervisory Board has established the following five standing committees:
Chairman’s Committee: The Chairman’s Committee is responsible for all Management Board and
Supervisory Board matters. It prepares the decisions for the Supervisory Board on the appointment
and dismissal of members of the Management Board, including long-term succession planning. It also
submits a proposal to the Supervisory Board on the compensation for the Management Board including
the main contract elements and is responsible for entering into, amending and terminating the
service contracts and other agreements with the Management Board members.
It provides its approval for ancillary activities of Management Board members pursuant to Section
112 of the German Stock Corporation Act and for certain contracts with Supervisory Board members
pursuant to Section 114 of the
20-F Item 6: Directors, Senior Management and Employees
German Stock Corporation Act. Furthermore, it prepares the decisions of the Supervisory Board in the field of corporate governance. The Chairman’s Committee held five meetings in 2008.
The current members of the Chairman’s Committee are Dr. Clemens Börsig (Chairman), Heidrun Förster,
Karin Ruck and Tilman Todenhöfer.
Nomination Committee: The Nomination Committee prepares the Supervisory Board’s proposals for the
election or appointment of new shareholder representatives to the Supervisory Board. The Nomination
Committee held one meeting in 2008.
The current members of the Nomination Committee are Dr. Clemens Börsig (Chairman), Tilman
Todenhöfer and Werner Wenning.
Audit Committee: The Audit Committee reviews the documentation relating to the annual and
consolidated financial statements and discusses the audit reports with the auditor. It prepares the
decisions of the Supervisory Board on the annual financial statements and the approval of the
consolidated financial statements and discusses important changes to the audit and accounting
methods. The Audit Committee also discusses the quarterly financial statements and the report on
the limited review of the quarterly financial statements with the Management Board and the auditor
prior to their publication. In addition, the Audit Committee issues the audit mandate to the
auditor elected by the General Meeting. It resolves on the compensation paid to the auditor and
monitors the auditor’s independence, qualifications and efficiency. The Head of Internal Audit
regularly reports to the Audit Committee on the work done by internal audit. The Audit Committee is
informed about special audits, substantial complaints and other exceptional measures
on the part of bank regulatory authorities. It has functional responsibility for taking receipt of and dealing
with complaints concerning accounting, internal accounting controls and issues relating to the
audit. At its meetings, reports are regularly presented on issues of compliance. Subject to its
review, the Audit Committee grants its approval for mandates engaging the auditor for
non-audit-related services (in this context, see also “Item 16C: Principal Accountant Fees and
Services”). The Audit Committee held six meetings in 2008.
The current members of the Audit Committee are Dr. Karl-Gerhard Eick (Chairman), Dr. Clemens
Börsig, Sir Peter Job, Henriette Mark, Karin Ruck and Marlehn Thieme.
Risk Committee: The Risk Committee handles loans which require a resolution by the Supervisory
Board pursuant to law or our Articles of Association. Subject to its review, it grants its approval
for the acquisition of shareholdings in other companies that amount to between 2 % and
3 % of our regulatory banking capital if it is likely that the shareholding will not remain
in our full or partial possession for more than twelve months. At the meetings of the Risk
Committee, the Management Board reports on credit, market, liquidity, operational, litigation and
reputational risks. The Management Board also reports on risk strategy, credit portfolios, loans
requiring a Supervisory Board approval pursuant to law or our Articles of Association, questions of
capital resources and matters of special importance due to the risks they entail. The Risk
Committee held six meetings in 2008.
The current members of the Risk Committee are Dr. Clemens Börsig (Chairman), Professor Dr. Henning
Kagermann and Sir Peter Job. Suzanne Labarge and Dr. Theo Siegert are substitute members of the
Risk Committee. They are invited to all meetings and regularly attend them.
In addition to these four committees, the Mediation Committee, which is required by German law,
makes proposals to the Supervisory Board on the appointment or dismissal of members of the
Management Board in those cases where the Supervisory Board is unable to reach a two-thirds
majority decision with respect to the appointment or dismissal. The Mediation Committee only meets
if necessary and did not hold any meetings in 2008.
The current members of the Mediation Committee are Dr. Clemens Börsig (Chairman), Wolfgang Böhr,
Karin Ruck, and Tilman Todenhöfer.
The business address of the members of the Supervisory Board is the same as our business address,
Theodor-Heuss-Allee 70, 60486 Frankfurt am Main, Germany.
Our common shares are listed on all seven German stock exchanges as well as the New York Stock
Exchange.
The corporate governance rules of the New York Stock Exchange applicable to foreign private issuers
such as us require that we disclose the significant ways in which our corporate governance
practices differ from those applicable to U.S. domestic companies under the New York Stock
Exchange’s listing standards. This disclosure is available
on our internet website at: http://www.deutsche-bank.com/corporate-governance under the heading
“Differences in Corporate Governance Practices” as well as below under “Item 16G: Corporate
Governance”.
Management Board
Our Articles of Association require the Management Board to have at least three members. Our
Management Board currently has four members. The Supervisory Board has appointed a chairman of the
Management Board.
The Supervisory Board appoints the members of the Management Board for a maximum term of five years
and
supervises them. They may be re-appointed or have their term extended for one or more terms of up
to a maximum of five years each. The Supervisory Board may remove a member of the Management Board
prior to the expiration of his or her term for good cause.
Pursuant to our Articles of Association, two members of the Management Board, or one member of the
Management Board together with a holder of procuration, may represent us for legal purposes. A
holder of procuration is an attorney-in-fact who holds a legally defined power under German law,
which cannot be restricted with respect to third parties. However, pursuant to German law, the
Management Board itself must resolve on certain matters as a body.
In particular, it may not delegate strategic planning, coordinating or controlling responsibilities
to individual members of the Management Board.
20-F Item 6: Directors, Senior Management and Employees
Other responsibilities of the Management Board are:
—
Appointing key personnel;
—
Making decisions regarding significant credit exposures or other risks which have not been
delegated to individual risk management units in accordance with the terms of reference
(Geschäftsordnung) for the Management Board and terms of reference for our Risk Executive
Committee;
—
Calling shareholders’ meetings;
—
Filing petitions to set aside shareholders’ resolutions;
—
Preparing and executing shareholders’ resolutions; and
—
Reporting to the Supervisory Board.
According to German law, our Supervisory Board represents us in dealings with members of the
Management Board. Therefore, no member of the Management Board may enter into any agreement with us
without the prior consent of our Supervisory Board.
On September 30, 2008 Anthony Di Iorio left the Management Board. His responsibilities were taken
over by Stefan Krause who became a member of the Management Board on April 1, 2008.
The following paragraphs show information on the current members of the Management Board. The
information includes their ages as of December 31, 2008, the year in which they were appointed and
the year in which their term expires, their current positions or area of
responsibility and their principal business activities outside our company. The business address of
the members of the Management Board is the same as our business address, Theodor-Heuss-Allee 70,
60486 Frankfurt am Main,
Germany.
Dr. Josef Ackermann joined Deutsche Bank as a member of the Management Board in 1996, where
he was responsible for the investment banking division. On May 22, 2002, Dr.
Ackermann was appointed Spokesman of the Management Board. On February 1, 2006,
he was appointed Chairman of the Management Board.
After studying Economics and Social Sciences at the University of St. Gallen, he worked at the
University’s Institute of Economics as research assistant and received a doctorate in Economics.
Dr. Ackermann started his professional career in 1977 at Schweizerische Kreditanstalt (SKA)
where he held a variety of positions in Corporate Banking,
Foreign Exchange/Money Markets and Treasury, Investment Banking and Multinational Services. He
worked in London and New York, as well as at several locations in Switzerland. Between 1993 and
1996, he served as President of SKA’s Executive Board, following his appointment to that board in
1990.
Dr. Ackermann is a member of the Supervisory Board of Siemens AG (Second Deputy Chairman), Deputy
Chairman of the Board of Administration of Belenos Clean Power Holding Ltd. (since April 2008) and
member of the Board of Directors of Royal Dutch Shell Plc (since May 2008).
Dr. Hugo Bänziger became a member of our Management Board on May 4, 2006.
He is our Chief Risk Officer. He joined Deutsche Bank in London in 1996 as Head of Global Markets
Credit. He was appointed Chief Credit Officer in 2000 and became Chief Risk Officer for Credit and
Operational Risk in 2004.
Dr. Bänziger began his career in 1983 at the Swiss Federal Banking Commission in Berne.
From 1985 to 1996, he worked at Schweizerische Kreditanstalt (SKA) in Zurich and London, first in
Retail Banking and subsequently as Relationship Manager in Corporate Finance. In 1990 he was
appointed Global Head of Credit for CS Financial Products.
He studied Modern History, Law and Economics at the University of Berne, where he subsequently
earned a doctorate in Economic History.
Dr. Bänziger engages in the following principal business activities outside our company: He
is a member of the
Supervisory Board of EUREX Clearing AG, EUREX Frankfurt AG and a member of the Board of Directors
of EUREX Zürich AG.
Mr. Krause became a member of our Management Board on April 1, 2008. Upon the
retirement of Anthony Di Iorio, Mr. Krause became our Chief Financial Officer (CFO), effective
October 1, 2008.
Previously, Mr. Krause spent over 20 years in the automotive industry, holding various senior
management positions with a strong focus on Finance and Financial Services. Starting in 1987 at
BMW’s Controlling department in Munich, he transferred to the U.S. in 1993, building up and
ultimately heading BMW’s Financial Services Division in the Americas. Relocating to Munich in 2001,
he became Head of Sales Western Europe (excluding Germany). He was
appointed member of the Management Board of BMW Group in May 2002, serving as Chief Financial
Officer until September 2007 and subsequently as Chief of Sales & Marketing.
Mr. Krause studied Business Administration in Wurzburg and graduated in 1986 with a master’s degree
in Business Administration.
Mr. Krause does not currently perform any principal business activities outside our company.
20-F Item 6: Directors, Senior Management and Employees
Hermann-Josef Lamberti
Age: 52
First appointed: 1999
Term expires: 2014
Hermann-Josef Lamberti was appointed a member of our Management Board in 1999. He is our Chief
Operating Officer. He joined us in 1998 as an Executive Vice President, based in Frankfurt.
Mr. Lamberti began his professional career in 1982 with Touche Ross in Toronto and
subsequently joined Chemical Bank in Frankfurt. From 1985 to 1998 he worked for IBM, initially in
Germany in the areas Controlling, Internal Application Development and Sales Banks/Insurance
Companies. In 1993, he was appointed General Manager of the Personal Software Division for Europe,
the Middle East and Africa at IBM Europe in Paris. In 1995, he moved to IBM in the U.S., where he
was Vice President for Marketing and Brand Management. He returned to Germany in 1997 to take up
the position of Chairman of the Management of IBM Germany in Stuttgart.
Mr. Lamberti studied Business Administration at the Universities of Cologne and Dublin and
graduated in 1982 with a master’s degree in Business Administration.
Mr. Lamberti engages in the following principal business activities outside our company: He is a
member of the supervisory board or similar bodies of BVV Versicherungsverein des Bankgewerbes a.G.,
BVV Versorgungskasse des Bankgewerbes e.V., BVV Pensionsfonds des Bankgewerbes AG, Deutsche Börse
AG, European Aeronautic Defence and Space Company EADS N.V. and Carl Zeiss AG.
Newly
Appointed Members
On March 17, 2009, the Supervisory
Board appointed the following members of the Group Executive Committee to the Management Board with
effect from April 1, 2009: Michael Cohrs (age: 53), Head of Global
Banking; Jürgen Fitschen (age: 61),
Global Head of Regional Management; Anshu Jain (age: 46), Head of Global Markets; and Rainer
Neske (age: 45), Head of Private & Business Clients. All four will continue to sit on the Group
Executive Committee.
Board Practices of the Management Board
The Supervisory Board issued new terms of reference for our Management Board for the conduct of
its affairs in
October 2007. These terms of reference provide that in addition to the joint overall responsibility
of the Management Board as a group, the individual responsibilities of the members of the
Management Board are determined by the business allocation plan for the Management Board. The terms
of reference stipulate that, notwithstanding the
Management Board’s joint management and joint responsibility, and the functional responsibilities
of the operating committees of our Group divisions and of the functional committees, the members of
the Management Board each have a primary responsibility for the divisions or functions to which
they are assigned, as well as for those committees of which they are members.
In addition to managing our company, some of the members of our Management Board also supervise and
advise our affiliated companies. As permitted by German law, some of the members also serve as
members of the supervisory boards of other companies. Also, to assist us in avoiding conflicts of
interest, the members of our Management Board have generally undertaken not to assume chairmanships
of supervisory boards of companies outside our consolidated group.
Section 161 of the Stock Corporation Act requires that the management board and supervisory board
of any German exchange-listed company declare annually that the recommendations of the German
Corporate Governance Code have been adopted by the company or which recommendations have not been
so adopted. These recommendations
go beyond the requirements of German law. The Declaration of Conformity of our Management Board and
Supervisory Board dated October 29, 2008 is available on our Internet website at
http://www.deutsche-bank.com/corporate-governance under the heading “Declarations of Conformity”.
Group Executive Committee
The Group Executive Committee was established in 2002. It comprises the members of the
Management Board, the five Business Heads of our Group Divisions and the head of the management of
our regions. Dr. Josef Ackermann, Chairman of the Management Board, is also the Chairman of the
Group Executive Committee. The Group Executive Committee serves as a tool to coordinate across our
businesses and regions through the following tasks and responsibilities:
—
Provision of ongoing information to the Management Board on business developments and particular transactions;
—
Regular review of our business segments;
—
Consultation with and furnishing advice to the Management Board on strategic decisions; and
—
Preparation of decisions to be made by the Management Board.
Compensation
Supervisory Board
Principles of the Compensation System for Members of the Supervisory Board
The principles of the compensation of the Supervisory Board members are set forth in our
Articles of Association, which our shareholders amend from time to time at their Annual General
Meetings. Such compensation provisions were last amended at our Annual General Meeting on May24, 2007.
The following provisions apply to the 2008 financial year: compensation consists of a fixed
compensation of € 60,000 per year and a dividend-based bonus of € 100 per year for every full or
fractional € 0.01 increment by which the dividend we distribute to our shareholders exceeds € 1.00
per share. The members of the Supervisory Board also receive annual remuneration linked to our
long-term profits in the amount of € 100 each for each € 0.01 by which the average earnings per share
(diluted), reported in our financial statements in accordance with the accounting principles to be
applied in each case on the basis of the net income figures for the three previous financial years,
exceed the amount of € 4.00.
20-F Item 6: Directors, Senior Management and Employees
These amounts increase by 100 % for each membership in a committee of the Supervisory
Board. For the chairperson of a committee the rate of increment is 200 %. These provisions
do not apply to the Mediation Committee formed pursuant to Section 27 (3) of the Co-determination
Act. We pay the Supervisory Board Chairman four times the total compensation of a regular member,
without any such increment for committee work, and we pay his deputy one and a half times the total compensation of a regular member. In addition,
the members of the Supervisory Board receive a meeting fee of € 1,000 for each Supervisory Board and
committee meeting which they attend. Furthermore, in our interest, the members of the Supervisory
Board will be included in any financial liability insurance policy held in an appropriate amount by us,
with the corresponding premiums being paid by us.
We also reimburse members of the Supervisory Board for all cash expenses and any value added tax
(Umsatzsteuer, at present 19 %) they incur in connection with their roles as members of the
Supervisory Board. Employee representatives on the Supervisory Board also continue to receive their
employee benefits. For Supervisory Board members who served on the board for only part of the year,
we pay a fraction of their total compensation based on the number of months they served, rounding
up to whole months.
The members of the Nomination Committee, which has been newly formed after the Annual General
Meeting 2008, waived all remuneration, including the meeting fee, for such Nomination Committee
work for 2008 and the following years, as in the previous year.
Supervisory Board Compensation for Fiscal Year 2008
We compensate our Supervisory Board members after the end of each fiscal year. In January
2009, we paid each Supervisory Board member the fixed portion of their remuneration for their
services in 2008 and their meeting fees. In addition, we would normally pay each Supervisory Board
member a remuneration linked to our long-term performance as well as a dividend-based bonus, as
described below. Due to the crisis in the financial markets, the Supervisory Board unanimously
resolved to forgo any variable compensation for the financial year 2008. This waiver affects all
current members of the Supervisory Board and includes the variable compensation as well as any
additional variable remuneration for the Chairman of the Supervisory Board, the deputy chairperson
of the Supervisory Board and all members of the committees as defined in Section 14 of our Articles
of Association. This waiver was also adopted by all former members of the Supervisory Board, who,
with effect from the Annual General Meeting of May 29, 2008, terminated their
service on the Supervisory Board, and therefore still have a claim to remuneration for the first
five months of the 2008 financial year.
Accordingly, the Supervisory Board will receive a total remuneration of € 2,478,500 (2007:
€ 6,022,084). Individual members of the Supervisory Board received the following compensation for
the 2008 financial year (excluding statutory value added tax):
Members of the Supervisory Board
Compensation for fiscal year 2008
Compensation for fiscal year 2007
Fixed
Variable
Meeting
Total
Fixed
Variable
Meeting
Total
in €
fee
fee
Dr. Clemens Börsig
240,000
–
24,000
264,000
240,000
400,667
22,000
662,667
Karin Ruck
160,000
–
12,000
172,000
60,000
100,167
5,000
165,167
Wolfgang Böhr2
40,000
–
4,000
44,000
–
–
–
–
Dr. Karl-Gerhard Eick
180,000
–
10,000
190,000
180,000
300,500
11,000
491,500
Heidrun Förster
157,500
–
15,000
172,500
210,000
350,583
16,000
576,583
Ulrich Hartmann1
50,000
–
6,000
56,000
120,000
200,333
9,000
329,333
Alfred Herling2
40,000
–
4,000
44,000
–
–
–
–
Gerd Herzberg
60,000
–
6,000
66,000
60,000
100,167
5,000
165,167
Sabine Horn1
50,000
–
6,000
56,000
120,000
200,333
10,000
330,333
Rolf Hunck1
50,000
–
6,000
56,000
120,000
200,333
12,000
332,333
Sir Peter Job
180,000
–
15,000
195,000
180,000
300,500
16,000
496,500
Prof. Dr. Henning Kagermann
120,000
–
13,000
133,000
120,000
200,333
8,000
328,333
Ulrich Kaufmann1
50,000
–
6,000
56,000
120,000
200,333
9,000
329,333
Peter Kazmierczak1
25,000
–
3,000
28,000
60,000
100,167
5,000
165,167
Martina Klee2
40,000
–
4,000
44,000
–
–
–
–
Suzanne Labarge2
80,000
–
8,000
88,000
–
–
–
–
Maurice Lévy
60,000
–
6,000
66,000
60,000
100,167
4,000
164,167
Henriette Mark
100,000
–
10,000
110,000
60,000
100,167
5,000
165,167
Prof. Dr. jur. Dr.-Ing. E. h. Heinrich von Pierer1
As mentioned above, most of the employee-elected members of the Supervisory Board are employed
by us. In addition, Dr. Börsig was formerly employed by us as a member of the Management
Board. The aggregate compensation we and our consolidated subsidiaries paid to such members as a
group during the year ended December 31, 2008 for their services as employees or status as former
employees (retirement, pension and deferred compensation) was € 3.5 million.
We do not provide the members of the Supervisory Board any benefits upon termination of their
service on the Supervisory Board, except that members who are or were employed by us are entitled
to the benefits associated with their termination of such employment. During 2008, we set aside
€ 0.1 million for pension, retirement or similar benefits for the members of the Supervisory
Board who are or were employed by us.
20-F Item 6: Directors, Senior Management and Employees
Management Board
The Supervisory Board in plenum resolves the compensation system, including the main contract
elements, for the members of the Management Board on the recommendation of the Chairman’s Committee
of the Supervisory Board and reviews the compensation system including the main contract elements
regularly. The Chairman’s Committee determines the details and size of the compensation for the
members of the Management Board.
For the 2008 financial year, the members of the Management Board received compensation for their
service on the Management Board in a total amount of € 4,476,684 (2007: € 33,182,395). This aggregate
compensation consisted of the following components (for 2007 financial year primarily
performance-related):
in €
2008
2007
Non-performance-related components:
Salary
3,950,000
3,883,333
Other benefits
526,684
466,977
Performance-related components:
without long-term incentives
–
17,360,731
with long-term incentives
–
11,471,354
Total compensation
4,476,684
33,182,395
Figures relate to Management Board members active in the respective financial year.
We have entered into service agreements with members of our Management Board. These agreements
established the following principal elements of compensation:
Non-Performance-Related Components. The non-performance-related components comprise the salary and
other benefits.
The members of the Management Board receive a salary which is determined on the basis of an
analysis of salaries paid to executive directors at a selected group of comparable international
companies. The salary is disbursed in monthly installments.
Other benefits comprise reimbursement of taxable expenses and the monetary value of non-cash
benefits such as company cars and driver services, insurance premiums, expenses for company-related
social functions and security measures, including payments, if applicable, of taxes on these
benefits.
Performance-Related Components. The performance-related components comprise a cash bonus payment
and the mid-term incentive (“MTI”). The annual cash bonus payment is based primarily on the
achievement of our planned return on equity. As further part of the variable compensation,
Management Board members receive a performance-related mid-term incentive which reflects, for a
rolling two year period, the ratio between our total shareholder return and the corresponding
average figure for a selected group of comparable companies. The MTI payment consists of a cash
payment (approximately one third) and equity-based compensation elements (approximately two
thirds), which contain long-term risk components and are discussed in the following paragraph.
Components with Long-Term Incentives. As part of their mid-term incentives, members of the
Management Board receive equity-based compensation elements (DB Equity Units) under the DB Global
Partnership Plan. The ultimate value of the equity-based compensation elements of the members of
the Management Board will depend on the price of Deutsche Bank shares upon their delivery, so that
these have a long-term incentive effect.
For further information on the terms of our DB Global Partnership Plan, pursuant to which these
equity rights
(DB Equity Units) are issued, see Note [31] to the consolidated financial statements.
The Management Board members active in 2008 have irrevocably waived any entitlements to payment of
variable compensation (bonus and MTI) for the 2008 financial year. They received the following
compensation components for their service on the Management Board for the years 2008 and 2007:
The number of DB Equity Units granted in 2008 for the year 2007 to each member was
determined by dividing such euro amounts by € 76.47, the average Xetra closing price of the
DB share during the last 10 trading days prior to February 5, 2008. As a
result, the number of DB Equity Units granted to each member was as follows: Dr.
Ackermann: 59,255, Dr. Bänziger: 26,562, Mr. Di Iorio: 26,562, and
Mr. Lamberti: 26,562.
Management Board members did not receive any compensation for mandates on boards of our Group’s
own companies.
The active members of the Management Board are entitled to a contribution-oriented pension plan
which in its structure corresponds to the general pension plan for our employees. Under this
contribution-oriented pension plan, a personal pension account has been set up for each member of
the Management Board. A contribution is made annually by us into this pension account. This annual
contribution is calculated using an individual contribution rate on the basis of each member’s base
salary and bonus up to a defined ceiling and accrues advance interest, determined by means of an
age-related factor, at an average rate of 6 % up to the age of 60. From the age of 61 on,
the pension account is credited with an annual interest payment of 6 % up to the date of
retirement. The annual payments, taken together, form the pension amount which is available to pay
the future pension benefit. The pension may fall due for payment after a member has left the
Management Board, but before a pension event (age limit, disability or death) has occurred. The
pension right is vested from the start.
In 2008, service cost for the aforementioned pensions was € 317,893 for Dr. Ackermann,
€ 429,167 for Dr. Bänziger, € 239,973 for Mr. Di Iorio, € 100,691 for Mr.
Krause and € 273,192 for Mr. Lamberti. In 2007, service cost for the
20-F Item 6: Directors, Senior Management and Employees
aforementioned pensions was € 354,291 for Dr. Ackermann, € 501,906 for Dr. Bänziger,
€ 345,271 for Mr. Di Iorio,
€ 0 for Mr. Krause (was appointed in 2008 only) and € 307,905 for Mr. Lamberti.
As of December 31, 2008, the pension accounts of the current Management Board members had the
following
balances: € 4,098,838 for Dr. Ackermann, € 1,379,668 for Dr. Bänziger, € 216,000 for
Mr. Krause and € 4,166,174
for Mr. Lamberti. As of December 31, 2007, the pension accounts had the following balances:
€ 3,782,588 for Dr. Ackermann, € 785,668 for Dr. Bänziger, € 0 for Mr. Krause
(was appointed in 2008 only) and € 3,770,174
for Mr. Lamberti. The different sizes of the balances are due to the different length of
services on the Management Board, the respective age-related factors, the different contribution
rates and the individual pensionable compensation amounts. Dr. Ackermann and Mr.
Lamberti are also entitled, in principle, after they have left the Management Board, to a
monthly pension payment of € 29,400 each under a discharged prior pension entitlement.
If a current Management Board member, whose appointment was in effect at the beginning of 2008,
leaves office, he is entitled, for a period of six months, to a transition payment. Exceptions to
this arrangement exist where, for instance, the Management Board member gives cause for summary
dismissal. The transition payment a Management Board member would have received over this six
months period, if he had left on December 31, 2008 or on December 31, 2007, was for Dr.
Ackermann € 2,825,000 and for each of Dr. Bänziger and Mr. Lamberti € 1,150,000.
If a current Management Board member, whose appointment was in effect at the beginning of 2006,
leaves office after reaching the age of 60, he is subsequently entitled, in principle, directly
after the end of the six-month transition period, to payment of first 75 % and then
50 % of the sum of his salary and last target bonus, each for a period of 24 months. This
payment ends no later than six months after the end of the Annual General Meeting in the year in
which the Board member reaches his 65th birthday.
Pursuant to the service agreements concluded with each of the Management Board members, they are
entitled to receive a severance payment upon a premature termination of their appointment at our
initiative, without us having been entitled to revoke the appointment or give notice under the
service agreement for cause. The severance payment will be fixed by the Chairman’s Committee
according to its reasonable discretion and, as a rule, will not exceed the lesser of two annual
compensation amounts and the claims to compensation for the remaining term of the contract
(compensation calculated on the basis of the annual compensation (salary, bonus and MTI) for the
previous financial year).
If a Management Board member’s departure is in connection with a change of control, he is entitled
to a severance payment. The severance payment will be fixed by the Chairman’s Committee according
to its reasonable discretion and, as a rule, will not exceed the lesser of three annual
compensation amounts and the claims to compensation for the remaining term of the contract
(compensation calculated on the basis of the annual compensation (salary, bonus and MTI) for the
previous financial year).
The total compensation paid to former Management Board members or their surviving dependents in
2008 and 2007 amounted to an aggregate of € 19,741,906 and € 33,479,343, respectively.
As of December 31, 2008, we employed a total of 80,456 staff members as compared to 78,291 as
of December 31, 2007. We calculate our employee figures on a full-time equivalent basis, meaning we
include proportionate numbers of part-time employees.
The following table shows our numbers of full-time equivalent employees as of December 31, 2008,
2007 and 2006.
Employees1
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Dec 31, 2006
Germany
27,942
27,779
26,401
Europe (outside Germany), Middle East
and Africa
23,067
21,989
20,025
Asia/Pacific
17,126
15,080
10,723
North America2
11,947
13,088
11,369
Central and South America
374
355
331
Total employees
80,456
78,291
68,849
1
Full-time equivalent employees.
2
Primarily the United States.
The number of our employees increased in 2008 by 2,165 or 2.8 %, to 80,456. This
development was driven by the following factors:
—
We added 1,114 staff in our Private Clients and Asset Management Group Division, most notably in Poland and India.
—
The number of Corporate and Investment Bank Group Division staff was reduced by 1,476, mainly in those business areas in
the UK and U.S. whose near-term recovery can not currently be foreseen.
—
In Infrastructure, the establishment of larger Operations Centers was a major contributor to the increase of
2,535 employees, mainly in Asia.
20-F Item 6: Directors, Senior Management and Employees
The following charts show the relative proportions of employees in the Group Divisions and
Infrastructure/Regional Management as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
Labor Relations
In Germany, labor unions and employers’ associations generally negotiate collective bargaining
agreements on salaries and benefits for employees below the management level. Many companies in
Germany, including ourselves and our material German subsidiaries, are members of employers’
associations and are bound by collective bargaining agreements.
Each year, our employers’ association, the Arbeitgeberverband des privaten Bankgewerbes e.V.,
ordinarily renegotiates the collective bargaining agreements that cover many of our employees. The
current agreement reached in
June 2006 terminated on June 30, 2008. Renegotiations started at the end of June 2008. An agreement
has not been reached up to February 27, 2009. For a short period in July and August 2008, the
negotiations were accompanied by several strikes without any serious impact on Deutsche Bank and
its subsidiaries. Following a recommendation of the employers association, Deutsche Bank, like
other affected banks, is paying on a voluntarily basis a pay raise of 2.5 % since November
2008. Besides an agreement on this pay raise, further aspects of the still pending negotiations
relate to an increasing part of total compensation being variable according to performance criteria
and corporate results and several improvements in the master tariff agreement, including an
extension of regulations governing work on Saturdays, part-time retirement arrangements and early
retirement.
Our employers’ association negotiates with the following unions:
—
ver.di (Vereinigte Dienstleistungsgewerkschaft), a union formed in July 2001 resulting from
the merger of five unions, including the former bank unions Deutsche Angestellten Gewerkschaft
and Gewerkschaft Handel, Banken und Versicherungen
—
Deutscher Bankangestellten Verband (DBV – Gewerkschaft der Finanzdienstleister)
—
Deutscher Handels- und Industrieangestellten Verband (DHV – Die Berufsgewerkschaft)
German law prohibits us from asking our employees whether they are members of labor unions.
Therefore, we do not know how many of our employees are members of unions. Approximately
15 % of the employees in the German banking industry are unionized. We estimate that less than
15 % of our employees in Germany are unionized. On a worldwide basis, we estimate that
approximately 15 % of our employees are members of labor unions.
Share Ownership
Management Board
As of February 27, 2009 and February 29, 2008, respectively,
the current members of our Management Board held the following numbers of our shares and DB Equity
Units.
Including the Restricted Equity Units Dr. Bänziger received in connection with his
employment by us prior to his appointment as member of the Management Board. The DB Equity
Units and Restricted Equity Units listed in the table have different vesting and allocation
dates. As a result, the last equity rights will mature and be allocated on August 1, 2011.
The current members of our Management Board held an aggregate of 447,051 of our shares on
February 27, 2009, amounting to approximately 0.08 % of our shares issued
on that date. They held an aggregate of 381,085 of our shares on February 29, 2008,
amounting to approximately 0.07 % of our shares issued on that date.
In 2008, compensation expense for long-term incentive components of compensation granted for their
service in prior years on the Management Board was € 3,368,011 for Dr. Ackermann, € 1,103,939 for Dr.
Bänziger, € 2,143,050 for Mr. Di Iorio and € 1,509,798 for Mr. Lamberti. In 2007, the corresponding
compensation expense for these components was € 3,199,221 for Dr. Ackermann, € 403,758 for Dr.
Bänziger, € 403,758 for Mr. Di Iorio and € 1,434,133 for Mr. Lamberti. Mr. Krause joined the
Management Board only in April 2008 and no expense was therefore recognized for long-term
incentives granted for service on the Management Board in 2008.
20-F Item 6: Directors, Senior Management and Employees
For more information on DB Equity Units, which are granted under the DB Global Partnership
Plan, see Note [31] to the consolidated financial statements.
Supervisory Board
As of February 27, 2009, the current members of our Supervisory Board held the
following numbers of our shares, share grants under our employee share plans and options on our
shares.
Members of the Supervisory Board
Number of
Number of
Number of
shares
share grants
options
Wolfgang Böhr
10
10
100
Dr. Clemens Börsig1
120,000
23,156
–
Dr. Karl-Gerhard Eick
–
–
–
Heidrun Förster
895
10
–
Alfred Herling
767
10
–
Gerd Herzberg
–
–
–
Sir Peter Job
4,000
–
–
Prof. Dr. Henning Kagermann
–
–
–
Martina Klee
618
10
–
Suzanne Labarge
–
–
–
Maurice Lévy
–
–
–
Henriette Mark
378
10
–
Gabriele Platscher
739
10
–
Karin Ruck
102
8
–
Dr. Theo Siegert
–
–
–
Dr. Johannes Teyssen
–
–
–
Marlehn Thieme
102
6
–
Tilman Todenhöfer
300
–
–
Werner Wenning
–
–
–
Leo Wunderlich
712
10
100
Total
128,623
23,240
200
1
Excluding 150 Deutsche Bank shares, pooled in a family-held partnership, in which Dr.
Clemens Börsig has an interest of 25 %.
As of February 27, 2009, the members of the Supervisory Board held 128,623
shares, amounting to less than 0.02 % of our shares issued on that date.
Some of the Supervisory Board members who are or were formerly employees received grants under our
employee share plans entitling them to receive shares at specified future dates or granting them
options to acquire shares at future dates. For a description of our employee share plans, please
refer to Note [31] of the consolidated financial statements. Shares that have been
delivered to such employees as a result of grants under the plans (including
following the exercise of options granted thereunder), and that have not been disposed by them, are
shown in the “Number of Shares” column in the table above, as are shares otherwise acquired by
them. Shares granted under the plans that have not yet been delivered to such employees are shown
in the “Number of Share Grants” column.
As listed in the “Number of Share Grants” column in the table, Dr. Clemens Börsig holds 23,156 DB
Equity Units granted under the DB Global Partnership Plan in connection with his prior service as a
member of our Management Board, which are scheduled to be delivered to him in installments through
August 2010. The other grants reflected in the table were made to employee representatives on our
Supervisory Board under the DB Global Share Plan 2008, and are scheduled to be delivered on
November 1, 2009.
The options reflected in the table were acquired via the voluntary participation of employee
representatives on our Supervisory Board in the DB Global Share Plan. The options issued in 2003
generally have a strike price of
€ 75.24, have been exercisable since January 2,2006, and have an expiration date of December 11, 2009. The options are with respect to our
ordinary shares.
The German law on directors’ dealings (Section 15a of the German Securities Trading Act
(Wertpapierhandelsgesetz) requires persons discharging managerial responsibilities within an issuer
of financial instruments, and persons closely associated with them, to disclose their personal
transactions in shares of such issuer and financial instruments based on them, especially
derivatives, to the issuer and to the BaFin.
In accordance with German law, we disclose directors’ dealings in our shares and financial
instruments based on them through the media prescribed by German law and through the Company
Register (Unternehmensregister).
Employee Share Programs
For a description of our employee share programs, please refer to Note [31] to the
consolidated financial statements.
20-F Item 7: Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
Item 7:
Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
Major Shareholders
On December 31, 2008, our issued share capital amounted to € 1,461,399,078 divided into
570,859,015 no par value ordinary registered shares.
On December 31, 2008, we had 581,938 registered shareholders. The majority of our shareholders are
retail investors in Germany.
The following charts show the distribution of our share capital and the composition of our
shareholders on December 31, 2008:
*
Including Deutsche Bank employees and pensioners
On February 27, 2009, a total of 61,174,408 of our shares were registered in
the names of 1,606 shareholders resident in the United States. These shares represented
10.72 % of our share capital on that date. On December 31, 2007, a total of 68,094,272 of our shares
were registered in the names of 1,429 shareholders resident in the United States. These shares
represented 12.84 % of our share capital on that date.
The German Securities Trading Act (Wertpapierhandelsgesetz) requires investors in publicly-traded
corporations whose investments reach certain thresholds to notify both the corporation and the
BaFin of such change within seven days. The minimum disclosure threshold is 3 % of the
corporation’s issued voting share capital.
As of February 27, 2009, we had been notified by the following investors holding
3 % or more of our shares: AXA S.A. Group, Paris holds 5.36 % Deutsche Bank shares
and Credit Suisse Group, Zurich holds 3.86 % Deutsche Bank
shares (via financial instruments). On March 9, 2009, Deutsche Post notified us
that they hold 8.05 % of our shares. We had issued these shares to Deutsche Post in
connection with our acquisition of a stake in their subsidiary Deutsche Postbank.
We are neither directly nor indirectly owned nor controlled by any other corporation, by any
government or by any other natural or legal person severally or jointly.
Pursuant to German law and our Articles of Association, to the extent that we may have major
shareholders at any time, we may not give them different voting rights from any of our other
shareholders.
We are aware of no arrangements which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of our
company.
Related Party Transactions
We have business relationships with a number of the companies in which we own significant
equity interests. We also have business relationships with a number of companies where members of
our Management Board also hold positions on boards of directors. Our business relationships with
these companies cover many of the financial services
we provide to our clients generally. For more detailed information, refer to Note [38] of
the consolidated financial
statements.
We believe that we conduct all of our business with these companies on terms equivalent to those
that would exist if we did not have equity holdings in them or management members in common, and
that we have conducted business with these companies on that basis in 2008 and prior years. None of
these transactions is or was material to us.
Among our business with related party companies in 2008, there have been and currently are loans,
guarantees and commitments, which totaled € 1 billion (including loans of € 0.9
billion) as of January 31, 2009. All these credit exposures
—
were made in the ordinary course of business,
—
were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for
comparable transactions with other persons, and
—
did not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.
We have not conducted material business with parties that fall outside of the definition of related
parties, but with whom we or our related parties have a relationship that enables the parties to
negotiate terms of material transactions that may not be available from other, more clearly
independent, parties on an arm’s-length basis.
Related Party Nonaccrual Loans
In addition to our other shareholdings, we hold acquired equity interests in some of our
clients arising from our efforts to protect our then-outstanding lending exposures to them.
As of December 31, 2008, we had a loan to a single related party, in which we held a participation
of 10 % or more of its voting rights, which was classified as nonaccrual. As of January31, 2009, this exposure reflected a real estate financing loan of € 15 million
with contractual interest of 6.27 % per annum, though interest accrual has ceased, and
20-F Item 7: Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
guarantees, bearing no interest, which were honored after the company filed for liquidation. We
also had a loan to a single related party held as an at equity investment. As of January31, 2009, this exposure reflected an uncollateralized loan of € 8 million with
contractual interest of 12 % per annum, which has been set to nonaccrual status. A loan
loss provision of € 4 million has been established during 2008 covering the impairment loss.
Nonaccrual loans to
related parties which may exhibit more than normal risk of collectibility or present other
unfavorable features increased by € 1 million, or 5 % to € 23 million, from
January 31, 2008. The largest amount outstanding during the period from January1, 2008 to January 30, 2009 was € 23 million.
We have not disclosed the name of the related party customers described above because we have
concluded that such disclosure would violate applicable privacy laws, such as customer
confidentiality and data protection laws, and those customers have not waived application of these
privacy laws. A legal opinion regarding the applicable privacy laws is filed as Exhibit 14.1
hereto.
Interests of Experts and Counsel
Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.
Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information
Consolidated Financial Statements
See “Item 18: Financial Statements” and our consolidated financial statements beginning on page
F-4.
Legal Proceedings
General. Due to the nature of our business, we and our subsidiaries are involved in litigation,
arbitration and regulatory proceedings in Germany and in a number of jurisdictions outside Germany,
including the United States, arising in the ordinary course of our businesses, including as
specifically described below. In accordance with applicable
accounting requirements, we provide for potential losses that may arise out of contingencies,
including contingencies in respect of such matters, when the potential losses are probable and
estimable. Contingencies in respect of legal matters are subject to many uncertainties, and the
outcome of individual matters is not predictable with assurance. Significant judgment is required
in assessing probability and making estimates in respect of contingencies, and our final
liabilities may ultimately be materially different. Our total liability recorded in respect of
litigation, arbitration and regulatory proceedings is determined on a case-by-case basis and
represents an estimate of probable losses after considering, among other factors, the progress of
each case, our experience and the experience of others in similar cases, and the opinions and views
of legal counsel. Although the final resolution of any such matters could have a material effect on
our consolidated operating results for a particular reporting period, we believe that it will not
materially affect our consolidated financial position. In respect of each of the matters
specifically described below, most of which consist of a number of claims, it is our belief that
the reasonably possible losses relating to each such claim in excess of our provisions are either
not material or not estimable.
IPO allocation litigation. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. (“DBSI”), our U.S. broker-dealer
subsidiary, and its predecessor firms, along with numerous other securities firms, have been named
as defendants in over 80 putative class action lawsuits pending in the United States District Court
for the Southern District of New York. These lawsuits allege violations of securities and antitrust
laws in connection with the allocation of shares in a large number of initial public offerings
(“IPOs”) by issuers, officers and directors of issuers, and underwriters of those securities. DBSI
is named in these suits as an underwriter. The securities cases allege material misstatements and
omissions in registration statements and prospectuses for the IPOs and market manipulation with
respect to aftermarket trading in the IPO securities. Among the allegations are that the
underwriters tied the receipt of allocations of IPO shares to required aftermarket purchases by
customers and to the payment of undisclosed compensation to the underwriters in the form of
commissions on securities trades, and that the underwriters caused misleading analyst reports to be
issued. The antitrust claims allege an illegal conspiracy to affect the stock price based on
similar allegations that the underwriters required aftermarket purchases and undisclosed
commissions in exchange for allocation of IPO stocks. In the securities cases, the motions of DBSI
and others to dismiss the complaints were denied on February 13, 2003. Plaintiffs’
motion to certify six “test” cases as class actions in the securities cases was granted on October13, 2004. On December 5, 2006, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit vacated the
decision and held that the classes in the six cases, as defined, could not be certified. On
March 26, 2008, the trial court granted in part and denied in part motions to
dismiss plaintiffs’ amended complaints. The extent to which the court granted the motions did not
affect any cases in which DBSI is a defendant. On October 10, 2008, the trial court signed an order
permitting plaintiffs to withdraw without prejudice their motion to certify classes based on the
amended complaints. Following a mediation, a settlement in principal has been reached, subject to
negotiation of definitive documentation and court approval. Pursuant to
a stipulation, defendants’ answers to plaintiffs’ amended allegations are not due until July 31, 2009. As
previously reported, the putative antitrust class action was finally dismissed in 2007.
Tax-related products. Deutsche Bank AG, along with certain affiliates, and current and
former employees (collectively referred to as “Deutsche Bank”), have collectively been named as
defendants in a number of legal proceedings brought by customers in various tax-oriented
transactions. Deutsche Bank provided financial products and services to these customers, who were
advised by various accounting, legal and financial advisory professionals. The customers claimed
tax benefits as a result of these transactions, and the United States Internal Revenue Service has
rejected those claims. In these legal proceedings, the customers allege that the professional
advisors, together with Deutsche Bank, improperly misled the customers into believing that the
claimed tax benefits would be upheld by the Internal Revenue Service. The legal proceedings are
pending in numerous state and federal courts and in arbitration, and claims against Deutsche Bank
are alleged under both U.S. state and federal law. Many of the claims against Deutsche Bank are
asserted by individual customers, while others are asserted on behalf of a putative customer class.
No litigation class has been certified as against Deutsche Bank. Approximately 86 legal proceedings
have been resolved and dismissed with prejudice as against Deutsche Bank. Approximately 8 other
legal proceedings remain pending as against Deutsche Bank and are currently at various pre-trial
stages, including discovery. The Bank has received a number of unfiled claims as well, and has
resolved certain of those unfiled claims.
The United States Department of Justice (“DOJ”) is also conducting a criminal investigation of
tax-oriented transactions that were executed from approximately 1997 through 2001. In connection
with that investigation, DOJ has sought various documents and other information from Deutsche Bank
and has been investigating the actions of various individuals and entities, including Deutsche
Bank, in such transactions. In the latter half of 2005, DOJ brought criminal charges against
numerous individuals based on their participation in certain tax-oriented transactions while
employed by entities other than Deutsche Bank (the “Individuals”). In the latter half of 2005, DOJ
also entered into a Deferred Prosecution Agreement with an accounting firm (the “Accounting Firm”),
pursuant to which DOJ agreed to defer prosecution of a criminal charge against the Accounting Firm
based on its participation in certain tax-oriented transactions provided that the Accounting Firm
satisfied the terms of the Deferred Prosecution Agreement. On February 14, 2006,
DOJ announced that it had entered into a Deferred Prosecution Agreement with a financial
institution (the “Financial Institution”), pursuant to which DOJ agreed to defer prosecution of a
criminal charge against the Financial Institution based on its role in providing financial products
and services in connection with certain tax-oriented transactions provided that the Financial
Institution satisfied the terms of the Deferred Prosecution Agreement. Deutsche Bank provided
similar financial products and services in certain tax-oriented transactions that are the same or
similar to the tax-oriented transactions that are the subject of the above-referenced criminal
charges. Deutsche Bank also provided financial products and services in additional tax-oriented
transactions as well. DOJ’s criminal investigation is ongoing. In December 2008, following a trial
of four of the Individuals, three of the Individuals were convicted of criminal charges. The Bank
is engaged in discussions with DOJ concerning a resolution of the
investigation.
Kirch litigation. In May 2002, Dr. Leo Kirch personally and as an assignee
of two entities of the former Kirch Group, i.e., PrintBeteiligungs GmbH and the group
holding company TaurusHolding GmbH & Co. KG, initiated legal action against Dr. Rolf-E. Breuer and
Deutsche Bank AG alleging that a statement made by Dr. Breuer (then the Spokesman of
Deutsche Bank AG’s Management Board) in an interview with Bloomberg television on
February 4, 2002 regarding the Kirch Group was in breach of laws and
resulted in financial damage.
On January 24, 2006, the German Federal Supreme Court sustained the action for the
declaratory judgment only in respect of the claims assigned by PrintBeteiligungs GmbH. Such action
and judgment did not require a proof of any loss caused by the statement made in the interview.
PrintBeteiligungs GmbH is the only company of the Kirch Group which was a borrower of Deutsche Bank
AG. Claims by Dr. Kirch personally and by TaurusHolding GmbH & Co. KG were dismissed. In May 2007,
Dr. Kirch filed an action for payment as assignee of PrintBeteiligungs GmbH against Deutsche Bank
AG and Dr. Breuer in the amount of initially approximately € 1.6 billion (the amount
depended, among other things, on the development of the price for the shares of Axel Springer AG)
plus interest. Meanwhile Dr. Kirch changed the calculation of his alleged damages and claims
payment of approximately € 1.3 billion plus interest. In these proceedings he will have to
prove that such statement caused financial damages to PrintBeteiligungs GmbH and the amount
thereof. In our view, the causality in respect of the basis and scope of the claimed damages has
not been sufficiently substantiated.
On December 31, 2005, KGL Pool GmbH filed a lawsuit against Deutsche Bank AG and Dr.
Breuer. The lawsuit is based on alleged claims assigned from various subsidiaries of the former
Kirch Group. KGL Pool GmbH seeks
a declaratory judgment to the effect that Deutsche Bank AG and Dr. Breuer are jointly and
severally liable for damages as a result of the interview statement and the behavior of Deutsche
Bank AG in respect of several subsidiaries of the Kirch Group. In December
2007, KGL Pool GmbH supplemented this lawsuit by a motion for payment of approximately € 2.0
billion plus interest as compensation for the purported damages which two subsidiaries of the
former Kirch Group allegedly suffered as a result of the statement by Dr. Breuer. In our
view, due to the lack of a relevant contractual relationship with any of these subsidiaries there
is no basis for such claims, and the causality in respect of the basis and scope of the claimed
damages as well as the effective assignment of the alleged claims to KGL Pool GmbH has not been
sufficiently substantiated.
Parmalat litigation. Following the bankruptcy of the Italian company Parmalat, the Special
Administrator of Parmalat, Mr. Enrico Bondi, sued Deutsche Bank for damages totaling
€ 2.2 billion and brought claw-back actions against Deutsche Bank S.p.A. for a total of
€ 177 million. Deutsche Bank, Deutsche Bank S.p.A., Parmalat and Mr. Bondi (on behalf of
their respective groups) agreed a settlement of all of these actions in February 2009.
In addition, following the Parmalat insolvency, the prosecutors in Milan conducted a criminal
investigation which led to criminal indictments on charges of alleged market manipulation against
various banks, including Deutsche Bank and Deutsche Bank S.p.A., and some of their employees. Trial
before the Court of Milan (Second Criminal Section) commenced in January 2008 and is
ongoing. Prosecutors in Parma have conducted a criminal investigation against
various bank employees, including employees of Deutsche Bank, on charges of fraudulent bankruptcy.
Committal hearings are underway. One former Deutsche Bank employee entered into a plea bargain in
respect of the charges against him in Milan and Parma (most of which related to the period prior to
his employment with us) which have
accordingly been withdrawn.
Certain retail bondholders and shareholders have alleged civil liability against Deutsche Bank in
connection with the above-mentioned criminal proceedings. We are in the process of finalizing
settlement offers with those retail investors who have asserted claims against us.
Credit-related matters. Deutsche Bank has received subpoenas and requests for information from
certain regulators and government entities concerning its activities regarding the origination,
purchase and securitization of subprime and non-subprime residential mortgages. Deutsche Bank is
cooperating fully in response to those subpoenas and requests for information. Deutsche Bank has
also been named as defendant in various civil litigations (including putative class actions),
brought under the Securities Act of 1933 or state common law, related to the residential mortgage
business. Included in those litigations are (1) two putative class actions pending in California
Superior Court in Los Angeles County regarding the role of Deutsche Bank’s subsidiary Deutsche Bank
Securities Inc. (“DBSI”), along with other financial institutions, as an underwriter of offerings
of certain securities and mortgage pass-through certificates issued by Countrywide Financial
Corporation or an affiliate; (2) a putative class action pending in the United States District
Court for the Southern District of New York regarding the role of DBSI, along with other financial
institutions, as an underwriter of offerings of certain mortgage pass-through certificates issued
by affiliates of Novastar Mortgage Funding Corporation; (3) a putative class action pending in
California Superior Court in Los Angeles County regarding the role of DBSI, along with other
financial institutions, as an underwriter of offerings of certain mortgage pass-through
certificates issued by affiliates of Indymac MBS, Inc.; (4) a putative class action pending in the
United States District Court for the Southern District of New York regarding the role of DBSI,
along with other financial institutions, as an underwriter of offerings of certain mortgage
pass-through certificates issued by affiliates of Wells Fargo Asset Securities Corporation; and (5)
a putative class action pending in New York Supreme Court in New York County regarding the role of
a number of financial institutions, including DBSI, as underwriter, and DBTCA, as trustee, to
certain mortgage pass-through certificates issued by affiliates of Residential Accredit Loans, Inc.
In addition, certain affiliates of Deutsche Bank, including DBSI, have been named in a putative
class action pending in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York
regarding their roles as issuer and underwriter of certain mortgage
pass-through securities. Each of the civil litigations is in its early stages.
Auction rate securities. Deutsche Bank and DBSI are the subject of a putative class action, filed
in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, asserting various claims
under the federal securities laws on
behalf of all persons or entities who purchased and continue to hold Auction Rate Preferred
Securities and Auction Rate Securities (together “ARS”) offered for sale by Deutsche Bank and DBSI
between March 17, 2003 and February 13, 2008. DBSI and Deutsche Bank Alex. Brown, a division of
DBSI, have also been named as defendants in four individual actions asserting various claims under
the federal securities laws and state common law by four investors in ARS. The purported class
action and three of the individual actions are in their early stages. One of the individual actions
has been dismissed. Deutsche Bank is also named as a defendant, along with ten other financial
institutions, in two putative class actions, filed in the United States District Court for the
Southern District of New York, asserting violations of the antitrust laws. The putative class
actions, which are in their early stages, allege that the defendants conspired to artificially
support and then, in February 2008, restrain the ARS market.
Deutsche Bank has also received regulatory requests from the Securities and Exchange Commission
(“SEC”) and state regulatory agencies in connection with investigations relating to the marketing
and sale of ARS. In August 2008, Deutsche Bank entered into agreements in principle with the New
York Attorney General’s Office (“NYAG”) and the North American Securities Administration
Association (“NASAA”), representing a consortium of other states and
U.S. territories, pursuant to which Deutsche Bank and its subsidiaries agreed to purchase from
their retail, certain smaller and medium-sized institutional, and charitable clients, ARS that
those clients purchased from Deutsche Bank and its subsidiaries prior to February 13, 2008; to work
expeditiously to provide liquidity solutions for their larger institu-
tional clients who purchased ARS from Deutsche Bank and its subsidiaries; and to pay an aggregate
penalty of U.S.$ 15 million to the NYAG and NASAA. The SEC’s investigation is continuing.
ÖBB litigation. In September 2005, Deutsche Bank AG entered into a Portfolio Credit Default
Swap (“PCDS”) transaction with ÖBB Infrastruktur Bau AG (“ÖBB”), a subsidiary of Österreichische
Bundesbahnen-Holding Aktiengesellschaft. Under the PCDS, ÖBB assumed the credit risk of a € 612
million AAA rated tranche of a diversified portfolio of corporates and asset-backed securities
(“ABS”). As a result of the developments in the ABS market since mid 2007, the market value of the
PCDS declined and ÖBB recorded substantial mark-to-market losses on the position and intends to
post a provision for the entire notional amount of the PCDS in its financial accounts for the
fiscal year 2008.
In June of 2008, ÖBB filed a claim against Deutsche Bank AG in the Vienna Trade Court, asking that
the Court
declare the PCDS null and void. ÖBB argues that the transaction violates Austrian law, and alleges
to have been misled about certain features of the PCDS. ÖBB’s claim was dismissed by the Trade
Court in January 2009. ÖBB has stated that it will appeal the decision.
Dividend Policy
We generally pay dividends each year. However, we may not pay dividends in the future at rates
we have paid them in previous years. In particular, the dividend proposed for 2008 is € 0.50,
compared to dividends paid of € 4.50 for 2007 and € 4.00 for 2006. If we are not profitable, we
may not pay dividends at all.
Under German law, our dividends are based on the unconsolidated results of Deutsche Bank AG as
prepared in
accordance with German accounting rules. Our Management Board, which prepares the annual financial
statements of Deutsche Bank AG on an unconsolidated basis, and our Supervisory Board, which reviews
them, first allocate part of Deutsche Bank’s annual surplus (if any) to our statutory reserves and
to any losses carried forward, as it is legally required to do. For treasury shares a reserve in
the amount of their value recorded on the asset side must be set up from the annual surplus or from
other revenue reserves. They then allocate the remainder between other revenue reserves (or
retained earnings) and balance sheet profit (or distributable profit). They may allocate up to
one-half of this remainder to other revenue reserves, and must allocate at least one-half to
balance sheet profit. We then distribute the full amount of the balance sheet profit of Deutsche
Bank AG if the Annual General Meeting so resolves. The Annual General Meeting may resolve a
non-cash distribution instead of or in addition to a cash dividend. However, we are not legally
required to distribute our balance sheet profit to our shareholders to the extent that we have
issued participatory rights (Genussrechte) or granted a silent participation (stille Gesellschaft)
that accord their holders the right to a portion of our distributable profit. If we fail to meet
the capital adequacy requirements or the liquidity requirements under the Banking Act, the BaFin
may suspend or limit the payment of dividends. See “Item 4: Information on the Company – Regulation and Supervision –
Regulation and Supervision in Germany”.
Where the capital base of a bank is increased by issuing shares, hybrid capital or other
instruments that qualify as own funds to the German Financial Market Stabilization Fund (referred
to as the Fund), the Fund will generally, as a precondition to subscribing for such issuances
require that, to the extent legally possible, the bank does not pay dividends or make other profit
distributions other than payments on the instruments held by the Fund. The Fund is a
special fund (Sondervermögen) created by the German Financial Market Stabilization Act in October
2008 to acquire rights and incur obligations in its own name for which the Federal Republic of
Germany is liable. The Federal Ministry
of Finance determines whether the Fund will implement stabilization measures to support financial
institutions in distress and which measures will be employed.
We declare dividends at the Annual General Meeting and pay them once a year. Dividends approved at
a General Meeting are payable on the first stock exchange trading day after that meeting, unless
otherwise decided at that meeting. In accordance with the German Stock Corporation Act, the record
date for determining which holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to the payment of dividends,
if any, or other distributions whether cash, stock or property, is the date of the General Meeting
at which such dividends or other distributions are declared. If we issue a new class of shares, our
Articles of Association permit us to declare a different dividend entitlement for the new class of
shares.
Significant Changes
Except as otherwise stated in this document, there have been no significant changes subsequent
to December 31, 2008.
Our share capital consists of ordinary shares issued in registered form without par value.
Under German law, shares without par value are deemed to have a “nominal” value equal to the total
amount of share capital divided by the number of shares. Our shares have a nominal value of € 2.56
per share.
The principal trading market for our shares is the Frankfurt Stock Exchange. We maintain a share
register in Frankfurt am Main and, for the purposes of trading our shares on the New York Stock
Exchange, a share register in New York.
All shares on German stock exchanges trade in euro. The following table sets forth, for the
calendar periods indicated, high, low and period-end prices and average daily trading volumes for
our shares as reported by the Frankfurt Stock Exchange and the high, low and period-end quotation
for the DAX® (Deutscher Aktienindex) index, the principal
German share index. All quotations are based on intraday prices. The DAX is a continuously updated,
capital-weighted performance index of 30 major German companies. The DAX includes shares
selected on the basis of stock exchange turnover and market capitalization. Adjustments to the DAX
are made for capital changes, subscription rights and dividends, as well as for changes in the
available free float.
Our shares
DAX®-Index
Price per share
Average daily
High
Low
Period-end
trading volume
High
Low
Period-end
(in €)
(in €)
(in €)
(in thousands
of shares)
Monthly 2009:
February
23.98
16.34
20.78
10,617.53
4,688.59
3,764.69
3,843.74
January
29.55
16.23
20.70
10,660.01
5,111.02
4,067.43
4,338.35
Monthly 2008:
December
28.99
23.36
27.83
8,167.25
4,850.39
4,304.03
4,810.20
November
36.59
18.59
27.98
10,863.94
5,302.57
4,034.96
4,669.44
October
54.32
22.26
29.44
13,839.86
5,876.93
4,014.60
4,987.97
September
62.83
47.54
49.54
13,565.69
6,553.90
5,658.20
5,831.02
Quarterly 2008:
Fourth Quarter
54.32
18.59
27.83
11,141.50
5,876.93
4,014.60
4,810.20
Third Quarter
64.85
47.48
49.54
9,873.37
6,626.70
5,658.20
5,831.02
Second Quarter
79.20
54.32
54.85
5,872.59
7,231.86
6,308.24
6,418.32
First Quarter
89.80
64.62
71.70
8,806.70
8,100.64
6,167.82
6,534.97
Quarterly 2007:
Fourth Quarter
96.72
81.33
89.40
6,355.85
8,117.79
7,444.62
8,067.32
Third Quarter
109.80
87.16
90.38
8,113.83
8,151.57
7,190.36
7,861.51
Second Quarter
118.51
99.55
107.81
4,957.13
8,131.73
6,891.80
8,007.32
First Quarter
110.00
90.60
100.84
4,767.51
7,040.20
6,437.25
6,917.03
Annual:
2008
89.80
18.59
27.83
9,116.66
8,100.64
4,014.60
4,810.20
2007
118.51
81.33
89.40
6,062.94
8,151.57
6,437.25
8,067.32
2006
103.29
80.74
101.34
4,195.14
6,629.33
5,243.71
6,596.92
2005
85.00
60.90
81.90
3,709.96
5,469.96
4,157.51
5,408.26
2004
77.77
52.37
65.32
4,066.27
4,272.18
3,618.58
4,256.08
Note: Data is based on Thomson Reuters and Bloomberg.
On February 27, 2009, the closing quotation of our shares on the Frankfurt
Stock Exchange within the Xetra system (which we describe below) was € 20.78 per share and the
closing quotation of the DAX Index was 3,843.74. Our shares represented 3.45 % of the DAX
Index on that date.
Since October 3, 2001 our shares have also traded on the New York Stock Exchange, trading under the
symbol “DB”. The following table shows, for the periods indicated, high, low and period-end prices
and average daily trading volumes for our shares as reported by the New York Stock Exchange.
Our shares
Price per share
Average daily
High
Low
Period-end
trading volume
(in U.S.$)
(in U.S.$)
(in U.S.$)
(in number of
shares)
Monthly 2009:
February
31.17
21.20
25.56
1,080,238
January
41.40
21.15
25.65
967,218
Monthly 2008:
December
41.01
30.27
40.69
654,785
November
47.24
22.45
35.66
874,147
October
75.25
27.96
37.98
720,406
September
88.71
67.00
72.79
792,317
Quarterly 2008:
Fourth Quarter
75.25
22.45
40.69
743,491
Third Quarter
97.27
66.43
72.79
670,363
Second Quarter
122.98
85.35
85.35
246,953
First Quarter
130.79
102.41
113.05
467,208
Quarterly 2007:
Fourth Quarter
135.98
120.12
129.41
310,030
Third Quarter
149.42
120.24
128.39
325,394
Second Quarter
159.73
133.15
144.74
122,400
First Quarter
142.69
120.02
134.54
149,464
Annual:
2008
130.79
22.45
40.69
532,772
2007
159.73
120.02
129.41
227,769
2006
134.71
97.18
133.24
119,515
2005
100.41
76.16
96.87
93,537
2004
94.99
64.70
89.01
89,483
For a discussion of the possible effects of fluctuations in the exchange rate between the euro
and the U.S. dollar on the price of our shares, see “Item 3: Key Information – Exchange Rate and
Currency Information.”
You should not rely on our past share performance as a guide to our future share performance.
Plan of Distribution
Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.
Markets
As described above, the principal trading market for our shares is the Frankfurt Stock
Exchange. Our shares are also traded on the New York Stock Exchange and on the six other German
stock exchanges (Berlin, Düsseldorf, Hamburg, Hannover, Munich and Stuttgart).
Deutsche Börse AG operates the Frankfurt Stock Exchange, the most significant of the seven
German stock
exchanges. The Frankfurt Stock Exchange, including Xetra (as described below), accounted for more
than 96.75 % of the total turnover in exchange-traded shares in Germany in 2008 (including
93.66 % of the total turnover which is accounted for by Xetra in 2008). According to the
World Federation of Exchanges, Deutsche Börse AG was the sixth largest stock exchange in the world
in 2008 measured by total value of share trading, after NASDAQ, the New York Stock
Exchange, London, Tokyo and Euronext.
As of December 31, 2008, the shares of 10,257 companies traded on the various market segments of
the Frankfurt Stock Exchange. Of these, 1,054 were German companies and 9,203 were non-German
companies.
The prices of actively-traded securities, including our shares, are continuously quoted on the
Frankfurt Stock
Exchange floor between 9:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m., Central European time, each bank business day. Most
securities listed on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange are traded on the auction market. Securities also
trade in interbank dealer markets, both on and off the Frankfurt Stock Exchange. The price of
securities on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange is determined by open outcry and noted by publicly
commissioned stockbrokers. These publicly commissioned stockbrokers are members of the exchange but
do not, as a rule, deal with the public.
The Frankfurt Stock Exchange publishes a daily official list of its quotations (Amtliches
Kursblatt) for all traded securities. The list is available on the Internet at
http://www.deutsche-boerse.com under the heading: “Market Data &
Analytics – Trading Statistics + Analyses – Spot Market Statistic – Order Book Statistics”.
Our shares trade on Xetra (Exchange Electronic Trading) in addition to trading on the auction
market. Xetra is an electronic exchange trading platform operated by Deutsche Börse AG. Xetra is
integrated into the Frankfurt Stock Exchange and is subject to its rules and regulations. Xetra
trading takes place from 9:00 a.m. until 5:30 p.m. Central European time, each bank business day by
brokers and banks that have been admitted to Xetra by the Frankfurt Stock Exchange. Private
investors are permitted to trade on Xetra through their banks or brokers.
Transactions on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange (including transactions through the Xetra system) are
settled on the second business day following the transaction. Transactions off the Frankfurt Stock
Exchange are also generally settled on the second business day following the transaction, although
parties may agree on a different settlement time. Transactions off the Frankfurt Stock Exchange may
occur in the case of large trades or if one of the parties is
not German. The standard terms and conditions under which German banks generally conduct their
business with
customers require the banks to execute customer buy and sell orders for listed securities on a
stock exchange unless the customer specifies otherwise.
The Frankfurt Stock Exchange can suspend trading if orderly trading is temporarily endangered or if
necessary
to protect the public interest. The BaFin monitors trading activities on the Frankfurt Stock
Exchange and the other German stock exchanges.
Selling Shareholders
Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.
Dilution
Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.
Expenses of the Issue
Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.
The following is a summary of certain information relating to certain provisions of our
Articles of Association, our share capital and German law. This summary is not complete and is
qualified by reference to our Articles of Association
and German law in effect at the date of this filing. Copies of our Articles of Association are
publicly available at the Commercial Register in Frankfurt am Main, and an English translation is
filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Annual Report.
Our Articles of Association also provide that, to the extent permitted by law, we may transact all
business and take all steps that appear likely to promote our business objectives. In particular,
we may:
—
acquire and dispose of real estate;
—
establish branches in Germany and abroad;
—
acquire, administer and dispose of participations in other enterprises; and
For more information on our Supervisory Board and Management Board, see “Item 6: Directors,
Senior Management and Employees.”
Voting Rights and Shareholders’ Meetings
Each of our shares entitles its registered holder to one vote at our General Meeting. Our
Annual General Meeting takes place within the first eight months of our fiscal year. Pursuant to
our Articles of Association, we may hold the meeting in Frankfurt am Main, Düsseldorf or any other
German city with over 500,000 inhabitants. Unless a shorter period is admissible by law, we must
give the notice convening the General Meeting at least 30 days before the last day on which
shareholders can register their attendance of the General Meeting (which is the third business day
immediately preceding that General Meeting). We are required to include details regarding the
shareholder attendance registration process and the issuance of admission cards in our invitation
to the General Meeting.
The Management Board, the Supervisory Board or shareholders holding at least 5 % of the
nominal value of our outstanding share capital may also call special General Meetings.
According to our Articles of Association our shares are issued in the form of registered shares.
For purposes of registration in the share register, all shareholders are required to notify us of
the number of shares they hold and, in the case of natural persons, of their name, address and date
of birth and, in the case of legal persons, of their registered name, business address and
registered domicile. The record date to determine which shareholders are entitled to vote at a
General Meeting is the date of that General Meeting. Both being registered in our share register
and the timely registration for attendance of the General Meeting constitute prerequisite
conditions for any shareholder’s attendance and exercise of voting rights at the General Meeting.
Shareholders may register their attendance of a General Meeting with the Management Board (or as
otherwise designated in the invitation) by written notice, by telefax or electronically, no later
than the third business day immediately preceding the date of that General Meeting. Any
shareholders whose holdings have reached certain thresholds and who have not fulfilled the
notification requirements summarized under
“Notification Requirements” below are precluded from exercising any rights attached to their
shares, including voting rights.
Under German law, upon our request a registered shareholder must inform us whether that shareholder
owns the shares registered in its name or whether that shareholder holds the shares for any other
person as a nominee shareholder. Both the nominee shareholder and the person for whom the shares
are held have an obligation to provide the same personal data as required for registration in the
share register with respect to the person for whom the shares are held. For so long as a registered
shareholder does not provide the requested information as to its holding of
the shares or, in the case of nominee shareholding, the required information about the person for
whom the shares are held has not been provided, the voting rights attached to the shares held by
that registered shareholder are
suspended.
Shareholders may appoint proxies to represent them at General Meetings. As a matter of German law,
a proxy relating to voting rights granted by shares may be revoked at any time. Any voting
instructions given by a shareholder for a General Meeting are null and void if the shareholder
sells or disposes of the shares prior to the record date for that General Meeting.
As a foreign private issuer, we are not required to file a proxy statement under U.S. securities
law. The proxy voting process for our shareholders in the United States is substantially similar to
the process for publicly held companies incorporated in the United States.
The Annual General Meeting normally concludes with the passage of resolutions on the following matters:
—
appropriation and distribution of balance sheet profits (Bilanzgewinn) from the preceding fiscal year;
—
formal ratification of the acts (Entlastung) of the Management Board and the Supervisory Board in the
preceding fiscal year; and
—
appointment of independent auditors for the current fiscal year.
A simple majority of votes cast is generally sufficient to approve a measure, except in cases where
a greater majority is otherwise required by our Articles of Association or by law. Under the Stock
Corporation Act, certain resolutions of
fundamental importance require a majority of at least 75 % of the registered capital
present at the General Meeting adopting the resolution, in addition to a majority of the votes
cast. Such resolutions include the following matters, among others:
capital increases that exclude subscription rights;
—
capital reductions;
—
creation of authorized or conditional capital;
—
our dissolution;
—
actions involving legal conversion such as mergers, spin-offs and changes in our legal form;
—
transfer of all our assets;
—
integration of another company ;
—
intercompany agreements (in particular, domination and profit-transfer agreements)
Under certain circumstances, such as when a resolution violates our Articles of Association or the
Stock Corporation Act, shareholders may petition the appropriate Regional Court (Landgericht) in
Germany to set aside resolutions adopted at the General Meeting.
Under German law, the rights of shareholders as a group can be changed by amendment of the
company’s articles of association. Any amendment of our Articles of Association requires a
resolution of the General Meeting. The authority to amend our Articles of Association, insofar as
such amendments merely relate to the wording, such as changes of the share capital as a result of
the issuance of authorized capital, has been assigned to our Supervisory Board by our Articles of
Association. Pursuant to our Articles of Association, the resolutions of the General Meeting are
taken by a simple majority of votes and, insofar as a majority of capital stock is required, by a
simple majority of capital stock, except where law or our Articles of Association determine
otherwise. The rights of individual shareholders can only
be changed with their consent. Amendments to the Articles of Association become effective upon
their entry in the Commercial Register.
As described further below, measures under the German Financial Market Stabilization Act may affect
shareholder rights without requiring shareholder approval.
Share Register
We maintain a share register with Registrar Services GmbH and our New York transfer agent,
pursuant to an agency agreement between us and Registrar Services GmbH and a sub-agency agreement
between Registrar Services GmbH and the New York transfer agent.
Our share register will be open for inspection by shareholders during normal business hours at our
offices at Theodor-Heuss-Allee 70, 60486 Frankfurt am Main, Germany. The share register generally
contains each shareholder’s surname, first name, date of birth, address and the number or the
quantity of our shares held. Shareholders may prevent their personal information from appearing in
the share register by holding their securities through a bank or custodian. Although the
shareholder would remain the beneficial owner of the securities, only the bank’s or custodian’s
name would appear in the share register.
For a summary of our dividend policy and legal basis for dividends under German law, see “Item
8: Financial Information – Dividend Policy.”
Increases in Share Capital
German law and our Articles of Association permit us to increase our share capital in any of three ways:
—
Resolution by our General Meeting authorizing the issuance of new shares.
—
Resolution by our General Meeting authorizing the Management Board,
subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board, to issue new shares up
to a specified amount (no more than 50 % of existing capital) within
a specified
period, which may not exceed five years. This is referred to as authorized capital (genehmigtes Kapital).
—
Resolution by our General Meeting authorizing the issuance of new shares
up to a specified amount (no more than 50 % of existing capital) for
specific purposes, such as for employee stock options, for use as
consideration in a merger or to issue to holders of convertible bonds or
other convertible securities. This is referred to as conditional capital
(bedingtes Kapital).
The issuance of new ordinary shares by resolution of the General Meeting requires the simple
majority of the votes cast and of the share capital present at that General Meeting. Resolutions of
the General Meeting concerning the creation of authorized or conditional capital require the simple
majority of the votes cast and a majority of at least 75 % of the share capital present at
that General Meeting.
The German Financial Market Stabilization Act of October 17, 2008 (referred to as the Stabilization
Act) permits
German banks and other companies of the financial sector organized as stock corporations (like us)
to increase their share capital by up to 50 % of the amount existing on October 18, 2008,
the date on which the Stabilization Act
became effective. Such capital increase is effected by a resolution of the Management Board and
subject to approval by the Supervisory Board but not (as would otherwise be required) of the
General Meeting. Shares issued under this authorization must be sold to the Financial Market
Stabilization Fund (referred to as the Fund). The Fund is a special fund (Sondervermögen) created
by the Stabilization Act to acquire rights and incur obligations in its own name for which the
Federal Republic of Germany is liable. The Federal Ministry of Finance determines whether the Fund
will implement stabilization measures to support financial institutions in distress and which
measures will be employed. Shareholders will have no pre-emptive rights in respect of shares issued
under this authorization. If the Funds resells the shares so acquired it is to grant a subscription
right to the other shareholders. The authorization to increase the share capital as described above
is limited until December 31, 2009.
Liquidation Rights
The Stock Corporation Act requires that if we are liquidated, any liquidation proceeds
remaining after the payment of all our liabilities will be distributed to our shareholders in
proportion to their shareholdings.
Preemptive Rights
In principle, holders of our shares have preemptive rights allowing them to subscribe to any
shares, bonds convertible into, or attached warrants to subscribe for, our shares or participatory
certificates we issue. Such preemptive rights are in proportion to the number of shares currently
held by the shareholder. Shareholders may waive their preemptive rights with respect to any capital
increase, however, as part of the resolution by the General Meeting on that capital
increase. Such a resolution by the General Meeting on a capital increase that excludes the
shareholders’ preemptive rights with respect thereto requires both a majority of the votes cast and
a majority of at least 75 % of the share capital present at that General Meeting. A
resolution to exclude preemptive rights requires that the proposed exclusion was expressly notified
in the agenda to the General Meeting and that the Management Board presented a written report about
the reasons for the exclusion. Under the Stock Corporation Act, preemptive rights may in particular
be excluded with respect to capital increases not exceeding 10 % of the existing share
capital with an issue price payable in cash not significantly below the stock exchange price at the
time of issuance. In addition, shareholders may, in a resolution by the General Meeting on
authorized capital, include the authorization of the Management Board to exclude the preemptive
rights with respect to that authorized capital either generally or under specific circumstances set
forth in that resolution.
Shareholders are generally permitted to transfer their preemptive rights. Preemptive rights may be
traded on one
or more German stock exchanges for a limited number of days prior to the final day the preemptive
rights can be exercised.
Notices and Reports
We publish notices pertaining to our shares and the General Meeting in the electronic German
Federal Gazette
(elektronischer Bundesanzeiger) and, when so required, in at least one national newspaper
designated for exchange notices.
We send our New York transfer agent, through publication or otherwise, a copy of each of our
notices pertaining to any General Meeting, any adjourned General Meeting or our actions with
respect to any cash or other distributions
or the offering of any rights. We provide such notices in the form given or to be given to our
shareholders. Our
New York transfer agent is requested to arrange for the mailing of such notices to all shareholders
registered in
the New York registry.
We will make all notices we send to shareholders available at our principal office for inspection
by shareholders.
Registrar Services GmbH and our New York transfer agent will send copies of all notices pertaining
to General Meetings to all registered shareholders. Registrar Services GmbH and our New York
transfer agent will send copies of other notices or information material, such as quarterly reports
or shareholder letters, to those registered shareholders who have requested to receive such notices
or information material.
Charges of Transfer Agents
We pay Registrar Services GmbH and our New York transfer agent customary fees for their
services as transfer agents and registrars. Our shareholders will not be required to pay Registrar
Services GmbH or our New York
transfer agent any fees or charges in connection with their transfers of shares in the share
register. Our shareholders will also not be required to pay any fees in connection with the
conversion of dividends from euros to U.S. dollars.
Liability of Transfer Agents
Neither Registrar Services GmbH nor our New York transfer agent will be liable to shareholders
if prevented or
delayed by law, or any circumstances beyond their control, from performing their obligations as
transfer agents and registrars.
Disclosure of Interests in Publicly Traded Stock Corporations under the German Securities
Trading Act and the German Securities Acquisition and Takeover Act
Pursuant to the German Securities Trading Act (Wertpapierhandelsgesetz), any shareholder whose
voting rights in Deutsche Bank, through acquisition, sale or by other means, reaches, exceeds or
falls below a 3 %, 5 %, 10 %, 15 %, 20 %, 25 %,
30 %, 50 % or 75 % threshold must notify in writing and without undue
delay, but at the latest within four trading days, Deutsche Bank and the BaFin thereof and of its
current aggregate voting rights. The same notification obligation at the same thresholds (with the
exception of the 3 % threshold) exists under the Securities Trading Act with regard to
financial instruments whose holders are, by a legally binding agreement, vested with the right to
acquire existing Deutsche Bank shares. Holdings in those financial instruments are aggregated with
voting rights attached to shares held for purposes of determining whether any of the relevant
notification thresholds have been triggered. We must publish notifications received without undue
delay, but no later than within three trading days after their receipt, and report such publication
to the BaFin.
According to the recently enacted Risk Limitation Act (Risikobegrenzungsgesetz), as from May 31,2009, shareholders whose voting rights reach or exceed thresholds of 10 %, 15 %,
20 %, 25 %, 30 %, 50 % or 75 % of the voting rights in
Deutsche Bank will be obligated to inform Deutsche Bank within 20 trading days of the purpose of
their investment and the origin of the funds used for such investment unless this new legal
requirement has been waived by amendment to our Articles of Association.
Pursuant to the Securities Acquisition and Takeover Act (Wertpapiererwerbs- und Übernahmegesetz),
any person holding directly or indirectly at least 30 % of the voting rights in Deutsche
Bank must, within seven calendar days, publish this fact, including its current aggregate voting
rights.
Both the German Securities Trading Act and the Securities Acquisition and Takeover Act contain
various provisions regarding the attribution of shareholdings to an investor based on effective,
rather than direct, control of voting rights.
Shareholders failing to comply with their notification obligations will be precluded from
exercising any rights attached to their shares (including voting rights and the right to receive
dividends) until proper notice has been given. Under the Securities Trading Act, if the breach of
the notification obligation was willful or grossly negligent and related to the amount of voting
rights held and the deviation of the incorrect notification from the actual holding amounts to
10 % or more of that holding, the preclusion of voting rights will be extended for a
six-month period from the day the late
or corrected notification is made. Non-compliance with the disclosure requirement may also result
in a fine.
Disclosure of Participations in a Credit Institution
The German Banking Act (Kreditwesengesetz) requires any person intending to acquire, alone or
acting in concert with another person, a significant participation (bedeutende Beteiligung) in a
credit or financial services institution to notify the BaFin and the Bundesbank without undue delay
and in writing of the intended acquisition. In particular, the acquisition of 10 % or more
of the institution’s voting rights or capital, directly or indirectly through one or more
subsidiaries or in concert with other persons, or if a significant influence can be exercised on
the management of the institution in which a participation is held, is deemed a significant
participation. The required notice must contain information demonstrating, among others, the
reliability of the investor, in the case of a corporation or other legal entity, the
reliability of its directors and officers.
A person holding a significant participation must also notify the BaFin and the Bundesbank without
undue delay and in writing of any intention to increase the participation up to or beyond the
thresholds of 20 %, 30 % or 50 % of the voting rights or capital or in such
way that the institution comes under such person’s control.
Moreover, a person holding a significant participation must also notify the BaFin and the
Bundesbank without undue delay and in writing if such person intends to reduce the participation
below 10 % or below one of the other thresholds described above.
The BaFin may, within a period of 60 business days following its confirmation that it received the
complete notification, prohibit the intended acquisition if facts are known that warrant the
assumption that the acquirer or its directors and officers are not reliable or financially sound,
that the participation would impair the effective supervision of the institution, that the
prospective managing director (Geschäftsleiter) is not reliable or not qualified, that money
laundering or financing of terrorism has occurred or been attempted in connection with the intended
acquisition, or that there would be an increased risk of such illegal acts as a result of the
intended acquisition. During the review period the BaFin may request additional information
necessary for its determination. Such a request interrupts the review period for up to 20 working
days.
If a person acquires a significant participation despite such prohibition or without notifying the
BaFin or the Bundesbank, the BaFin may prohibit the person from exercising the voting rights
attached to the shares. In addition,
non-compliance with the notification requirement may result in the imposition of a fine in
accordance with statutory provisions.
Review of Acquisition of 25 % or more by the German Federal Ministry of Economics and
Technology
The German government introduced a bill to amend the German Foreign Trade Act
(Außenwirtschaftsgesetz) and
the Foreign Trade Regulation (Außenwirtschaftsverordnung). Under the amendment, which is expected
to become effective by the end of March or in April 2009, the direct or indirect acquisition of
25 % or more of the voting rights in a German company an investor from outside the European
Union and the European Free Trade Association (Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway and Switzerland) or
by an investor 25 % or more of the voting rights of which are owned by an investor from
outside the aforementioned regions may be reviewed by the German Federal Ministry of Economics
and Technology. If such Ministry determines that the acquisition poses a threat to the public order
or the safety of the Federal Republic of Germany, it may impose conditions on or suspend the
acquisition or require that it be unwound. The decision to review an acquisition must be made
within three months following the conclusion of the contract or publication of a takeover bid. The
review must be completed within two months following receipt of complete information on the
transaction. No notification of the acquisition is required but the acquiror may seek pre-clearance
of a proposed acquisition from the Federal Ministry of Economics and Technology.
In the usual course of our business, we enter into numerous contracts with various other
entities. We have not, however, entered into any material contracts outside the ordinary course of
our business within the past two years.
As in other member states of the European Union, regulations issued by the competent European
Union authorities to comply with United Nations Resolutions have caused freeze orders on assets of
certain legal and natural persons designated in such regulations. Currently, these European Union
regulations relate to persons of or in Myanmar (Burma), Côte d’Ivoire, the Democratic Republic of
Congo (Zaire), Iran, Iraq, Liberia, North Korea, Sudan and
Zimbabwe, as well as persons associated with terrorism, the Taliban, Slobodan Milosevic, the
deceased former president of Serbia and Yugoslavia, and other persons indicted by the International
Criminal Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia, and President Alexander Lukashenko and certain other
officials of Belarus.
With some exceptions, corporations or individuals residing in Germany are required to report to the
Bundesbank any payment received from, or made to or for the account of, a nonresident corporation
or individual that exceeds € 12,500 (or the equivalent in a foreign currency). This reporting
requirement is for statistical purposes.
Subject to the above-mentioned exceptions, there are currently no German laws, decrees or
regulations that would prevent the transfer of capital or remittance of dividends or other payments
to our shareholders who are not residents or citizens of Germany.
There are also no restrictions under German law or our Articles of Association concerning the right
of nonresident or foreign shareholders to hold our shares or to exercise any applicable voting
rights. Where the investment reaches
or exceeds certain thresholds, certain reporting obligations apply and the investment may become
subject to review by the BaFin and other competent authorities. See “Item 10: Additional
Information – Memorandum and Articles of Association – Notification Requirements.”
Taxation
The following is a summary of the material German and United States federal income tax
consequences of the ownership and disposition of shares for a resident of the United States for
purposes of the income tax convention between the United States and Germany (the “Treaty”) who is
fully eligible for benefits under the Treaty. A U.S. resident will generally be entitled to Treaty
benefits if it is:
—
the beneficial owner of shares (and of the dividends paid with respect to the shares);
—
an individual resident of the United States, a U.S. corporation, or a partnership, estate or trust to the extent its income
is subject to taxation in the United States in its hands or in the hands of its partners or beneficiaries;
—
not also a resident of Germany for German tax purposes; and
—
not subject to “anti-treaty shopping” articles under German domestic law or the Treaty that apply in limited circumstances.
The Treaty benefits discussed below generally are not available to shareholders who hold shares in
connection with the conduct of business through a permanent establishment, or the performance of
personal services through a fixed base, in Germany. The summary does not discuss the treatment of
those shareholders.
The summary does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations
that may be relevant to any particular shareholder, including tax considerations that arise from
rules of general application or that are
generally assumed to be known by shareholders. In particular, the summary deals only with
shareholders that will hold shares as capital assets and does not address the tax treatment of
shareholders that are subject to special rules, such as fiduciaries of pension, profit-sharing or
other employee benefit plans, banks, insurance companies, dealers in securities or currencies,
persons that hold shares as a position in a straddle, conversion transaction, synthetic security or
other integrated financial transaction, persons that elect mark-to-market treatment, persons that
own, directly or indirectly, ten percent or more of our voting stock, persons that hold shares
through a partnership and persons whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar. The summary
is based on German and U.S. laws, treaties and regulatory interpretations, including in the United
States current and proposed U.S. Treasury regulations as of the date hereof, all of which are
subject to change.
Shareholders should consult their own advisors regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and
disposition of shares in light of their particular circumstances, including the effect of any
state, local, or other national laws.
Taxation of Dividends
Dividends that we pay after January 1, 2009 are subject to German withholding tax at an
aggregate rate of 26.375 % (consisting of a 25 % withholding tax and a
1.375 % surcharge). Under the Treaty, a U.S. resident will be entitled to receive a refund from the
German tax authorities of 11.375 in respect of a declared dividend of 100. For example, for a
declared dividend of 100, a U.S. resident initially will receive 73.625 and may claim a refund from
the German tax authorities of 11.375 and, therefore, receive a total cash payment of 85 (i.e.,
85 % of the declared dividend). For U.S. tax purposes, a U.S. resident will be deemed to
have received total dividends of 100 with the option, subject to applicable limitations, to credit
or deduct withholding tax suffered. In any event, German withholding tax will be levied on the full
amount of the cash dividend paid to a U.S. resident as described above.
The gross amount of dividends that a U.S. resident receives (including amounts withheld in respect
of German withholding tax) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income taxation as foreign
source dividend income, and will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally
allowed to U.S. corporations. German withholding tax at the 15 % rate provided under the
Treaty will be treated as a foreign income tax that, subject to generally applicable limitations
under U.S. tax law, is eligible for credit against a U.S. resident’s U.S. federal income tax
liability or, at its election, may be deducted in computing taxable income. Thus, for a declared
dividend of 100, a U.S. resident will be deemed to have paid German taxes of 15. A U.S. resident
cannot claim credits for German taxes that would have been
refunded to it if it had filed a claim for refund. Foreign tax credits will not be allowed for
withholding taxes imposed in respect of certain short-term or hedged positions in securities. U.S.
tax authorities have indicated an intention to
use existing law and to issue new regulations to limit the creditability of foreign withholding
taxes in certain situations, including where the burden of foreign taxes is separated
inappropriately from the related foreign income.
Subject to certain exceptions for short-term and hedged positions, the U.S. dollar amount of
dividends received by certain non-corporate U.S. shareholders with respect to shares before January1, 2011 will be subject to taxation at a maximum rate of 15 % if the dividends are
“qualified dividends.” Dividends received with respect to shares will be qualified dividends if we
(i) are eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States that
the IRS has approved for purposes of the qualified dividend rules and (ii) were not, in the year
prior to the year
in which the dividend was paid, and are not, in the year in which the dividend is paid, a passive
foreign investment company (“PFIC”). The current income tax treaty between the United States and
Germany (the “Treaty”) has been approved for purposes of the qualified dividend rules, and we
believe we qualify for benefits under the Treaty. The
determination whether we are a PFIC must be made annually depending on the particular facts and
circumstances, such as the valuation of our assets, including goodwill and other intangible assets,
at the time. Based on our audited financial statements and relevant market and shareholder data, we
believe that we were not treated as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to our
taxable year ended December 31, 2008. In addition, based on our current expectations regarding the
value and nature of our assets, the sources and nature of our income, and relevant market and
shareholder data, we do not currently anticipate becoming a PFIC for our taxable year ending
December 31, 2009, or for the foreseeable future. The PFIC rules are however complex and their
application to financial services companies are unclear. Each U.S. shareholder should consult its
own tax advisor regarding the potential applicability of the PFIC regime to us and its implications
for their particular circumstances.
If a U.S. resident receives a dividend paid in euros, it will recognize income in a U.S. dollar
amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date of receipt, regardless of
whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. If dividends are converted into U.S.
dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. resident generally should not be required to recognize
foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend income but may be required to recognize
foreign currency gain or loss on the receipt of a refund in respect of German withholding tax (but
not with respect
to the portion of the Treaty refund that is treated as an additional dividend) to the extent the
U.S. dollar value of the refund differs from the U.S. dollar equivalent of that amount on the date
of receipt of the underlying dividend.
Refund Procedures
To claim a refund, a U.S. resident must submit, within four years from the end of the calendar
year in which the dividend is received, a claim for refund to the German tax authorities together
with the original bank voucher (or certified copy thereof) issued by the paying entity documenting
the tax withheld. Claims for refunds are made on a special German claim for refund form (Form
E-USA), which must be filed with the German tax authorities: Bundeszentralamt für Steuern (formerly
Bundesamt für Finanzen), An der Küppe 1, 53225 Bonn, Germany. The German claim for refund forms may
be obtained from the German tax authorities at the same address where the applications are filed,
from the Embassy of the Federal Republic of Germany, 4645 Reservoir Road, N.W., Washington, D.C.20007-1998 or from
the Office of International Operations, Internal Revenue Service, 1325 K Street, N.W., Washington,
D.C. 20225, Attention: Taxpayer Service Division, Room 900 or can be downloaded from the homepage
of the Bundeszentralamt für Steuern (http://www.bzst.bund.de).
A U.S. resident must also submit to the German tax authorities a certification (on IRS Form 6166)
with respect to its last filed U.S. federal income tax return. The certification may be obtained
from the office of the Director of the Internal Revenue Service Center by filing a request for
certification with the Internal Revenue Service, P.O. Box 42530, Philadelphia, PA19101-2530.
Requests for certification are to be made in writing or by faxing a request and must include the
U.S. resident’s name, social security number or employer identification number, tax return form
number, the address where the certification should be sent, the name of the country requesting the
certification (Germany), and the tax year being certified. Generally, the tax year being certified
would most likely reflect the period of the U.S. resident’s last filed tax return. If the U.S.
resident desires a “current year” Form 6166, its Form 6166 request must include a penalties of
perjury statement, which has been signed by it in the current year under penalties of perjury,
certifying that (1) it is a resident of the United States currently, and (2) it will continue to be
a resident of the United States for the remainder of the current, taxable year. For the purpose of
requesting IRS Form 6166 it must use IRS Form 8802 (which will not be processed unless a user fee
is paid). Requests for certification can include a request to the Internal
Revenue Service to send the certification directly to the German tax authorities. This
certification is valid for three years.
The former simplified refund procedure for U.S. residents by the Depository Trust Company is not
available for
dividends received after December 31, 2008. The former simplified refund procedure has been revoked
by the
German Ministry of Finance as of year-end 2008. Instead an IT-supported quick-refund procedure is
available
(“Datenträgerverfahren – DTV” / “Data Medium Procedure – DMP”) for dividends received after
December 31, 2008. If the U.S. resident’s bank or broker elects to participate in the DMP, it will
perform administrative functions necessary to claim the Treaty refund for the beneficiaries. The
refund beneficiaries must confirm to the DMP participant that they meet the conditions of the
U.S.-German treaty provisions and that they authorize the DMP participant to file applications and
receive notices and payments on their behalf. Further each refund beneficiary must confirm
—
that it is the beneficial owner of the dividends received,
—
that it is resident in the U.S. in the meaning of the U.S.-German treaty,
—
that it does not have his domicile, residence or place of management in Germany,
—
that the dividends received do not form part of a permanent establishment or fixed base in Germany, and
—
that it commits, due to his participation in the DMP, not to claim separately for refund.
The beneficiaries also must provide a “certification of filing a tax return” on IRS Form 6166 with
the DMP participant. The DMP participant is required to keep these documents in its files and
prepare and file a combined claim for refund with the German tax authorities by electronic media.
The combined claim provides evidence of a U.S. resident’s personal data including its U.S. Tax
Identification Number.
The German tax authorities reserve the right to audit the entitlement to tax refunds for several
years following their payment pursuant to the U.S.-German treaty in individual cases. The DMP
participant must assist with the audit by providing the necessary details or by forwarding the
queries to the respective refund beneficiaries/shareholders.
The German tax authorities will issue refunds denominated in euros. In the case of shares held
through banks or brokers participating in the Depository Trust Company, the refunds will be issued
to the Depository Trust Company, which will convert the refunds to U.S. dollars. The resulting
amounts will be paid to banks or brokers for the account of holders.
If a U.S. resident holds its shares through a bank or broker who elects to participate in the DMP,
it could take at least three weeks for it to receive a refund after a combined claim for refund has
been filed with the German tax authorities. If a U.S. resident files a claim for refund directly
with the German tax authorities, it could take at least eight months for it to receive a refund.
The length of time between filing a claim for refund and receipt of that refund is uncertain and we
can give no assurances as to when any refund will be received.
Taxation of Capital Gains
Under the Treaty, a U.S. resident will not be subject to German capital gains tax in respect of
a sale or other disposition of shares. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. holder will
recognize capital gain or loss on the sale or other disposition of shares in an amount equal to the
difference between such holder’s tax basis in the shares, and the U.S. dollar value of the amount
realized from the sale or other disposition. Such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss,
and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares were held for more than one year. The net
amount of long-term capital gain realized by an individual generally is subject to taxation at a
current maximum rate of 15 %. Any such gain generally would be treated as income arising
from sources within the United States; any such loss would generally be allocated against U.S.
source income. The ability to offset capital losses against ordinary income is subject to
limitations.
Shareholders whose shares are held in an account with a German bank or financial services
institution (including a German branch of a non-German bank or financial services institution) are
urged to consult their own advisors. This summary does not discuss their particular tax situation.
German Gift and Inheritance Taxes
Under the current estate, inheritance and gift tax treaty between the United States and Germany
(the “Estate Tax Treaty”), a transfer of shares generally will not be subject to German gift or
inheritance tax so long as the donor or decedent, and the heir, donee or other beneficiary, was not
domiciled in Germany for purposes of the Estate Tax Treaty at the time the gift was made, or at the
time of the decedent’s death, and the shares were not held in connection with a permanent
establishment or fixed base in Germany.
The Estate Tax Treaty provides a credit against U.S. federal estate and gift tax liability for the
amount of inheritance and gift tax paid in Germany, subject to certain limitations, in a case where
shares are subject to German inheritance or gift tax and United States federal estate or gift tax.
Other German Taxes
There are presently no German net wealth, transfer, stamp or other similar taxes that would
apply to a U.S. resident as a result of the receipt, purchase, ownership or sale of shares.
United States Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Dividends and payments of the proceeds on a sale of shares, paid within the United States or
through certain
U.S.-related financial intermediaries are subject to information reporting and may be subject to
backup withholding unless the U.S. resident (1) is a corporation or other exempt recipient or (2)
provides a taxpayer identification number and certifies (on IRS Form W-9) that no loss of exemption
from backup withholding has occurred.
Shareholders that are not U.S. persons generally are not subject to information reporting or backup
withholding. However, a non-U.S. person may be required to provide a certification (generally on
IRS Form W-8BEN) of its non-U.S. status in connection with payments received in the United States
or through a U.S.-related financial intermediary.
Backup withholding tax is not an additional tax, and any amounts withheld under the backup
withholding rules will be
allowed as a refund or a credit against a holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the
required information is furnished to the IRS.
Dividends and Paying Agents
Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.
Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.
Documents on Display
We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended. In accordance with these requirements, we file reports and other information with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. You may inspect and copy these materials, including this
document and its exhibits, at the Commission’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room
1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the Commission’s regional offices at
175 W. Jackson Boulevard, Suite 900, Chicago, Illinois60604, and at 3 World Financial Center,
Suite 400, New York, New York, 10281-1022. You may obtain copies of the materials from the Public
Reference Room of the Commission at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at
prescribed rates. You may obtain information
on the operation of the Commission’s Public Reference Room by calling the Commission in the United
States at
1-800-SEC-0330. Our Securities and Exchange Commission filings are also available over the Internet
at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website at http://www.sec.gov under File Number
1-15242. In addition, you may visit the offices of the New York Stock Exchange at 20 Broad Street,
New York, New York10005 to inspect material filed by us.
20-F Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk
Item 11:
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk
Risk and Capital Management
The wide variety of our businesses requires us to identify, measure, aggregate and manage our
risks effectively, and to allocate our capital among our businesses appropriately. We manage risk
and capital through a framework of principles, organizational structures as well as measurement and
monitoring processes that are closely aligned with the activities of our group divisions. The
importance of a strong focus on risk management and the continuous need to refine risk management
practice has become particularly evident during the financial market crisis that began in 2007 and
continues through the date of this report. While our risk and capital management continuously
evolves and improves, there can be no assurance that all market developments, in particular those
of extreme nature, can be fully anticipated at all times.
Risk and Capital Management Principles
The following key principles underpin our approach to risk and capital management:
—
Our Management Board provides overall risk and capital management supervision for our consolidated Group. Our
Supervisory Board regularly monitors our risk and capital profile.
—
We manage credit, market, liquidity, operational, business, legal and reputational risks as well as our capital
in a coordinated manner at all relevant levels within our organization. This also holds true for complex
products which we typically manage within our framework established for trading exposures.
—
The structure of our integrated legal, risk & capital function is closely aligned with the structure of our group
divisions.
—
The legal, risk & capital function is independent of our group divisions.
Risk and Capital Management Organization
Our Chief Risk Officer, who is a member of our Management Board, is responsible for our credit,
market, liquidity, operational, business, legal and reputational risk management as well as capital
management activities within our consolidated Group and heads our integrated legal, risk & capital
function.
Two functional committees are central to the legal, risk & capital function. The Capital and Risk
Committee is chaired by our Chief Risk Officer, with the Chief Financial Officer being
Vice-Chairman. The responsibilities of the Capital and Risk Committee include risk profile and
capital planning, capital capacity monitoring and optimization of funding.
In addition, the Chief Risk Officer chairs our Risk Executive Committee, which is responsible for
management and control of the aforementioned risks across our consolidated Group. The Deputy Chief
Risk Officer reports directly to the Chief Risk Officer and is among the voting members of our Risk
Executive Committee.
Dedicated legal, risk & capital units are established with the mandate to:
—
Ensure that the business conducted within each division is consistent with the risk appetite that the
Capital and Risk Committee has set;
—
Formulate and implement risk and capital management policies, procedures and methodologies that are
appropriate to the businesses within each division;
—
Approve credit risk, market risk and liquidity risk limits;
—
Conduct periodic portfolio reviews to ensure that the portfolio of risks is within acceptable parameters; and
—
Develop and implement risk and capital management infrastructures and systems that are appropriate for each
division.
The Group Reputational Risk Committee (GRRC) is an official sub-committee of the Risk Executive
Committee and is chaired by the Chief Risk Officer. The GRRC reviews and makes final determinations
on all reputational risk issues, where escalation of such issues is deemed necessary by senior
business and regional management, or required under other Group policies and procedures.
Our finance and audit departments support our legal, risk & capital function. They operate
independently of both the group divisions and of the legal, risk & capital function. The role of
the finance department is to help quantify and verify the risk that we assume and ensure the
quality and integrity of our risk-related data. Our audit department performs risk-oriented reviews
of the design and operating effectiveness of our internal control procedures and provides
independent assessments to the Management Board and the Audit Committee of the Supervisory Board.
Categories of Risk
The most important risks we assume are specific banking risks and reputational risks, as well
as risks arising from the general business environment.
Specific Banking Risks
Our risk management processes distinguish among four kinds of specific banking risks: credit risk,
market risk, liquidity risk and operational risk.
—
Credit risk arises from all transactions that give rise to actual, contingent or potential claims against any counterparty, borrower or
obligor (which we refer to collectively as “counterparties”). We distinguish among three kinds of credit risk:
—
Default risk is the risk that counterparties fail to meet contractual payment obligations.
—
Country risk is the risk that we may suffer a loss, in any given country, due to any of the following reasons:
a possible deterioration of economic conditions, political and social upheaval,
nationalization and expropriation of assets, government repudiation of indebtedness, exchange
controls and disruptive currency depreciation or devaluation. Country risk includes transfer
risk which arises when debtors are unable to meet their obligations owing to an inability to
transfer assets to nonresidents due to direct sovereign intervention.
—
Settlement risk is the risk that the settlement or clearance of transactions will fail.
It arises whenever the
exchange of cash, securities and/or other assets is not simultaneous.
20-F Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk
—
Market risk arises from the uncertainty concerning changes in market prices and rates
(including interest
rates, equity prices, foreign exchange rates and commodity prices), the
correlations among them and their levels of volatility.
—
Liquidity risk is the risk arising from our potential
inability to meet all payment obligations when they
come due or only being able to meet these obligations
at excessive costs.
—
Operational risk is the potential for incurring
losses in relation to employees, contractual
specifications and documentation, technology,
infrastructure failure and disasters, projects,
external influences and customer relationships. This
definition includes legal and regulatory risk, but
excludes business and reputational risk.
Reputational Risk
Within our risk management processes, we define reputational risk as the risk that publicity
concerning a transaction, counterparty or business practice involving a client will negatively
impact the public’s trust in our organization.
Business Risk
Business risk describes the risk we assume due to potential changes in general business conditions,
such as our market environment, client behavior and technological progress. This can affect our
results if we fail to adjust quickly to these changing conditions.
Insurance Specific Risk
Our exposure to insurance risk increased upon our 2007 acquisition of Abbey Life Assurance Company
Limited and our 2006 acquisition of a stake in Paternoster Limited, a regulated insurance company.
We are primarily exposed to the following insurance-related risks.
—
Mortality and morbidity risks – the risks of a higher or lower than
expected number of death claims on assurance products and of an
occurrence of one or more large claims, and the risk of a higher or
lower than expected number of disability claims, respectively. We aim
to mitigate these risks by the use of reinsurance and the application
of discretionary charges. We investigate rates of mortality and
morbidity annually.
—
Longevity risk – the risk of faster or slower than expected
improvements in life expectancy on immediate and deferred annuity
products. We monitor this risk carefully against the latest external
industry data and emerging trends.
—
Expenses risk – the risk that policies cost more or less to
administer than expected. We monitor these expenses by an analysis of
our actual expenses relative to our budget. We investigate reasons for
any significant divergence from expectations and take remedial action.
We reduce the expense risk by having in place (until 2010 with the
option of renewal for two more years) an outsourcing agreement which covers the administration of the policies.
—
Persistency risk – the risk of a higher or lower than expected
percentage of lapsed policies. We assess our persistency rates
annually by reference to appropriate risk factors.
We use a comprehensive range of quantitative tools and metrics for monitoring and managing
risks. As a matter of policy, we continually assess the appropriateness and the reliability of our
quantitative tools and metrics in light of our changing risk environment. Some of these tools are
common to a number of risk categories, while others are tailored to the particular features of
specific risk categories. The following are the most important quantitative tools and metrics we
currently use to measure, manage and report our risk:
—
Economic capital. Economic capital measures the amount of capital we
need to absorb very severe unexpected losses arising from our
exposures. “Very severe” in this context means that economic capital
is set at a level to cover with a probability of 99.98 % the aggregated
unexpected losses within one year. We calculate economic
capital for the default risk, transfer risk and settlement risk
elements of credit risk, for market risk, for operational risk and for
general business risk. In 2008, we refined our economic capital
modeling in particular by completing a Group-wide roll-out of our
“multi-state” model for credit risk, which is intended to more
comprehensively capture the effects of rating migration. We further
modified our economic capital framework to capture more
comprehensively profit and loss effects due to fair value accounting.
As part of this model adjustment, we now report economic capital for
traded default risk and all assets which are fair valued through
profit and loss within market risk rather than credit risk. This
enables us to also measure the price volatility of these assets within
our economic capital. We use economic capital to show an aggregated
view of our risk position from individual business lines up to our
consolidated Group level. We also use economic capital (as well as
goodwill and other nonamortizing intangibles) in order to allocate our
book capital among our businesses. This enables us to assess each
business unit’s risk-adjusted profitability, which is a key metric in
managing our financial resources. In addition, we consider economic
capital, in particular for credit risk, when we measure the
risk-adjusted profitability of our client relationships. See “Overall
Risk Position” below for a quantitative summary of our economic
capital usage.
—
Expected loss. We use expected loss as a measure of our credit and
operational risk. Expected loss is a measurement of the loss we can
expect within a one-year period from these risks as of the respective
reporting date, based on our historical loss experience. When
calculating expected loss for credit risk, we take into account credit
risk ratings, collateral, maturities and statistical averaging
procedures to reflect the risk characteristics of our different types
of exposures and facilities. All parameter assumptions are based on
statistical averages of our internal default and loss history as well
as external benchmarks. We use expected loss as a tool of our risk
management process and as part of our management reporting systems. We
also consider the applicable results of the
expected loss calculations as a component of our collectively assessed
allowance for credit losses included in our financial statements. For
operational risk we determine the expected loss from statistical averages of
our internal loss history, recent risk trends as well as forward looking expert
estimates.
—
Value-at-Risk. We use the value-at-risk approach to
derive quantitative measures for our trading book
market risks under normal market conditions. Our
value-at-risk figures play a role in both internal
and external (regulatory) reporting. For a given
portfolio, value-at-risk measures the potential
future loss (in terms of market value) that,
under normal market conditions, will not be exceeded with a defined confidence
level in a defined period. The value-at-risk for a total portfolio represents a
measure of our diversified market risk (aggregated using pre-determined
correlations) in that portfolio.
—
Stress testing. We supplement our analysis of credit,
market, liquidity and operational risk with stress
testing. For market risk management purposes, we
perform stress tests because value-at-risk
calculations are based on relatively recent
historical data, only purport to estimate risk up to
a defined confidence level and assume good asset
liquidity. Therefore, they only reflect possible
losses under relatively normal market conditions.
Stress tests help us
20-F Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk
determine the effects of potentially extreme market developments on the value of our market risk sensitive exposures, both on our highly liquid
and less liquid trading positions as well as our investments. We use stress testing to determine the amount of economic capital we need to
allocate to cover our market risk exposure under the
scenarios of extreme market conditions we select for our simulations. Our 2008 experience in relation to these stress tests is discussed further
below. For credit risk management purposes, we perform stress tests to assess the impact of changes in general economic conditions on our credit
exposures or parts thereof as well as the impact on the creditworthiness of our portfolio. For liquidity risk management purposes, we perform
stress tests and scenario analysis to evaluate the impact of sudden stress events on our liquidity position. For operational risk management
purposes, we perform stress tests on our economic capital model to assess its sensitivity to changes in key model components, which include
external losses. Among other things, the results of these stress tests
enable us to assess the impact of significant changes in the frequency and/or severity of operational risk events on our operational risk economic
capital.
—
Regulatory risk assessment. German banking regulators assess our capacity to assume risk in several
ways, which are described in more detail in “Item 4: Information on the Company – Regulation and
Supervision” and Note [36] of the consolidated financial statements.
Credit Risk
We measure and manage our credit risk following the below principles:
—
In all our group divisions consistent standards are applied in the respective credit decision processes.
—
The approval of credit limits for counterparties and the management of our individual credit exposures
must fit within our portfolio guidelines and our credit strategies.
—
Every extension of credit or material change to a credit facility (such as its tenor, collateral
structure or major covenants) to any counterparty requires credit approval at the appropriate authority
level.
—
We assign credit approval authorities to individuals according to their qualifications, experience and
training, and we review these periodically.
—
We measure and consolidate all our credit exposures to each obligor on a global consolidated basis that
applies across our consolidated Group. We define an “obligor” as a group of individual borrowers that
are linked to one another by any of a number of criteria we have established, including capital
ownership, voting rights, demonstrable control, other indication of group affiliation; or are jointly
and severally liable for all or significant portions of the credit we have extended.
Credit Risk Ratings
A primary element of the credit approval process is a detailed risk assessment of every credit
exposure associated with a counterparty. Our risk assessment procedures consider both the
creditworthiness of the counterparty and the risks related to the specific type of credit facility
or exposure. This risk assessment not only affects the structuring of the transaction and the
outcome of the credit decision, but also influences the level of decision-making authority
required to extend or materially change the credit and the monitoring procedures we apply to the
ongoing exposure.
We have our own in-house assessment methodologies, scorecards and rating scale for evaluating the
creditworthiness of our counterparties. Our granular 26-grade rating scale, which is calibrated on
a probability of default measure based upon a statistical analysis of historical defaults in our
portfolio, enables us to compare our internal ratings with
common market practice and ensures comparability between different sub-portfolios of our
institution. Several default ratings therein enable us to incorporate the potential recovery rate
of defaulted exposure. We generally rate our credit exposures individually. When we assign our
internal risk ratings, we compare them with external risk ratings assigned to our counterparties by
the major international rating agencies, where possible.
Credit Limits
Credit limits set forth maximum credit exposures we are willing to assume over specified periods.
They relate to products, conditions of the exposure and other factors.
Monitoring Default Risk
We monitor all of our credit exposures on a continuing basis using the risk management tools
described above. We also have procedures in place intended to identify at an early stage credit
exposures for which there may be an increased risk of loss. We aim to identify counterparties that,
on the basis of the application of our risk management tools, demonstrate the likelihood of
problems well in advance in order to effectively manage the credit exposure and maximize the
recovery. The objective of this early warning system is to address potential problems while
adequate alternatives for action are still available. This early risk detection is a tenet of our
credit culture and is intended to
ensure that greater attention is paid to such exposures. In instances where we have identified
counterparties where problems might arise, the respective exposure is placed on a watchlist.
Monitoring Traded Default Risk
We monitor corporate default exposures in our developed markets’ trading book with a dedicated risk
management unit combining our credit and market risk expertise. We use appropriate portfolio limits
and ratings-driven thresholds on single-issuer basis, combined with our market risk management
tools to risk manage such positions. Positions outside of this scope continue to be risk managed by
our respective credit and market risk units.
Loan Exposure Management Group
As part of our overall
framework of risk management, the Loan Exposure Management Group
(“LEMG”)
focuses on managing the credit risk of loans and lending-related commitments of the international
investment-grade portfolio and the medium-sized German companies’ portfolio within our Corporate
and Investment Bank Group Division.
Acting as a central pricing reference, LEMG provides the respective Corporate and Investment Bank
Group Division businesses with an observed or derived capital market rate for loan applications;
however, the decision of whether or not the business can enter into the loan remains with Credit
Risk Management.
LEMG is concentrating on two primary initiatives within the credit risk framework to further
enhance risk management discipline, improve returns and use capital more efficiently:
—
to reduce single-name and industry credit risk concentrations within the credit portfolio, and
—
to manage credit exposures actively by utilizing techniques including loan sales, securitization via collateralized loan
obligations, default insurance coverage and single-name and portfolio credit default swaps.
The notional amount of LEMG’s risk reduction activities increased by 21 % from € 47.0
billion as of December 31, 2007, to € 56.7 billion as of December 31, 2008.
20-F Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk
As of year-end 2008, LEMG held credit derivatives with an underlying notional amount of € 36.5
billion. The position totaled € 31.6 billion as of December 31, 2007.
The credit derivatives used for our portfolio management activities are accounted for at fair
value.
LEMG also mitigated the credit risk of € 20.1 billion of loans and lending-related
commitments as of December 31, 2008, by synthetic collateralized loan obligations supported
predominantly by financial guarantees and, to a lesser extent, credit derivatives for which the
first loss piece has been sold. This position totaled € 15.3 billion as of December 31,2007. LEMG further mitigated the credit risk of € 70 million of loans and lending-related
commitments as of December 31, 2008 by way of credit-linked notes. This position totaled € 74
million as of December 31, 2007. Credit risk mitigation by way of credit-linked notes or
synthetic collateralized loan obligations supported by financial guarantees addresses the credit
risk of the less liquid underlying positions.
LEMG has elected to use the fair value option under IAS 39 to report loans and commitments
at fair value, provided the criteria for this option are met. The notional amount of loans and
commitments reported at fair value increased during the year to € 50.5 billion as of
December 31, 2008, from € 44.7 billion as of December 31, 2007, as new loans were originated
and those that qualified were designated to be reported at fair value. By reporting loans and
commitments at fair value, LEMG has significantly reduced profit and loss volatility that resulted
from the accounting mismatch that existed when all loans and commitments were reported at
historical cost while derivative hedges were reported at fair value.
Credit Exposure
We define our credit exposure as all transactions where losses might occur due to the fact that
counterparties may not fulfill their contractual payment obligations. We calculate the gross amount
of the exposure without taking into account any collateral, other credit enhancement or credit risk
mitigating transactions. In the tables below, we show details about several of our main credit
exposure categories, namely loans, irrevocable lending commitments, contingent liabilities and
over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives:
—
“Loans” are net loans as reported on our balance sheet at amortized cost but before deduction of our allowance for loan
losses.
—
“Irrevocable lending commitments” consist of the undrawn portion of irrevocable lending-related commitments.
—
“Contingent liabilities” consist of financial and performance guarantees, standby letters of credit and indemnity
agreements.
—
“OTC derivatives” are our credit exposures from over-the-counter derivative transactions that we have entered into, after
netting and cash collateral received. On our balance sheet, these are included in trading assets or, for derivatives
qualifying for hedge accounting, in other assets, in either case, before netting and cash collateral
received.
Although we consider them in monitoring our credit exposures, the following are not included in the
tables below: cash and due from banks, interest-earning deposits with banks, and accrued interest
receivables, amounting to € 79.2 billion at December 31, 2008 and € 37.8 billion at
December 31, 2007, forward committed repurchase and
reverse repurchase agreements of € 38.4 billion at December 31, 2008 and € 56.3
billion at December 31, 2007, “tradable assets”, which include bonds, loans and other
fixed-income products that are in our trading assets and in securi-
The following table breaks down several of our main credit exposure categories by geographical
region. For this table, we have allocated exposures to regions based on the country of domicile of
our counterparties, irrespective of any affiliations the counterparties may have with corporate
groups domiciled elsewhere. The increases in the below credit exposure were primarily in loans and
derivatives and for both within Western Europe and North America. The loan increase was partly due
to € 34.4 billion assets being reclassified under IAS 39 while the derivative increase was
driven by large interest rate moves and to a lesser extent by volatile markets.
Includes irrevocable lending commitments related to consumer credit exposure of € 2.8 billion as of December 31, 2008 and € 2.7 billion as December 31, 2007.
3
Includes the effect of master agreement netting and cash collateral received where applicable.
4
Includes supranational organizations and other exposures that we have not allocated to a single region.
The following table breaks down several of our main credit exposure categories according to the
industry sectors of our counterparties.
Includes irrevocable lending commitments related to consumer credit exposure of € 2.8 billion as of December 31, 2008 and € 2.7 billion as of December 31, 2007.
3
Includes the effect of master agreement netting and cash collateral received where applicable.
4
Loan exposures for Other include lease financing.
5
Included in the category
“Other” is investment counseling and administration exposure of € 67.9 billion and € 54.8 billion as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.
Our loans, irrevocable lending commitments, contingent liabilities and OTC derivatives-related
credit exposure to our ten largest counterparties accounts for 7 % of our aggregated total
credit exposure in these categories as of December 31, 2008. Our top ten counterparty exposures are
typically with well-rated counterparties or relate to structured trades which show high levels of
collateralization.
20-F Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk
We also classify our credit exposure under two broad headings: corporate credit exposure and consumer credit
exposure.
—
Our corporate credit exposure consists of all exposures not defined as consumer credit exposure.
—
Our consumer credit exposure consists of our smaller-balance standardized homogeneous loans,
primarily in Germany, Italy and Spain, which include personal loans, residential and
nonresidential mortgage loans, overdrafts and loans to self-employed and small business
customers of our private and retail business.
Corporate Credit Exposure
The following table breaks down several of our main corporate credit exposure categories according
to the creditworthiness categories of our counterparties.
This
table reflects an increase in our corporate loan book, of which € 34.4 billion was due
to assets reclassified to loans according to IAS 39, as well as a continued good quality of our
lending-related credit exposures. The portion of our corporate loan book carrying an
investment-grade rating decreased from 70 % at December 31, 2007 to 66 % at
December 31, 2008, reflecting the general credit deterioration in light of the market turbulence
throughout 2008. However, as discussed above, the loan exposure shown in the table below does not
take into account any collateral, other credit enhancement or credit risk mitigating transactions.
After consideration of such credit mitigants, we believe that there is no undue concentration risk
and our loan book is well-diversified. The increase in our OTC derivatives exposure was
substantially driven by interest and foreign exchange products, reflecting a substantial fall in
yield curves, especially in the second half of 2008, and took place mainly within the
investment-grade rating band. OTC derivatives exposure as shown below does not include credit risk
mitigants (other than master agreement netting) or collateral (other than cash). Taking these
mitigants into account, the remaining current credit exposure is significantly lower and in our
judgment well-diversified and geared towards investment grade counterparties.
Corporate credit exposure
Loans1
Irrevocable lending
Contingent liabilities
OTC derivatives3
Total
credit risk profile
commitments2
by creditworthiness category
Dec 31,
Dec 31,
Dec 31,
Dec 31,
Dec 31,
Dec 31,
Dec 31,
Dec 31,
Dec 31,
Dec 31,
in € m.
2008
2007
2008
2007
2008
2007
2008
2007
2008
2007
AAA–AA
40,749
22,765
20,373
28,969
5,926
7,467
65,598
39,168
132,646
98,370
A
29,752
30,064
30,338
31,087
11,976
15,052
22,231
13,230
94,297
89,432
BBB
53,360
30,839
26,510
35,051
15,375
13,380
15,762
8,008
111,007
87,277
BB
44,132
26,590
19,657
25,316
10,239
9,146
13,009
7,945
87,037
68,996
B
10,458
6,628
5,276
7,431
4,412
4,252
3,898
2,370
24,044
20,681
CCC and below
8,268
3,342
1,923
657
887
609
3,092
1,281
14,170
5,889
Total
186,719
120,228
104,077
128,511
48,815
49,905
123,590
72,002
463,201
370,646
1
Includes impaired loans mainly in category CCC and below amounting to € 2.3 billion as of December 31, 2008 and € 1.5 billion as of December 31, 2007.
2
Includes irrevocable lending commitments related to consumer credit exposure of € 2.8 billion as of December 31, 2008 and € 2.7 billion as of December 31, 2007.
3
Includes the effect of master agreement netting and cash collateral received where applicable.
The table below presents our total consumer credit exposure, consumer loan delinquencies in terms
of loans that are 90 days or more past due, and net credit costs, which are the net provisions
charged during the period, after recoveries. Loans 90 days or more past due and net credit costs
are both expressed as a percentage of total exposure.
The volume of our consumer credit exposure rose by
€ 4.1 billion, or 5 %, from
2007 to 2008, driven both by the
volume growth of our portfolio outside Germany (up € 3.5 billion) with strong growth in
Italy (up € 1.5 billion), Poland (up € 1.0 billion) and Spain (up
€ 611
million) as well as in Germany (up € 635 million). Total net credit costs as a
percentage of total exposure increased overall compared to 2007 reflecting our strategy to invest
in higher margin consumer finance business as well as the deteriorating credit conditions in Spain.
In Germany the increase in net credit costs was driven by the consumer finance business and only
partially offset by a reduction in mortgage lending. Outside Germany the increase in net credit
costs was mainly driven by the exacerbating economic crisis in Spain which adversely affected all
our loan portfolios there and by our consumer finance business in Italy and Poland. The higher
percentage of delinquent loans outside Germany was predominantly driven by our mortgage business in
Spain.
Credit Exposure from Derivatives
To reduce our derivatives-related credit risk, we regularly seek the execution of master agreements
(such as the International Swaps and Derivatives Association’s master agreements for derivatives)
with our clients. A master agreement allows the netting of obligations arising under all of the
derivatives transactions that the agreement covers upon the counterparty’s default, resulting in a
single net claim against the counterparty (called “close-out netting”). For parts of our
derivatives business we also enter into payment netting agreements under which we set off amounts
payable
on the same day in the same currency and in respect to all transactions covered by these
agreements, reducing our principal risk.
For internal credit exposure measurement purposes, we only apply netting when we believe it is
legally enforceable for the relevant jurisdiction and counterparty. Also, we enter into collateral
support agreements to reduce our derivatives-related credit risk. These collateral arrangements
generally provide risk mitigation through periodic (usually daily) margining of the covered
portfolio or transactions and termination of the master agreement if the counterparty fails to
honor a collateral call. As with netting, when we believe the collateral agreement is enforceable
we reflect this in our exposure measurement.
20-F Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk
As the replacement values of our portfolios fluctuate with movements in market rates and with
changes in the transactions in the portfolios, we also estimate the potential future replacement
costs of the portfolios over their lifetimes or, in case of collateralized portfolios, over
appropriate unwind periods. We measure our potential future exposure against separate limits. We
supplement our potential future exposure analysis with stress tests to estimate the immediate
impact of extreme market events on our exposures (such as event risk in our Emerging Markets
portfolio).
Treatment of Default Situations under Derivatives
Unlike in the case of our standard loan assets, we generally have more options to manage the credit
risk in our OTC derivatives when movement in the current replacement costs of the transactions and
the behavior of our counterparty indicate that there is the risk that upcoming payment obligations
under the transactions might not be honored. In these situations, we are frequently able to obtain
additional collateral or terminate the transactions or the related master agreement.
When our decision to terminate transactions or the related master agreement results in a residual
net obligation of the counterparty, we restructure the obligation into a nonderivative claim and
manage it through our regular workout process. As a consequence, we do not show any nonperforming
derivatives.
The following table shows the notional amounts and gross market values of OTC and exchange-traded
derivative contracts we held for trading and nontrading purposes as of December 31,2008.
20-F Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk
Distribution Risk
We frequently underwrite large commitments with the intention to sell down or distribute most
of the risk to third parties. These commitments include the undertaking to fund bank loans and to
provide bridge loans for the issuance of public bonds. The sell down or distribution is, under
normal market conditions, typically accomplished within 90 days after the closing date. However,
due to the continued market dislocation in 2008, we experienced further delays in distribution of
our loan and bond commitments in the respective businesses. Our largest distribution risk during
2008 related to the businesses of Leveraged Finance and Real Estate (specifically, commercial
mortgages).
For risk management purposes we treat the full amount of all such commitments as credit exposure
requiring formal credit approval. This approval also includes our intended final hold. Amounts
which we intend to sell are classified as trading assets and are subject to fair value accounting.
The price volatility is monitored in our market risk process. To protect us against a value
deterioration of such amounts, we may enter into generic market risk hedges (most commonly using
related indices), which are also captured in our market risk process.
Country Risk
We manage country risk through a number of risk measures and limits, the most important being:
—
Total counterparty exposure. All credit extended and OTC derivatives exposure
to counterparties domiciled in a given country that we view as being at risk
due to economic or political events (“country risk event”). It includes
nonguaranteed subsidiaries of foreign entities and offshore subsidiaries of
local clients.
—
Transfer risk exposure. Credit risk arising where an otherwise solvent and
willing debtor is unable to meet its obligations due to the imposition of
governmental or regulatory controls restricting its ability either to obtain
foreign exchange or to transfer assets to nonresidents (a “transfer risk
event”). It includes all of our credit extended and OTC derivatives exposure
from one of our offices in one country to a counterparty in a different
country.
—
Highly-stressed event risk scenarios. We use stress testing to measure
potential risks on our trading positions and view these as market risk.
Country
Risk Ratings
Our country risk ratings represent a key tool in our management of country risk. They are
established by an independent country risk research function within our Credit Risk Management
function and include:
—
Sovereign rating. A measure of the probability of the sovereign defaulting on its foreign or local currency obligations.
—
Transfer risk rating. A measure of the probability of a “transfer risk event.”
—
Event risk rating. A measure of the probability of major disruptions in the market risk factors relating to a country.
All sovereign and transfer risk ratings are reviewed, at least annually, by the Group Credit Policy
Committee, a sub-committee of our Risk Executive Committee. Our country risk research group also
reviews, at least quarterly, our ratings for the major Emerging Markets countries. Ratings for
countries that we view as particularly volatile, as well
as all event risk ratings, are subject to continuous review.
We also regularly compare our internal risk ratings with the ratings of the major international
rating agencies.
We manage our exposure to country risk through a framework of limits. The bank specifically limits
and monitors its exposure to Emerging Markets. For this purpose, Emerging Markets are defined as
Latin America (including the
Caribbean), Asia (excluding Japan), Eastern Europe, the Middle East and Africa. Limits are reviewed
at least annually, in conjunction with the review of country risk ratings. Country Risk limits are
set by either our Management Board or by our Group Credit Policy Committee, pursuant to delegated
authority.
Monitoring Country Risk
We charge our group divisions with the responsibility of managing their country risk within the
approved limits. The regional units within Credit Risk Management monitor our country risk based on
information provided by our finance function. Our Group Credit Policy Committee also reviews data
on transfer risk.
Country Risk Exposure
The following tables show the development of total Emerging Markets net counterparty exposure (net
of collateral), and the utilized Emerging Markets net transfer risk exposure (net of collateral) by
region.
Emerging Markets net counterparty exposure
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Total net counterparty exposure
26,214
22,000
Total net counterparty exposure (excluding OTC derivatives)
17,697
16,580
Excluding irrevocable commitments and exposures to non-Emerging Markets bank branches.
Emerging Markets net transfer risk exposure
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Africa
914
508
Asia (excluding Japan)
5,472
3,277
Eastern Europe
3,364
1,856
Latin America
1,647
658
Middle East
3,402
2,931
Total emerging markets net transfer risk exposure
14,799
9,230
Excluding irrevocable commitments and exposures to non-Emerging Markets bank branches.
As of December 31, 2008, our net transfer risk exposure to Emerging Markets (excluding
irrevocable commitments and exposures to non-Emerging Markets bank branches) amounted to € 14.8
billion, an increase of 60 %, or € 5.6 billion, from December 31, 2007. This
development was largely a result of increased OTC derivatives exposure.
Impaired
Loans
Under IFRS, we consider loans to be impaired when we recognize objective evidence that an
impairment loss has been incurred. While we assess the impairment for our corporate credit exposure
individually, we consider our smaller-balance standardized homogeneous loans to be impaired once
the credit contract with the customer has been terminated.
As of December 31, 2008, our impaired loans totaled
€ 3.7 billion, representing a
39 % increase compared to December 31, 2007. The total € 2.1 billion net increase of
impaired loans was only partly offset by € 990 million of gross charge-offs and a
€ 36
million decrease as a result of exchange rate movements. The increase in impaired loans is
mainly attributable to our individually assessed impaired loans with net increases of € 1.2
billion, partly offset by gross
20-F Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk
charge-offs of € 364 million and a
€ 36 million decrease as a result of exchange rate
movements. This development includes € 753 million of loans reclassified according to IAS
39, which during 2008 showed a net increase of € 944 million, partly offset by
€ 138
million of gross charge-offs and a € 53 million decrease as a result of exchange rate
movements. The collectively assessed impaired loans increased by € 271 million, as net
increases of € 896 million were offset by charge-offs of
€ 625 million.
Problem Loans
In keeping with SEC industry guidance, we continue to monitor and report problem loans.
Our problem loans consist of our impaired loans and, additionally,
€ 873 million nonimpaired
problem loans as of December 31, 2008, where no impairment loss is expected but where known
information about possible credit problems of borrowers causes management to have serious doubts as
to the ability of such borrowers to comply with the present loan repayment terms or that are 90
days or more past due but for which the accrual of interest has not been discontinued.
The € 1.4 billion, or 45 %, increase in our total problem loans in 2008 was due
to a € 2.4 billion net increase of problem loans partly offset by € 990 million of
gross charge-offs and a € 17 million decrease as a result of exchange rate movements. The
increase in problem loans is mainly attributable to our individually assessed loans, with net
increases of € 1.5 billion, partly offset by gross charge-offs of € 364 million and a
€ 17 million decrease as a result of exchange rate movements. These problem loans include
€ 840 million of new problem loans among the loans reclassified to the banking book as
permitted by the amendments to IAS 39, comprising net new problem loans of € 1.0 billion
partly offset by € 138 million of gross charge-offs and a € 65 million decrease as a
result of exchange rate movements. For collectively assessed problem loans, net increases of
€ 893 million were partly offset by gross charge-offs of € 625 million. Included in
the € 1.6 billion of collectively assessed problem loans as of December 31, 2008 are
€ 1.4 billion of loans that are 90 days or more past due as well as € 143 million of
loans that are less than 90 days past due but for which, in the judgment of management, the accrual
of interest should be ceased.
Our commitments to lend additional funds to debtors with problem loans amounted to € 71
million as of December 31, 2008, a decrease of € 58 million or 45 % compared to
December 31, 2007. Of these commitments, € 6 million had been committed to debtors whose
loan terms have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring, an increase of € 5 million
compared to December 31, 2007.
In addition, as of December 31, 2008, we had € 4 million of lease financing transactions
that were nonperforming. This amount is not included in our total problem loans.
The following table illustrates our total problem loans split between German and non-German
counterparties based on the country of domicile of our counterparty for the last two years.
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Nonaccrual loans:
German
1,738
1,913
Non-German
2,472
918
Total nonaccrual loans
4,210
2,831
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing:
German
183
199
Non-German
18
21
Total loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing
201
220
Troubled debt restructurings:
German
122
49
Non-German
22
44
Total troubled debt restructurings
144
93
Nonaccrual Loans
We place a loan on nonaccrual status if:
—
the loan has been in default as to payment of
principal or interest for 90 days or more and the
loan is neither well secured nor in the process of
collection, or
—
the accrual of interest should be ceased according to
management’s judgment as to collectibility of
contractual cash flows.
When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, the accrual of interest in accordance with the
contractual terms of the loan is discontinued. However, the accretion of the net present value of
the written down amount of the loan due to
the passage of time is recognized as interest income based on the original effective interest rate
of the loan. Cash receipts of interest on nonaccrual loans are recorded as a reduction of
principal.
As of December 31, 2008, our nonaccrual loans totaled € 4.2 billion, an increase of € 1.4
billion, or 49 %, from 2007. The increase in nonaccrual loans took place substantially
in our individually assessed loans, driven by net increases, mainly by € 1.0 billion of
loans reclassified according to IAS 39, more than offsetting charge-offs and a decrease as a result
of exchange rate movements.
Loans Ninety Days or More Past Due and Still Accruing
These are loans in which contractual interest or principal payments are 90 days or more past due
but on which we continue to accrue interest. These loans are well secured and in the process of
collection and are not impaired.
In 2008, our 90 days or more past due and still accruing loans decreased by € 20 million, or
9 %, to € 201 million as of December 31, 2008.
20-F Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk
Troubled Debt Restructurings
Troubled debt restructurings are loans that we have restructured due to deterioration in the
borrower’s financial position on terms that we would not otherwise consider.
If a borrower performs satisfactorily for one year under a restructured loan, we no longer consider
that borrower’s loan to be a troubled debt restructuring, unless at the time of restructuring the
new interest rate was lower than the market rate for similar credit risks. Impairment for Troubled
Debt Restructurings is measured using the original effective interest rate before modification of
terms.
In 2008, the volume of our troubled debt restructurings increased by € 51 million, or
55 %, to € 144 million as of
December 31, 2008.
Credit Loss Experience and Allowance for Loan Losses
We regularly assess whether there is objective evidence that a loan or a group of loans is
impaired. A loan or group of loans is impaired and impairment losses are incurred if:
—
there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of a loss event
that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset and up to the
balance sheet date (a “loss event”);
—
the loss event had an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the
financial asset or the group of financial assets; and
—
a reliable estimate of the loss amount can be made.
We establish an allowance for loan losses that represents our estimate of impairment losses in our
loan portfolio. The responsibility for determining our allowance for loan losses rests with Credit
Risk Management. The components of this allowance are the individually and the collectively
assessed loss allowance. We first assess whether objective evidence of impairment exists
individually for loans that are significant. We then assess collectively impairment for those loans
that are not individually significant and loans which are significant but for which there is no
objective
evidence of impairment under the individual assessment.
Individually Assessed Loss Allowance
To allow management to determine whether a loss event has occurred on an individual basis, all
significant counterparty relationships are reviewed periodically. This evaluation considers current
information and events related to the counterparty, such as the counterparty experiencing
significant financial difficulty or a breach of contract, for example, default or delinquency in
interest or principal payments.
If there is evidence of impairment leading to an impairment loss for an individual counterparty
relationship, then the amount of the loss is determined as the difference between the carrying
amount of the loan(s), including accrued interest, and the estimated recoverable amount. The
estimated recoverable amount is measured as the present value of expected future cash flows
discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate, including cash flows that may result
from foreclosure less costs for obtaining and selling the collateral. The carrying amounts of the
loans are
reduced by the use of an allowance account and the amount of the loss is recognized in the income
statement as a component of the provision for credit losses.
We regularly re-evaluate all credit exposures that have already been individually provided for, as
well as all credit exposures that appear on our watchlist.
Collectively Assessed Loss Allowance
The collective assessment of impairment is principally to establish an allowance amount
relating to loans that are either individually significant but for which there is no objective
evidence of impairment, or are not individually significant, but for which there is, on a portfolio
basis, a loss amount that is probable of having occurred and is reasonably estimable. The
collectively measured loss amount has three components:
—
The first component is an amount for country risk and for transfer and
currency convertibility risks for loan exposures in countries where
there are serious doubts about the ability of counterparties to comply
with the repayment terms due to the economic or political situation
prevailing in the respective country of domicile. This amount is
calculated using ratings for country risk and transfer risk which are
established and regularly reviewed for each country in which we
conduct business.
—
The second component is an allowance amount representing the incurred
losses on the portfolio of smaller-balance homogeneous loans. The
loans are grouped according to similar credit risk characteristics and
the allowance for each group is determined using statistical models
based on historical experiences.
—
The third component represents an estimate of incurred losses inherent
in the group of loans that have not yet been identified as
individually impaired or measured as part of the smaller-balance
homogeneous loans.
Once a loan is identified as impaired, although the accrual of interest in accordance with the
contractual terms of the loan is discontinued, the accretion of the net present value of the
written down amount of the loan due to the passage of time is recognized as interest income based
on the original effective interest rate of the loan.
All impaired loans are reviewed for changes to the recoverable amount. Any change to the previously
recognized impairment loss is recognized as a change to the allowance account and recorded in the
income statement as a component of the provision for credit losses.
Charge-off Policy
When we consider that there is no realistic prospect of recovery and all collateral has been
realized or transferred to us, the loan together with the associated allowance is charged-off.
20-F Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk
Allowance for Loan Losses
The following table presents the components of our allowance for loan losses on the dates
specified, including, with respect to our German loan portfolio, a breakdown by industry of the
borrower and the percentage of our total loan portfolio accounted for by those industry
classifications. The breakdown between German and non-German borrowers is based on the country of
domicile of our borrowers.
in € m.
(unless stated otherwise)
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
German:
Individually assessed loan loss allowance:
Banks and insurance
1
5 %
–
–
Manufacturing
165
3 %
176
4 %
Households (excluding mortgages)
21
5 %
24
6 %
Households – mortgages
5
13 %
5
17 %
Public sector
–
2 %
–
2 %
Wholesale and retail trade
81
1 %
88
2 %
Commercial real estate activities
60
5 %
127
5 %
Other
146
5 %
189
6 %
Individually assessed loan loss allowance German total
479
609
Collectively assessed loan loss allowance
464
481
German total
943
39 %
1,090
42 %
Non-German:
Individually assessed loan loss allowance
499
321
Collectively assessed loan loss allowance
496
294
Non-German total
995
61 %
615
58 %
Total allowance for loan losses
1,938
100 %
1,705
100 %
Total individually assessed loan loss allowance
977
930
Total collectively assessed loan loss allowance
961
775
Total allowance for loan losses
1,938
1,705
Movements in the Allowance for Loan Losses
We record increases to our allowance for loan losses as an increase of the provision for loan
losses in our income statement. Charge-offs reduce our allowance while recoveries, if any, are
credited to the allowance account. If we determine that we no longer require allowances which we
have previously established, we decrease our allowance and record the amount as a reduction of the
provision for loan losses in our income statement.
The following table presents a breakdown of the movements in our allowance for loan losses for the
periods specified.
The following table sets forth a breakdown of the movements in our allowance for loan losses,
including, with respect to our German loan portfolio, by industry classifications for the periods
specified. The breakdown between German and non-German borrowers is based on the country of
domicile of our borrowers.
in € m.
(unless stated otherwise)
2008
2007
Balance, beginning of year
1,705
1,670
Charge-offs:
German:
Banks and insurance
(2
)
(1
)
Manufacturing
(53
)
(58
)
Households (excluding mortgages)
(330
)
(287
)
Households – mortgages
(32
)
(26
)
Public sector
–
–
Wholesale and retail trade
(41
)
(28
)
Commercial real estate activities
(19
)
(41
)
Lease financing
–
–
Other
(127
)
(76
)
German total
(604
)
(518
)
Non-German:
Excluding lease financing
(386
)
(232
)
Lease financing only
–
(2
)
Non-German total
(386
)
(234
)
Total charge-offs
(990
)
(752
)
Recoveries:
German:
Banks and insurance
1
1
Manufacturing
14
21
Households (excluding mortgages)
81
63
Households – mortgages
3
–
Public sector
–
–
Wholesale and retail trade
8
10
Commercial real estate activities
9
9
Lease financing
–
–
Other
41
49
German total
157
153
Non-German:
Excluding lease financing
55
71
Lease financing only
–
1
Non-German total
55
72
Total recoveries
212
225
Net charge-offs
(778
)
(527
)
Provision for loan losses
1,084
651
Other changes (e.g. exchange rate changes, changes in the group of consolidated companies)
(74
)
(88
)
Balance, end of year
1,938
1,705
Percentage of total net charge-offs to average loans for the year
0.33 %
0.28 %
Our allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2008 was € 1.9 billion, a 14 %
increase from the € 1.7 billion reported for the end of 2007. The increase in our allowance
was principally due to provisions exceeding our charge-offs.
Our gross charge-offs amounted to € 990 million in 2008. Of the charge-offs for 2008,
€ 626 million were related to
our consumer credit exposure and € 364 million were related to our corporate credit
exposure, mainly driven by our German and U.S. portfolios.
20-F Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk
Our provision for loan losses in 2008 was € 1.1 billion, up € 433 million or
67 %, principally driven by our consumer credit exposure, as a result of the deteriorating credit
conditions in Spain, higher delinquencies in Germany and Italy, as well as organic growth in
Poland. For our corporate exposures, new provisions of € 257 million were established in the
second half of 2008 relating to assets which had been reclassified in accordance with IAS 39.
Additional loan loss provisions within this portfolio were required, mainly on European loans,
reflecting the deterioration in credit conditions.
Our individually assessed loan loss allowance was € 977 million as of December 31, 2008. The
€ 47 million increase in 2008 is comprised of net provisions of € 382 million
(including the aforementioned impact from IAS 39 reclassifications), net charge-offs of € 301
million and a € 34 million decrease from currency translation and unwinding effects.
Our collectively assessed loan loss allowance totaled € 961 million as of December 31, 2008,
representing an increase of € 186 million against the level at the end of 2007 (€ 775
million). Movements in this component include € 702 million provision being offset by
€ 477 million net charge-offs, and a € 39 million net reduction due to exchange rate
movements and unwinding effects. Given this increase, our collectively assessed loan loss allowance
is almost at the same level as our individually assessed loan loss allowance.
Our allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2007 was € 1.7 billion, virtually unchanged
from the level reported for the end of 2006.
Our gross charge-offs amounted to € 752 million in 2007, an increase of € 20 million,
or 3 %, from 2006. Of the charge-offs for 2007, € 244 million were related to our
corporate credit exposure, and € 508 million were related to our
consumer credit exposure.
Our provision for loan losses in 2007 was € 651 million, up € 299 million, or
85 %, primarily related to a single counterparty relationship in our Corporate and Investment Bank
Group Division and our consumer finance growth strategy. In 2007, our total loan loss provision was
principally driven by our smaller-balance standardized homogeneous loan portfolio.
Our individually assessed loan loss allowance was € 930 million as of December 31, 2007, a
decrease of € 55 million, or 6 %, from 2006. The change is comprised of net
charge-offs of € 149 million, a decrease of € 52 million as a result of exchange rate
movements and unwinding effects and a provision of € 146 million, an increase of € 130
million over the previous year. The individually assessed loan loss allowance was the largest
component of our total allowance for loan losses.
Our collectively assessed loan loss allowance totaled € 775 million as of December 31, 2007,
a € 91 million increase from the level at the end of 2006, almost fully driven by our
smaller-balance standardized homogeneous loan portfolio.
Non-German Component of the Allowance for Loan Losses
The following table presents an analysis of the changes in the non-German component of the
allowance for loan losses. As of December 31, 2008, 51 % of our total allowance was
attributable to international clients.
in € m.
2008
2007
Balance, beginning of year
615
504
Provision for loan losses
752
316
Net charge-offs
(330
)
(162
)
Charge-offs
(385
)
(234
)
Recoveries
55
72
Other changes (e.g. exchange rate changes, changes in the group of consolidated companies)
(42
)
(43
)
Balance, end of year
995
615
Allowance for Off-balance Sheet Positions
The following table shows the activity in our allowance for off-balance sheet positions, which
comprises contingent liabilities and lending-related commitments.
2008
2007
Individually
Collectively
Total
Individually
Collectively
Total
in € m.
assessed
assessed
assessed
assessed
Balance, beginning of year
101
118
219
127
129
256
Provision for off-balance sheet positions
(2
)
(6
)
(8
)
(32
)
(6
)
(38
)
Changes in the group of consolidated companies
–
–
–
7
3
10
Exchange rate changes
(1
)
–
(1
)
(1
)
(8
)
(8
)
Balance, end of year
98
112
210
101
118
219
For further information on our credit risk development, including factors which influenced
changes to the allowance, please refer to pages S-6 through S-14 of the supplemental financial
information, which are incorporated by reference herein.
Settlement Risk
Our trading activities may give rise to risk at the time of settlement of those trades.
Settlement risk is the risk of loss due to the failure of a counterparty to honor its obligations
to deliver cash, securities or other assets as contractually agreed.
For many types of transactions, we mitigate settlement risk by closing the transaction through a
clearing agent, which effectively acts as a stakeholder for both parties, only settling the trade
once both parties have fulfilled their sides of the bargain.
Where no such settlement system exists, the simultaneous commencement of the payment and the
delivery parts of the transaction is common practice between trading partners (free settlement). In
these cases, we may seek to mitigate our settlement risk through the execution of bilateral payment
netting agreements. We are also an active participant in industry initiatives to reduce settlement
risks. Acceptance of settlement risk on free settlement trades requires approval from our credit
risk personnel, either in the form of pre-approved settlement risk limits, or through
transaction-specific approvals. We do not aggregate settlement risk limits with other credit
exposures for credit approval purposes,
20-F Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk
but we take the aggregate exposure into account when we consider whether a given settlement risk
would be acceptable.
Market Risk
Substantially all of our businesses are subject to the risk that market prices and rates will
move and result in profits or losses for us. We distinguish among four types of market risk:
—
Interest rate risk;
—
Equity price risk;
—
Foreign exchange risk; and
—
Commodity price risk.
The interest rate and equity price risks consist of two components each. The general risk describes
value changes due to general market movements, while the specific risk has issuer-related causes
(including credit spread risk).
We assume market risk in both our trading and our nontrading activities. We assume risk by making
markets and taking positions in debt, equity, foreign exchange, other securities and commodities as
well as in equivalent derivatives.
Specifics of Market Risk Reporting under German Banking Regulations
German banking regulations stipulate specific rules for market risk reporting, which concern in
particular the consolidation of entities, the calculation of the overall market risk position, as
well as the determination of which assets are trading assets and which are nontrading assets:
—
Consolidation. For German bank-regulatory purposes we consolidate all
subsidiaries in the meaning of the German Banking Act that are
classified as banks, financial services institutions, investment
management companies, financial enterprises or ancillary services
enterprises. We do not consolidate insurance companies or companies
outside the finance sector.
—
Overall market risk position. We do not include in our market risk
disclosure the foreign exchange risk arising from currency positions
that German banking regulations permit us to exclude from market risk
reporting. These are currency positions which are fully deducted from,
or covered by, equity capital recognized for regulatory reporting as
well as participating interests, including shares in affiliated
companies that we record in foreign currency and value at historical
cost (structural currency positions). Our largest structural currency
positions arise from our investments in entities located in the United
States.
—
Definition of trading assets and nontrading assets. The regulatory
definition of trading book and banking book assets generally parallels
the definition of trading and nontrading assets under IFRS. However,
due to specific
differences between the regulatory and accounting framework, certain assets are classified as
trading book for market risk reporting purposes even though they are nontrading assets under
IFRS. Conversely, we also have
assets that are assigned to the banking book even though they are trading assets under IFRS.
We use a combination of risk sensitivities, value-at-risk, stress testing and economic capital
metrics to manage market risks and establish limits.
Our Management Board, supported by Market Risk Management, which is part of our independent legal,
risk & capital function, sets a Group-wide value-at-risk limit for the market risks in the trading
book. Market Risk Management sub-allocates this overall limit to our group divisions. Below that,
limits are allocated to specific business lines and trading portfolio groups and geographical
regions.
In addition to our main market risk value-at-risk limits, we also operate stress testing, economic
capital and sensitivity limits. We govern the default risk of single corporate issuers in our
trading book through a specific limit structure managed by our Traded Credit Products unit. We also
use market value and default exposure position limits for selected business units.
Our value-at-risk disclosure for the trading businesses is based on our own internal value-at-risk
model. In October 1998, the German Banking Supervisory Authority (now the BaFin) approved our
internal value-at-risk model for calculating the regulatory market risk capital for our general and
specific market risks. Since then the model has been periodically refined and approval has been
maintained. We continuously analyze potential weaknesses of our value-at-risk model using
statistical techniques such as back-testing but also rely on risk management expert opinion.
Improvements are implemented to those parts of the value-at-risk model that relate to the areas
where losses have been experienced in the recent past.
Our value-at-risk disclosure is intended to ensure consistency of market risk reporting for
internal risk management, for external disclosure and for regulatory purposes. The overall
value-at-risk limit for our Corporate and Investment Bank Group Division started 2008 at € 105
million and was amended on several occasions throughout the year to € 155 million at the
end of 2008 (with a 99 % confidence level, as described below, and a one-day holding
period). For our consolidated Group trading positions the overall value-at-risk limit was € 110
million at the start of 2008 and was amended on several occasions throughout the year to
€ 160 million at the end of 2008 (with a 99 % confidence level and a one-day holding
period). The increase in limits was needed to accommodate the impact of the observed market data on
our value-at-risk calculation.
Value-at-Risk Analysis
The value-at-risk approach derives a quantitative measure for our trading book market risks
under normal market conditions, estimating the potential future loss (in terms of market value)
that will not be exceeded in a defined period of time and with a defined confidence level. The
value-at-risk measure enables us to apply a constant and uniform measure across all of our trading
businesses and products. It also facilitates comparisons of our market risk estimates both over
time and against our daily trading results.
We calculate value-at-risk for both internal and regulatory reporting using a 99 %
confidence level. For internal reporting, we use a holding period of one day. For regulatory
reporting, the holding period is ten days.
20-F Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk
Our value-at-risk model is designed to take into account the following risk factors: interest rates
(including credit spreads), equity prices, foreign exchange rates and commodity prices, as well as
their implied volatilities. The model incorporates both linear and, especially for derivatives,
nonlinear effects of the risk factors on the portfolio value. The statistical parameters required
for the value-at-risk calculation are based on a 261 trading day history (corresponding to at least
one calendar year of trading days) with equal weighting being given to each observation. We
calculate value-at-risk using the Monte Carlo simulation technique and assuming that changes in
risk factors follow a normal or logarithmic normal distribution.
To determine our aggregated value-at-risk, we use historically observed correlations between the
different general market risk factors. However, when aggregating general and specific market risks,
we assume that there is a correlation close to zero between these two categories. Within the
general market risk category, we use historically observed correlations. Within the specific risk
category, zero or historically observed correlations are used for selected risks.
Back-Testing
We use back-testing in our trading units to verify the predictive power of the value-at-risk
calculations. In back-testing, we focus on the comparison of hypothetical daily profits and losses
under the buy-and-hold assumption (in accordance with German regulatory requirements) with the
estimates from our value-at-risk model.
A committee chaired by Market Risk Management and with participation from Market Risk Operations
and Finance meets on a quarterly basis to discuss back-testing results of our Group as a whole and
of individual businesses. The committee analyzes performance fluctuations and assesses the
predictive power of our value-at-risk model, which in turn allows us to improve the risk estimation
process. While updating volatilities and correlations will potentially reduce the number of
back-testing exceptions going forward, the updating in itself will not change the basic
distribution
assumptions and their tail properties.
Stress Testing and Economic Capital
While value-at-risk, calculated on a daily basis, supplies forecasts for potential large losses
under normal market conditions, it is not adequate to measure the tail risks of our portfolios. We
therefore also perform regular stress tests in which we value our trading portfolios under severe
market scenarios not covered by the confidence interval of our value-at-risk model.
These stress tests form the basis of our assessment of the economic capital that we estimate is
needed to cover the market risk in our positions. The development of the economic capital
methodology is governed by the Regulatory Capital Steering Committee, which is chaired by our Chief
Risk Officer.
The quantification of economic capital, performed weekly, involves stressing underlying risk
factors applicable to the different products across our portfolios under severe stress and
liquidity assumptions, according to pre-defined
scenarios. The resulting losses from these stress scenarios are then aggregated using correlations
that are meant to reflect stressed market conditions (rather than the normal market correlations
used in the value-at-risk model).
We derive the scenarios from historically observed severe shocks in those risk factors, augmented
by subjective assessments where only limited historical data are available, or where market
developments are viewed to make historical data a poor indicator of possible future market
scenarios. During the course of 2008 these shocks were calibrated
to reflect the market events experienced during 2007 and early 2008. Despite this recalibration, in
several cases the scenarios used in our economic capital still underestimated the extreme market
moves observed in the latter part of 2008 (for example the sharp moves in implied volatility
observed in equity, interest rates and FX markets). Moreover, the liquidity assumption used did not
adequately predict the rapid market developments of that period that severely impacted the ability
to reduce risk by unwinding positions in the market or to dynamically hedge our derivative
portfolios. For example, the scenario did not contemplate the severe illiquidity observed in
convertible bond, loan and credit derivative markets.
As a result, the recalibration process is currently being repeated to capture the most recent
market moves observed in late 2008.
The economic capital usage for market risk arising from the trading units totaled € 5.5
billion at year-end 2008 compared with € 3.2 billion at year-end 2007. The increase
reflects not only the recalibration of the economic capital shocks carried out during 2008 which
contributed € 1.1 billion to the increase, but also the inclusion of default risk of traded
corporate credit assets of € 908 million (previously covered in the credit risk economic
capital) and the inclusion of banking book assets subjected to fair value accounting (€ 958
million). The contribution from banking book assets was calculated for year-end 2008 for the
first time.
Limitations of Our Proprietary Risk Models
We are committed to the ongoing development of our proprietary risk models and will make further
significant enhancements with the goal to better reflect risk issues highlighted during the 2008
crisis. We allocate substantial resources to reviewing and improving them.
Our stress testing results and economic capital estimations are necessarily limited by the number
of stress tests executed and the fact that not all downside scenarios can be predicted and
simulated. While our risk managers have used their best judgment to define worst case scenarios
based upon the knowledge of past extreme market moves, it is possible for our market risk positions
to lose more value than even our economic capital estimates. We also continuously assess and refine
our stress tests in an effort to ensure they capture material risks as well as reflect possible
extreme market moves.
Our value-at-risk analyses should also be viewed in the context of the limitations of the
methodology we use and are therefore not maximum amounts that we can lose on our market risk
positions. In particular, many of these limitations manifested themselves in 2008, which resulted
in the high number of outliers discussed below. The limitations of the value-at-risk methodology
include the following:
—
The use of historical data as a proxy for estimating future events may
not capture all potential events, particularly those that are extreme
in nature.
—
The assumption that changes in risk factors follow a normal or
logarithmic normal distribution. This may not be the case in reality
and may lead to an underestimation of the probability of extreme
market movements.
—
The correlation assumptions used may not hold true, particularly
during market events that are extreme in nature.
—
The use of a holding period of one day (or ten days for regulatory
value-at-risk calculations) assumes that all positions can be
liquidated or hedged in that period of time. This assumption does not
fully capture the market risk aris-
20-F Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk
ing during periods of illiquidity, when liquidation or hedging of positions in
that period of time may not be possible. This is particularly the case for the
use of a one-day holding period.
—
The use of a 99 % confidence
level does not take
account of, nor makes any statement about, any
losses that might occur beyond this level of
confidence.
—
We calculate value-at-risk at the close of business
on each trading day. We do not subject intra-day
exposures to intra-day value-at-risk calculations.
—
Value-at-risk does not capture all of the complex
effects of the risk factors on the value of positions
and portfolios and could, therefore, underestimate
potential losses. For example, the way sensitivities
are represented in our value-at-risk model may only
be exact for small changes in market parameters.
We acknowledge the limitations in the value-at-risk methodology by supplementing the value-at-risk
limits with other position and sensitivity limit structures, as well as with stress testing, both
on individual portfolios and on a consolidated basis.
Value-at-Risk of the Trading Units of Our Corporate and Investment Bank Group Division
The following table shows the value-at-risk (with a 99 % confidence level and a one-day
holding period) of the trading units of our Corporate and Investment Bank Group Division. Our
trading market risk outside of these units is immaterial. “Diversification effect” reflects the
fact that the total value-at-risk on a given day will be lower than the sum of the values-at-risk
relating to the individual risk classes. Simply adding the value-at-risk figures of the individual
risk classes to arrive at an aggregate value-at-risk would imply the assumption that the losses in
all risk categories occur simultaneously.
The following graph shows the daily aggregate value-at-risk of our trading units in 2008,
including diversification
effects, and actual income of the trading units throughout the year.
Our value-at-risk for the trading units remained within a band between € 97 million and
€ 173 million. The average value-at-risk in 2008 was € 122 million, which is
42 % above the 2007 average of € 86 million.
The increase in the value-at-risk observed in 2008 was mainly driven by an increase in the market
volatility and by refinements to the value-at-risk measurement in 2008.
Our trading units achieved a positive actual income for over 57 % of the trading days in
2008 (over 87 % in 2007).
In our regulatory back-testing in 2008, we observed 35 outliers (as compared to 12 in 2007), which
are hypothetical buy-and-hold losses that exceeded our value-at-risk estimate for the trading units
as a whole. While we believe that the majority of these outliers were related to extreme market
events, we are also re-evaluating our modeling assumptions and parameters for potential
improvements. We are also working on the improvement of the granularity of our risk measurement
tools to better reflect some of the idiosyncratic nature of the exposures. We would expect a
99 percentile value-at-risk calculation to give rise to two to three outliers in any one year and,
taking into account these extreme events, we continue to believe that our value-at-risk model will
remain an appropriate measure for our trading market risk under normal market conditions.
20-F Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk
The following histogram illustrates the distribution of actual daily income of our trading units in
2008. The histogram displays the number of trading days on which we reached each level of trading
income shown on the horizontal axis in millions of euro. The histogram confirms the effect
on income of some of the extreme market events experienced over the month of March and during
autumn of 2008.
Market Risk Management Framework for Nontrading Activities
We hold and manage nontrading market risk, which arises primarily from fund activities and
principal investments, including private equity investments.
The Capital and Risk Committee supervises our nontrading asset activities. It has responsibility
for the alignment of our Group-wide risk appetite, capitalization requirements and funding needs
based on Group-wide, divisional and sub-divisional business strategies. Its responsibilities also
include regular reviews of the exposures within the nontrading asset portfolio and associated
stress test results, performance reviews of acquisitions and investments, allocating risk limits to
the business divisions within the framework established by the Management Board and approval of
policies in relation to nontrading asset activities. The policies and procedures are ratified by
the Risk Executive Committee. Multiple members of the Capital and Risk Committee are also members
of the Group Investment Committee, ensuring a close link between both committees.
The Investment & Asset Risk Management team was restructured during the course of 2008 and is now
called the Principal Investments team. It was integrated into the Credit Risk Management function,
is specialized in risk-related aspects of our nontrading alternative asset activities and performs
monthly reviews of the risk profile of the nontrading alternative asset portfolios, including
carrying values, economic capital estimates, limit usages, performance and pipeline activity.
During 2008, we formed a dedicated Asset Management Risk unit, combining existing teams and
professionals. This allowed us to leverage upon already existing knowledge and resulted in a higher
degree of specialization and insight into the risks related to our asset and fund management
business. Noteworthy risks in this area arise, for example, from performance and/or principal
guarantees and reputational risk related to managing client funds.
Assessment of Market Risk in Our Nontrading Portfolios
Due to the nature of these positions as well as the lack of transparency of some of the pricing
we do not use value-at-risk to assess the market risk in our nontrading portfolios. Rather we
assess the risk through the use of stress testing procedures that are particular to each risk class
and which consider, among other factors, large historically-observed market moves as well as the
liquidity of each asset class. This assessment forms the basis of our economic capital estimates
which enables us to actively monitor and manage our nontrading market risk.
Nontrading Market Risk by Risk Class
The majority of the interest rate and foreign exchange risks arising from our nontrading asset
and liability positions has been transferred through internal hedges to our Global Markets Business
Division within our Corporate and Investment Bank Group Division and is thus managed on the basis
of value-at-risk as reflected in our trading value-at-risk numbers. For the remaining risks that
have not been transferred through those hedges, in general foreign exchange risk is mitigated
through match funding the investment in the same currency and only residual risk remains in the
portfolios. Also, for these residual positions there is modest interest rate risk remaining from
the mismatch between
the funding term and the expected maturity of the investment.
Carrying Value and Economic Capital Usage for Our Nontrading Portfolios
The table below shows the carrying values and economic capital usages separately for our
nontrading portfolios.
Major Industrial Holdings, Other Corporate Investments and
Our economic capital usage for these nontrading asset portfolios totaled € 3.2 billion
at year-end 2008, which is € 1.5 billion, or 89 %, above our economic capital usage
at year-end 2007. This development reflects a significant decrease in the capital buffer as a
result of a reduction in market value across all portfolios. Since year-end 2008, our existing
economic capital process has been expanded to incorporate commitments made to Deutsche Asset
Management fund investors, which contributed a total of € 400 million in additional economic
capital reported under other corporate investments.
—
Major industrial holdings. Our economic capital usage was € 439 million at December 31, 2008.
—
Other
corporate investments. Our economic capital usage of € 1.5 billion for our other corporate investments at year-end
2008 was mainly driven by an increase of economic capital allocated to a strategic investment in the
20-F Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk
PBC business division, our mutual fund investments and the new economic capital
treatment for investor commitments referred to above.
—
Alternative assets. Our alternative assets include
principal investments, real estate investments
(including mezzanine debt) and small investments in
hedge funds. Principal investments are composed of
direct investments in private equity, mezzanine debt,
short-term investments in financial sponsor leveraged
buy-out funds, bridge capital to leveraged buy-out
funds and private equity led transactions. The
increase in the economic capital usage was largely
due to our Asset Management business division’s
interest in an infrastructure asset and the larger
size of the private equity portfolio in our Global
Markets business division. The alternative assets
portfolio has some concentration in infrastructure
and real estate assets. Recent market conditions have
limited the opportunities to sell down the portfolio.
Our intention remains to do so, provided suitable
conditions allow it.
Our total economic capital figures do not currently take into account diversification benefits
between the asset categories.
Major Industrial Holdings
The following table shows the percentage share of capital and the market values of our direct
and/or indirect stakes in major industrial holdings which were directly and/or indirectly
attributable to us at year-end 2008, and the corresponding holdings at year-end 2007. Our Corporate
Investments Group Division currently plans to continue selling most of its publicly listed holdings
over the next few years, subject to the legal environment and market conditions.
Major Industrial Holdings
Share of capital (in %)
Market value (in € m.)
and Other Investments
Name
Country of domicile
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Daimler AG
Germany
2.7
4.4
692
2,967
Allianz SE
Germany
–
1.7
–
1,154
Linde AG
Germany
2.4
5.2
250
789
EADS N.V.
Netherlands
0.8
0.8
74
133
Other
N/M
N/M
N/M
56
37
Total
1,071
5,081
N/M – Not meaningful
Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk management safeguards the ability of the bank to meet all payment obligations
when they come due. Our liquidity risk management framework has been an important factor in
maintaining adequate liquidity and in managing our funding profile during 2008.
Liquidity Risk Management Framework
Treasury is responsible for the management of liquidity risk. Our liquidity risk management
framework is designed to identify, measure and manage the liquidity risk position. The underlying
policies are reviewed and approved regularly by the board member responsible for Treasury. The
policies define the methodology which is applied to the Group.
Our liquidity risk management approach starts at the intraday level (operational liquidity)
managing the daily payments queue, forecasting cash flows and factoring in our access to Central
Banks. It then covers tactical liquidity risk management dealing with the access to unsecured
funding sources and the liquidity characteristics of our asset inventory
(asset liquidity). Finally, the strategic perspective comprises the maturity profile of all assets
and liabilities (Funding Matrix) on our balance sheet and our issuance strategy.
Our cash-flow based reporting system provides daily liquidity risk information to global and
regional management.
Our liquidity position is subject to stress testing and scenario analysis to evaluate the impact of
sudden stress events. Our scenarios are based on historic events, case studies of liquidity crises
and models using hypothetical events.
Short-term Liquidity
Our reporting system tracks cash flows on a daily basis over an 18-month horizon. This system
allows management to assess our short-term liquidity position in each location, region and globally
on a by-currency, by-product and by-division basis. The system captures all of our cash flows from
transactions on our balance sheet, as well as liquidity risks resulting from off-balance sheet
transactions. We model products that have no specific contractual maturities using statistical
methods to capture the behavior of their cash flows. Liquidity outflow limits (Maximum Cash Outflow
Limits), which have been set to limit cumulative global and local cash outflows, are monitored on a
daily basis to safeguard our access to liquidity.
Unsecured Funding
Unsecured funding is a finite resource. Total unsecured funding represents the amount of
external liabilities which we take from the market irrespective of instrument, currency or tenor.
Unsecured funding is measured on a regional basis by currency and aggregated to a global
utilization report. The Capital and Risk Committee approves limits to protect our access to
unsecured funding at attractive levels.
Asset Liquidity
The asset liquidity component tracks the volume and booking location within our consolidated
inventory of unencumbered, liquid assets which we can use to raise liquidity via secured funding
transactions. Securities inventories include a wide variety of different securities. As a first
step, we segregate illiquid and liquid securities in each inventory. Subsequently we assign
liquidity values to different classes of liquid securities.
The liquidity of these assets is an important element in protecting us against short-term liquidity
squeezes. In addition, we continue to keep liquidity reserves containing highly liquid securities
in major currencies around the world to support our liquidity profile in case of potential
deteriorating market conditions. The liquidity reserves have been increased by € 48.0
billion during 2008 and amount to € 57.6 billion as of December 31, 2008. This reserve
does not include collateral the bank needs to support its clearing activities in euro, U.S. dollars
and other currencies which are held in separate portfolios around the globe.
Funding Diversification
Diversification of our funding profile in terms of investor types, regions, products and
instruments is an important element of our liquidity risk management framework. Our core funding
resources are retail deposits and long-term capital markets issues and, to a lesser extent,
small-midcap and fiduciary deposits. Other customer deposits, funds from institutional investors
and borrowing from other banks are additional sources of funding. We use interbank deposits
primarily to fund liquid assets.
20-F Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk
In 2008 we continued our focus on increasing our stable core funding components and reducing our
short-term wholesale funds.
The following chart shows the composition of our external unsecured liabilities that contribute to
the liquidity risk position (which excludes, for example, structured arrangements which are
self-funding) as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, both in euro billion and as a
percentage of our total external unsecured liabilities.
*
In 2008, we have refined our allocation of liabilities to funding sources to better
reflect our funding profile. For comparison purposes, we have adjusted our 2007 figures
accordingly.
**
Refers to deposits by small and medium-sized German corporates.
***
Commercial Paper/Certificates of Deposit with a maturity of one year or less.
Funding Matrix
We have mapped all funding-relevant assets and all liabilities into time buckets corresponding
to their maturities to compile a maturity profile (Funding Matrix). Given that trading assets are
typically more liquid than their contractual maturities suggest, we have determined individual
liquidity profiles reflecting their relative liquidity value. We have taken assets and liabilities
from the retail bank that show a behavior of being renewed or prolonged regardless of capital
market conditions (mortgage loans and retail deposits) and assigned them to time buckets reflecting
the
expected prolongation. Wholesale banking products are included with their contractual maturities.
The Funding Matrix identifies the excess or shortfall of assets over liabilities in each time
bucket, facilitating management of open liquidity exposures. The Funding Matrix is a key input
parameter for our annual capital market issuance plan, which, upon approval by the Capital and Risk
Committee, establishes issuing targets for securities by tenor, volume and instrument.
In 2008, Treasury issued capital market instruments with a total value of approximately € 53.5
billion, € 15.5 billion more than the original issuance plan. This increase was one of a
series of precautionary measures taken in response to the continuing difficulties in the financial
markets.
For information regarding the maturity profile of our long-term debt, please refer to Note
[27] of our consolidated financial statements.
Stress Testing and Scenario Analysis
We use stress testing and scenario analysis to evaluate the impact of sudden stress events on
our liquidity position. The scenarios have been based on historic events, such as the 1987 stock
market crash, the 1990 U.S. liquidity crunch and the September 2001 terrorist attacks, liquidity
crisis case studies and hypothetical events. Also incorporated are new liquidity risk drivers
revealed by the financial markets crisis: prolonged term money-market freeze, collateral
repudiation, nonfungibility of currencies and stranded syndications. The hypothetical events
encompass internal shocks, such as operational risk events and ratings downgrades, as well as
external shocks, such as systemic market risk events, emerging market crises and event shocks.
Under each of these scenarios we assume that all maturing loans to customers will need to be rolled
over and require funding whereas rollover of liabilities will be partially impaired resulting in a
funding gap. We then model the steps we would take to counterbalance the resulting net shortfall in
funding. Action steps would include switching from unsecured to secured funding, selling assets and
adjusting the price we would pay on liabilities (gap closure).
This analysis is fully integrated in our liquidity risk management framework. We track contractual
cash flows per currency and product over an eight-week horizon (which we consider the most critical
time span in a liquidity crisis) and apply the relevant stress case to each product. Asset
liquidity complements the analysis.
Our stress testing analysis assesses our ability to generate sufficient liquidity under critical
conditions and has been a valuable input when defining our target liquidity risk position. The
analysis is performed monthly. The following table shows stress testing results as of December 31,2008. For each scenario, the table shows what our cumulative funding gap would be over an
eight-week horizon after occurrence of the triggering event and how much counterbalancing liquidity
we could generate.
Scenario
Funding gap1
Gap closure2
Liquidity impact3
in € bn.
in € bn.
Market risk
3
97
Improves over time
Emerging markets
13
110
Improves over time
Systemic shock
12
92
Temporary disruption
Operational risk
7
100
Temporary disruption
1 notch downgrade
16
119
Improves over time
3 notch downgrade
65
119
Improves and stabilizes
1
Funding gap caused by impaired rollover of liabilities and other expected outflows.
2
Based on liquidity generation through counterbalancing and asset liquidity opportunities.
3
We analyze whether the risk to our liquidity would be temporary or longer-term in nature.
Based on observations made during the financial crisis, we have reviewed our stress testing
framework and amended it in various aspects: The market risk scenario has been redefined and now
reflects the systemic knock-on effects seen since the fall of 2007. Across all scenarios, we have
added liquidity risk drivers (e.g. FX-fungibility and secured funding) to cover sources of
liquidity risk not accounted for by the previous methodology but which became apparent
20-F Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk
during the market disruptions. The downgrade scenarios have also been recalibrated to the most
recent credit ratings of the Bank. The following table is illustrative of our stress testing
results as of December 31, 2008 based on the new methodology, which will be reported going forward.
New scenario
Funding gap1
Gap closure2
Liquidity impact3
in € bn.
in € bn.
Systemic market risk
57
115
Improves over time
Emerging markets
19
115
Improves over time
Event shock
26
99
Temporary disruption
Operational risk (DB specific)
20
120
Temporary disruption
1 notch downgrade (DB specific)
45
119
Permanent
Downgrade to A-2/P-2 (DB specific)
129
132
Permanent
1
Funding gap caused by impaired rollover of liabilities and other expected outflows.
2
Based on liquidity generation through counterbalancing and asset liquidity opportunities.
3
We analyze whether the risk to our liquidity would be temporary or longer-term in nature.
With the increasing importance of liquidity management in the financial industry, we consider
it important to confer with central banks, supervisors, rating agencies and market participants on
liquidity risk-related topics. We participate in a number of working groups regarding liquidity and
participate in efforts to create industry-wide standards that are appropriate to evaluate and
manage liquidity risk at financial institutions.
In addition to our internal liquidity management systems, the liquidity exposure of German banks is
regulated by the Banking Act and regulations issued by the BaFin. For a further description of
these regulations, see “Item 4: Information on the Company – Regulation and Supervision –
Regulation and Supervision in Germany – Liquidity Requirements.” We are in compliance with all
applicable liquidity regulations.
Capital Management
Treasury manages our capital at Group level and locally in each region. The allocation of
financial resources, in general, and capital, in particular, favors business portfolios with the
highest positive impact on our profitability and shareholder value. As a result, Treasury
periodically reallocates capital among business portfolios.
Treasury implements our capital strategy, which itself is developed by the Capital and Risk
Committee and approved by the Management Board, including the issuance and repurchase of shares. We
are committed to maintaining our sound capitalization. Overall capital demand and supply are
constantly monitored and adjusted, if necessary, to meet the need for capital from various
perspectives. These include book equity based on IFRS accounting standards, regulatory capital and
economic capital. In October 2008, we revised our target for the Tier 1 capital ratio upwards to
approximately 10 % from an 8-9 % target range at the beginning of the year.
The allocation of capital, determination of our funding plan and other resource issues are framed
by the Capital and Risk Committee.
Regional capital plans covering the capital needs of our branches and subsidiaries are prepared on
a semi-annual basis and presented to the Group Investment Committee. Most of our subsidiaries are
subject to legal and regulatory capital requirements. Local Asset and Liability Committees attend
to those needs under the stewardship of regional Treasury teams. Furthermore, they safeguard
compliance with requirements such as restrictions on dividends allowable for remittance to Deutsche
Bank AG or on the ability of our subsidiaries to make loans or advances to the parent
bank. In developing, implementing and testing our capital and liquidity, we take such legal and
regulatory requirements into account.
The 2007 Annual General Meeting granted our management the authority to repurchase up to 52.6
million shares from the market before October 31, 2008. Based on this authorization, the share buy
back program 2007/08 was launched in May 2007 and completed in May 2008 when a new authority was
granted.
During this period, 7.2 million shares were repurchased (6.33 million in 2007 and
0.82 million in 2008), thereof 4.1 million shares, or 57 %, were
repurchased through the end of June 2007. With the start of the crisis in July 2007, the share
buy-back volume was significantly reduced and only 3.1 million shares were repurchased
between July 2007 and May 2008.
The 2008 Annual General Meeting granted our management the authority to buy back up to 53.1
million shares before the end of October 2009. As of year-end 2008, no shares have been
repurchased under this authorization.
In September 2008, we issued 40 million new registered shares without par value to
institutional investors in an offering conducted as an accelerated book-build. The placement price
was € 55 per share. The aggregate gross proceeds amounted to € 2.2 billion. The purpose of
the capital increase was to generate the Tier 1 capital requirement for the acquisition of a
minority stake in Deutsche Postbank AG from Deutsche Post AG.
Capital management sold 16.3 million of our treasury shares (approximately 2.9 % of
our share capital) in open-market transactions from October to November 2008.
We issued U.S.$ 2.0 billion of hybrid Tier 1 capital and U.S.$ 800 million and
€ 200 million of contingent capital for the year ended December 31, 2007. In 2008, we issued
€ 1.0 billion and U.S.$ 3.2 billion of contingent capital. These contingent capital
instruments issued in 2008 are Upper Tier 2 subordinated notes that can be converted into hybrid
Tier 1 capital at our sole discretion. In 2008, we converted € 1.0 billion and U.S.$ 4.0
billion of contingent capital into hybrid Tier 1 capital leaving only the € 200 million
issued in 2007 in its original form. Total outstanding hybrid Tier 1 capital (all noncumulative
trust preferred securities) as of December 31, 2008, amounted to € 9.6 billion compared to
€ 5.6 billion as of December 31, 2007.
Operational Risk
We define operational risk as the potential for incurring losses in relation to employees,
contractual specifications and documentation, technology, infrastructure failure and disasters,
projects, external influences and customer relationships. This definition includes legal and
regulatory risk, but excludes business and reputational risk.
Organizational Set-up
Operational Risk Management is an independent risk management function within Deutsche Bank.
The Global Head of Operational Risk Management is a member of the Risk Executive Committee and
reports to the Chief Risk Officer. The Operational Risk Management Committee is a permanent
sub-committee of the Risk Executive Committee and
is composed of representatives from Operational Risk Management, Operational Risk Officers from our
Business Divisions and our infrastructure functions. The Operational Risk Management Committee is
the main decision-making
20-F Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk
committee for all operational risk management matters and approves our Group standards for
identification, assessment, tracking, acceptance, reporting and monitoring of operational risk.
Operational Risk Management is responsible for defining the operational risk framework, related
policies and the management of cross divisional and cross regional operational risk while the
responsibility for implementing the framework as well as the day-to-day operational risk management
lies with our business divisions and infrastructure functions. Based on this business partnership
model we ensure close monitoring and high awareness of operational risk. Operational Risk
Management is structured into global relationship teams and a central methodology team. The global
relationship teams, which are aligned with our divisional and regional structure, oversee and
support the implementation of the operational risk framework within the Bank in an effort to ensure
consistent management of operational risks across the business divisions, infrastructure functions
and regions. This also includes the management of cross divisional and cross regional operational
risk, value-added analysis, group reporting and establishing loss thresholds. The central
methodology team develops, validates and implements the operational risk management and reporting
toolset, including the Advanced Measurement Approach (“AMA”) methodology and is responsible for the
monitoring of regulatory requirements.
Managing Our Operational Risk
We manage operational risk based on a Group-wide consistent framework that enables us to
determine our operational risk profile in comparison to our risk appetite and to define risk
mitigating measures and priorities.
We apply a number of techniques to efficiently manage the operational risk in our business, for example:
—
We perform bottom-up
“self-assessments” resulting in a specific operational risk profile for the
business lines highlighting the areas with high risk potential.
—
We collect losses arising from operational risk events in our “db-Incident Reporting System” database.
—
We capture and monitor key operational risk indicators in our tool “db-Score”.
—
We capture action points resulting from risk analysis, lessons learned, self-assessments, risk
workshops or risk indicators in “db-Track”. Within “db-Track” we monitor the progress of the
operational risk action points on an on-going basis.
—
We document the residual operational risk after mitigation in “Risk Acceptances”.
—
We create additional loss scenarios and utilize external event data to supplement our operational
risk profile utilized in the capital calculation and in the day-to-day management of operational
risk.
During 2008 we have maintained approval by the BaFin to use the Advanced Measurement Approach
(“AMA”).
Based on the organizational set-up, the governance and systems in place to identify and manage the
operational risk and the support of control functions responsible for specific operational risk
types (e.g., Compliance, Corporate Security & Business Continuity) we seek to optimize the
management of operational risk. Future operational risks, identified through forward-looking
analysis, are managed via mitigation strategies such as the development of back-up systems and
emergency plans. Where appropriate, we purchase insurance against operational risks.
The table below shows our overall risk position at year-end 2008 and 2007 as measured by the
economic capital calculated for credit, market, business and operational risk; it does not include
liquidity risk.
To determine our overall (nonregulatory) risk position, we generally consider diversification
benefits across risk types except for business risk, which we aggregate by simple addition.
Economic capital usage
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Credit risk1
8,986
7,043
Market risk1
8,794
4,944
Trading market risk
5,547
3,227
Nontrading market risk
3,247
1,718
Operational risk
4,147
3,974
Diversification benefit across credit, market and operational risk
(3,134
)
(2,651
)
Sub-total credit, market and operational risk
18,793
13,310
Business risk
513
301
Total economic capital usage
19,306
13,611
1
Traded default risk is reported under trading market risk beginning in 2008. It was
reported previously under credit risk. Amounts above for 2007 have been restated.
As of December 31, 2008, our economic capital usage totaled € 19.3 billion, which is
€ 5.7 billion, or 42 %, above the € 13.6 billion economic capital usage as of
December 31, 2007. This increase in economic capital principally reflects the effects of various
refinements made to our economic capital calculations during the year, as well as the effects of
higher market volatility, in particular,
—
the completion of a Group-wide roll-out of our “multi-state” model for
credit risk, which increased economic capital by € 1.4 billion,
—
the introduction of trading market risk economic capital calculations
for banking book assets subject to fair value accounting, which added
€ 958 million economic capital,
—
the recalibration of stress test shocks used for calculating trading
market risk economic capital, which increased economic capital by
€ 1.1 billion, and
—
higher market volatility resulting in increased internal exposure
measures for derivatives, which contributed € 1.0 billion to the
increase.
These refinements are also the key drivers for economic capital changes in most of our individual
risk categories as discussed below.
The € 1.9 billion increase in credit risk economic capital usage principally reflects higher
market volatility resulting in increased internal exposure measures for derivatives, which
contributed € 1.0 billion to the increase, as well as the completion of the roll-out of our
“multi-state” model for credit risk, which increased economic capital by € 1.4 billion. The
aforementioned increases were partly off-set as economic capital of € 908 million for
banking book assets subject to fair value accounting were reclassified from credit risk to market
risk. As of December 31, 2008, our economic capital usage for market risk totaled € 8.8
billion, an increase of € 3.8 billion from December 31, 2007.
20-F Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk
Within trading market risk, € 1.1 billion of the € 2.3 billion increase resulted from
a recalibration of stress test shocks to take into account the unfavorable market developments of
2007 and early 2008, while the additional economic capital on banking book assets subject to fair
value accounting of € 908 million (from the above reclassification) and € 958 million (from
the newly introduced calculation discussed above) was partially offset through lower economic
capital as a result of asset dispositions and hedging, among other factors.
Nontrading market risk economic capital increased by € 1.5 billion, primarily due to higher
economic capital in our major industrial holdings and other corporate investments of € 364
million and € 820 million respectively while economic capital on our alternative asset
portfolio also rose by € 344 million.
Our economic capital usage for operational risk increased by € 173 million, or 4 %,
to € 4.1 billion as of December 31, 2008. The increase in operational risk economic capital
is driven by an increased number of loss events external to Deutsche Bank.
Our economic capital for December 31, 2008 does not include any economic capital in relation to the
transaction structure for our acquisition of Deutsche Postbank AG shares as discussed in Note [44]
to the consolidated financial statements.
The diversification effect of the economic capital usage across credit, market and operational risk
increased by € 483 million, or 18 %, to € 3.1 billion as of December 31,2008. This increase was driven by and is fully in line with the increased economic capital usages
of the aforementioned risk types.
The table below shows the economic capital usage of our business segments as of December 31, 2008.
Dec 31, 2008
Corporate and Investment Bank
Private Clients and Asset Management
Corporate
Total DB
Corporate
Global
Total
Asset and
Private &
Total
Invest-
Group2
Banking &
Trans-
Wealth
Business
ments
Securities1
action
Manage-
Clients
in € m.
Banking
ment
Total economic capital usage
14,361
590
14,951
1,456
2,341
3,797
550
19,306
1
Central Areas & Support items allocated to CB&S.
2
Including € 8 million of Consolidation & Adjustments.
The allocation of economic capital may change to reflect refinements in our risk measurement
methodology.
An evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of our
management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness
of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of December 31, 2008. There are, as described below,
inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any control system, including disclosure controls and
procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can provide only
reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives. Based upon such evaluation, our Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the design and operation of our
disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2008.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management of Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, is
responsible for
establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal
control over financial
reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the our principal executive officer and
our principal financial officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of the firm’s financial statements for external reporting
purposes in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards. As of December 31, 2008,
management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting based on the framework established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this
assessment, management has determined that our internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2008 was effective based on such framework.
KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, the registered public accounting firm that audited the
financial statements included in this document, has issued an attestation report on our internal
control over financial reporting, which attestation report is set forth below.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Supervisory Board of
Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft:
We have audited Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft’s internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal
Control - Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Deutsche Bank
Aktiengesellschaft’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over
financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over
Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control
over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was
maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining
an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material
weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal
control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A
company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1)
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company;
and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized
acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or
detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are
subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that
the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft maintained, in all material respects, effective
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in
Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft as of
December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, recognized income
and expense and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008,
and our report dated March 11, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated
financial statements.
KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft
(formerly KPMG Deutsche Treuhand-Gesellschaft Aktiengesellschaft Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft)
Change in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection
with the evaluation referred to above that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2008 that
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over
financial reporting.
A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not
absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. As such, disclosure controls
and procedures or systems for internal control over financial reporting may not prevent all error
and all fraud. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are
resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs.
Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide
absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the company have
been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making
can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur
because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual
acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control.
The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the
likelihood of future events, and any design may not succeed in achieving its stated goals under all
potential future conditions; over time, control may become inadequate because of changes in
conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of
the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud
may occur and not be
detected.
Item 16A:
Audit Committee Financial Expert
Our Supervisory Board has determined that Dr. Clemens Börsig and Dr.
Karl-Gerhard Eick, who are members of its Audit Committee, are “audit committee financial
experts”, as such term is defined by the regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission
issued pursuant to Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. For a description of their
experience, please see “Item 6: Directors, Senior Management and Employees – Directors and Senior
Management – Supervisory Board.” The audit committee financial experts mentioned above are
“independent” of us, as
defined in Rule 10A-3 under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which is the definition to
which we, as a
foreign private issuer the common shares of which are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, are
subject.
Item 16B:
Code of Ethics
In response to Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we have adopted a code of ethics
that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting
officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. A copy of this code of ethics is
available on our Internet website at http://www.deutsche-bank.com/corporate-governance, under the
heading “Codes of Ethics”. Other than several nonsubstantive changes made in May 2006, there have
been no amendments or waivers to this code of ethics since its adoption. Information regarding any
future amendments or waivers will be published on the aforementioned website.
20-F Item 16C: Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Item 16C:
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
In accordance with German law, our principal accountants are appointed by our Annual General
Meeting based on a recommendation of our Supervisory Board. The Audit Committee of our Supervisory
Board prepares such recommendation. Subsequent to the principal accountants’ appointment, the Audit
Committee awards the contract and in its sole authority approves the terms and scope of the audit
and all audit engagement fees as well as monitors the principal accountants’ independence. At our
2007 and 2008 Annual General Meetings, our shareholders appointed KPMG AG
Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, which had been our principal accountants for a number of years, as
our principal accountants for the 2007 and 2008 fiscal years, respectively.
The table set forth below contains the aggregate fees billed for each of the last two fiscal years
by our principal accountants in each of the following categories: (1) Audit Fees, which are fees
for professional services for the audit of our annual financial statements or services that are
normally provided by the accountant in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or
engagements for those fiscal years, (2) Audit-Related Fees, which are fees for assurance and
related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our
financial statements and are not reported as Audit Fees, and (3) Tax-Related Fees, which are fees
for professional services rendered for tax compliance, tax consulting and tax planning, and (4) All
Other Fees, which are fees for products and services other than Audit Fees, Audit-Related Fees and
Tax-Related Fees. These amounts exclude expenses and VAT.
Fee category
in € m.
2008
2007
Audit fees
44
43
Audit-related fees
8
8
Tax-related fees
7
8
All other fees
–
–
Total fees
59
59
Our Audit-Related Fees included fees for accounting advisory, due diligence relating to actual
or contemplated acquisitions and dispositions, attestation engagements and other agreed-upon
procedure engagements. Our Tax-Related Fees included fees for services relating to the preparation
and review of tax returns and related compliance assistance and advice, tax consultation and advice
relating to Group tax planning strategies and initiatives and assistance with assessing compliance
with tax regulations. Our Other Fees were incurred for project-related advisory services.
United States law and regulations, and our own policies, generally require all engagements of our
principal accountants be pre-approved by our Audit Committee or pursuant to policies and procedures
adopted by it. Our Audit Committee has adopted the following policies and procedures for
consideration and approval of requests to engage our principal accountants to perform non-audited
services. Engagement requests must in the first instance be submitted to the Accounting Engagement
Team established and supervised by our Group Finance Committee, whose members consist of our Chief
Financial Officer and senior members of our Finance and Tax departments. If the request relates to
services that would impair the independence of our principal accountants, the request must be
rejected. Our Audit Committee has given its pre-approval for specified assurance, financial
advisory and tax services, provided the
expected fees for any such service do not exceed € 1 million. If the engagement request
relates to such specified pre-approved services, it may be approved by the Group Finance Committee,
which must thereafter report such approval to the Audit Committee. If the engagement request
relates neither to prohibited non-audit services nor to pre-approved non-audit services, it must be
forwarded by the Group Finance Committee to the Audit Committee for consideration. In
addition, to facilitate the consideration of engagement requests between its meetings, the Audit
Committee has delegated approval authority to several of its members who are “independent” as
defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the New York Stock Exchange. Such members are
required to report any approvals made by them to the Audit Committee at its next meeting.
Additionally, United States law and regulations permit the pre-approval requirement to be waived
with respect to engagements for non-audit services aggregating no more than five percent of the
total amount of revenues we paid to our principal accountants, if such engagements were not
recognized by us at the time of engagement and were promptly brought to the attention of our Audit
Committee or a designated member thereof and approved prior to the completion of the audit. In each
of 2007 and 2008, the percentage of the total amount of revenue we paid to our principal
accountants represented by non-audit services in each category that were subject to such a waiver
was less than 5 %.
Item 16D:
Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
Our common shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the corporate governance rules of
which require a foreign private issuer such as us to have an audit committee that satisfies the
requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These requirements
include a requirement that the audit committee be composed of members that are “independent” of the
issuer, as defined in the Rule, subject to certain exemptions, including an exemption for employees
who are not executive officers of the issuer if the employees are elected or named to the board of
directors or audit committee pursuant to the issuer’s governing law or documents, an employee
collective bargaining or similar agreement or other home country legal or listing requirements. The
German Co-Determination Act of 1976 (Mitbestimmungsgesetz) requires that the shareholders elect
half of the members of the supervisory board of large German companies, such as us, and that
employees in Germany elect the other half. Employee-elected members are typically themselves
employees or representatives of labor unions representing employees. Pursuant to law and practice,
committees of the Supervisory Board are typically composed of both shareholder- and
employee-elected members. Of the current members of our Audit Committee, three – Henriette Mark,
Karin Ruck and Marlehn Thieme – are current employees of Deutsche Bank who have been elected as
Supervisory Board members by the employees. None of them is an executive officer. Accordingly,
their service on the Audit Committee is permissible pursuant to the exemption from the independence
requirements provided for by paragraph (b)(1)(iv)(C) of the Rule. We do not believe the reliance on
such exemption would materially adversely affect the ability of the Audit Committee to act
independently and to satisfy the other requirements of the Rule.
20-F Item 16E: Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
Item 16E:
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
In 2008, we repurchased 824,900 of our ordinary shares pursuant to a publicly announced share
buy-back program. This program was announced on May 30, 2007 and was completed by May 29, 2008.
Pursuant to this program, a total of 7,155,200 shares were repurchased (6,330,300 in 2007
and 824,900 in 2008) at an average price of € 101.14, for a total aggregate consideration of
€ 724 million. A new share buy-back program, pursuant to which up to 53,053,143
shares may be repurchased through October 31, 2009, was authorized by the Annual General
Meeting on May 29, 2008, but no repurchases were made under it in 2008. In 2008, 5.5
million shares were used in connection with our share-based employee compensation plans. A
further 16.3 million shares were sold in the market during the fourth quarter 2008. The
remainder is held in treasury.
In addition to these share buy-back programs, pursuant to shareholder authorizations approved at
our 2007 and 2008 Annual General Meetings, we are authorized to buy and sell, for the purpose of
securities trading, our ordinary shares through October 31, 2009, provided that the net number of
shares we have acquired for this purpose and held at the close of any trading day may not exceed
5 % of our share capital on that day. The gross volume of these securities trading
transactions is often large, and even the net amount of such repurchases or sales may, in a given
month, be large, though over longer periods of time such transactions tend to offset and are in any
event constrained by the 5 % of share capital limit. These securities trading transactions
consist predominantly of transactions on major non-U.S. securities exchanges. We also enter into
derivative contracts with respect to our shares.
The following table sets forth, for each month in 2008 and for the year as a whole, the total gross
number of our shares repurchased by us and our affiliated purchasers (pursuant to both the share
buy-back programs noted above and the securities trading activities described above), the total
gross number of shares sold, the net number of shares purchased or sold, the average price paid per
share (based on the gross shares repurchased), the number of shares that were purchased as part of
the two publicly announced share buy-back programs mentioned above and the maximum number of shares
that at that date remained eligible for purchase under such programs.
At December 31, 2008, our issued share capital consisted of 570,859,015 ordinary shares, of
which 562,666,955 were outstanding and 8,192,060 were held by us in treasury. In 2008, 458,915
shares were issued upon the exercise of options granted under our employee stock option plans.
In addition, on September 22, 2008, we issued 40,000,000 new ordinary shares at € 55 per share
resulting in total proceeds of € 2.2 billion in connection with our acquisition of shares of
Deutsche Postbank. The shares were issued with full dividend rights for the year 2008 from
authorized capital and without subscription rights. These new issuances of shares are not included
as shares sold in the foregoing table.
Item 16G:
Corporate Governance
The Legal Framework. Corporate governance principles for German stock corporations
(Aktiengesellschaften) are set forth in the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz), the German
Co-Determination Act of 1976 (Mitbestimmungsgesetz) and the German Corporate Governance Code
(Deutscher Corporate Governance Kodex, referred to as the Code).
The Two-Tier Board System of a German Stock Corporation. The Stock Corporation Act provides for a
clear separation of management and oversight functions. It therefore requires German stock
corporations to have both a Supervisory Board (Aufsichtsrat) and a Management Board (Vorstand).
These boards are separate; no individual may be a member of both. Both the members of the
Management Board and the members of the Supervisory Board must exercise the standard of care of a
diligent business person to the company. In complying with this standard of care they are required
to take into account a broad range of considerations, including the interests of the company and
those of its shareholders, employees and creditors.
The Management Board is responsible for managing the company and representing the company in its
dealings with third parties. The Management Board is also required to ensure appropriate risk
management within the corporation
and to establish an internal monitoring system. The members of the Management Board, including its
chairperson or speaker, are regarded as peers and share a collective responsibility for all
management decisions.
The Supervisory Board appoints and removes the members of the Management Board. It also may appoint
a chairperson of the Management Board. Although it is not permitted to make management decisions,
the Supervisory Board has comprehensive monitoring functions, including advising the company on a
regular basis and participating in decisions of fundamental importance to the company. To ensure
that these monitoring functions are carried out properly, the Management Board must, among other
things, regularly report to the Supervisory Board with regard to current business operations and
business planning, including any deviation of actual developments from concrete and material
targets previously presented to the Supervisory Board. The Supervisory Board may also request
special reports from the Management Board at any time. Transactions of fundamental importance to
the company, such as major strategic decisions or other actions that may have a fundamental impact
on the company’s assets and liabilities, financial condition or results of operations, may be
subject to the consent of the Supervisory Board. Pursuant to our Articles of Association (Satzung),
such transactions include the granting of powers of attorney without
limitation to the affairs of a specific office, major acquisitions or disposals of real estate or participations in companies and
granting of loans and acquiring participations if the Banking Act (Kreditwesengesetz) requires
approval by the Supervisory Board.
Pursuant to the Co-Determination Act, our Supervisory Board consists of representatives elected by
the shareholders and representatives elected by the employees in Germany. Based on the total number
of Deutsche Bank employees in Germany these employees have the right to elect one-half of the total
of twenty Supervisory Board members. The chairperson of the Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank is a
shareholder representative who has the deciding vote in the event of a tie.
This two-tier board system contrasts with the unitary board of directors envisaged by the relevant
laws of all U.S. states and the New York Stock Exchange listing standards.
The Group Executive Committee of Deutsche Bank is a body that is not based on the Stock Corporation
Act. It has been created by the Management Board under its terms of reference and serves as a tool
to coordinate the group divisions and regional management with the Management Board. It comprises
the members of the Management Board, the heads of the two client-facing group divisions and the
head of regions. It reviews the development of the businesses, discusses matters of group strategy
and prepares recommendations for decision by the Management Board. Functional committees assist the
Management Board in executing cross divisional strategic management, resource allocation, control
and risk management.
The Recommendations of the Code. The Code was issued in 2002 by a commission composed of German
corporate governance experts appointed by the German Federal Ministry of Justice in 2001. The Code
was last amended in June 2008 and, as a general rule, will be reviewed annually and amended if
necessary to reflect international corporate governance developments. The Code describes and
summarizes the basic mandatory statutory corporate governance principles found in the provisions of
German law. In addition, it contains supplemental recommendations and suggestions for standards on
responsible corporate governance intended to reflect generally accepted best practice.
The Code addresses six core areas of corporate governance. These are (1) shareholders and
shareholders’ meetings, (2) the cooperation between the Management Board and the Supervisory Board,
(3) the Management Board, (4) the Supervisory Board, (5) transparency and (6) financial reporting
and audits.
The Code contains three types of provisions. First, the Code describes and summarizes the existing
statutory, i.e., legally binding, corporate governance framework set forth in the Stock Corporation
Act and in other German laws. Those laws – and not the incomplete and abbreviated summaries of
them reflected in the Code – must be complied with. The second type of provisions are
recommendations. While these are not legally binding, Section 161 of the Stock Corporation Act
requires that any German exchange-listed company declares annually that the recommendations of the
Code have been adopted by it or which recommendations have not been adopted. The third type of Code
provisions comprises suggestions which companies may choose not to adopt without disclosure. The
Code contains a significant number of such suggestions, covering almost all of the core areas of
corporate governance it addresses.
In their last Declaration of Conformity of October 29, 2008, the Management Board and the
Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank stated that it will act in conformity with the recommendations
of the Code other than those relating to directors and officers’ liability insurance (the Code
recommends that such policies include an appropriate deductible,
Deutsche Bank’s do not). The
Declaration of Conformity is available on Deutsche Bank’s internet website at
http://www.deutschebank.com/corporate-governance.
The Code also recommends that the Management Board and the Supervisory Board report each year on
the company’s corporate governance in the annual report to shareholders.
Supervisory Board Committees. The only Supervisory Board committee required under German law is a
mediation committee, which is required in companies with more than two thousand employees in
Germany that are therefore subject to the principle of employee co-determination. The function of
this committee is to propose candidates for the Management Board in the event that the two-thirds
majority of the members of the Supervisory Board needed to
appoint members of the Management Board is not met.
The Code contains the recommendation that the Supervisory Board also establishes one or more
committees with sufficiently qualified members. In particular, it recommends establishing an “audit
committee” to handle issues of accounting and risk management, compliance, auditor independence,
the engagement and compensation of outside auditors appointed by the shareholders’ meeting and the
determination of auditing focal points. Since 2007 the Code also recommends establishing a
“nomination committee” comprised only of shareholder elected Supervisory Board members to prepare
the Supervisory Board’s proposals for the election or appointment of new shareholder
representatives to the Supervisory Board. The Code also includes suggestions on the subjects that
may be handled by Supervisory Board committees, including corporate strategy, compensation of the
members of the Management Board, investments and financing. Under the Stock Corporation Act, any
Supervisory Board committee must regularly report to the Supervisory Board.
The Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank has established a Chairman’s Committee (Präsidialausschuss)
which is responsible for deciding the terms of the service contracts and other contractual
arrangements with the members of the Management Board, a Nomination Committee
(Nominierungsausschuss), an Audit Committee (Prüfungsausschuss), a Risk Committee (Risikoausschuss)
and the required Mediation Committee (Vermittlungsausschuss). The
functions of a nominating/corporate governance committee and of a compensation committee required
by the NYSE Manual for U.S. companies listed on the NYSE are therefore performed by the Supervisory
Board or one of its committees, in particular the Chairman’s Committee and the Mediation Committee.
Independent Board Members. The NYSE Manual requires that a majority of the members of the board of
directors of a NYSE listed U.S. company and each member of its nominating/corporate governance,
compensation and audit committees be “independent” according to strict criteria and that the board
of directors determines that such member has no material direct or indirect relationship with the
company.
As a foreign private issuer, Deutsche Bank is not subject to these requirements. However, its audit
committee must meet the more lenient independence requirement of Rule 10A-3 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934. German corporate law does not require an affirmative independence
determination, meaning that the Supervisory Board need not make affirmative findings that audit
committee members are independent. Nevertheless, both the Stock Corporation Act and the Code
contain several rules, recommendations and suggestions to ensure the Supervisory Board’s
independent advice to, and supervision of, the Management Board. As noted above, no member of the
Management Board may serve on the Supervisory Board (and vice versa). Supervisory Board members
will not be bound by directions or instructions from third parties. Any advisory, service or
similar contract between a member of the Supervisory Board and the company is subject to the
Supervisory Board’s approval. A similar requirement applies to loans granted by the company to a
Supervisory Board member or other persons, such as certain members of a Supervisory Board member’s
family. In addition, the Code recommends that no more than two former members of the Management
Board be members of the Supervisory Board and that Supervisory Board members do not hold
directorships or accept advisory tasks for important competitors of the company. Furthermore, the
Code suggests that the chairperson of the audit committee should not be the current chair of the
Supervisory Board or a former member of the Management Board of the company. Deutsche Bank complies
with this recommendation and suggestion.
The Code also recommends that each member of the Supervisory Board informs the Supervisory Board of
any conflicts of interest which may result from a consulting or directorship function with clients,
suppliers, lenders or other business partners of the stock corporation. In the case of material
conflicts of interest or ongoing conflicts, the Code recommends that the mandate of the Supervisory
Board member be removed by the shareholders’ meeting. The Code further recommends that any
conflicts of interest that have occurred be reported by the Supervisory Board at the annual
shareholders’ meeting, together with the action taken, and that potential conflicts of interest be
also taken into account in the nomination process for the election of Supervisory Board members.
Audit Committee Procedures. Pursuant to the NYSE Manual the audit committee of a U.S. company
listed on the NYSE must have a written charter addressing its purpose, an annual performance
evaluation, and the review of an auditor’s report describing internal quality control issues and
procedures and all relationships between the auditor
and the company. The Audit Committee of Deutsche Bank operates under written terms of reference and
reviews the efficiency of its activities regularly.
Disclosure of Corporate Governance Guidelines. Deutsche Bank discloses its Articles of Association,
the Terms of Reference of its Management Board, its Supervisory Board, the Chairman’s Committee and
the Audit Committee, its Declaration of Conformity under the Code and other documents pertaining to
its corporate governance on its internet website at
http://www.deutsche-bank.com/corporate-governance.
The total amount of long-term debt securities of us or our subsidiaries
authorized under any instrument does not exceed 10 percent of the total assets
of our Group on a consolidated basis. We hereby agree to furnish to the
Commission, upon its request, a copy of any instrument defining the rights of
holders of long-term debt of us or of our subsidiaries for which consolidated
or unconsolidated financial statements are required to be filed.
4.1
Global Partnership Plan – Equity Units Plan Rules, furnished as Exhibit 4.3
to our 2004 Annual Report on Form 20-F and incorporated by reference herein.
7.1
Statement re Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges of Deutsche
Bank AG for the periods ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 (also
incorporated as Exhibit 12.2 to Registration Statement No. 333-137902 of
Deutsche Bank AG).
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F
and has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
Report of Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm
To the Supervisory Board of
Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft
and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated
statements of income, recognized income and expense, and cash flows for each of the years in the
three-year period ended December 31, 2008. These consolidated financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft and subsidiaries as
of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of
the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with International
Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
As described in Note [1] to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its
accounting policy for the recognition of actuarial gains and losses related to post-employment
benefits for defined benefit plans in accordance with IAS 19 “Employee Benefits” and has changed
its method of accounting for certain financial assets in the year ended December 31, 2008 following
the adoption of “Reclassification of Financial Assets” (Amendments to IAS 39 “Financial
Instruments: Recognition and Measurement” and IFRS 7 “Financial Instruments: Disclosures”).
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States), Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft’s internal control over financial reporting
as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our
report dated March 11, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting.
Consolidated Statement of Recognized Income and Expense
in € m.
2008
2007
2006
Net income (loss) recognized in the income statement
(3,896
)
6,510
6,079
Actuarial gains (losses) related to defined benefit plans, net of tax1
(1
)
486
84
Net gains (losses) not recognized in the income statement, net of tax
Unrealized net gains (losses) on financial assets available for sale:
Unrealized net gains (losses) arising during the period, before tax
(4,549
)
1,022
1,101
Net reclassification adjustment for realized net (gains) losses, before tax
(666
)
(793
)
(651
)
Unrealized net gains (losses) on derivatives hedging variability of cash flows:
Unrealized net gains (losses) arising during the period, before tax
(265
)
(19
)
(68
)
Net reclassification adjustment for realized net (gains) losses, before tax
2
13
(8
)
Foreign currency translation:
Unrealized net gains (losses) arising during the period, before tax
(1,124
)
(1,783
)
(779
)
Net reclassification adjustment for realized net (gains) losses, before tax
(3
)
(5
)
8
Tax on net gains (losses) not recognized in the income statement
731
215
(25
)
Total net gains (losses) not recognized in the income statement, net of tax
(5,874
)2
(1,350
)3
(422
)4
Total recognized income and expense
(9,771
)
5,646
5,741
Attributable to:
Minority interest
(37
)
4
(27
)
Deutsche Bank shareholders
(9,734
)
5,642
5,768
1
Due to a change in accounting policy, actuarial gains (losses) related to defined benefit
plans were recognized directly in retained earnings with prior periods adjusted in
accordance with Note [1]. Included in these amounts are deferred taxes of € 1
million, € (192) million and € (65) million for the
years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
2
Represents the change in the balance sheet in net gains (losses) not recognized in the
income statement (net of tax) between December 31, 2007 of € 1,047 million and December 31,2008 of € (4,851) million, adjusted for changes in minority interest attributable to these
components of € 24 million.
3
Represents the change in the balance sheet in net gains (losses) not recognized in the
income statement (net of tax) between December 31, 2006 of € 2,365 million and December 31,2007 of € 1,047 million, adjusted for changes in minority interest attributable to these
components of € (32) million.
4
Represents the change in the balance sheet in net gains (losses) not recognized in the
income statement (net of tax) between December 31, 2005 of € 2,751 million and December 31,2006 of € 2,365 million, adjusted for changes in minority interest attributable to these
components of € (36) million.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
[17], [18]
9,267
13,597
Securities borrowed
[17], [18]
35,022
55,961
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
of which € 62 billion and € 179 billion were pledged to creditors and can be sold or repledged
at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively
[11], [18], [35]
1,623,811
1,378,011
Financial assets available for sale
of which € 464 million and € 17 million were pledged to creditors and can be sold or repledged
at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively
[13], [17], [18]
24,835
42,294
Equity method investments
[14]
2,242
3,366
Loans
[15], [16], [37]
269,281
198,892
Property and equipment
[19]
3,712
2,409
Goodwill and other intangible assets
[21]
9,877
9,383
Other assets
[22], [23]
137,829
183,638
Assets for current tax
[33]
3,512
2,428
Deferred tax assets
[33]
8,470
4,777
Total assets
2,202,423
1,925,003
Liabilities and equity:
Deposits
[24]
395,553
457,946
Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements
[17], [18]
87,117
178,741
Securities loaned
[17], [18]
3,216
9,565
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
[11], [35]
1,333,765
870,085
Other short-term borrowings
[26]
39,115
53,410
Other liabilities
[23]
160,598
171,444
Provisions
[25]
1,418
1,295
Liabilities for current tax
[33]
2,354
4,221
Deferred tax liabilities
[33]
3,784
2,380
Long-term debt
[27]
133,856
126,703
Trust preferred securities
[27]
9,729
6,345
Obligation to purchase common shares
[28]
4
3,553
Total liabilities
2,170,509
1,885,688
Common shares, no par value, nominal value of € 2.56
[29], [30]
1,461
1,358
Additional paid-in capital
[30]
14,961
15,808
Retained earnings
[30]
20,074
26,051
Common shares in treasury, at cost
[29], [30]
(939
)
(2,819
)
Equity classified as obligation to purchase common shares
[28], [30]
(3
)
(3,552
)
Net gains (losses) not recognized in the income statement, net of tax
Unrealized net gains (losses) on financial assets available for sale, net of applicable
tax and other
[30]
(882
)
3,635
Unrealized net gains (losses) on derivatives hedging variability of cash flows, net of tax
[30]
(349
)
(52
)
Foreign currency translation, net of tax
[30]
(3,620
)
(2,536
)
Total net gains (losses) not recognized in the income statement, net of tax
[30]
(4,851
)
1,047
Total shareholders’ equity
30,703
37,893
Minority interest
[30]
1,211
1,422
Total equity
[30]
31,914
39,315
Total liabilities and equity
2,202,423
1,925,003
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Provision for loan losses
1,084
651
352
Restructuring activities
–
(13
)
30
Gain on sale of financial assets available for sale, equity method investments and other
(1,732
)
(1,907
)
(913
)
Deferred income taxes, net
(1,525
)
(918
)
165
Impairment, depreciation and other amortization, and accretion
3,047
1,731
1,355
Share of net income from equity method investments
(53
)
(358
)
(207
)
Income (loss) adjusted for noncash charges and other items
(3,075
)
5,696
6,861
Adjustments for net increase/decrease/change in operating assets and liabilities:
Interest-earning time deposits with banks
(3,964
)
7,588
(3,318
)
Central bank funds sold, securities purchased under resale
agreements, securities borrowed
24,363
5,146
(11,394
)
Trading assets
(472,203
)
(270,948
)
(23,301
)
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
169,423
(75,775
)
(19,064
)
Loans
(37,981
)
(22,185
)
(14,403
)
Other assets
38,573
(42,674
)
(30,083
)
Deposits
(56,918
)
47,464
35,720
Trading liabilities
655,218
173,830
(38,865
)
Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
(159,613
)
70,232
41,518
Central bank funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements,
securities loaned
(97,009
)
69,072
18,955
Other short-term borrowings
(14,216
)
6,531
7,452
Other liabilities
(15,482
)
21,133
30,079
Senior long-term debt
12,769
22,935
10,480
Other, net
(2,768
)
(1,255
)
527
Net cash provided by operating activities
37,117
16,790
11,164
Cash flows from investing activities:
Proceeds from:
Sale of financial assets available for sale
19,433
12,470
11,952
Maturities of financial assets available for sale
18,713
8,179
6,345
Sale of equity method investments
680
1,331
3,897
Sale of property and equipment
107
987
123
Purchase of:
Financial assets available for sale
(37,819
)
(25,230
)
(22,707
)
Equity method investments
(881
)
(1,265
)
(1,668
)
Property and equipment
(939
)
(675
)
(606
)
Net cash paid for business combinations/divestitures
(24
)
(648
)
(1,120
)
Other, net
(39
)
463
314
Net cash used in investing activities
(769
)
(4,388
)
(3,470
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Issuances of subordinated long-term debt
523
429
976
Repayments and extinguishments of subordinated long-term debt
(659
)
(2,809
)
(1,976
)
Issuances of trust preferred securities
3,404
1,874
1,043
Repayments and extinguishments of trust preferred securities
–
(420
)
(390
)
Common shares issued under share-based compensation plans
19
389
680
Capital increase
2,200
–
–
Purchases of treasury shares
(21,736
)
(41,128
)
(38,830
)
Sales of treasury shares
21,426
39,729
36,380
Dividends paid to minority interests
(14
)
(13
)
(26
)
Increase in minority interests
331
585
130
Cash dividends paid
(2,274
)
(2,005
)
(1,239
)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
3,220
(3,369
)
(3,252
)
Net effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
(402
)
(289
)
(510
)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
39,166
8,744
3,932
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
26,098
17,354
13,422
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
65,264
26,098
17,354
Net cash provided by operating activities includes
Income taxes paid (received), net
(2,495
)
2,806
3,102
Interest paid
43,724
55,066
49,921
Interest and dividends received
54,549
64,675
58,275
Cash and cash equivalents comprise
Cash and due from banks
9,826
8,632
7,008
Interest-earning demand deposits with banks (not included: time deposits of € 9,300 m. at
December 31, 2008 and € 4,149 m. and € 8,853 m. at December 31, 2007 and 2006)
55,438
17,466
10,346
Total
65,264
26,098
17,354
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.
20-F Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
[1] Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Accounting
Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft (“Deutsche Bank” or the “Parent”) is a stock corporation
organized under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany. Deutsche Bank together with all
entities in which Deutsche Bank has a controlling financial interest (the “Group”) is a global
provider of a full range of corporate and investment banking, private clients and asset management
products and services. For a discussion of the Group’s business segment information, see Note [2].
The accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented in euros, the presentation
currency of the Group, and have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting
Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and endorsed
by the European Union (“EU”). Since the Group does not use the “carve-out” relating to hedge
accounting included in IAS 39, “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement,” as endorsed by
the EU, its financial statements fully comply with IFRS as issued by the IASB. In accordance with
IFRS 4, “Insurance Contracts”, the Group has applied its previous accounting practices (U.S. GAAP)
for insurance contracts. The date of transition to IFRS for the Group was January 1, 2006.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make
estimates and assumptions for certain categories of assets and liabilities. Areas where this is
required include the fair value of certain financial assets and liabilities, the allowance for loan
losses, the impairment of assets other than loans, goodwill and intangibles, the recognition and
measurement of deferred tax assets, provisions for uncertain income tax positions, legal and
regulatory contingencies, the reserves for insurance and investment contracts, reserves for
pensions and similar obligations. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet
date, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results
could differ from management’s estimates.
In preparation of the 2008 financial statements, the Group made a number of minor adjustments, with
immaterial effect, to prior year footnote disclosures. The Group has assessed the impact of errors
on current and prior periods and concluded that the following described adjustments are required to
comparative amounts or the earliest opening balance sheet. The Group also voluntarily elected to
change its accounting policy for the recognition of actuarial gains and losses related to
post-employment benefits.
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
1,474,103
(96,092
)
1,378,011
Deferred tax assets
4,772
5
4,777
Other assets
182,897
741
183,638
Liabilities:
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
966,177
(96,092
)
870,085
Other liabilities
171,509
(65
)
171,444
Liabilities for current tax
4,515
(294
)
4,221
Deferred tax liabilities
2,124
256
2,380
Equity:
Retained earnings
25,116
570
365
26,051
Net gains (losses) not recognized in the income statement:
Foreign currency translation, net of tax
(2,450
)
(15
)
(71
)
(2,536
)
Employee Benefits: Defined Benefit Accounting
In the fourth quarter 2008, the Group changed its accounting policy for the recognition of
actuarial gains and losses related to post-employment benefits for defined benefit plans. On
transition to IFRS, the Group elected to recognize all cumulative actuarial gains and losses as an
opening retained earnings adjustment in accordance with the transition provisions of IFRS 1,
“First-Time Adoption of IFRS”. The Group’s accounting policy for future recognition of actuarial
gains and losses was to defer and amortize to earnings based on the 10 % “corridor approach”. The
Group has elected to voluntarily change its accounting policy from the corridor approach to
immediate recognition of actuarial gains and losses in shareholders’ equity in the period in which
they arise. In accordance with IFRS, the change was applied retrospectively. The change in
accounting policy is considered to provide more relevant information about the Group’s financial
position, as it recognizes economic events in the period in which they occur. The retrospective
adjustments had an impact on the consolidated balance sheet and the consolidated statement of
recognized income and expense but not on the consolidated statement of income or consolidated cash
flow statement.
20-F Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Offsetting
In second quarter 2008, the Group concluded that it meets the criteria required to offset the
positive and negative market values of OTC interest rate swaps transacted with
the London Clearing
House (“LCH”). Under IFRS, positions are netted by currency and across maturities. The application of
offsetting had no impact on the consolidated income statement or shareholder’s equity.
The presentation of interest and similar income and interest expense was adjusted with no impact on
net interest income.
Adjustment of Current Tax Liability
In the fourth quarter 2008, the Group determined that it had continued to report tax liabilities
for periods prior to 2006 which were not required. Current tax liabilities were retrospectively
adjusted by the amounts in the table above, with related adjustments to opening retained earnings
and opening foreign currency translation reserves where appropriate.
The following is a description of the significant accounting policies of the Group. Other than as
previously and otherwise described, these policies have been consistently applied for 2006, 2007
and 2008.
Principles of Consolidation
The financial information in the consolidated financial statements includes that for the parent
company, Deutsche Bank AG, together with its subsidiaries, including certain special purpose
entities (“SPEs”), presented as
a single economic unit.
The Group’s subsidiaries are those entities which it controls. The Group controls entities when it
has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of the entity, generally accompanying
a shareholding, either directly or indirectly, of more than one half of the voting rights. The
existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are
considered in assessing whether the Group controls an entity.
The Group sponsors the formation of SPEs and interacts with non-sponsored SPEs for a variety of
reasons, including allowing clients to hold investments in separate legal entities, allowing
clients to invest jointly in alternative assets, for asset securitization transactions, and for
buying or selling credit protection. When assessing whether to consolidate an SPE, the Group
evaluates a range of factors, including whether (1) the activities of the SPE are being conducted
on behalf of the Group according to its specific business needs so that the Group obtains the
benefits from the SPE’s operations, (2) the Group has decision-making powers to obtain the majority
of the benefits, (3) the Group obtains the majority of the benefits of the activities of the SPE,
and (4) the Group retains the majority of the residual ownership risks related to the assets in
order to obtain the benefits from its activities. The Group consolidates an SPE if an
assessment of the relevant factors indicates that it controls the SPE.
Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group and are no
longer consolidated from the date that control ceases.
The Group reassesses consolidation status at least at every quarterly reporting date. Therefore,
any changes in structure are considered when they occur. This includes changes to any contractual
arrangements the Group has, including those newly executed with the entity, and is not only limited
to changes in ownership.
The Group reassesses its treatment of SPEs for consolidation when there is an overall change in the
SPE’s arrangements or when there has been a substantive change in the relationship between the
Group and an SPE. The circumstances that would indicate that a reassessment for consolidation is
necessary include, but are not limited to, the following:
—
substantive changes in ownership of the SPE, such as the purchase of
more than an insignificant additional interest or disposal of more
than an insignificant interest in the SPE;
—
changes in contractual or governance arrangements of the SPE;
—
additional activities undertaken in the structure, such as providing a
liquidity facility beyond the terms established originally or entering
into a transaction with an SPE that was not contemplated originally;
and
—
changes in the financing structure of the entity.
In addition, when the Group concludes that the SPE might require additional support to continue in
business, and such support was not contemplated originally, and, if required, the Group would
provide such support for reputational or other reasons, the Group reassesses the need to
consolidate the SPE.
The reassessment of control over the existing SPEs does not automatically lead to consolidation or
deconsolidation.
In making such a reassessment, the Group may need to change its assumptions with respect to loss
probabilities, the likelihood of additional liquidity facilities being drawn in the future and the
likelihood of future actions being taken for reputational or other purposes. All currently
available information, including current market parameters and expectations (such as loss
expectations on assets), which would incorporate any market changes since inception of the SPE, is
used in the reassessment of consolidation conclusions.
20-F Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
The purchase method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries. The cost
of an acquisition is measured at the fair value of the assets given, equity instruments issued and
liabilities incurred or assumed, plus any costs directly related to the acquisition. The excess of
the cost of an acquisition over the Group’s share of the fair value of the identifiable net assets
acquired is recorded as goodwill. If the acquisition cost is below the fair value of the
identifiable net assets (negative goodwill), a gain may be reported in other income.
All intercompany transactions, balances and unrealized gains on transactions between Group
companies are eliminated on consolidation. Consistent accounting policies are applied throughout
the Group for the purposes of consolidation. Issuances of a subsidiary’s stock to third parties are
treated as capital issuances.
Assets held in an agency or fiduciary capacity are not assets of the Group and are not included in
the Group’s consolidated balance sheet.
Minority interests are shown in the consolidated balance sheet as a separate component of equity,
which is distinct from Deutsche Bank’s shareholders’ equity. The net income attributable to
minority interests is separately disclosed on the face of the consolidated income statement.
Associates and Jointly Controlled Entities
An associate is an entity in which the Group has significant influence, but not a controlling
interest, over the operating and financial management policy decisions of the entity. Significant
influence is generally presumed when the Group holds between 20 % and 50 % of the
voting rights. The existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable
or convertible are considered in assessing whether the Group has significant influence. Among the
other factors that are considered in determining whether the Group has significant influence are
representation on the board of directors (supervisory board in the case of German stock
corporations) and material intercompany transactions. The existence of these factors could require
the application of the equity method of accounting for a particular investment even though the
Group’s investment is for less than 20 % of the voting stock.
A jointly controlled entity exists when the Group has a contractual arrangement with one or more
parties to undertake activities through entities which are subject to joint control.
Investments in associates and jointly controlled entities are accounted for under the equity method
of accounting. The Group’s share of the results of associates and jointly controlled entities is
adjusted to conform to the accounting policies of the Group. Unrealized gains on transactions are
eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the investee.
Under the equity method of accounting, the Group’s investments in associates and jointly controlled
entities are initially recorded at cost, and subsequently increased (or decreased) to reflect both
the Group’s pro-rata share of the post-acquisition net income (or loss) of the associate or jointly
controlled entity and other movements included directly in the equity of the associate or jointly
controlled entity. Goodwill arising on the acquisition of an associate or a jointly-controlled
entity is included in the carrying value of the investment (net of any accumulated impairment
loss). Equity method losses in excess of the Group’s carrying value of the investment in the entity
are charged against other assets held by the Group related to the investee. If those assets are
written down to zero, a determination is made whether to report additional losses based on the
Group’s obligation to fund such losses.
Foreign Currency Translation
The consolidated financial statements are prepared in euros, which is the presentation currency
of the Group. Various entities in the Group use a different functional currency, being the currency
of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates.
An entity records foreign currency revenues, expenses, gains and losses in its functional currency
using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of recognition.
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the entity’s functional
currency are translated at the period end closing rate. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting
from the translation and settlement of these items are recognized in the income statement as net
gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss.
Translation differences on non-monetary items classified as available for sale (for example, equity
securities) are not recognized in the income statement but are included in net gains (losses) not
recognized in the income statement within shareholders’ equity until the sale of the asset when
they are transferred to the income statement as part of the overall gain or loss on sale of the
item.
For purposes of translation into the presentation currency, assets, liabilities and equity of
foreign operations are translated at the period-end closing rate, and items of income and expense
are translated into euro at the rates prevailing on the dates of the transactions, or average rates
of exchange where these approximate actual rates. The exchange differences arising on the
translation of a foreign operation are included in net gains (losses) not recognized in the income
statement within shareholders’ equity and subsequently included in the profit or loss on disposal
or partial disposal of the operation.
20-F Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Interest, Fees and Commissions
Revenue is recognized when the amount of revenue and associated costs can be reliably measured,
it is probable that economic benefits associated with the transaction will be realized, and the
stage of completion of the transaction can be reliably measured. This concept is applied to the
key-revenue generating activities of the Group as follows.
Net Interest Income – Interest from all interest-bearing assets and liabilities is recognized as
net interest income using the effective interest method. The effective interest rate is a method of
calculating the amortized cost of a financial asset or a financial liability and of allocating the
interest income or expense over the relevant period using the estimated future cash flows. The
estimated future cash flows used in this calculation include those determined by the contractual
terms of the asset or liability, all fees that are considered to be integral to the effective
interest rate, direct and incremental transaction costs, and all other premiums or discounts.
Once an impairment loss has been recognized on a loan or available for sale debt security financial
asset, although the accrual of interest in accordance with the contractual terms of the instrument
is discontinued, interest income is recognized based on the rate of interest that was used to
discount future cash flows for the purpose of measuring the impairment loss. For a loan this would
be the original effective interest rate, but a new effective interest rate would
be established each time an available for sale debt security is impaired as impairment is measured
to fair value and would be based on a current market rate.
When financial assets are reclassified from trading or available for sale to loans a new effective
interest rate is established based on a best estimate of future expected cash flows.
Commission and Fee Income – The recognition of fee revenue (including commissions) is determined
by the purpose for the fees and the basis of accounting for any associated financial instruments.
If there is an associated financial instrument, fees that are an integral part of the effective
interest rate of that financial instrument are included within the effective yield calculation.
However, if the financial instrument is carried at fair value through profit or loss, any
associated fees are recognized in profit or loss when the instrument is initially recognized,
provided there are no significant unobservable inputs used in determining its fair value. Fees
earned from services that are provided over a specified service period are recognized over that
service period. Fees earned for the completion of a specific service or significant event are
recognized when the service has been completed or the event has occurred.
Loan commitment fees related to commitments that are not accounted for at fair value through profit
or loss are recognized in commissions and fee income over the life of the commitment if it is
unlikely that the Group will enter into a specific lending arrangement. If it is probable that the
Group will enter into a specific lending arrangement, the loan commitment fee is deferred until the
origination of a loan and recognized as an adjustment to the loan’s effective interest rate.
Performance-linked fees or fee components are recognized when the performance criteria are
fulfilled.
The following fee income is predominantly earned from services that are provided over a period of
time: investment fund management fees, fiduciary fees, custodian fees, portfolio and other
management and advisory fees, credit-related fees and commission income. Fees predominantly earned
from providing transaction-type services include underwriting fees, corporate finance fees and
brokerage fees.
Arrangements involving multiple services or products – If the Group contracts to provide multiple
products, services
or rights to a counterparty, an evaluation is made as to whether an overall fee should be allocated
to the different components of the arrangement for revenue recognition purposes. Structured trades
executed by the Group are the principal example of such arrangements and are assessed on a
transaction by transaction basis. The assessment considers the value of items or services delivered
to ensure that the Group’s continuing involvement in other aspects of the arrangement are not
essential to the items delivered. It also assesses the value of items not yet delivered and, if
there is a right of return on delivered items, the probability of future delivery of remaining
items or services. If it is
determined that it is appropriate to look at the arrangements as separate components, the amounts
received are allocated based on the relative value of each component. If there is no objective and
reliable evidence of the value of the delivered item or an individual item is required to be
recognized at fair value then the residual method is used. The residual method calculates the
amount to be recognized for the delivered component as being the amount remaining after allocating
an appropriate amount of revenue to all other components.
Financial Assets and Liabilities
The Group classifies its financial assets and liabilities into the following categories:
financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, loans, financial assets
available for sale (“AFS”) and other financial liabilities. The Group does not classify any
financial instruments under the held-to-maturity category. Appropriate classification of financial
assets and liabilities is determined at the time of initial recognition or when reclassified in the
balance sheet. Generally the balance sheet captions are the classes of financial assets and
liabilities except for those as described in this section.
Purchases and sales of financial assets and issuances and repurchases of financial liabilities
classified at fair value through profit or loss and financial assets classified as AFS are
recognized on trade date, which is the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the
asset or issue or repurchase the financial liability. All other financial instruments are
recognized on a settlement date basis.
20-F Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Financial Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value through Profit or Loss
The Group classifies certain financial assets and financial liabilities as either held for trading
or designated at fair value through profit or loss. They are carried at fair value and presented as
financial assets at fair value through profit or loss and financial liabilities at fair value
through profit or loss, respectively. Related realized and unrealized gains and losses are included
in net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss.
Interest on interest earning assets such as traded loans and debt securities and dividends on
equity instruments are presented
in interest and similar income for financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss.
Trading Assets and Liabilities – Financial instruments are classified as held for trading if they
have been originated, acquired or incurred principally for the purpose of selling or repurchasing
them in the near term, or they form part of a portfolio of identified financial instruments that
are managed together and for which there is evidence of a recent actual pattern of short-term
profit-taking.
Financial Instruments Designated at Fair Value through Profit or Loss – Certain financial assets
and liabilities that do not meet the definition of trading assets and liabilities are designated at
fair value through profit or loss using the fair value option. To be designated at fair value
through profit or loss, financial assets and liabilities must meet one of the following criteria:
(1) the designation eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency;
(2) a group of financial assets or liabilities or both is managed and its performance is evaluated
on a fair value basis in accordance with a documented risk management or investment strategy; or
(3) the instrument contains one or more embedded derivatives unless: (a) the embedded derivative
does not significantly modify the cash flows that otherwise would be required by the contract; or
(b) it is clear with little or no analysis that separation is prohibited.
In addition, the Group allows the fair value option to be designated only for those financial
instruments for which a reliable estimate of fair value can be obtained.
Loan Commitments
Certain loan commitments are designated at fair value through profit or loss under the fair value
option. As indicated under the discussion of ‘Derivatives and Hedge Accounting’, some loan
commitments are classified as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. All other
loan commitments remain off-balance sheet. Therefore, the Group does not recognize and measure
changes in fair value of these off-balance sheet loan commitments that result from changes in
market interest rates or credit spreads. However, as specified in the discussion “Impairment of
loans and provision for off-balance sheet positions” below, these off-balance sheet loan
commitments are assessed for impairment individually and, where appropriate, collectively.
Loans
Loans include originated and purchased non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable
payments that are not quoted in an active market and which are not classified as financial assets
at fair value through profit or loss or financial assets available for sale.
Loans are initially recognized at fair value. When the loan is issued at a market rate, fair value
is represented by the cash advanced to the borrower plus the net of direct and incremental
transaction costs and fees. They are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective
interest method less impairment.
Financial Assets Classified as Available for Sale
Financial assets that are not classified as at fair value through profit or loss or as loans are
classified as AFS, as either debt or equity securities. A financial asset classified as AFS is
initially recognized at its fair value plus transaction costs that are directly attributable to the
acquisition of the financial asset. The amortization of premiums and accretion of discount are
recorded in net interest income. Financial assets classified as AFS are carried at fair value with
the changes in fair value reported in equity, in net gains (losses) not recognized in the income
statement, unless the asset is subject to a fair value hedge, in which case changes in fair value
resulting from the risk being hedged are recorded in other income. For monetary financial assets
classified as AFS (for example, debt instruments), changes in carrying amounts relating to changes
in foreign exchange rate are recognized in the income statement and other changes in carrying
amount are recognized in equity as indicated above. For financial assets classified as AFS that are
not monetary items (for example, equity instruments), the gain or loss that is recognized in equity
includes any related foreign exchange component.
Financial assets classified as AFS are assessed for impairment as discussed in the section of this
Note ‘Impairment of financial assets classified as Available for Sale’. Realized gains and losses
are reported in net gains (losses) on financial assets available for sale. Generally, the
weighted-average cost method is used to determine the cost of financial assets. Gains and losses
recorded in equity are transferred to the income statement on disposal of an available for sale
asset as part of the overall gain or loss on sale.
Financial Liabilities
Except for financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, financial liabilities are
measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method.
Financial liabilities include long-term and short-term debt issued which are initially measured at
fair value, which is the consideration received, net of transaction costs incurred. Repurchases of
issued debt in the market are treated as extinguishments and any related gain or loss is recorded
in the consolidated statement of income. A subsequent sale of own bonds in the market is treated as
a reissuance of debt.
20-F Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Reclassification of Certain Financial Assets
The Group may reclassify certain financial assets out of financial assets as at fair value through
profit or loss and the available for sale classification into the loans classification. For assets
to be reclassified there must be a clear change in management intent with respect to the assets
since initial recognition and the financial asset must meet the definition of a loan at the
reclassification date. Additionally, there must be an intent and ability to hold the asset for the
foreseeable future at the reclassification date. There is no single specific period that defines
foreseeable future. Rather, it is a matter requiring management judgment. In exercising this
judgment, the Group established the following minimum guideline for what constitutes foreseeable
future. At the time of reclassification, there must be:
—
no intent to dispose of the asset through sale or securitization within one year and no internal or external requirement
that would restrict the Group’s ability to hold or require sale; and
—
the business plan going forward should not be to profit from short-term movements in price.
Financial assets proposed for reclassification which meet these criteria are considered based on
the facts and circumstances of each financial asset under consideration. A positive management
assertion is required after taking into account the ability and plausibility to execute the
strategy to hold.
Financial assets are reclassified at their fair value at the reclassification date. Any gain or
loss already recognized in the income statement is not reversed. The fair value of the instrument
at reclassification date becomes the new amortized cost of the instrument. The expected cash flows
on the financial instruments are estimated at the reclassification date and these estimates are
used to calculate a new effective interest rate for the instruments. If there is a subsequent
increase in expected future cash flows on reclassified assets as a result of increased
recoverability, the effect of that increase is recognized as an adjustment to the effective
interest rate from the date of the change in estimate rather than as an adjustment to the carrying
amount of the asset at the date of the change in estimate. If there is a subsequent decrease in
expected future cash flows the asset would be assessed for impairment as discussed in the section
of this Note ‘Impairment of Loans and Provision for Off-Balance Sheet Positions’.
For instruments reclassified from available for sale to loans and receivables any unrealized gain
or loss recognized in shareholders’ equity is subsequently amortized into interest income using the
effective interest rate of the instrument. If the instrument is subsequently impaired any
unrealized loss which is held in shareholders’ equity for that instrument at that date is
immediately recognized in the income statement as a loan loss provision.
Determination of Fair Value
Fair value is defined as the price at which an asset or liability could be exchanged in a current
transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. The
fair value of instruments that are quoted in active markets is determined using the quoted prices
where they represent those at which regularly and recently occurring transactions take place. The
Group uses valuation techniques to establish the fair value of instruments where prices quoted in
active markets are not available. Therefore, where possible, parameter inputs to the valuation
techniques are based on observable data derived from prices of relevant instruments traded in an
active market. These valuation techniques involve some level of management estimation and judgment,
the degree of which will depend on the price transparency for the instrument or market and the
instrument’s complexity. The valuation process to determine fair value also includes making
appropriate adjustments to the valuation model outputs to consider
factors such as bid-offer spread valuation adjustments, liquidity and credit risk (both
counterparty credit risk in relation to financial assets and the non-performance in relation to
financial liabilities).
Recognition of Trade Date Profit
If there are significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation technique, the financial
instrument is recognized at the transaction price and any profit implied from the valuation
technique at trade date is deferred. Using systematic methods, the deferred amount is recognized
over the period between trade date and the date when the market is expected to become observable,
or over the life of the trade (whichever is shorter). Such methodology is used
because it reflects the changing economic and risk profiles of the instruments as the market
develops or as the instruments themselves progress to maturity. Any remaining trade date deferred
profit is recognized in the income statement when the transaction becomes observable or the Group
enters into offsetting transactions that substantially eliminate the instrument’s risk. In the rare
circumstances that a trade date loss arises, it would be recognized at inception of the transaction
to the extent that it is probable that a loss has been incurred and a reliable estimate of the loss
amount can be made.
Derivatives and Hedge Accounting
Derivatives are used to manage exposures to interest rate, foreign currency, credit and other
market price risks,
including exposures arising from forecast transactions. All freestanding contracts that are
considered derivatives for accounting purposes are carried at fair value on the balance sheet
regardless of whether they are held for trading or nontrading purposes.
Gains and losses on derivatives held for trading are included in gain (loss) on financial
assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss.
The Group makes commitments to originate loans it intends to sell. Such positions are classified as
financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, and related gains and losses are
included in net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or
loss. Loan commitments that can be settled net in cash or by delivering or issuing another
financial instrument are classified as derivatives. Market value guarantees provided on specific
mutual fund products offered by the Group are also accounted for as derivatives and carried at fair
value, with changes in fair value recorded in net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at
fair value through profit or loss.
20-F Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Certain derivatives entered into for nontrading purposes, which do not qualify for hedge accounting
but are otherwise effective in offsetting the effect of transactions on noninterest income and
expenses, are recorded in other assets or other liabilities with both realized and unrealized
changes in fair value recorded in the same noninterest income and expense captions as those
affected by the transaction being offset. The changes in fair value of all other derivatives not
qualifying for hedge accounting are recorded in net gains and losses on financial
assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss.
Embedded Derivatives
Some hybrid contracts contain both a derivative and a non-derivative component. In such cases, the
derivative component is termed an embedded derivative, with the non-derivative component
representing the host contract. If the economic characteristics and risks of embedded derivatives
are not closely related to those of the host contract, and the hybrid contract itself is not
carried at fair value through profit or loss, the embedded derivative is bifurcated and reported at
fair value, with gains and losses recognized in net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities
at fair value through profit or loss. The host contract will continue to be accounted for in
accordance with the appropriate accounting standard. The carrying amount of an embedded derivative
is reported in the same consolidated balance sheet line item as the host contract. Certain hybrid
instruments have been designated at fair value through profit or loss using the fair value option.
Hedge Accounting
If derivatives are held for risk management purposes and the transactions meet specific criteria,
the Group applies hedge accounting. For accounting purposes there are three possible types of
hedges: (1) hedges of changes in fair value of assets, liabilities or firm commitments (fair value
hedges); (2) hedges of variability of future cash flows from highly probable forecast transactions
and floating rate assets and liabilities (cash flow hedges); and (3) hedges of the translation
adjustments resulting from translating the functional currency financial statements of foreign
operations into the presentation currency of the parent (hedges of net investments in foreign
operations).
When hedge accounting is applied, the Group designates and documents the relationship between the
hedging instrument and hedged item as well as its risk management objective and strategy for
undertaking the hedging transactions, and the nature of the risk being hedged. This documentation
includes a description of how the Group will assess the hedging instrument’s effectiveness in
offsetting the exposure to changes in the hedged item’s fair value or cash flows attributable to
the hedged risk. Hedge effectiveness is assessed at inception and throughout the term of each
hedging relationship. Hedge effectiveness is always calculated, even when the terms of the
derivative and hedged item are matched.
Hedging derivatives are reported as other assets and other liabilities. In the event that any
derivative is subsequently de-designated as a hedging derivative, it is transferred to financial
assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. Subsequent changes in fair value are
recognized in gain (loss) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss.
For hedges of changes in fair value, the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or
liability, or a portion thereof, attributable to the risk being hedged are recognized in the income
statement along with changes in the entire fair value of the derivative. When hedging interest rate
risk, any interest accrued or paid on both the derivative and the hedged item is reported in
interest income or expense and the unrealized gains and losses from the fair value adjustments are
reported in other income. When hedging the foreign exchange risk of an available for sale security,
the fair value
adjustments related to the security’s foreign exchange exposures are also recorded in other income.
Hedge ineffectiveness is reported in other income and is measured as the net effect of changes in
the fair value of the hedging instrument and changes in the fair value of the hedged item arising
from changes in the market rate or price related to the risk being hedged.
If a fair value hedge of a debt instrument is discontinued prior to the instrument’s maturity
because the derivative is terminated or the relationship is de-designated, any remaining interest
rate-related fair value adjustments made to the carrying amount of the debt instrument (basis
adjustments) are amortized to interest income or expense over the remaining term of the original
hedging relationship. For other types of fair value adjustments and whenever a hedged asset or
liability is sold or otherwise derecognized any basis adjustments are included in the calculation
of the gain or loss on derecognition.
For hedges of variability in cash flows, there is no change to the accounting for the hedged item
and the derivative is carried at fair value, with changes in value reported initially in net gains
(losses) not recognized in the income statement to the extent the hedge is effective. These amounts
initially recorded in net gains (losses) not recognized in the income statement are subsequently
reclassified into the income statement in the same periods during which the forecast transaction
affects the income statement. Thus, for hedges of interest rate risk, the amounts are amortized
into interest income or expense at the same time as the interest is accrued on the hedged
transaction. When hedging the foreign exchange risk of a non-monetary financial asset classified as
available for sale, such as an equity instrument, the amounts initially recorded in net gains
(losses) not recognized in the income statement are subsequently reclassified and included in the
calculation of the gain or loss on sale once the hedged asset is sold.
Hedge ineffectiveness is recorded in other income and is usually measured as the excess (if any) in
the absolute change in fair value of the actual hedging derivative over the absolute change in the
fair value of the hypothetically perfect hedge.
When hedges of variability in cash flows are discontinued, amounts remaining in net gains (losses)
not recognized in the income statement are amortized to interest income or expense over the
remaining life of the original hedge relationship. When other types of hedges of variability in
cash flows are discontinued, the related amounts in net gains (losses) not recognized in the income
statement are reclassified into either the same income statement caption and period as profit or
loss from the forecasted transaction, or in other income when the forecast transaction is no longer
expected to occur.
20-F Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For hedges of the translation adjustments resulting from translating the functional currency
financial statements of foreign operations (hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation) into
the presentation currency of the parent, the portion of the change in fair value of the derivative
due to changes in the spot foreign exchange rate is recorded as
a foreign currency translation adjustment in net gains (losses) not recognized in the income
statement to the extent the hedge is effective; the remainder is recorded as other income in the
income statement.
The gain or loss on the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge is
recognized in profit or loss on disposal of the foreign operation.
Impairment of Financial Assets
At each balance sheet date, the Group assesses whether there is objective evidence that a
financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset or group of financial
assets is impaired and impairment losses are incurred if there is:
—
objective evidence of impairment as a result of a loss event that
occurred after the initial recognition of the asset and up to the
balance sheet date (‘a loss event’);
—
the loss event had an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the
financial asset or the group of financial assets; and
—
a reliable estimate of the loss amount can be made.
Impairment of Loans and Provision for Off-Balance Sheet Positions
The Group first assesses whether objective evidence of impairment exists individually for loans
that are individually significant. It then assesses collectively for loans that are not
individually significant and loans which are significant but for which there is no objective
evidence of impairment under the individual assessment.
To allow management to determine whether a loss event has occurred on an individual basis, all
significant counterparty relationships are reviewed periodically. This evaluation considers current
information and events related to the counterparty, such as the counterparty experiencing
significant financial difficulty or a breach of contract, for example, default or delinquency in
interest or principal payments.
If there is evidence of impairment leading to an impairment loss for an individual counterparty
relationship, then the amount of the loss is determined as the difference between the carrying
amount of the loan(s), including accrued interest, and the present value of expected future cash
flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate or the effective interest rate
established upon reclassification to loans, including cash flows that may result from foreclosure
less costs for obtaining and selling the collateral. The carrying amount of the loans is reduced by
the use of an allowance account and the amount of the loss is recognized in the income statement as
a component of the provision for credit losses.
The collective assessment of impairment is principally to establish an allowance amount relating to
loans that are either individually significant but for which there is no objective evidence of
impairment, or are not individually significant but for which there is, on a portfolio basis, a
loss amount that is probable of having occurred and is reasonably estimable. The loss amount has
three components. The first component is an amount for transfer and currency convertibility risks
for loan exposures in countries where there are serious doubts about the ability of counterparties
to
comply with the repayment terms due to the economic or political situation prevailing in the
respective country of domicile. This amount is calculated using ratings for country risk and
transfer risk which are established and regularly reviewed for each country in which the Group does
business. The second component is an allowance amount representing the incurred losses on the
portfolio of smaller-balance homogeneous loans, which are loans to individuals and small business
customers of the private and retail business. The loans are grouped according to similar credit
risk characteristics and the allowance for each group is determined using statistical models based
on historical experience. The third component represents an estimate of incurred losses inherent in
the group of loans that have not yet been individually identified or measured as part of the
smaller-balance homogenized loans. Loans that were found not to be impaired when evaluated on an
individual basis are included in the scope of this component of the allowance.
Once a loan is identified as impaired, although the accrual of interest in accordance with the
contractual terms of the loan is discontinued, the accretion of the net present value of the
written down amount of the loan due to the passage of time is recognized as interest income based
on the original effective interest rate of the loan.
At each balance sheet date, all impaired loans are reviewed for changes to the present value of
expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate. Any change to
the previously recognized impairment loss is recognized as a change to the allowance account and
recorded in the income statement as a component of the provision for credit losses.
When it is considered that there is no realistic prospect of recovery and all collateral has been
realized or transferred to the Group, the loan and any associated allowance is written off.
Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance account and recorded in the income
statement as a component of the provision for credit losses.
The process to determine the provision for off-balance sheet positions is similar to the
methodology used for loans. Any loss amounts are recognized as an allowance in the balance sheet
within other liabilities and charged to the
income statement as a component of the provision for credit losses.
If in a subsequent period the amount of a previously recognized impairment loss decreases and the
decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognized, the
impairment loss is reversed
by reducing the allowance account accordingly. Such reversal is recognized in profit or loss.
Impairment of Financial Assets Classified as Available for Sale
For financial assets classified as AFS, management assesses at each balance sheet date whether
there is objective evidence that an individual asset is impaired.
20-F Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
In the case of equity investments classified as AFS, objective evidence includes a significant or
prolonged decline in the fair value of the investment below cost. In the case of debt securities
classified as AFS, impairment is assessed based on the same criteria as for loans.
If there is evidence of impairment, the cumulative unrealized loss previously recognized in equity,
in net gains (losses) not recognized in the income statement, is removed from equity and recognized
in the income statement for the
period, reported in net gains (losses) on financial assets available for sale. This amount is
determined as the difference between the acquisition cost (net of any principal repayments and
amortization) and current fair value of the asset less any impairment loss on that investment
previously recognized in the income statement.
When an AFS debt security is impaired, subsequent measurement is on a fair value basis with changes
reported in the income statement. When the fair value of the AFS debt security recovers to at least
amortized cost it is no longer considered impaired and subsequent changes in fair value are
reported in equity.
Reversals of impairment losses on equity investments classified as AFS are not reversed through the
income statement; increases in their fair value after impairment are recognized in equity.
Derecognition of Financial Assets and Liabilities Financial Asset Derecognition
A financial asset is considered for derecognition when the contractual rights to the cash flows
from the financial asset expire, or the Group has either transferred the contractual right to
receive the cash flows from that asset, or has
assumed an obligation to pay those cash flows to one or more recipients, subject to certain
criteria.
The Group derecognizes a transferred financial asset if it transfers substantially all the risks
and rewards of ownership.
The Group enters into transactions in which it transfers previously recognized financial assets but
retains substantially all the associated risks and rewards of those assets; for example, a sale to
a third party in which the Group enters into a concurrent total return swap with the same
counterparty. These types of transactions are accounted for as secured financing transactions.
In transactions in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a financial asset
are neither retained nor transferred, the Group derecognizes the transferred asset if control over
that asset, i.e. the practical ability to sell the transferred asset, is relinquished. The rights
and obligations retained in the transfer are recognized separately as assets and liabilities, as
appropriate. If control over the asset is retained, the Group continues to recognize the asset
to the extent of its continuing involvement, which is determined by the extent to which it remains
exposed to changes in the value of the transferred asset.
The derecognition criteria are also applied to the transfer of part of an asset, rather than the
asset as a whole, or to a group of similar financial assets in their entirety, when applicable. If
transferring a part of an asset, such part must be a specifically identified cash flow, a fully
proportionate share of the asset, or a fully proportionate share of a specifically-identified cash
flow.
Securitization
The Group securitizes various consumer and commercial financial assets, which is achieved via the
sale of these assets to an SPE, which in turn issues securities to investors. The transferred
assets may qualify for derecognition in full or in part, under the policy on derecognition of
financial assets. Synthetic securitization structures typically involve derivative financial
instruments for which the policies in the Derivatives and Hedge Accounting section would apply.
Those transfers that do not qualify for derecognition may be reported as secured financing or
result in the recognition of continuing involvement liabilities. The investors and the
securitization vehicles generally have no recourse to the Group’s other assets in cases where the
issuers of the financial assets fail to perform under the original terms of those assets.
Interests in the securitized financial assets may be retained in the form of senior or subordinated
tranches, interest only strips or other residual interests (collectively referred to as ‘retained
interests’). Provided the Group’s retained interests do not result in consolidation of an SPE, nor
in continued recognition of the transferred assets, these interests are typically recorded in
financial assets at fair value through profit or loss and carried at fair value. Consistent with
the valuation of similar financial instruments, fair value of retained tranches or the financial
assets is initially and subsequently determined using market price quotations where available or
internal pricing models that utilize variables such as yield curves, prepayment speeds, default
rates, loss severity, interest rate volatilities and spreads. The
assumptions used for pricing are based on observable transactions in similar securities and are
verified by external pricing sources, where available.
Gains or losses on securitization depend in part on the carrying amount of the transferred
financial assets, allocated between the financial assets derecognized and the retained interests
based on their relative fair values at the date of the transfer. Gains or losses on securitization
are recorded in gain (loss) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss if
the transferred assets were classified as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss.
20-F Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Derecognition of Financial Liabilities
A financial liability is derecognized when the obligation under the liability is discharged or
canceled or expires. If an existing financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender
on substantially different terms, or the terms of the existing liability are substantially
modified, such an exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original liability
and the recognition of a new liability, and the difference in the respective carrying amounts is
recognized in the income statement.
Repurchase and Reverse Repurchase Agreements
Securities purchased under resale agreements (“reverse repurchase agreements”) and securities
sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”) are treated as collateralized
financings and are recognized initially at fair value, being the amount of cash disbursed and
received, respectively. The party disbursing the cash takes possession of the securities serving as
collateral for the financing and having a market value equal to, or in excess of the principal
amount loaned. The securities received under reverse repurchase agreements and securities delivered
under repurchase agreements are not recognized on, or derecognized from, the balance sheet, unless
the risks and rewards of ownership are obtained or relinquished.
The Group has chosen to apply the fair value option to certain repurchase and reverse repurchase
portfolios that are managed on a fair value basis.
Interest earned on reverse repurchase agreements and interest incurred on repurchase agreements is
reported as interest income and interest expense, respectively.
Securities Borrowed and Securities Loaned
Securities borrowed transactions generally require the Group to deposit cash with the
securities lender. In a securities loaned transaction, the Group generally receives either cash
collateral, in an amount equal to or in excess of the market value of securities loaned, or
securities. The Group monitors the fair value of securities borrowed and securities loaned and
additional collateral is disbursed or obtained, if necessary.
The amount of cash advanced or received is recorded as securities borrowed and securities loaned,
respectively.
The securities borrowed are not themselves recognized in the financial statements. If they are sold
to third parties, the obligation to return the securities is recorded as a financial liability at
fair value through profit or loss and any subsequent gain or loss is included in the income
statement in gain (loss) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss.
Securities lent to counterparties are also retained on the balance sheet.
Fees received or paid are reported in interest income and interest expense, respectively.
Securities owned and pledged as collateral under securities lending agreements in which the
counterparty has the right by contract or
custom to sell or repledge the collateral are disclosed as such on the face of the consolidated
balance sheet.
Financial assets and liabilities are offset, with the net amount reported in the balance sheet,
only if there is a currently enforceable legal right to set off the recognized amounts and there is
an intention to settle on a net basis or to realize an asset and settle the liability
simultaneously. In all other situations they are presented gross.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment includes own-use properties, leasehold improvements, furniture and
equipment and software (operating systems only). Own-use properties are carried at cost less
accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Depreciation is generally recognized
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The range of
estimated useful lives is 25 to 50 years for property and 3 to 10 years for furniture and
equipment. Leasehold improvements are capitalized and subsequently depreciated on a straight-line
basis over the shorter of the term of the lease and the estimated useful life of the improvement,
which generally ranges from 3 to
15 years. Depreciation of property and equipment is included in general and administrative
expenses. Maintenance and repairs are also charged to general and administrative expenses. Gains
and losses on disposals are included in other income.
Property and equipment are tested for impairment at least annually and an impairment charge is
recorded to the
extent the recoverable amount, which is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in
use, is less than its carrying amount. Value in use is the present value of the future cash flows
expected to be derived from the asset. After the recognition of impairment of an asset, the
depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to reflect the asset’s revised carrying amount.
If an impairment is later reversed, the depreciation charge is adjusted prospectively.
Properties leased under a finance lease are capitalized as assets in property and equipment and
depreciated over the terms of the leases.
Investment Property
The Group generally uses the cost model for valuation of investment property and the carrying
value is included on the balance sheet in other assets. When the Group issues liabilities that are
backed by investment property, which pay a return linked directly to the fair value of, or returns
from, specified investment property assets, it has elected to apply the fair value model to those
specific investment property assets. The Group engages, as appropriate, external real estate
experts to determine the fair value of the investment property by using recognized valuation
techniques.
In cases in which prices of recent market transactions of comparable properties are available, fair
value is determined by reference to these transactions.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled entities,
and represents the excess of the fair value of the purchase consideration and costs directly
attributable to the acquisition over the net fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable
assets acquired and the liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed on the date
of the acquisition.
20-F Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the purpose of calculating goodwill, fair values of acquired assets, liabilities and contingent
liabilities are determined by reference to market values or by discounting expected future cash
flows to present value. This discounting is either performed using market rates or by using
risk-free rates and risk-adjusted expected future cash flows.
Goodwill on the acquisition of subsidiaries is capitalized and reviewed for impairment annually, or
more frequently if there are indications that impairment may have occurred. Goodwill is allocated
to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing considering the business level at
which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. On this basis, the Group’s goodwill
carrying cash-generating units are:
—
Global Markets and Corporate Finance (within the Corporate Banking & Securities corporate division);
—
Global Transaction Banking;
—
Asset Management and Private Wealth Management (within the Asset and Wealth Management corporate division);
—
Private & Business Clients; and
—
Corporate Investments.
Goodwill on the acquisitions of associates and jointly controlled entities is included in the cost
of the investments and is reviewed for impairment annually, or more frequently if there is an
indication that impairment may have occurred.
If goodwill has been allocated to a cash-generating unit and an operation within that unit is
disposed of, the attributable goodwill is included in the carrying amount of the operation when
determining the gain or loss on its disposal.
Intangible assets are recognized separately from goodwill when they are separable or arise from
contractual or other legal rights and their fair value can be measured reliably. Intangible assets
that have a finite useful life are stated at cost less any accumulated amortization and accumulated
impairment losses. Customer-related intangible assets that have a finite useful life are amortized
over periods of between 1 and 20 years on a straight-line basis based on their expected useful
life. Mortgage servicing rights are carried at cost and amortized in proportion to, and over the
estimated period of, net servicing revenue. The assets are tested for impairments and their useful
lives reaffirmed at least annually.
Certain intangible assets have an indefinite useful life; these are primarily investment management
agreements
related to retail mutual funds. These indefinite life intangibles are not amortized but are tested
for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate
that impairment may have occurred.
Costs related to software developed or obtained for internal use are capitalized if it is probable
that future economic benefits will flow to the Group, and the cost can be measured reliably.
Capitalized costs are depreciated using the straight-line method over a period of 1 to 3 years.
Eligible costs include external direct costs for materials and services, as well as payroll and
payroll-related costs for employees directly associated with an internal-use software
project. Overhead costs, as well as costs incurred during the research phase or after software is
ready for use, are expensed as incurred.
On acquisition of insurance businesses, the excess of the purchase price over the acquirer’s
interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities
is accounted for as an intangible asset. This intangible asset represents the present value of
future cash flows over the reported liability at the date of acquisition. This is known as value of
business acquired (“VOBA”).
The VOBA is amortized at a rate determined by considering the profile of the business acquired and
the expected depletion in its value. The VOBA acquired is reviewed regularly for any impairment in
value and any reductions are charged as an expense to the income statement.
Financial Guarantees
Financial guarantee contracts are contracts that require the issuer to make specified payments
to reimburse the holder for a loss it incurs because a specified debtor fails to make payments when
due in accordance with the terms of a debt instrument. Such financial guarantees are given to
banks, financial institutions and other parties on behalf of customers to secure loans, overdrafts
and other banking facilities.
Financial guarantees are recognized initially in the financial statements at fair value on the date
the guarantee is given. Subsequent to initial recognition, the Group’s liabilities under such
guarantees are measured at the higher of the amount initially recognized, less cumulative
amortization, and the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle any financial obligation
as of the balance sheet date. These estimates are determined based on experience with similar
transactions and history of past losses, and management’s determination of the best estimate.
Any increase in the liability relating to guarantees is recorded in the income statement under
general and administrative expenses.
20-F Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Leasing Transactions
Lessor
Assets leased to customers under agreements which transfer substantially all the risks and rewards
of ownership, with or without ultimate legal title, are classified as finance leases. When assets
held are subject to a finance lease, the leased assets are derecognized and a receivable is
recognized which is equal to the present value of the minimum lease payments, discounted at the
interest rate implicit in the lease. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and
arranging a finance lease are incorporated into the receivable through the discount rate applied to
the lease. Finance lease income is recognized over the lease term based on a pattern reflecting a
constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the finance lease.
Assets leased to customers under agreements which do not transfer substantially all the risks and
rewards of ownership are classified as operating leases. The leased assets are included within
premises and equipment on the Group’s balance sheet and depreciation is provided on the depreciable
amount of these assets on a systematic basis over their estimated useful economic lives. Rental
income is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease. Initial direct costs
incurred in negotiating and arranging an operating lease are added to the carrying amount of the
leased asset and recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Lessee
Assets held under finance leases are initially recognized on the balance sheet at an amount equal
to the fair value of the leased property or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease
payments. The corresponding liability to the lessor is included in the balance sheet as a finance
lease obligation. The discount rate used in calculating the present value of the minimum lease
payments is either the interest rate implicit in the lease, if it is practicable to determine, or
the incremental borrowing rate. Contingent rentals are recognized as expense in the periods in
which they are incurred.
Operating lease rentals payable are recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the
lease term, which commences when the lessee controls the physical use of the property. Lease
incentives are treated as a reduction of rental expense and are also recognized over the lease term
on a straight-line basis. Contingent rentals arising under operating leases are recognized as an
expense in the period in which they are incurred.
Sale-Leaseback Arrangements
If a sale-leaseback transaction results in a finance lease, any excess of sales proceeds over the
carrying amount of the asset is not immediately recognized as income by a seller-lessee but is
deferred and amortized over the lease term.
If a sale-leaseback transaction results in an operating lease, the timing of profit recognition is
a function of the difference between the sales price and fair value. When it is clear that sales
price is at fair value, the profit (the difference between the sales price and carrying value) is
recognized immediately. If the sales price is below fair value, any profit or loss is recognized
immediately, except that if the loss is compensated for by future lease payments at below market
price, it is deferred and amortized in proportion to the lease payments over the period the asset
is expected to be used. If the sales price is above fair value, the excess over fair value is
deferred and amortized over the period the asset is expected to be used.
Employee Benefits
Pension Benefits
The Group provides a number of pension plans. In addition to defined contribution plans, there are
retirement plans accounted for as defined benefit plans. The assets of all the Group’s defined
contribution plans are held in independently-administered funds. Contributions are generally
determined as a percentage of salary and are expensed based on employee services rendered,
generally in the year of contribution.
All retirement benefit plans are valued using the projected unit-credit method to determine the
present value of the defined benefit obligation and the related service costs. Under this method,
the determination is based on actuarial calculations which include assumptions about demographics,
salary increases and interest and inflation rates. Actuarial gains and losses are recognized in
shareholders’ equity and presented in the Statement of Recognized Income and Expense in the period
in which they occur. The Group’s benefit plans are usually funded.
Other Post-Employment Benefits
In addition, the Group maintains unfunded contributory post-employment medical plans for a number
of current and retired employees who are mainly located in the United States. These plans pay
stated percentages of eligible medical and dental expenses of retirees after a stated deductible
has been met. The Group funds these plans on a cash basis as benefits are due. Analogous to
retirement benefit plans these plans are valued using the projected unit-credit method. Actuarial
gains and losses are recognized in full in the period in which they occur in shareholders’ equity
and presented in the Statement of Recognized Income and Expense.
Share-Based Compensation
Compensation expense for awards classified as equity instruments is measured at the grant date
based on the fair value of the share-based award. For share awards, the fair value is the quoted
market price of the share reduced by the present value of the expected dividends that will not be
received by the employee and adjusted for the effect, if any, of restrictions beyond the vesting
date. In case an award is modified such that its fair value immediately after modification exceeds
its fair value immediately prior to modification, a remeasurement takes place and the resulting
increase in fair value is recognized as additional compensation expense.
20-F Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
The Group records the offsetting amount to the recognized compensation expense in additional
paid-in capital (APIC). Compensation expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the period
in which employees perform services to which the awards relate or over the period of the tranches
for those awards delivered in tranches. Estimates of
expected forfeitures are periodically adjusted in the event of actual forfeitures or for changes in
expectations. The timing of expense recognition relating to grants which, due to early retirement
provisions, include a nominal but nonsubstantive service period are accelerated by shortening the
amortization period of the expense from the grant date to the date when the employee meets the
eligibility criteria for the award, and not the vesting date. For awards that are delivered in
tranches, each tranche is considered a separate award and amortized separately.
Compensation expense for share-based awards payable in cash is remeasured to fair value at each
balance sheet date, and the related obligations are included in other liabilities until paid.
Obligations to Purchase Common Shares
Forward purchases of Deutsche Bank shares, and written put options where Deutsche Bank shares
are the underlying, are reported as obligations to purchase common shares if the number of shares
is fixed and physical settlement for a fixed amount of cash is required. At inception the
obligation is recorded at the present value of the settlement amount of the forward or option. For
forward purchases and written put options of Deutsche Bank shares, a corresponding charge is made
to shareholders’ equity and reported as equity classified as an obligation to purchase common
shares. For forward purchases of minority interest shares, a corresponding reduction to equity is
made.
The liabilities are accounted for on an accrual basis, and interest costs, which consist of time
value of money and dividends, on the liability are reported as interest expense. Upon settlement of
such forward purchases and written put options, the liability is extinguished and the charge to
equity is reclassified to common shares in treasury.
Deutsche Bank common shares subject to such forward contracts are not considered to be outstanding
for purposes of basic earnings per share calculations, but are for dilutive earnings per share
calculations to the extent that they are, in fact, dilutive.
Put and call option contracts with Deutsche Bank shares as the underlying where the number of
shares is fixed and physical settlement is required are not classified as derivatives. They are
transactions in the Group’s equity. All other derivative contracts in which Deutsche Bank shares
are the underlying are recorded as financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or
loss.
The Group recognizes the current and deferred tax consequences of transactions that have been
included in the consolidated financial statements using the provisions of the respective
jurisdictions’ tax laws. Current and deferred taxes are charged or credited to equity if the tax
relates to items that are charged or credited directly to equity.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future tax consequences attributable to
temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and
liabilities and their respective tax bases, unused tax losses and unused tax credits. Deferred tax
assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that sufficient taxable profit will be
available against which those unused tax losses, unused tax credits and deductible temporary
differences can be utilized.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured based on the tax rates that are expected to apply
in the period that the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax
laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.
Current tax assets and liabilities are offset when (1) they arise from the same tax reporting
entity or tax group of
reporting entities, (2) they relate to the same tax authority, (3) the legally enforceable right to
offset exists and (4) they are intended to be settled net or realized simultaneously.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when the legally enforceable right to offset current
tax assets and liabilities exists and the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to income
taxes levied by the same taxing authority on either the same tax reporting entity or tax group of
reporting entities.
Deferred tax liabilities are provided on taxable temporary differences arising from investments in
subsidiaries, branches and associates and interests in joint ventures except when the timing of the
reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the
difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
Deferred income tax assets are provided on deductible temporary differences arising from such
investments only to the extent that it is probable that the differences will reverse in the
foreseeable future and sufficient taxable income will be available against which those temporary
differences can be utilized.
Deferred tax related to fair value remeasurement of available for sale investments, cash flow
hedges, actuarial valuations related to defined benefit plans and other items, which are charged or
credited directly to equity, is also credited or charged directly to equity and subsequently
recognized in the income statement once the gain or loss is realized.
20-F Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For share-based payment transactions, the Group may receive a tax deduction related to the
compensation paid in shares. The amount deductible for tax purposes may differ from the cumulative
compensation expense recorded.
At any reporting date, the Group must estimate the expected future tax deduction based on the
current share price.
If the amount deductible, or expected to be deductible, for tax purposes exceeds the cumulative
compensation expense, the excess tax benefit is recognized in equity. If the amount deductible, or
expected to be deductible, for tax purposes is less than the cumulative compensation expense, the
shortfall is recognized in the Group’s income statement for the period.
The Group’s insurance business in the United Kingdom (Abbey Life Assurance Company Limited) is
subject to income tax on the policyholder’s investment returns (policyholder tax). This tax is
included in the Group’s income tax expense/
benefit even though it is economically the income tax expense/benefit of the policyholder, which
reduces/increases the Group’s liability to the policyholder.
Provisions
Provisions are recognized if the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a
result of past events, if it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle
the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.
The amount recognized as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle
the present obligation as of the balance sheet date, taking into account the risks and
uncertainties surrounding the obligation.
If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are discounted and measured at the
present value of the expenditure expected to be required to settle the obligation, using a pre-tax
rate that reflects the current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific
to the obligation. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as
interest expense.
When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be
recovered from a third party (for example, because the obligation is covered by an insurance
policy), a receivable is recognized if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received.
Statement of Cash Flows
For purposes of the consolidated statement of cash flows, the Group’s cash and cash equivalents
include highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into cash and which are subject to
an insignificant risk of change in value. Such investments include cash and balances at central
banks and demand deposits with banks.
The Group’s assignment of cash flows to the operating, investing or financing category depends on
the business model (“management approach”). For the Group the primary operating activity is to
manage financial assets and
financial liabilities. Therefore, the issuance and management of long-term borrowings is a core
operating activity which is different than for a non-financial company, where borrowing is not a
principal revenue producing activity and thus is part of the financing category.
The Group views the issuance of senior long-term debt as an operating activity. Senior long-term
debt comprises structured notes and asset backed securities, which are designed and executed by CIB
business lines and which are revenue generating activities and the other component is debt issued
by Treasury, which is considered interchangeable with other funding sources; all of the funding
costs are allocated to business activities to establish their profitability.
Cash flows related to subordinated long-term debt and trust preferred securities are viewed
differently than those related to senior-long term debt because they are managed as an integral
part of the Group’s capital, primarily to meet regulatory capital requirements. As a result they
are not interchangeable with other operating liabilities, but can only be interchanged with equity
and thus are considered part of the financing category.
The amounts shown in the statement of cash flows do not precisely match the movements in the
balance sheet from one period to the next as they exclude non-cash items such as movements due to
foreign exchange translation and movements due to changes in the group of consolidated companies.
Movements in balances carried at fair value through profit or loss represent all changes affecting
the carrying value.
This includes the effects of market movements and cash inflows and outflows. The movements in
balances carried at fair value are usually presented in operating cash flows.
Insurance
The Group’s insurance business issues two types of contracts:
Insurance Contracts – These are annuity and universal life contracts under which the Group accepts
significant insurance risk from another party (the policyholder) by agreeing to compensate the
policyholder if a specific uncertain future event adversely affects the policyholder. Such
contracts remain insurance contracts until all rights and obligations are extinguished or expire.
All insurance contract liabilities are measured under the provisions of U.S. GAAP for insurance
contracts.
Non-Participating Investment Contracts (“Investment Contracts”) – These contracts do not contain
significant insurance risk or discretionary participation features. These are measured and reported
consistently with other financial liabilities, which are classified as financial liabilities at
fair value through profit or loss.
20-F Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Financial assets held to back annuity contracts have been classified as financial instruments
available for sale. Financial assets held for other insurance and investment contracts have been
designated as fair value through profit or loss under the fair value option.
Premiums on long-term insurance contracts are recognized as income when received. For single
premium business, this is the date from which the policy is effective. For regular premium
contracts, receivables are recognized at the date when payments are due. Premiums are shown before
deduction of commissions. When policies lapse due to non-receipt of premiums, all related premium
income accrued but not received from the date they are deemed to have lapsed, net of related
expense, is offset against premiums.
Claims are recorded as an expense when they are incurred, and reflect the cost of all claims
arising during the year, including policyholder profit participations allocated in anticipation of
a participation declaration.
The aggregate policy reserves for universal life insurance contracts are equal to the account
balance, which represents premiums received and investment returns credited to the policy, less
deductions for mortality costs and
expense charges. For other unit-linked insurance contracts the policy reserve represents the fair
value of the underlying assets.
For annuity contracts, the liability is calculated by estimating the future cash flows over the
duration of the in-force contracts and discounting them back to the valuation date allowing for the
probability of occurrence. The assumptions are fixed at the date of acquisition with suitable
provisions for adverse deviations (PADs). This calculated liability value is tested against a value
calculated using best estimate assumptions and interest rates based on the yield on the amortized
cost of the underlying assets. Should this test produce a higher value, the liability amount would
be reset.
Aggregate policy reserves include liabilities for certain options attached to the Group’s
unit-linked pension products. These liabilities are calculated based on contractual obligations
using actuarial assumptions.
Liability adequacy tests are performed for the insurance portfolios on the basis of estimated
future claims, costs, premiums earned and proportionate investment income. For long duration
contracts, if actual experience regarding investment yields, mortality, morbidity, terminations or
expense indicate that existing contract liabilities, along with the present value of future gross
premiums, will not be sufficient to cover the present value of future benefits and to
recover deferred policy acquisition costs, then a premium deficiency is recognized.
For existing business, the deferred policy acquisition costs are immaterial to the insurance
business.
All of the Group’s investment contracts are unit-linked. These contract liabilities are determined
using current unit prices multiplied by the number of units attributed to the contract holders as
of the balance sheet date. As this amount represents fair value, the liabilities have been
classified as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. Deposits collected under
investment contracts are accounted for as an adjustment to the investment contract liabilities.
Investment income attributable to investment contracts is included in the income statement.
Investment contract claims reflect the excess of amounts paid over the account balance released.
Investment contract policyholders are charged fees for policy administration, investment
management, surrenders or other contract services.
The financial assets for investment contracts are recorded at fair value with changes in fair
value, and offsetting changes in the fair value of the corresponding financial liabilities,
recorded in profit or loss.
Reinsurance
Premiums ceded for reinsurance and reinsurance recoveries on policyholder benefits and claims
incurred are reported in income and expense as appropriate. Assets and liabilities related to
reinsurance are reported on a gross basis when material. Amounts ceded to reinsurers from reserves
for insurance contracts are estimated in a manner consistent with the reinsured risk. Accordingly,
revenues and expenses related to reinsurance agreements are recognized in a manner consistent with
the underlying risk of the business reinsured.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
IAS 39 and IFRS 7
In October 2008, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 39, “Financial Instruments: Recognition and
Measurement”, and IFRS 7, “Financial Instruments: Disclosures”, titled “Reclassification of
Financial Assets”. The amendments to IAS 39 permit (1) certain reclassifications of non-derivative
financial assets (other than those designated under the fair value option) out of the fair value
through profit or loss category and (2) also allow the reclassification of financial
as-sets from the available for sale category to the loans and receivables category in particular
circumstances. The amendments to IFRS 7 introduce additional disclosure requirements if an entity
has reclassified financial assets in accordance with the amendments to IAS 39. In November 2008,
the IASB issued another amendment to IAS 39 and IFRS 7, “Reclassification of Financial Assets –
Effective Date and Transition” to clarify the effective date of the amendments. The amendments
allowed retrospective application to July 1, 2008 for reclassifications made prior to November 1,2008. Any reclassification made on or after November 1, 2008 takes effect from the date of
reclassification. The impact of the reclassifications permissible under the IAS 39 amendments as of
December 31, 2008, was to increase income before income taxes by € 3.3 billion. For further
information, please refer to Note [10].
20-F Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
IFRIC 14
In July 2007, the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”) issued
interpretation IFRIC 14, “IAS 19 – The Limit on a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum Funding
Requirements and their Interaction” (“IFRIC 14”). IFRIC 14 provides general guidance on how to
assess the limit in IAS 19, “Employee Benefits” on the amount of a pension fund surplus that can be
recognized as an asset. It also explains how the pension asset or liability may
be affected when there is a statutory or contractual minimum funding requirement. No additional
liability need be
recognized by the employer under IFRIC 14 unless the contributions that are payable under the
minimum funding requirement cannot be returned to the company. IFRIC 14 is effective for annual
periods beginning on or after January 1, 2008, with early application permitted. The adoption of
IFRIC 14 had no impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
New Accounting Pronouncements
Improvements to IFRS
In May 2008, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS, which resulted from the IASB’s annual improvements
project. They comprise amendments that result in accounting changes for presentation, recognition
or measurement purposes as well as terminology or editorial amendments related to a variety of
individual IFRS standards. Most of the amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or
after January 1, 2009, with earlier application permitted. The adoption of the amendments will not
have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
IFRS 3 and IAS 27
In January 2008, the IASB issued a revised version of IFRS 3, “Business Combinations” (“IFRS 3 R”),
and an amended version of IAS 27, “Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements” (“IAS 27 R”).
IFRS 3 R reconsiders the application of acquisition accounting for business combinations and IAS 27
R mainly relates to changes in the accounting for non-controlling interests and the loss of control
of a subsidiary. Under IFRS 3 R, the acquirer can elect to measure any non-controlling interest on
a transaction-by-transaction basis, either at fair value as of the acquisition date or at its
proportionate interest in the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of the
acquiree. When an acquisition is achieved in successive share purchases (step acquisition), the
identifiable assets and liabilities of the acquiree are recognized at fair value when control is
obtained. A gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss for the difference between the fair value
of the previously held equity interest in the acquiree and its carrying amount. IAS 27 R also
requires the effects of all transactions with non-controlling interests to be recorded in equity if
there is no change in control. Transactions resulting in a loss of control result in a gain or loss
being recognized in profit or loss. The gain or loss includes a remeasurement to fair value of any
retained equity interest in the investee. In addition, all items of consideration transferred by
the acquirer are measured and recognized at fair value, including contingent consideration, as of
the acquisition date. Transaction costs incurred by the acquirer in connection with the business
combination do not form part of the cost of the business combination transaction but are expensed
as incurred unless they relate to the issuance of debt or equity securities, in which case they are
accounted for under IAS 39, “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement”. IFRS 3 R and IAS
27 R are effective for business combinations in annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2009,
with early application permitted provided that both Standards are applied together. While approved
by the IASB, the standards have yet to be endorsed by the EU.
In February 2008, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 32, “Financial Instruments: Presentation”, and
IAS 1, “Presentation of Financial Statements”, titled “Puttable Financial Instruments and
Obligations Arising on Liquidation”. The amendments provide for equity treatment, under certain
circumstances, for financial instruments puttable at fair value and obligations arising on
liquidation only. They are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2009, with
earlier application permitted. The adoption of the amendments will not have a material impact on
the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
[2] Business Segments and Related Information
The following segment information has been prepared in accordance with the “management
approach”, which
requires presentation of the segments on the basis of the internal reports about components of the
entity which are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision-maker in order to allocate
resources to a segment and to assess its performance.
Business Segments
The following business segments represent the Group’s organizational structure as reflected in
its internal management reporting systems.
The Group is organized into three group divisions, which are further subdivided into corporate
divisions. As of December 31, 2008, the group divisions and corporate divisions were as follows:
The Corporate and Investment Bank (CIB), which combines the Group’s corporate banking and
securities activities (including sales and trading and corporate finance activities) with the
Group’s transaction banking activities. CIB serves corporate and institutional clients, ranging
from medium-sized enterprises to multinational corporations, banks and sovereign organizations.
Within CIB, the Group manages these activities in two global corporate divisions: Corporate Banking
& Securities (CB&S) and Global Transaction Banking (GTB).
—
CB&S is made up of the Global Markets and Corporate Finance business
divisions. These businesses offer financial products worldwide,
ranging from the underwriting of stocks and bonds to the tailoring of
structured solutions for complex financial requirements.
—
GTB is primarily engaged in the gathering, transferring, safeguarding
and controlling of assets for its clients throughout the world. It
provides processing, fiduciary and trust services to corporations,
financial institutions and governments and their agencies.
20-F Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Private Clients and Asset Management (PCAM), which combines the Group’s asset management, private
wealth management and private and business client activities. Within PCAM, the Group manages these
activities in two
global corporate divisions: Asset and Wealth Management (AWM) and Private & Business Clients (PBC).
—
AWM is composed of the business divisions Asset Management (AM), which focuses on managing assets on behalf of
institutional clients and providing mutual funds and other retail investment vehicles, and Private Wealth
Management (PWM), which focuses on the specific needs of high net worth clients, their families and selected
institutions.
—
PBC serves retail and affluent clients as well as small corporate customers with a full range of retail banking
products.
Corporate Investments (CI), which manages certain alternative assets of the bank and other debt and
equity positions.
Changes in the composition of segments can arise from either changes in management responsibility,
for which prior periods are restated to conform with the current year’s presentation, or from
acquisitions and divestitures. There were no changes in management responsibilities with a
significant impact on segmental reporting during 2008.
The following describes acquisitions and divestitures which had a significant impact on the Group’s
segment operations:
—
In December 2008, RREEF Alternative Investments acquired a significant minority interest in Rosen Real Estate Securities
LLC (RRES), a long/short real estate investment advisor. The investment is included in the corporate division AWM.
—
In November 2008, the Group acquired a 40 % stake in UFG Invest, the Russian investment management company of UFG Asset
Management, with an option to become a 100 % owner in the future. The business will be branded Deutsche UFG Capital
Management. The investment is included in the corporate division AWM.
—
In October 2008, the Group completed the acquisition of the operating platform of Pago eTransaction GmbH into the Deutsche
Card Services GmbH, based in Germany. The investment is included in the corporate division GTB.
—
In June 2008, the Group consolidated Maher Terminals LLC and Maher Terminals of Canada Corp, collectively and hereafter
referred to as Maher Terminals, a privately held operator of port terminal facilities in North America. RREEF
Infrastructure acquired all third party investors’ interests in the North America Infrastructure Fund, whose sole
underlying investment is Maher Terminals. The investment is included in the corporate division AWM.
—
In June 2008, the Group sold DWS Investments Schweiz AG, comprising the Swiss fund administration business of the corporate
division AWM, to State Street Bank.
—
Effective June 2008, the Group sold its Italian life insurance company DWS Vita S.p.A. to Zurich Financial
Services Group. The business was included within the corporate division AWM.
—
Effective March 2008, the Group completed the acquisition of a 60 % interest in Far Eastern Alliance
Asset Management Co. Limited, a Taiwanese investment management firm. This is included in
the corporate division AWM.
—
In February 2008, the 50 % interest in the management company of the Australia based DEXUS Property
Group was sold by RREEF Alternative Investments to DEXUS’ unitholders. The investment was
included in the corporate division AWM.
In January 2008, the Group acquired HedgeWorks LLC, a hedge fund administrator based in the United
States. The investment is included in the corporate division GTB.
—
In January 2008, the Group increased its stake in Harvest Fund Management Company Limited to 30
%. Harvest is a mutual fund manager in China. The investment is included in the corporate
division AWM.
—
In October 2007, the Group acquired Abbey Life Assurance Company Limited, a UK company that consists
primarily of unit-linked life and pension policies and annuities. The business
is included in the corporate division CB&S.
—
In July 2007, AM completed the sale of its local
Italian mutual fund business and established long
term distribution arrangements with the Group’s
strategic partner, Anima S.G.R.p.A. The business is
included in the corporate division AWM.
—
In July 2007, RREEF Private Equity acquired a
significant stake in Aldus Equity, an alternative
asset management and advisory boutique, which
specializes in customized private equity investing
for institutional and high net worth investors. The
business is included in the corporate division AWM.
—
In July 2007, the Group announced the completion of
the acquisition of the institutional cross-border
custody business of Türkiye Garanti Bankasi A.S. The
business is included in the corporate division GTB.
—
In July 2007, RREEF Infrastructure completed the
acquisition of Maher Terminals. After a partial sale
into the fund for which it was acquired, Maher
Terminals was deconsolidated in October 2007.
—
In June 2007, the Group completed the sale of the
Australian Asset Management domestic manufacturing
operations to Aberdeen Asset Management. The business
was included in the corporate division AWM.
—
In January 2007, the Group sold the second tranche
(41 %) of PBC’s Italian BankAmericard processing
activities to Istituto Centrale delle
Banche Popolari Italiane (“ICBPI”), the central body
of Italian cooperative banks. The business was part
of the corporate division PBC.
—
In January 2007, the Group completed the acquisition
of MortgageIT Holdings, Inc., a residential mortgage
real estate investment trust (REIT) in the U.S. The
business is included in the corporate division CB&S.
—
In January 2007, the Group completed the acquisition
of Berliner Bank, which is included in the corporate
division PBC. The acquisition expands the Group’s
market share in the retail banking sector of the
German capital.
—
In December 2006 the Group closed the acquisition of
the UK wealth manager, Tilney Group Limited. The
acquisition is a key element in PWM’s strategy to
expand its on-shore presence in dedicated core
markets and to expand into various client segments,
including the Independent Financial Advisors sector.
—
In November 2006, the Group acquired norisbank from
DZ Bank Group. The business is included in the
corporate division PBC.
—
In October 2006, the Group sold 49 % of PBC’s Italian
BankAmericard processing and acquiring
operation to ICBPI.
—
In July 2006, the Group deconsolidated Deutsche
Wohnen AG following the termination of the control
agreement with DB Real Estate Management GmbH.
Deutsche Wohnen AG is a real estate investment
company and was
included in the corporate division AWM.
—
In May 2006, the Group completed the acquisition of
the UK Depository and Clearing Centre business from
JPMorgan Chase & Co. The business is included in the
corporate division GTB.
—
In February 2006, the Group completed the acquisition
of the remaining 60 % of United Financial Group
(UFG), an investment bank in Russia. The
business is included in corporate division CB&S.
—
In the first quarter 2006, the Group completed its
sale of EUROHYPO AG to Commerzbank AG. The business
was included in the corporate division CI.
20-F Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Measurement of Segment Profit or Loss
Segment reporting requires a presentation of the segment results based on management reporting
methods, including a reconciliation between the results of the business segments and the
consolidated financial statements, which is presented in the “Consolidation and Adjustments”
section. The information provided about each segment is based on the internal reports about segment
profit or loss, assets and other information which are regularly reviewed by the chief operating
decision-maker.
Management reporting for the Group is generally based on IFRS. Non-IFRS compliant accounting
methods are rarely used and represent either valuation or classification differences. The largest
valuation differences relate to mark-to-market accounting in management reporting versus accrual
accounting under IFRS (for example, for certain financial instruments in the Group’s treasury books
in CB&S and PBC) and to the recognition of trading results from own shares in revenues in
management reporting (mainly in CB&S) and in equity under IFRS. The major classification difference
relates to minority interest, which represents the net share of minority shareholders in revenues,
provision for credit losses, noninterest expenses and income tax expenses. Minority interest is
reported as a component of pre-tax income for the businesses in management reporting (with a
reversal in Consolidation & Adjustments) and a component of net income appropriation under IFRS.
Revenues from transactions between the business segments are allocated on a mutually-agreed basis.
Internal service providers, which operate on a nonprofit basis, allocate their noninterest expenses
to the recipient of the service. The allocation criteria are generally based on service level
agreements and are either determined based upon “price per unit”, “fixed price” or “agreed
percentages”. Since the Group’s business activities are diverse in nature and its operations are
integrated, certain estimates and judgments have been made to apportion revenue and expense items
among the business segments.
The management reporting systems follow a “matched transfer pricing concept” in which the Group’s
external net interest income is allocated to the business segments based on the assumption that all
positions are funded or
in-vested via the money and capital markets. Therefore, to create comparability with competitors
who have legally independent units with their own equity funding, the Group allocates the notional
interest credit on its consolidated capital to the business segments, in proportion to each
business segment’s allocated average active equity.
Management uses certain measures for equity and related ratios as part of its internal reporting
system because it believes that these measures provide it with a more useful indication of the
financial performance of the business segments. The Group discloses such measures to provide
investors and analysts with further insight into how
management operates the Group’s businesses and to enable them to better understand the Group’s
results. These include:
—
Average active equity: The Group calculates active equity to facilitate comparison to its
competitors and refers to active equity in several ratios. Active equity is not a measure
provided for in IFRS, however, the Group’s ratios based on average active equity should not be
compared to other companies’ ratios without considering the differences in the calculation.
The items for which the Group adjusts the average shareholders’ equity are average
unrealized net gains (losses) on assets available for sale, average fair value adjustments on cash flow hedges (both components net of
applicable taxes), as well as average dividends, for which a proposal is accrued on a quarterly basis and for which payments occur once a
year following the approval at the general shareholders’ meeting. The Group’s average active equity is allocated to the business segments
and to Consolidation & Adjustments in proportion to their economic risk exposures, which consist of economic capital, goodwill and other
unamortized intangible assets. The total amount allocated is the higher of the Group’s overall economic risk exposure or regulatory
capital demand. In 2008 this demand for regulatory capital was derived by assuming a Tier 1 ratio of 8.5 %. In 2009 the Group intends
to derive its internal demand for regulatory capital assuming a Tier 1 ratio of 10.0 %. If the Group’s average active equity
exceeds the higher of the overall economic risk exposure or the regulatory capital demand, this surplus is assigned to
Consolidation & Adjustments.
—
Return
on average active equity in % is defined as income before income taxes less minority interest as a percentage
of average active equity. These returns, which are based on average active equity,
should not be compared to those of other companies without considering the differences in the
calculation of such ratios.
20-F Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Segmental Results of Operations
The following tables present the results of the business segments, including the reconciliation
to the consolidated results under IFRS, for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
respectively.
2008
Corporate and Investment Bank
Private Clients and Asset Management
Corporate
Total
Corporate
Global
Total
Asset and
Private &
Total
Invest-
Manage-
Banking &
Trans-
Wealth
Business
ments
ment
in € m.
Securities
action
Manage-
Clients
Reporting5
(unless stated otherwise)
Banking
ment
Net revenues1
304
2,774
3,078
3,264
5,777
9,041
1,290
13,408
Provision for credit losses
402
5
408
15
653
668
(1
)
1,075
Total noninterest expenses
8,427
1,663
10,090
3,794
4,178
7,972
95
18,156
therein:
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
52
6
58
17
76
93
8
159
Severance payments
335
3
338
29
84
113
0
451
Policyholder benefits and claims
(273
)
–
(273
)
18
–
18
–
(256
)
Impairment of intangible assets
5
–
5
580
–
580
–
585
Restructuring activities
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Minority interest
(48
)
–
(48
)
(20
)
0
(20
)
2
(66
)
Income (loss) before income taxes
(8,476
)
1,106
(7,371
)
(525
)
945
420
1,194
(5,756
)
Cost/income ratio
N/M
60 %
N/M
116 %
72 %
88 %
7 %
135 %
Assets2, 3
2,012,427
49,487
2,047,181
50,473
138,350
188,785
18,297
2,189,313
Expenditures for additions to long-lived assets
1,167
38
1,205
13
56
70
0
1,275
Total risk position
234,344
15,400
249,744
16,051
37,482
53,533
2,677
305,953
Average active equity4
19,181
1,081
20,262
4,870
3,445
8,315
403
28,979
Pre-tax return on average active equity
(44) %
102 %
(36) %
(11) %
27 %
5 %
N/M
(20) %
1 Includes:
Net interest income
7,683
1,157
8,840
496
3,249
3,746
7
12,592
Net revenues from external customers
423
2,814
3,236
3,418
5,463
8,881
1,259
13,376
Net intersegment revenues
(118
)
(40
)
(158
)
(154
)
314
160
31
33
Net income (loss) from
equity method investments
(110
)
2
(108
)
87
2
88
62
42
2 Includes:
Equity method investments
1,687
40
1,727
321
44
365
71
2,163
N/M – Not meaningful
3
The sum of corporate divisions does not necessarily equal the total of the corresponding
group division because of consolidation items between corporate divisions, which are
eliminated at the group division level. The same approach holds true for the sum of group
divisions compared to Total Management Reporting.
4
For management reporting purposes goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives
are explicitly assigned to the respective divisions. The Group’s average active equity is
allocated to the business segments and to Consolidation & Adjustments in proportion to their
economic risk exposures, which comprise economic capital, goodwill and other unamortized
intangible assets.
5
Includes gains from the sale of industrial holdings (Daimler AG, Allianz SE and Linde AG) of
€ 1,228 million and a gain from the sale of the investment in Arcor AG & Co. KG of € 97
million, which are excluded from the Group’s target definition.
The sum of corporate divisions does not necessarily equal the total of the corresponding
group division because of consolidation items between corporate divisions, which are
eliminated at the group division level. The same approach holds true for the sum of group
divisions compared to Total Management Reporting.
4
For management reporting purposes goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives
are explicitly assigned to the respective divisions. The Group’s average active equity is
allocated to the business segments and to Consolidation & Adjustments in proportion to their
economic risk exposures, which comprise economic capital, goodwill and other unamortized
intangible assets.
5
Includes gains from the sale of industrial holdings (Fiat S.p.A., Linde AG and Allianz SE) of
€ 514 million, income from equity method investments (Deutsche Interhotel Holding GmbH & Co.
KG) of € 178 million, net of goodwill impairment charge of € 54 million and a gain from the sale
of premises (sale/leaseback transaction of 60 Wall Street) of € 317 million, which are excluded
from the Group’s target definition.
20-F Notes to the
Consolidated Financial Statements
2006
Corporate and Investment Bank
Private Clients and Asset Management
Corporate
Total
Corporate
Global
Total
Asset and
Private &
Total
Invest-
Manage-
Banking &
Trans-
Wealth
Business
ments
ment
in € m.
Securities
action
Manage-
Clients
Reporting5
(unless stated otherwise)
Banking
ment
Net revenues1
16,574
2,228
18,802
4,166
5,149
9,315
574
28,691
Provision for credit losses
(65
)
(29
)
(94
)
(1
)
391
391
2
298
Total noninterest expenses
11,236
1,552
12,789
3,284
3,716
7,000
214
20,003
therein:
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
57
25
82
33
84
116
17
215
Severance payments
97
3
99
12
10
22
0
121
Policyholder benefits and claims
–
–
–
63
–
63
–
63
Impairment of intangible assets
–
–
–
–
–
–
31
31
Restructuring activities
77
22
99
43
49
91
1
192
Minority interest
23
–
23
(11
)
0
(11
)
(3
)
10
Income (loss) before income taxes
5,379
705
6,084
894
1,041
1,935
361
8,380
Cost/income ratio
68 %
70 %
68 %
79 %
72 %
75 %
37 %
70 %
Assets2, 3
1,395,115
25,655
1,404,256
35,939
94,853
130,753
17,783
1,512,759
Expenditures for additions to long-lived assets
573
2
575
5
383
388
0
963
Total risk position
177,651
14,240
191,891
12,335
63,900
76,234
5,395
273,520
Average active equity4
16,041
1,064
17,105
4,917
2,289
7,206
1,057
25,368
Pre-tax return on average active equity
34 %
66 %
36 %
18 %
45 %
27 %
34 %
33 %
1 Includes:
Net interest income
3,097
890
3,987
162
2,767
2,928
1
6,916
Net revenues from external customers
16,894
2,060
18,954
4,435
4,724
9,159
543
28,656
Net intersegment revenues
(320
)
168
(152
)
(269
)
425
156
31
35
Net income (loss) from
equity method investments
72
1
74
142
3
145
197
416
2 Includes:
Equity method investments
1,624
38
1,662
588
8
596
207
2,465
3
The sum of corporate divisions does not necessarily equal the total of the corresponding
group division because of consolidation items between corporate divisions, which are
eliminated at the group division level. The same approach holds true for the sum of group
divisions compared to Total Management Reporting.
4
For management reporting purposes goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives
are explicitly assigned to the respective divisions. The Group’s average active equity is
allocated to the business segments and to Consolidation & Adjustments in proportion to their
economic risk exposures, which comprise economic capital, goodwill and other unamortized
intangible assets.
5
Includes a gain from the sale of the bank’s remaining holding in EUROHYPO AG of € 131
million, gains from the sale of industrial holdings (Linde AG) of € 92 million, and
a settlement of insurance claims in respect of business interruption losses and costs related
to the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 of € 125 million, which are excluded
from the Group’s target definition.
Reconciliation of Segmental Results of Operations to Consolidated Results of Operations
The following table presents a reconciliation of the total results of operations and total
assets of the Group’s business segments under management reporting systems to the consolidated
financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
2008
2007
2006
Total
Consoli-
Total
Total
Consoli-
Total
Total
Consoli-
Total
Manage-
dation &
Consoli-
Manage-
dation &
Consoli-
Manage-
dation &
Consoli-
ment
Adjust-
dated
ment
Adjust-
dated
ment
Adjust-
dated
in € m.
Reporting
ments
Reporting
ments
Reporting
ments
Net revenues1
13,408
82
13,490
30,738
7
30,745
28,691
(197
)
28,494
Provision for credit losses
1,075
1
1,076
613
(1
)
612
298
(0
)
298
Noninterest expenses
18,156
(0
)
18,155
21,583
(199
)
21,384
20,003
(146
)
19,857
Minority interest
(66
)
66
–
37
(37
)
–
10
(10
)
–
Income (loss) before income taxes
(5,756
)
15
(5,741
)
8,505
243
8,749
8,380
(41
)
8,339
Assets
2,189,313
13,110
2,202,423
1,916,304
8,699
1,925,003
1,512,759
7,821
1,520,580
Total risk position
305,953
1,779
307,732
327,503
1,315
328,818
273,520
1,939
275,459
Average active equity
28,979
3,100
32,079
29,725
368
30,093
25,368
255
25,623
1
Net interest income and noninterest income.
In 2008, income
before income taxes in Consolidation & Adjustments
was € 15 million.
Noninterest expenses included charges related to litigation provisions offset by value added tax
benefits. The main adjustments to net revenues in Consolidation & Adjustments in 2008 were:
—
Adjustments related to positions which were marked-to-market for management reporting
purposes and
accounted for on an accrual basis under IFRS for economically hedged short-term positions, driven by the significant volatility and overall
decline of short-term interest rates, increased net revenues by
approximately € 450 million.
—
Hedging of net investments in certain
foreign operations decreased net revenues by
approximately € 160 million.
—
Trading results from the
Group’s own shares and certain derivatives indexed
to own shares are reflected in the CB&S
Corporate Division. The elimination of such results
under IFRS resulted in an increase of approximately € 80
million.
—
Decreases related to the
elimination of intra-Group rental income were € 37 million.
—
The remainder of net revenues was due to net interest expenses which were not allocated to the business segments and
items outside the management responsibility of the business segments. Such items include net funding expenses on
nondivisionalized assets/liabilities, e.g. deferred tax assets/liabilities, and net interest expenses
related to tax refunds and accruals.
20-F Notes to the
Consolidated Financial Statements
In 2007, income before income taxes in Consolidation & Adjustments was € 243 million.
Noninterest expenses benefited primarily from a recovery of value added tax paid in prior years,
based on a refined methodology which was agreed with the tax authorities, and also reimbursements
associated with several litigation cases. The main adjustments to net revenues in Consolidation &
Adjustments in 2007 were:
—
Adjustments related to positions which were marked-to-market for management reporting
purposes and
accounted for on an accrual basis under IFRS decreased net revenues by approximately € 100 million.
—
Trading results from the Group’s own shares are reflected in the CB&S Corporate Division. The
elimination of such results under IFRS resulted in an increase of approximately € 30 million.
—
Decreases related to the elimination of intra-Group rental income were € 39 million.
—
Net interest income related to tax refunds and accruals increased net revenues by € 69 million.
—
The remainder of net revenues was due to other corporate items outside the management responsibility
of the business segments, such as net funding expenses for nondivisionalized assets/liabilities and
results from hedging the net investments in certain foreign
operations.
In 2006, Consolidation & Adjustments showed a loss before income taxes of € 41 million.
Noninterest expenses benefited mainly from a provision release related to activities to restructure
grundbesitz-invest, the Group’s German open-ended real estate fund, and a settlement of insurance
claims for business interruption losses and costs related to the terrorist attacks of September 11,2001. Within net revenues, the main drivers in Consolidation & Adjustments were:
—
Adjustments related to financial instruments which were carried at fair value through profit or loss for management
reporting purposes but accounted for on an amortized cost basis under IFRS decreased net revenues by approximately € 210
million.
—
Trading results from the Group’s own shares in the CB&S Corporate Division resulted in a decrease of € 100 million.
—
The elimination of intra-Group rental income decreased net revenues by € 40 million.
—
Net interest income related to tax refunds and accruals increased by € 67 million.
—
Settlement of insurance claims for business interruption losses and costs related to the terrorist attacks of September 11,2001 increased net revenues by € 125 million.
—
The remainder was due to other corporate items outside the management responsibility of the business segments.
Assets and total risk position in Consolidation & Adjustments reflect corporate assets, such as
deferred tax assets and central clearing accounts, outside of the management responsibility of the
business segments.
Average active equity assigned to Consolidation & Adjustments reflects the residual amount of
equity that is not allocated to the segments as described under “Measurement of Segment Profit or
Loss” in this Note.
Entity-Wide Disclosures
The following tables present the net revenue components of the CIB and PCAM Group Divisions,
for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
20-F Notes
to the Consolidated Financial Statements
The following table presents total net revenues (before allowance for credit losses) by
geographic area for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The information
presented for CIB and PCAM has been classified based primarily on the location of the Group’s
office in which the revenues are recorded. The information for Corporate Investments and
Consolidation & Adjustments is presented on a global level only, as management responsibility for
these areas is held centrally.
in € m.
2008
2007
2006
Germany:
CIB
2,866
2,921
2,265
PCAM
5,208
5,514
4,922
Total Germany
8,074
8,434
7,187
Europe, Middle East and Africa:
CIB
(621
)
7,721
6,836
PCAM
2,391
2,816
2,661
Total Europe, Middle East and Africa1
1,770
10,537
9,497
Americas (primarily U.S.):
CIB
(838
)
4,628
6,810
PCAM
971
1,331
1,350
Total Americas
133
5,959
8,160
Asia/Pacific:
CIB
1,671
3,823
2,891
PCAM
471
468
381
Total Asia/Pacific
2,142
4,291
3,273
CI
1,290
1,517
574
Consolidation & Adjustments
82
7
(197
)
Consolidated net revenues2
13,490
30,745
28,494
1
The United Kingdom reported
negative revenues for the year ended December 31, 2008. For
the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, the United Kingdom accounted for
more than 60 % of these revenues.
2
Consolidated net revenues comprise interest and similar income, interest expenses and total
noninterest income (including net commission and fee income). Revenues are attributed to
countries based on the location in which the Group’s booking office is located. The location
of a transaction on the Group’s books is sometimes different from the location of the
headquarters or other offices of a customer and different from the location of the Group’s
personnel who entered into or facilitated the transaction. Where the Group records a
transaction involving its staff and customers and other third parties in different locations
frequently depends on other considerations, such as the nature of the transaction,
regulatory considerations and transaction processing considerations.
[3] Net Interest Income and Net Gains (Losses) on
Financial Assets/Liabilities at Fair Value
through Profit or Loss
Net Interest Income
The following are the components of interest and similar income and interest expense.
in € m.
2008
2007
2006
Interest and similar income:
Interest-earning deposits with banks
1,313
1,384
1,358
Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
964
1,090
1,245
Securities borrowed
1,011
3,784
3,551
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
34,938
42,920
39,195
Interest income on financial assets available for sale
1,260
1,596
1,357
Dividend income on financial assets available for sale
312
200
207
Loans
12,269
10,901
9,344
Other
2,482
2,800
2,018
Total interest and similar income
54,549
64,675
58,275
Interest expense:
Interest-bearing deposits
13,015
17,371
14,025
Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements
4,425
6,869
5,788
Securities loaned
304
996
798
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
14,811
20,989
22,631
Other short-term borrowings
1,905
2,665
2,708
Long-term debt
5,273
4,912
3,531
Trust preferred securities
571
339
267
Other
1,792
1,685
1,519
Total interest expense
42,096
55,826
51,267
Net interest income
12,453
8,849
7,008
Interest income recorded on impaired financial assets was € 65 million, € 57
million and € 47 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
respectively.
Net Gains (Losses) on Financial Assets/Liabilities at Fair Value through Profit or Loss
The following are the components of net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair
value through profit or loss.
in € m.
2008
2007
2006
Trading income:
Sales & Trading (equity)
(9,615
)
3,797
2,441
Sales & Trading (debt and other products)
(25,369
)
(427
)
6,004
Total Sales & Trading
(34,984
)
3,370
8,445
Other trading income
1,155
548
423
Total trading income
(33,829
)
3,918
8,868
Net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities designated at fair value through
profit or loss:
Breakdown by financial asset/liability category:
Securities purchased/sold under resale/repurchase agreements
–
(41
)
7
Securities borrowed/loaned
(4
)
33
(13
)
Loans and loan commitments
(4,016
)
(570
)
136
Deposits
139
10
(40
)
Long-term debt:
Debt issued by consolidated SPEs
19,584
4,282
(49
)
Debt issued by operating entities
9,046
(500
)
2
Other financial assets/liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss
(912
)
43
(19
)
Total net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities designated at fair value
through profit or loss
23,837
3,257
24
Total net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through
profit or loss
(9,992
)
7,175
8,892
The Group issues structured notes through its operating branches and subsidiaries (Debt issued
by operating entities). Certain of these structured notes were designated at fair value through
profit or loss under the fair value option. The gains (losses) on these structured notes
principally arose due to changes in the market conditions that gave rise to the market risk on
these instruments. As the market risk on these instruments is economically hedged by trading assets
so the gains (losses) reported on the debt issued by operating entities were substantially offset
by losses (gains) on trading assets. The amount of these gains (losses) resulting from changes in
the credit risk of the Group is explained in Note [9], Financial Assets/Liabilities through profit
or loss.
In addition, the Group issues structured notes through consolidated SPEs (Debt issued by
consolidated SPEs). These SPEs contain collateral, classified as trading assets, enter into
derivatives and issue notes linked to the risks on the collateral and the derivatives. Examples
include Group sponsored and third party sponsored securitization entities and asset repackaging
entities. Gains on the debt issued by consolidated SPEs, which are designated at fair value through
profit or loss under the fair value option, are substantially offset by fair value losses on the
trading assets and derivatives held by the SPEs. Of the amount reported above, there were gains of
€ 17.9 billion and € 3.5 billion on notes issued by consolidated securitization
structures for the years ended December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. Fair value
movements on related instruments of € (20.1) billion and € (4.4) billion for the years ended
December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively, are reported within trading income under
Sales & Trading (Debt and other products). The difference between these gains and losses represents
the Group’s share of the losses in these consolidated securitization structures. As explained in
Note [9], Financial Assets/Liabilities through profit or loss, the fair value of the notes issued
by these SPEs is not sensitive to changes in the Group’s credit risk and therefore none of the
gains reported above arose from changes in the Group’s credit risk.
The Group’s trading and risk management businesses include significant activities in interest
rate instruments and related derivatives. Under IFRS, interest and similar income earned from
trading instruments and financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss
(e.g., coupon and dividend income), and the costs of funding net trading positions, are part of net
interest income. The Group’s trading activities can periodically shift income between net interest
income and net gains (losses) of financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
depending on
a variety of factors, including risk management strategies. In order to provide a more
business-focused presentation, the Group combines net interest income and net gains (losses) of
financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss by group division and by product
within the Corporate and Investment Bank, rather than by type of income generated.
The following table presents data relating to the Group’s combined net interest and net gains
(losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss by group division
and, for the Corporate and Investment Bank, by product, for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007
and 2006, respectively.
in € m.
2008
2007
2006
Net interest income
12,453
8,849
7,008
Net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
(9,992
)
7,175
8,892
Total net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at
fair value through profit or loss
2,461
16,024
15,900
Net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair
value through profit or loss by Group Division/CIB product:
Sales & Trading (equity)
(1,895
)
3,117
2,613
Sales & Trading (debt and other products)
317
7,483
8,130
Total Sales & Trading
(1,578
)
10,600
10,743
Loan products1
1,014
499
490
Transaction services
1,358
1,297
1,074
Remaining products2
(1,821
)
(118
)
435
Total Corporate and Investment Bank
(1,027
)
12,278
12,743
Private Clients and Asset Management
3,871
3,529
3,071
Corporate Investments
(172
)
157
3
Consolidation & Adjustments
(211
)
61
83
Total net interest income and net gains (losses) on
financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
2,461
16,024
15,900
1
Includes the net interest spread on loans as well as the fair value changes of credit default swaps and loans designated at fair value through profit or loss.
2
Includes net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss of origination, advisory and other products.
Net gains (losses) on disposal of investment properties
–
8
28
Net gains (losses) on disposal of consolidated subsidiaries
85
321
52
Net gains (losses) on disposal of loans
50
44
80
Insurance premiums1
308
134
47
Remaining other income2
117
750
139
Total other income
568
1,286
389
1
Net of reinsurance premiums paid. The increases from 2006 to 2007 and from 2007 to 2008
were predominantly driven by the consolidation of Abbey Life Assurance Company Limited in
October 2007.
2
Remaining other income in 2007 included gains of € 317 million from the
sale/leaseback of the Group’s 60 Wall Street premises in New York and € 148 million
other income from consolidated investments.
[7] General and Administrative Expenses
The following are the components of general and administrative expenses.
in € m.
2008
2007
2006
General and administrative expenses:
IT costs
1,820
1,867
1,585
Occupancy, furniture and equipment expenses
1,434
1,347
1,198
Professional service fees
1,164
1,257
1,203
Communication and data services
700
680
634
Travel and representation expenses
492
539
503
Payment, clearing and custodian services
418
437
431
Marketing expenses
373
411
365
Other expenses
1,815
1,416
1,150
Total general and administrative expenses
8,216
7,954
7,069
Other expenses include, among other items, regulatory, other taxes and insurance related costs,
operational losses and other non-compensation staff related expenses. The increase in other
expenses was mainly driven by litigation expenses, consolidated infrastructure investments and a
provision related to the obligation to repurchase certain
securities.
Basic earnings per common share amounts are computed by dividing net income (loss) attributable
to Deutsche Bank shareholders by the average number of common shares outstanding during the year.
The average number of common shares outstanding is defined as the average number of common shares
issued, reduced by the average number of shares in treasury and by the average number of shares
that will be acquired under physically-settled forward
purchase contracts, and increased by undistributed vested shares awarded under deferred share
plans.
Diluted earnings per share assumes the conversion into common shares of outstanding securities or
other contracts to issue common stock, such as share options, convertible debt, unvested deferred
share awards and forward contracts. The aforementioned instruments are only included in the
calculation of diluted earnings per share if they are dilutive in the respective reporting period.
In December 2008, the Group decided to amend existing forward purchase contracts covering 33.6
million Deutsche Bank common shares from physical to net-cash settlement and these instruments are
no longer included in the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share (for further details
refer to Note [28]).
The following table presents the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the years
ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
in € m.
2008
2007
2006
Net income (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders – numerator for
basic earnings per share
(3,835
)
6,474
6,070
Effect of dilutive securities:
Forwards and options
–
–
(88
)
Convertible debt
(1
)
–
3
Net income (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders after assumed
conversions – numerator for diluted earnings per share
(3,836
)
6,474
5,985
Number of shares in m.
Weighted-average shares outstanding – denominator for basic earnings per share
504.1
474.2
468.3
Effect of dilutive securities:
Forwards
0.0
0.3
23.1
Employee stock compensation options
0.0
1.8
3.4
Convertible debt
0.1
0.7
1.0
Deferred shares
0.0
18.6
24.5
Other (including trading options)
0.0
0.5
0.9
Dilutive potential common shares
0.1
21.9
52.9
Adjusted weighted-average shares after assumed conversions –
denominator for diluted earnings per share
504.2
496.1
521.2
in €
2008
2007
2006
Basic earnings per share
(7.61
)
13.65
12.96
Diluted earnings per share
(7.61
)
13.05
11.48
Due to the net loss situation in the year ended December 31, 2008, potentially dilutive
instruments were generally not considered for the calculation of diluted earnings per share,
because to do so would have been anti-dilutive. Under a net income situation however, the number of
adjusted weighted-average shares after assumed conversions for the year ended December 31, 2008
would have increased by 31.2 million shares.
As of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the following instruments were outstanding and were not
included in the calculation of diluted EPS, because to do so would have been anti-dilutive.
Total financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
1,333,765
870,085
1
These are investment contracts where the policy terms and conditions result in their
redemption value equaling fair value. See Note [40] for more detail on these contracts.
Loans and Loan Commitments designated at Fair Value through Profit or Loss
The Group has designated various lending relationships at fair value through profit or loss.
Lending facilities consist of drawn loan assets and undrawn irrevocable loan commitments. The
maximum exposure to credit risk on a drawn loan is its fair value. The Group’s maximum exposure to
credit risk on drawn loans, including securities purchased under resale agreements and securities
borrowed, was € 143 billion and € 302 billion as of December 31, 2008, and 2007,
respectively. Exposure to credit risk also exists for undrawn irrevocable loan commitments.
The credit risk on the lending facilities designated at fair value through profit or loss is
mitigated in a number of ways including the purchase of protection through credit default swaps, by
holding collateral against the loan or through the issuance of liabilities linked to the credit
exposure on the loan. The credit risk on the securities purchased under resale agreements and the
securities borrowed is mitigated by holding collateral.
Of the total drawn and undrawn lending facilities designated at fair value, the Group managed
counterparty credit risk by purchasing credit default swap protection on facilities with a notional
value of € 50.5 billion and € 46.8 billion as of December 31, 2008, and 2007,
respectively. The notional value of credit derivatives used to mitigate the exposure to credit risk
on drawn loans and undrawn irrevocable loan commitments designated at fair value was € 36.5
billion and € 28.1 billion as of December 31, 2008, and 2007, respectively.
The changes in fair value attributable to movements in counterparty credit risk are detailed in the
table below.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Loans
Loan
Loans
Loan
Commit-
Commit-
in € m.
ments
ments
Changes in fair value of loans and loan commitments
due to credit risk
Cumulative change in the fair value
(870
)
(2,731
)
(99
)
(332
)
Annual change in the fair value in 2008/2007
(815
)
(2,558
)
(111
)
(372
)
Changes in fair value of credit derivatives
used to mitigate credit risk
Cumulative change in the fair value
844
2,674
64
213
Annual change in the fair value in 2008/2007
784
2,482
80
269
The change in fair value of the loans and loan commitments attributable to movements in the
counterparty’s credit risk is determined as the amount of change in its fair value that is not
attributable to changes in market conditions that give rise to market risk. For collateralized
loans, including securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed, the
collateral received acts to mitigate the counterparty credit risk. The fair value movement due to
counterparty credit risk on securities purchased under resale agreements was not material due to
the credit enhancement received.
Financial Liabilities designated at Fair Value through Profit or Loss
The fair value of a financial liability incorporates the credit risk of that financial
liability. The changes in fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value through
profit or loss in issue at the year end attributable to movements in credit risk are detailed in
the table below:
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Debt issued
Debt issued
Debt issued
Debt issued
by operat-
by consoli-
by operat-
by consoli-
in € m.
ing entities
dated SPEs
ing entities
dated SPEs
Cumulative change in the fair value
364
4,821
18
3,589
Annual change in the fair value in 2008/2007
349
4,342
18
3,582
As described in Note [3] the Group issues structured notes and takes structured deposits
through its operating branches and subsidiaries (Debt issued by operating entities) and issues
structured notes through consolidated SPEs (Debt issued by consolidated SPEs).
The fair value of the debt issued by operating entities takes into account the credit risk of
the Group. Where the
instrument is quoted in an active market, the movement in fair value due to credit risk is
calculated as the amount of change in fair value that is not attributable to changes in market
conditions that give rise to market risk. Where the instrument is not quoted in an active market,
the fair value is calculated using a valuation technique that incorporates credit risk by
discounting the contractual cash flows on the debt using a credit-adjusted yield curve which
reflects the level at which the Group could issue similar instruments at the reporting date.
Fair value movements due to credit risk on the debt issued by consolidated SPEs are not related to
the Group’s credit but to the credit of the legally-isolated SPE, which is dependent upon the
collateral it holds. The movement in fair value due to credit risk is calculated as the gain or
loss that is not attributable to change in market risk. The gain on the liabilities is
substantially offset by losses due to widening credit spreads on the assets in the SPEs.
For collateralized borrowings, such as securities sold under repurchase agreements, the collateral
pledged acts to mitigate the credit risk of the Group to the counterparty. The fair value movement
due to the Group’s credit risk
on securities sold under repurchase agreements was not material due to the collateral pledged.
The credit risk on undrawn irrevocable loan commitments is predominantly counterparty credit risk.
The change in fair value due to counterparty credit risk on undrawn irrevocable loan commitments
has been disclosed with the counterparty credit risk on the drawn loans.
For all financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss the amount that the
Group would contractually be required to pay at maturity was
€ 33.7 billion and
€ 39.1
billion more than the carrying amount as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The
amount contractually required to pay at maturity assumes the liability is extinguished at the
earliest contractual maturity that the Group can be required to repay. When the amount payable
is not fixed, the amount the Group would contractually be required to pay is determined by
reference to the conditions existing at the reporting date.
The majority of the difference between the fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair
value through profit or loss and the contractual cash flows which will occur at maturity is
attributable to undrawn loan commitments where the contractual cash flow at maturity assumes full
drawdown of the facility. The difference between the fair value and the contractual amount
repayable at maturity excluding the amount of undrawn loan commitments designated at fair value
through profit or loss was € 1.4 billion and
€ 5.3 billion as of December 31, 2008,
and 2007, respectively.
[10] Amendments to IAS 39 and IFRS 7, “Reclassification of Financial Assets”
Following the amendments to IAS 39 and IFRS 7, “Reclassification of Financial Assets”, the
Group reclassified certain trading assets and financial assets available for sale to loans and
receivables. The Group identified assets, eligible under the amendments, for which at the
reclassification date it had a clear change of intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable
future rather than to exit or trade in the short term. The disclosures below detail the impact of
the reclassifications to the Group.
In the third quarter 2008, reclassifications were made with effect from July 1, 2008 at fair value
at that date. As the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2008 were
prepared, adjustments relating to
the reclassified assets as disclosed previously in the Group’s interim report as of September 30,2008 were made to correct immaterial errors. Disclosure within this note has been adjusted for the
impact of these items.
The following table shows carrying values and fair values of the assets reclassified at July 1,2008.
Jul 1, 2008
Dec 31, 2008
Carrying
Carrying
Fair value
in € m.
value
value
Trading assets reclassified to loans
12,677
12,865
11,059
Financial assets available for sale reclassified to loans
11,354
10,787
8,628
Total financial assets reclassified to loans
24,031
23,652
19,687
As of July 1, 2008 the effective interest rates on reclassified trading assets ranged from
4.2 % to 8.3 % with expected recoverable cash flows of
€ 20.7 billion.
Effective interest rates on financial assets available for sale reclassified as of July 1, 2008
ranged from 3.9 % to 9.9 % with expected recoverable cash flows of € 17.6
billion. Ranges of effective interest rates were determined based on weighted average rates by
business.
In the fourth quarter of 2008, additional reclassifications were made, at fair value at the date of
reclassification. The following table shows the carrying value and the fair value of the assets
reclassified during the fourth quarter of 2008.
Reclassifica-
Dec 31, 2008
tion Dates
Carrying
Carrying
Fair value
in € m.
value
value
Trading assets reclassified to loans
10,956
10,772
9,658
The effective interest rates on trading assets reclassified in the fourth quarter ranged from
2.8 % to 13.1 % with
expected recoverable cash flows of € 15.2 billion. Ranges of effective interest rates were
determined based on weighted average rates by business.
If the reclassifications had not been made, the Group’s income statement for 2008 would have
included unrealized fair value losses on the reclassified trading assets of € 3.2 billion
and additional impairment losses of € 209 million on the reclassified financial assets
available for sale which were impaired. In 2008, shareholders’ equity (Net gains (losses) not
recognized in the income statement) would have included € 1.8 billion of additional
unrealized fair value losses on the reclassified financial assets available for sale which were not
impaired.
After reclassification, the reclassified financial assets contributed the following amounts to the
2008 income before income taxes.
in € m.
2008
Interest income
659
Provision for credit losses
(166
)
Income before income taxes on reclassified trading assets
493
Interest income
258
Provision for credit losses
(91
)
Income before income taxes on reclassified financial assets available for sale
167
Prior to reclassification in 2008, € 1.8 billion of unrealized fair value losses on the
reclassified trading assets and € 174 million of impairment on reclassified financial assets
available for sale were recognized in the consolidated
income statement for 2008. In addition, unrealized fair value losses of € 736 million on
reclassified financial assets available for sale that were not impaired were recorded directly in
shareholders’ equity during 2008 prior to the assets being reclassified.
In 2007, € 613 million of unrealized fair value losses on the reclassified trading assets
and no impairment on reclassified financial assets available for sale were recognized in the
consolidated income statement. In addition, unrealized fair value losses of € 275 million on
reclassified financial assets available for sale that were not impaired were
recorded directly in shareholders’ equity during 2007.
As of the reclassification dates, unrealized fair value losses recorded directly in shareholders’
equity amounted to € 1.1 billion. This amount will be released from shareholders’ equity to
the income statement on an effective interest rate basis. If the asset subsequently becomes
impaired the amount recorded in shareholders’ equity relating to the impaired asset is released to
the income statement at the impairment date.
The Group has an established valuation control framework which governs internal control
standards, methodologies, and procedures over the valuation process.
Prices
Quoted in Active Markets: The fair value of instruments that are quoted in active markets
are determined using the quoted prices where they represent those at which regularly and recently
occurring transactions take place.
Valuation
Techniques: The Group uses valuation techniques to establish the fair value of
instruments where prices, quoted in active markets, are not available. Valuation techniques used
for financial instruments include modeling techniques, the use of indicative quotes for proxy
instruments, quotes from less recent and less regular transactions and broker quotes.
For some financial instruments a rate or other parameter, rather than a price, is quoted. Where
this is the case then the market rate or parameter is used as an input to a valuation model to
determine fair value. For some instruments, modeling techniques follow industry standard models for
example, discounted cash flow analysis and standard option pricing models such as Black-Scholes.
These models are dependent upon estimated future cash flows, discount factors and volatility
levels. For more complex or unique instruments, more sophisticated modeling techniques, assumptions
and parameters are required, including correlation, prepayment speeds, default rates and loss
severity.
Frequently, valuation models require multiple parameter inputs. Where possible, parameter inputs
are based on
observable data which are derived from the prices of relevant instruments traded in active markets.
Where observable data is not available for parameter inputs then other market information is
considered. For example, indicative broker quotes and consensus pricing information is used to
support parameter inputs where it is available. Where no observable information is available to
support parameter inputs then they are based on other relevant sources of information such as
prices for similar transactions, historic data, economic fundamentals with appropriate adjustment
to reflect the terms of the actual instrument being valued and current market conditions.
Valuation
Adjustments: Valuation adjustments are an integral part of the valuation process. In
making appropriate valuation adjustments, the Group follows methodologies that consider factors
such as bid/offer spreads, liquidity and counterparty credit risk.
Bid/offer spread valuation adjustments are required to adjust mid market valuations to the
appropriate bid or offer valuation. The bid or offer valuation is the best representation of the
fair value for an instrument, and therefore its fair value. The carrying value of a long position
is adjusted from mid to bid, and the carrying value of a short position is adjusted from mid to
offer. Bid/offer valuation adjustments are determined from bid-offer prices observed in relevant
trading activity and in quotes from other broker-dealers or other knowledgeable counterparties.
Where the quoted price for the instrument is already a bid/offer price then no bid/offer valuation
adjustment is necessary. Where the fair value of financial instruments is derived from a modeling
technique then the parameter inputs into that model are normally at a mid-market level. Such
instruments are generally managed on a portfolio basis and valuation adjustments are taken to
reflect the cost of closing out the net exposure the Bank has to each of the input parameters.
These adjustments are determined from bid-offer prices observed in relevant trading activity and
quotes from other broker-dealers.
Large position liquidity adjustments are appropriate when the size of a position is large enough
relative to the market size that it could not be liquidated at the market bid/offer spread within a
reasonable time frame. These adjustments reflect the wider bid/offer spread appropriate for
deriving fair value of the large positions, they are not the amounts that would be required to
reach a ‘fire sale’ valuation. Large position liquidity adjustments are not made for instruments
that are traded in active markets.
Counterparty credit valuation adjustments are required to cover expected credit losses to the
extent that the bid or offer price does not already include an expected credit loss factor. For
example, a valuation adjustment is required
to cover expected credit losses on over-the-counter derivatives which are typically not reflected
in mid-market or bid/
offer quotes. The adjustment amount is determined at each reporting date by assessing the potential
credit exposure to all counterparties taking into account any collateral held, the effect of any
master netting agreements, expected loss given default and the credit risk for each counterparty
based on historic default levels.
Similarly, in establishing the fair value of derivative liabilities the Group considers its own
creditworthiness on derivatives by assessing all counterparties potential future exposure to the
Group, taking into account any collateral held, the effect of any master netting agreements,
expected loss given default and the credit risk of the Group based on historic default levels of
entities of the same credit quality. The impact of this valuation adjustment was that an
insignificant gain was recognized for the year ended December 31, 2008.
Where there is uncertainty in the assumptions used within a modeling technique, an additional
adjustment is taken to better reflect the expected market price of the financial instrument. Where
a financial instrument is part of a group
of transactions risk managed on a portfolio basis, but where the trade itself is of sufficient
complexity that the cost of closing it out would be higher than the cost of closing out its
component risks, then an additional adjustment is taken
to reflect this fact.
Validation
and Control: The Group has an independent specialist valuation group within the Finance
function which oversees and develops the valuation control framework and manages the valuation
control processes. The mandate of this specialist function includes the performance of the
valuation control process for the complex derivative businesses as well as the continued
development of valuation control methodologies and the valuation policy framework. Results of the
valuation control process are collected and analyzed as part of a standard monthly reporting cycle.
Variances of differences outside of preset and approved tolerance levels are escalated both within
the Finance function and with Senior Business Management for review, resolution and, if required,
adjustment.
For instruments where fair value is determined from valuation models, the assumptions and
techniques used within the models are independently validated by an independent specialist group
that is part of the Group’s Risk Management function.
Quotes for transactions are obtained from a number of third party sources including exchanges,
pricing service providers, firm broker quotes and consensus pricing services. Price sources are
examined and assessed to determine the quality of fair value information they represent. The
results are compared against actual transactions in the market to ensure the model valuations are
calibrated to market prices.
Price and parameter inputs to models, assumptions and valuation adjustments are verified against
independent sources. Where they cannot be verified to independent sources due to lack of observable
information, the estimate of fair value is subject to procedures to assess its reasonableness. Such
procedures include performing revaluation using independently generated models, assessing the
valuations against appropriate proxy instruments, and other benchmarks, and performing
extrapolation techniques. Assessment is made as to whether the valuation techniques yield fair
value estimates that are reflective of market levels by calibrating the results of the valuation
models against market transactions.
Management
Judgment: In reaching estimates of fair value management judgment needs to be exercised.
The areas requiring significant management judgment are identified, documented and reported to
senior management as part of the valuation control framework and the standard monthly reporting
cycle. The specialist model validation and valuation groups focus attention on the areas of
subjectivity and judgment.
The level of management judgment required in establishing fair value of financial instruments for
which there is a quoted price in an active market is minimal. Similarly there is little
subjectivity or judgment required for instruments valued using valuation models which are standard
across the industry and where all parameter inputs are quoted in active markets.
The level of subjectivity and degree of management judgment required is more significant for those
instruments valued using specialized and sophisticated models and where some or all of the
parameter inputs are not observable. Management judgment is required in the selection and
application of appropriate parameters, assumptions and modeling techniques. In particular, where
data is obtained from infrequent market transactions then extrapolation and interpolation
techniques must be applied. In addition, where no market data is available then parameter inputs
are determined by assessing other relevant sources of information such as historical data,
fundamental analysis of the economics of the transaction and proxy information from similar
transactions and making appropriate adjustment to reflect the actual instrument being valued and
current market conditions. Where different valuation techniques indicate a range of possible fair
values for an instrument then management has to establish what point within the range of estimates
best represents fair value. Further, some valuation adjustments may require the exercise of
management judgment to ensure they achieve fair value.
The financial instruments carried at fair value have been categorized under the three levels of
the IFRS fair value hierarchy as follows:
Quoted
Prices in an Active Market (Level 1): This level of the hierarchy includes listed equity
securities on major exchanges, quoted corporate debt instruments, G7 Government debt and exchange
traded derivatives. The fair value of instruments that are quoted in active markets are determined
using the quoted prices where they represent those at which regularly and recently occurring
transactions take place.
Valuation
Techniques with Observable Parameters (Level 2): This level of the hierarchy includes the
majority of the Group’s OTC derivative contracts, corporate debt held, securities purchased/sold
under resale/repurchase agreements, securities borrowed/loaned, traded loans and issued structured
debt designated under the fair value option.
Valuation
Techniques with Significant Unobservable Parameters (Level 3): Instruments classified in
this category have a parameter input or inputs which are unobservable and which have a more than
insignificant impact on either the fair value of the instrument or the profit or loss of the
instrument. This level of the hierarchy includes more complex OTC derivatives, certain private
equity investments, illiquid loans, certain highly structured bonds including illiquid asset backed
securities and structured debt issuances with unobservable components.
The following table presents the carrying value of the financial instruments held at fair value
across the three levels of the fair value hierarchy. Amounts in this table are generally presented
on a gross basis, in line with the Group’s
accounting policy regarding offsetting of financial instruments, as described in Note [1].
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Quoted
Valuation
Valuation
Quoted
Valuation
Valuation
prices in
technique
technique
prices in
technique
technique
active market
observable
unobservable
active market
observable
unobservable
in € m.
parameters
parameters
parameters
parameters
Financial assets held at fair value:
Trading securities
72,240
115,486
17,268
204,247
225,203
20,234
Positive market values from derivative financial instruments
36,062
1,139,639
48,792
21,401
467,068
18,498
Other trading assets
348
28,560
13,560
1,055
62,613
40,568
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or
loss
8,630
137,421
5,805
13,684
297,423
6,017
Financial assets available for sale
11,911
11,474
1,450
13,389
26,376
2,529
Other financial assets at fair value1
–
9,691
788
560
1,667
(5
)
Total financial assets held at fair value
129,191
1,442,271
87,663
254,336
1,080,350
87,841
Financial liabilities held at fair value:
Trading securities
38,921
17,380
666
100,630
4,976
619
Negative market values from derivative financial instruments
38,380
1,114,499
28,738
24,723
471,171
16,542
Other trading liabilities
–
11,027
174
21
300
509
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit
or loss
Derivatives which are embedded in contracts where the host contract is not held at fair
value through the profit or loss but for which the embedded derivative is separated are
presented within other financial assets/liabilities at fair value for the purposes of this
disclosure. The separated embedded derivatives may have a positive or a negative fair value
but have been presented in this table to be consistent with the classification of the host
contract. The separated embedded derivatives are held at fair value on a recurring basis and
have been split between the fair value hierarchy classifications.
2
These are investment contracts where the policy terms and conditions result in their
redemption value equaling fair value. See Note [40] for more detail on these contracts.
Valuation Techniques
The Group uses valuation techniques to establish the fair value of instruments where prices,
quoted in active markets, are not available. The following is an explanation of the valuation
techniques followed to establish fair value for the principal types of financial instrument.
Sovereign,
Quasi-sovereign and Corporate Debt and Equity Securities: Where there are no recent
transactions then fair value may be determined from the last market price adjusted for all changes
in risks and information since that date. Where a close proxy instrument is quoted in an active
market then fair value is determined by adjusting the proxy value for differences in the risk
profile of the instruments. Where close proxies are not available then fair value is estimated
using more complex modeling techniques. These techniques include discounted cash flow models using
current market rates for credit, interest, liquidity and other risks. For equity securities
modeling techniques may also include those based on earnings multiples. For some illiquid
securities several valuation techniques are used and an assessment is made to determine what point
within the range of estimates best represents fair value.
Mortgage and Other Asset Backed
Securities (“ABS”): These instruments include residential and
commercial mortgage backed securities and other asset backed securities including collateralized
debt obligations (“CDO”). Asset backed securities have specific characteristics as they have
different underlying assets and the issuing entities have different capital structures. The
complexity increases further where the underlying assets are themselves asset backed securities, as
is the case with many of the CDO instruments.
Where no reliable external pricing is available, ABS are valued, where applicable, using either
relative value analysis which is performed based on similar transactions observable in the market,
or industry-standard valuation models incorporating available observable inputs. The industry
standard external models calculate principal and interest payments for a given deal based on
assumptions that are independently price tested. The inputs include prepayment speeds, loss
assumptions (timing and severity) and a discount rate (spread, yield or discount margin). These
inputs/assumptions are derived from actual transactions, external market research and market indices where
appropriate.
Loans: For certain loans fair value may be determined from the market price on a recently occurring
transaction
adjusted for all changes in risks and information since that transaction date. Where there are no
recent market transactions then broker quotes, consensus pricing, proxy instruments or discounted
cash flow models are used to determine fair value. Discounted cash flow models incorporate
parameter inputs for credit risk, interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk, loss given default
estimates and amounts utilized given default, as appropriate. Credit risk, loss given default and
utilization given default parameters are determined using information from the loan or CDS markets,
where available.
Leveraged loans have transaction-specific characteristics. Where similar transactions exist for
which observable quotes are available from external pricing services then this information is used
with appropriate adjustments to reflect the transaction differences. When no similar transactions
exist, a discounted cash flow valuation technique is used with credit spreads derived from the
appropriate leveraged loan index, incorporating the industry classification, subordination of the
loan, and any other relevant information on the loan and loan counterparty.
Over-The-Counter (OTC) Derivative
Financial Instruments: Market standard transactions in liquid
trading markets, such as interest rate swaps, foreign exchange forward and option contracts in G7
currencies, and equity swap and option contracts on listed securities or indices are valued using
market standard models and quoted parameter inputs. Parameter inputs are obtained from pricing
services, consensus pricing services and recently occurring transactions in active markets wherever
possible.
More complex instruments are modeled using more sophisticated modeling techniques specific for the
instrument and calibrated to the market prices. Where the model value does not calibrate to the
market price then adjustments are made to the model value to adjust to the market value. In less
active markets, data is obtained from less frequent market transactions, broker quotes and through
extrapolation and interpolation techniques. Where observable prices or inputs are not available,
then they are determined by assessing other relevant sources of information such as historical
data, fundamental analysis of the economics of the transaction and proxy information from similar
transactions.
Financial
Liabilities Designated at Fair Value through Profit or Loss under the
Fair Value Option:
The fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss under the
fair value option incorporates all market risk factors including a measure of the Group’s credit
risk relevant for that financial liability. The financial liabilities include structured note
issuances, structured deposits, and other structured securities issued by consolidated vehicles,
which may not be quoted in an active market. The fair value of these financial liabilities is
determined by discounting the contractual cash flows using a credit-adjusted yield curve which
reflects the level at which the Group would issue similar instruments at the reporting date. The
market risk parameters are valued consistently to similar instruments held as assets, for example,
any derivatives embedded within the structured notes are valued using the same methodology
discussed in the OTC derivative financial instruments section above.
Where the financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss under the fair
value option are collateralized, such as securities loaned and securities sold under repurchase
agreements, the credit enhancement is factored into the fair valuation of the liability.
Investment
Contract Liabilities: Assets which are linked to the investment contract liabilities are
owned by the Group. The investment contract obliges the Group to use these assets to settle these
liabilities. Therefore, the fair value of investment contract liabilities is determined by the fair
value of the underlying assets (i.e., amount payable on surrender of the policies).
Analysis of Financial Instruments with Fair Value Derived from Valuation Techniques
Containing Significant Unobservable Parameters (Level 3)
The table below presents the financial instruments categorized in the third level followed by
an analysis and discussion of the financial instruments so categorized. Some of the instruments in
the third level of the fair value hierarchy have identical or similar offsetting exposures to the
unobservable input. However, they are required to be presented as gross assets and liabilities in
the table below.
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Financial assets held at fair value:
Trading securities:
Sovereign and quasi-sovereign obligations
602
845
Mortgage and other asset-backed securities
5,870
4,941
Corporate debt securities and other debt obligations
10,669
14,066
Equity securities
127
382
Total trading securities
17,268
20,234
Positive market values from derivative financial instruments
48,792
18,498
Other trading assets
13,560
40,568
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss:
Loans
5,531
3,809
Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss
274
2,208
Total financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss
5,805
6,017
Financial assets available for sale
1,450
2,529
Other financial assets at fair value
788
(5
)
Total financial assets held at fair value
87,663
87,841
Financial liabilities held at fair value:
Trading securities
666
619
Negative market values from derivative financial instruments
28,738
16,542
Other trading liabilities
174
509
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss:
Loan commitments
2,195
516
Long-term debt
1,488
2,476
Other financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss
2,347
2,408
Total financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss
6,030
5,400
Other financial liabilities at fair value
(1,249
)
(3
)
Total financial liabilities held at fair value
34,359
23,067
Trading
Securities: Certain illiquid emerging market corporate bonds and illiquid highly
structured corporate bonds are included in this level of the hierarchy. In addition, some of the
holdings of notes issued by securitization entities, commercial and residential mortgage-backed
securities, collateralized debt obligation securities and other asset-backed securities are
reported here.
The overall reduction in the fair value of trading securities classified in this level of the fair
value hierarchy is due to several factors. Securities reported in this level of the hierarchy
throughout 2008 have declined in fair value as market liquidity reduced. Certain debt securities,
previously reported in this level of the hierarchy, that met the accounting definition of loans
have been reclassified from the trading classification to loans under the provisions of the
amendment to IAS 39 approved in October 2008. Offsetting these reductions, falling liquidity in the
financial markets has meant that some securities previously reported in the second level of the
hierarchy are reported in the third level of the hierarchy at the end of 2008 as much less
observable data is available. For instance the market liquidity for lower-
rated Residential Mortgage-backed Securities fell sufficiently to mean that by the end of 2008, the
valuation techniques used to determine fair value of these securities are significantly dependent
on unobservable parameter inputs.
Positive
and Negative Market Values from Derivative Instruments: Derivatives categorized in this
level of the fair value hierarchy are valued based on one or more significant unobservable
parameters. The unobservable parameters include certain correlations, certain longer-term
volatilities and certain prepayment rates. In addition, unobservable parameters may include certain
credit spreads and other transaction-specific parameters.
The following derivatives are included within this level of the hierarchy: customized CDO
derivatives in which the
underlying reference pool of corporate assets is not closely comparable to regularly market-traded
indices; certain tranched index credit derivatives; certain options where the volatility is
unobservable; certain basket options in which the correlations between the referenced underlying
assets are unobservable; longer-term interest rate option derivatives; multi-currency foreign
exchange derivatives; and certain credit default swaps for which the credit spread is not
observable.
During 2008, there have been significant increases in the mark to market value of derivative
instruments due to high volatility in credit, equity and other markets observed in the second half
of the year. In addition, as the markets for instruments such as CDO derivatives became more
illiquid in the year, certain of these instruments have migrated from the second level of the fair
value hierarchy and are now reported in the third level.
Other
Trading Instruments: Other trading instruments classified in level 3 of the fair value
hierarchy mainly consist of traded loans valued using valuation models based on one or more
significant unobservable parameters. The loan balance reported in this level of the fair value
hierarchy comprises illiquid leveraged loans and illiquid residential and commercial mortgage
loans. The balance has significantly reduced in the year due to falls in the value of the loans,
sales of certain positions and the reclassification of certain illiquid leveraged and commercial
real estate loans from Trading to Loans under the provisions of the amendment to IAS 39 approved in
October 2008. This reduction has been partially offset by transfers of loans into this level of the
fair value hierarchy as liquidity continued to deteriorate during 2008.
Financial
Assets/Liabilities designated at Fair Value through Profit or
Loss: Certain corporate
loans and structured liabilities which were designated at fair value through profit or loss under
the fair value option are categorized in
this level of the fair value hierarchy. The corporate loans are valued using valuation techniques
which incorporate observable credit spreads, recovery rates and unobservable utilization
parameters. Revolving loan facilities are
reported in the third level of the hierarchy because the utilization in the event of the default
parameter is significant and unobservable.
In addition, certain hybrid debt issuances designated at fair value through profit or loss contain
embedded derivatives which are valued based on significant unobservable parameters. These
unobservable parameters include single stock volatilities correlations.
Financial
Assets Available for Sale: Unlisted equity instruments are reported in this level of the
fair value hierarchy where there is no close proxy and the market is very illiquid.
Sensitivity Analysis of Unobservable Parameters
Where the value of financial instruments is dependent on unobservable parameter inputs, the precise
level for these parameters at the balance sheet date might be drawn from a range of reasonably
possible alternatives. In preparing the financial statements, appropriate levels for these
unobservable input parameters are chosen so that they are consistent with prevailing market
evidence and in line with the Group’s approach to valuation control detailed above. Were the Group
to have marked the financial instruments concerned using parameter values drawn from the extremes
of the ranges of reasonably possible alternatives then as of December 31, 2008, it could have
increased fair value by as much as € 4.9 billion or decreased fair value by as much as
€ 4.7 billion. As of December 31, 2007, it could have
increased fair value by as much as € 3.0 billion or decreased fair value by as much as
€ 2.0 billion. In estimating these impacts, the Group used an approach based on its
valuation adjustment methodology for close-out costs. Close-out cost valuation adjustments reflect
the bid-offer spread that must be paid in order to close out a holding in an instrument or
component risk and as such they reflect factors such as market illiquidity and uncertainty. The
increase in the possible impact to fair value as of December 31, 2008 compared to December 31, 2007
is consistent with the
increased market illiquidity and uncertainty prevailing at the balance sheet date as a result of
the worsening global financial crisis.
This disclosure is intended to illustrate the potential impact of the relative uncertainty in the
fair value of financial
instruments for which valuation is dependent on unobservable input parameters. However, it is
unlikely in practice that all unobservable parameters would be simultaneously at the extremes of
their ranges of reasonably possible alternatives. Hence, the estimates disclosed above are likely
to be greater than the true uncertainty in fair value at the balance sheet date. Furthermore, the
disclosure is not predictive or indicative of future movements in fair value.
For many of the financial instruments considered here, in particular derivatives, unobservable
input parameters represent only a subset of the parameters required to price the financial
instrument, the remainder being observable. Hence for these instruments the overall impact of
moving the unobservable input parameters to the extremes of their ranges might be relatively small
compared with the total fair value of the financial instrument. For other instruments, fair value
is determined based on the price of the entire instrument, for example, by adjusting the fair value
of a reasonable proxy instrument. In addition, all financial instruments are already carried at
fair values which are inclusive of valuation adjustments for the cost to close out that instrument
and hence already factor in uncertainty as it reflects itself in market pricing. Any negative
impact of uncertainty calculated within this disclosure, then, will be over and above that
already included in the fair value contained in the financial statements.
The table below provides a breakdown of the sensitivity analysis by type of instrument. Where the
exposure to an unobservable parameter is offset across different instruments then only the net
impact is disclosed in the table.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Positive fair value
Negative fair value
Positive fair value
Negative fair value
movement from using
movement from using
movement from using
movement from using
reasonable possible
reasonable possible
reasonable possible
reasonable possible
in € m.
alternatives
alternatives
alternatives
alternatives
Derivatives
Credit
3,606
3,731
1,954
1,290
Equity
226
105
207
103
Interest Related
40
31
9
5
Hybrid
140
76
107
47
Other
178
124
94
56
Securities
Debt securities
162
152
89
75
Equity securities
8
2
52
18
Mortgage and asset backed
243
243
98
97
Loans
Leveraged loans
32
17
290
263
Commercial loans
70
70
60
56
Traded loans
197
126
58
38
Total
4,902
4,677
3,018
2,048
Unrealized Profit or Loss
Unrealized profit or loss is the gain or loss which is recorded in the profit or loss account but
which was not realized in cash. The unrealized profit (loss) on financial instruments in the third
level of the hierarchy was a profit of € 5.1 billion and a profit of € 4.0 billion
during 2008 and 2007, respectively. The unrealized profit or loss is not due solely to unobservable
parameters. Many of the parameter inputs to the valuation of instruments in this level of the
hierarchy are observable and the unrealized profit or loss movement is due to movements in these
observable parameters over the period. Many of the positions in this level of the hierarchy are
economically-hedged by instruments which are categorized in other levels of the fair value
hierarchy.
An analysis of the unrealized profit or loss is shown below:
Unrealized P&L in the
year on level 3
instruments held at the
balance sheet date
in € m.
2008
2007
Financial assets held at fair value:
Trading securities
(6,512
)
(1,059
)
Positive market values from derivative financial instruments
16,143
7,762
Other trading assets
(2,261
)
(993
)
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss
(943
)
(109
)
Financial assets available for sale
(13
)
(19
)
Other financial assets at fair value
679
(107
)
Total financial assets held at fair value
7,093
5,474
Financial liabilities held at fair value:
Negative market values from derivative financial instruments
(2,769
)
(1,728
)
Other trading liabilities
–
(16
)
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss
(207
)
443
Other financial liabilities at fair value
1,012
(153
)
Total financial liabilities held at fair value
(1,964
)
(1,454
)
Total unrealized profit (loss)
5,129
4,020
Recognition of Trade Date Profit
In accordance with the Group’s accounting policy as described in Note [1], if there are significant
unobservable inputs used in a valuation technique, the financial instrument is recognized at the
transaction price and any trade date profit is deferred. The table below presents the year-to-year
movement of the trade date profits deferred due to significant unobservable parameters for
financial instruments classified at fair value through profit or loss. The balance is predominantly
related to derivative instruments.
[12] Fair Value of Financial Instruments not carried at Fair Value
The valuation techniques used to establish fair value for the Group’s financial instruments
which are not carried at fair value in the balance sheet are consistent with those outlined in Note
[11], Financial Instruments Carried at Fair Value.
As described in Note [10], Reclassification of Financial Assets, the Group reclassified certain
eligible assets from the trading and available for sale classifications to loans. The Group
continues to apply the relevant valuation techniques set out in Note [11], Financial Instruments
carried at Fair Value, to the reclassified assets.
Other instruments not carried at fair value are not normally found within a trading portfolio and
are not managed on a fair value basis. For these instruments the Group applies valuation techniques
consistent with the general principles previously outlined, which are as follows:
Short-term financial instruments: The carrying amount represents a reasonable estimate of fair
value for short term financial instruments. The following instruments are predominantly short-term
and fair value is estimated from the carrying value.
Assets
Liabilities
Cash and due from banks
Deposits
Interest-earning deposits with banks
Central bank funds purchased
and securities sold under
repurchase agreements
Central bank funds sold and securities
purchased under resale agreements
Securities loaned
Securities borrowed
Other short-term borrowings
Other assets
Other liabilities
For longer-term financial instruments within these categories, fair value is determined by
discounting contractual cash flows using rates which could be earned for assets with similar
remaining maturities and credit risks and, in the case of liabilities, rates at which the
liabilities with similar remaining maturities could be issued, at the balance sheet date.
Loans: Fair value is determined using discounted cash flow models that incorporate parameter inputs
for credit risk, interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk, loss given default estimates and
amounts utilized given default, as appropriate. Credit risk, loss given default and utilization
given default parameters are determined using information from the loan or credit default swap
(“CDS”) markets, where available.
For retail lending portfolios with a large number of homogenous loans (e.g., German residential
mortgages), the fair value is calculated on a portfolio basis by discounting the portfolio’s
contractual cash flows using risk-free interest rates. This present value calculation is then
adjusted for credit risk by calculating the expected loss over the estimated life of the loan based
on various parameters including probability of default, loss given default and level of
collateralization.
The fair value of corporate lending portfolios is estimated by discounting a projected margin over
expected maturities using parameters derived from the current market values of collateralized
lending obligation (CLO) transactions collateralized with loan portfolios that are similar to the
Group’s corporate lending portfolio.
Securities purchased under resale agreements, securities borrowed, securities sold under repurchase
agreements and securities loaned: Fair value is derived from valuation techniques by discounting
future cash flows using the appropriate credit risk-adjusted discount rate. The credit
risk-adjusted discount rate includes consideration of the collateral received or pledged in the
transaction.
Long-term debt and trust preferred securities: Fair value is determined from quoted market prices,
where available. Where quoted market prices are not available, fair value is estimated using a
valuation technique that discounts the remaining contractual cash at a rate at which the Group
could issue debt with similar remaining maturity at the balance sheet date.
The following table presents the estimated fair value of the Group’s financial instruments which
are not carried at fair value in the balance sheet.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Carrying
Fair value
Carrying
Fair value
in € m.
value
value
Financial assets:
Cash and due from banks
9,826
9,826
8,632
8,632
Interest-earning deposits with banks
64,739
64,727
21,615
21,616
Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
9,267
9,218
13,597
13,598
Securities borrowed
35,022
34,764
55,961
55,961
Loans
269,281
254,536
198,892
199,427
Other assets1
115,871
115,698
159,462
159,462
Financial liabilities:
Deposits
395,553
396,148
457,946
457,469
Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase
agreements
87,117
87,128
178,741
178,732
Securities loaned
3,216
3,216
9,565
9,565
Other short-term borrowings
39,115
38,954
53,410
53,406
Other liabilities1
46,413
46,245
88,742
88,742
Long-term debt
133,856
126,432
126,703
127,223
Trust preferred securities
9,729
6,148
6,345
5,765
1
Only includes financial assets or financial liabilities.
Amounts in this table are generally presented on a gross basis, in line with the Group’s
accounting policy regarding offsetting of financial instruments as described in Note [1].
Loans: The total carrying value of loans has increased during the year partially due to
reclassifications from trading assets and assets classified as available for sale. The difference
between fair value and amortised cost for the reclassified assets is detailed in Note [10]. The
difference between fair value and carrying value at December 31, 2008 does not reflect the economic
benefits and costs that the Group expects to receive from these instruments. The difference arose
predominantly due to an increase in expected default rates and reduction in liquidity as implied
from market pricing. These reductions in fair value are partially offset by an increase in fair
value due to interest rate movements on fixed rate instruments.
Long-term debt and trust preferred securities: The difference between fair value and carrying value
arose due to the effect of an increase in the rates at which the Group could issue debt with
similar maturity and subordination at the balance sheet date. The increase in the difference
between the fair value and carrying value is primarily due to the widening of the Group’s credit
spread since the issuance of the instrument as well as general market liquidity and funding
concerns. This is partially offset by interest rate movements on fixed rate instruments.
[13] Financial Assets Available for Sale
The following are the components of financial assets available for sale.
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Debt securities:
German government
2,672
2,466
U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies
302
1,349
U.S. local (municipal) governments
1
273
Other foreign governments
3,700
3,347
Corporates
6,035
7,753
Other asset-backed securities
372
6,847
Mortgage-backed securities, including obligations of U.S. federal agencies
Investments in associates and jointly controlled entities are accounted for using the equity
method of accounting unless they are held for sale. As of December 31, 2008, there were no
associates which were accounted for as held for sale.
As of December 31, 2008, the following investees were significant, representing 75 % of the
carrying value of equity method investments.
Investment1
Ownership percentage
AKA Ausfuhrkredit-Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung, Frankfurt
26.89 %
Bats Trading, Inc., Wilmington2
8.46 %
Beijing Guohua Real Estates Co., Ltd., Beijing
39.65 %
Blue Ridge Trust, Wilmington
26.70 %
Challenger Infrastructure Fund, Sydney2
18.38 %
Compańía Logística de Hidrocarburos CLH, S.A., Madrid2
5.00 %
DB Blue Lake Master Portfolio Ltd., George Town2
15.16 %
Discovery Russian Realty Paveletskaya Project Ltd, George Town
33.33 %
DMG & Partners Securities Pte Ltd, Singapore
49.00 %
Evergrande Real Estate Group Limited, George Town2
11.19 %
Fincasa Hipotecaria, S.A. de C.V. Sociedad Financiera de Objeto Limitado, Mexico City
49.00 %
Fondo Immobiliare Chiuso Piramide Globale, Milan
42.45 %
Franklin
Templeton Global Fund - FT Global Bond Alpha Fund, Dublin
46.00 %
Gemeng International Energy Group Company Limited, Taiyuan2
19.00 %
Hanoi Building Commercial Joint Stock Bank, Hanoi2
Summarized aggregated financial information of these significant equity method investees
follows.
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Total assets
31,665
27,789
Total liabilities
18,817
17,294
Revenues
4,081
4,722
Net income (loss)
882
1,108
The following are the components of the net income (loss) from all equity method investments.
in € m.
2008
2007
Net income (loss) from equity method investments:
Pro-rata share of investees’ net income (loss)
53
358
Net gains (losses) on disposal of equity method investments
87
9
Impairments
(94
)
(14
)
Total net income (loss) from equity method investments
46
353
There was no unrecognized share of losses of an investee, neither for the period, or
cumulatively.
Equity method investments for which there were published price quotations had a carrying value of
€ 154 million and a fair value of € 147 million as of December 31, 2008, and a
carrying value of € 160 million and a fair value of € 168 million as of December 31,2007.
The investees have no significant contingent liabilities to which the Group is exposed.
In 2008 and 2007, none of the Group’s investees experienced any significant restrictions to
transfer funds in the form of cash dividends, or repayment of loans or advances.
The following are the principal components of loans by industry classification.
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Banks and insurance
26,998
12,850
Manufacturing
19,043
16,067
Households (excluding mortgages)
30,923
25,323
Households – mortgages
52,453
45,540
Public sector
9,972
5,086
Wholesale and retail trade
11,761
8,916
Commercial real estate activities
27,083
16,476
Lease financing
2,700
3,344
Other1
91,434
67,086
Gross loans
272,367
200,689
(Deferred expense)/unearned income
1,148
92
Loans less (deferred expense)/unearned income
271,219
200,597
Less: Allowance for loan losses
1,938
1,705
Total loans
269,281
198,892
1
Included in the category “other” is investment counseling and administration exposure of
€ 31.2 billion and € 20.4 billion for December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007
respectively.
Further disclosure on loans is provided in Note [37].
[16] Allowance for Credit Losses
The allowance for credit losses consists of an allowance for loan losses and an allowance for
off-balance sheet
positions.
The following table presents a breakdown of the movements in the Group’s allowance for loan losses
for the periods specified.
The following table presents the activity in the Group’s allowance for off-balance sheet
positions, which consist of contingent liabilities and lending-related commitments.
2008
2007
2006
Individually
Collectively
Total
Individually
Collectively
Total
Individually
Collectively
Total
in € m.
assessed
assessed
assessed
assessed
assessed
assessed
Allowance, beginning
of year
101
118
219
127
129
256
184
132
316
Provision for
off-balance sheet
positions
(2
)
(6
)
(8
)
(32
)
(6
)
(38
)
(56
)
2
(53
)
Changes in the group
of consolidated
companies
–
–
–
7
3
10
1
–
1
Exchange rate
changes/other
(1
)
–
(1
)
(1
)
(8
)
(8
)
(2
)
(5
)
(7
)
Allowance, end of year
98
112
210
101
118
219
127
129
256
[17] Derecognition of Financial Assets
The Group enters into transactions in which it transfers previously recognized financial
assets, such as debt securities, equity securities and traded loans, but retains substantially all
of the risks and rewards of those assets. Due to this retention, the transferred financial assets
are not derecognized and the transfers are accounted for as secured financing transactions. The
most common transactions of this nature entered into by the Group are repurchase agreements,
securities lending agreements and total return swaps, in which the Group retains substantially all
of the associated credit, equity price, interest rate and foreign exchange risks and rewards
associated with the assets as well as the associated income streams.
The following table provides further information on the asset types and the associated transactions
that did not qualify for derecognition, and their associated liabilities.
Carrying amount of transferred assets
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 20071
Trading securities not derecognized due to the following transactions:
Repurchase agreements
47,816
143,703
Securities lending agreements
10,518
27,205
Total return swaps
4,104
5,394
Total trading securities
62,438
176,302
Other trading assets
1,248
1,951
Financial assets available for sale
472
–
Loans
2,250
–
Total
66,408
178,253
Carrying amount of associated liability
58,286
155,847
1
Prior year amounts have been adjusted.
Continuing involvement accounting is typically applied when the Group retains the rights to
future cash flows of an asset, continues to be exposed to a degree of default risk in the
transferred assets or holds a residual interest in, or enters into derivative contracts with,
securitization or special purpose entities.
The following table provides further detail on the carrying value of the assets transferred in
which the Group still has continuing involvement.
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Carrying amount of the original assets transferred:
Trading securities
7,250
9,052
Other trading assets
4,190
3,695
Carrying amount of the assets continued to be recognized:
Trading securities
4,490
6,489
Other trading assets
1,262
1,062
Carrying amount of associated liability
6,383
7,838
[18] Assets Pledged and Received as Collateral
The Group pledges assets primarily for repurchase agreements and securities borrowing
agreements which are
generally conducted under terms that are usual and customary to standard securitized borrowing
contracts. In addition the Group pledges collateral against other borrowing arrangements and for
margining purposes on OTC derivative liabilities. The carrying value of the Group’s assets pledged
as collateral for liabilities or contingent liabilities is as
follows.
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 20071
Interest-earning deposits with banks
69
436
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
72,736
178,660
Financial assets available for sale
517
866
Loans
21,100
14,096
Other2
24
183
Total
94,446
194,241
1
Prior year amounts have been adjusted.
2
Includes Property and equipment pledged as collateral in 2007.
Assets transferred where the transferee has the right to sell or repledge are disclosed on the
face of the balance sheet. As of December 31, 2008, and December 31, 2007, these amounts were € 62 billion and € 179 billion, respectively.
As of December 31, 2008, and December 31, 2007, the Group had received collateral with a fair value
of € 253 billion and € 473 billion, respectively, arising from securities purchased
under reverse repurchase agreements, securities borrowed, derivatives transactions, customer margin
loans and other transactions. These transactions were generally conducted under terms that are
usual and customary for standard secured lending activities and the other transactions described.
The Group, as the secured party, has the right to sell or repledge such collateral, subject to the
Group returning equivalent securities upon completion of the transaction. As of December 31, 2008,
and 2007, the Group had resold or repledged € 230 billion and € 449 billion,
respectively. This was primarily to cover short sales, securities loaned and securities sold under
repurchase agreements.
In 2008 Deutsche Bank completed a foreclosure on a property under construction, (with a
carrying value of € 1.1 billion) previously held as collateral of a loan under Trading
assets. Upon completion this asset will be transferred to investment property.
Impairment losses on property and equipment are recorded within “General and administrative
expenses” in the income statement.
The carrying value of items of property and equipment on which there is a restriction on sale was
€ 65 million as of December 31, 2008.
Commitments for the acquisition of property and equipment were € 40 million at year-end.
[20] Leases
The Group is lessee under lease arrangements covering real property and equipment.
Finance Lease Commitments
The following table presents the net carrying value for each class of leasing assets held under
finance leases.
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Land and buildings
95
97
Furniture and equipment
2
3
Other
–
–
Net carrying value
97
100
Additionally, the Group has sublet leased assets classified as finance leases with a net
carrying value of € 60 million as of December 31, 2008, and € 309 million as of
December 31, 2007.
The future minimum lease payments required under the Group’s finance leases were as follows.
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Future minimum lease payments
not later than one year
32
199
later than one year and not later than five years
118
186
later than five years
202
347
Total future minimum lease payments
352
732
Less: Future interest charges
160
282
Present value of finance lease commitments
192
450
Future minimum sublease payments of € 193 million are expected to be received under
non-cancelable subleases as of December 31, 2008. As of December 31, 2007 future minimum sublease
payments of € 421 million were expected. The amounts of contingent rents recognized in the
income statement were € 1 million and € 0.4 million for the years ended December 31,2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.
The future minimum lease payments required under the Group’s operating leases were as follows.
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Future minimum rental payments
not later than one year
765
639
later than one year and not later than five years
2,187
1,789
later than five years
2,797
1,815
Total future minimum rental payments
5,749
4,243
Less: Future minimum rentals to be received
245
253
Net future minimum rental payments
5,504
3,990
In 2008, € 762 million were charges relating to lease and sublease agreements, of which
€ 792 million was for minimum lease payments, € 19 million for contingent rents and
€ 48 million for sublease rentals received.
[21] Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill
Changes in Goodwill
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, as well as gross amounts and accumulated impairment
losses of goodwill, for the years ended December 31, 2008, and 2007, are shown below by business
segment.
In 2008, the main addition to goodwill in Asset and Wealth Management (AWM) was € 597
million related to Maher Terminals LLC and Maher Terminals of Canada Corp., collectively and
hereafter referred to as Maher Terminals. The total of € 597 million consists of an addition
to goodwill amounting to € 33 million which resulted from the reacquisition of a minority
interest stake in Maher Terminals. Further, discontinuing the held for sale accounting of Maher
Terminals resulted in a transfer of € 564 million to goodwill from assets held for sale. The
main addition to goodwill in Global Transaction Banking was € 28 million related to the
acquisition of HedgeWorks LLC.
In 2007, the main addition to goodwill in Private & Business Clients was € 508 million
related to the acquisition of
Berliner Bank. The main addition to goodwill in Corporate Banking & Securities (CB&S) was € 149
million related to MortgageIT Holdings Inc.
In 2008, a total goodwill impairment loss of € 275 million was recorded. Of this total,
€ 270 million related to an investment in Asset and Wealth Management and € 5 million
related to a listed investment in Corporate Banking & Securities. Both impairment losses related to
investments which were not integrated into the primary cash-generating units within AWM and CB&S.
The impairment review of the investment Maher Terminals in AWM was triggered by a significant
decline in business volume as a result of the current economic climate. The fair value less costs
to sell of the investment was determined based on a discounted cash flow model. The impairment
review of the investment in CB&S was triggered by write-downs of certain other assets and the
negative business outlook of the investment. The fair value less costs to sell of the investment
was determined based on the market price of the listed investment.
An impairment review of goodwill was triggered in the first quarter of 2007 in Corporate
Investments after the division realized a gain of € 178 million related to its equity method
investment in Deutsche Interhotel Holding GmbH & Co. KG. As a result of this review, a goodwill
impairment loss totaling € 54 million was recognized.
In 2006, a goodwill impairment loss of € 31 million was recorded in Corporate Investments.
This goodwill related to a private equity investment in Brazil, which was not integrated into the
cash-generating unit. The impairment loss was triggered by changes in local law that restricted
certain businesses. The fair value less costs to sell of the investment was determined using a
discounted cash flow methodology.
Goodwill Impairment Test
Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing, considering
the business level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. On this basis,
the Group’s goodwill carrying cash-generating units primarily are Global Markets and Corporate
Finance within the Corporate Banking & Securities segment, Global Transaction Banking, Asset
Management and Private Wealth Management within the Asset and Wealth Management segment, Private &
Business Clients and Corporate Investments. In addition, the segments CB&S and AWM carry goodwill
resulting from the acquisition of nonintegrated investments which are not allocated to the
respective segments’ primary cash-generating units.
Such goodwill is individually tested for impairment on the level of each of the nonintegrated
investments and summarized as Others in the table below. The carrying amounts of goodwill by
cash-generating unit for the years ended December 31, 2008, and 2007, are as follows.
Goodwill is tested for impairment annually in the fourth quarter by comparing the recoverable
amount of each goodwill carrying cash-generating unit with its carrying amount. The carrying amount
of a cash-generating unit is derived based on the amount of equity allocated to a cash-generating
unit. The carrying amount also considers the amount of goodwill and unamortized intangible assets
of a cash-generating unit. The recoverable amount is the higher of a cash-generating unit’s fair
value less costs to sell and its value in use. The annual goodwill impairment tests in 2008, 2007
and 2006 did not result in an impairment loss of goodwill of the Group’s primary cash-generating
units as the recoverable amount for these cash-generating units was higher than their respective
carrying amount.
The following sections describe how the Group determines the recoverable amount of its primary
goodwill carrying cash-generating units and provides information on certain key assumptions on
which management based its determination of the recoverable amount.
Recoverable Amount
The Group determines the recoverable amount of its primary cash-generating units on the basis of
value in use and employs a valuation model based on discounted cash flows (“DCF”). The DCF model
employed by the Group reflects the specifics of the banking business and its regulatory
environment. The model calculates the present value of the estimated future earnings that are
distributable to shareholders after fulfilling the respective regulatory capital requirements.
The DCF model uses earnings projections based on financial plans agreed by management which, for
purposes of the goodwill impairment test, are extrapolated to a five-year period in order to derive
a sustainable level of estimated future earnings, which are discounted to their present value. Estimating future earnings requires
judgment, considering past and actual performance as well as expected developments in the
respective markets and in the overall macro-economic environment. Earnings projections beyond the
initial five-year period are assumed to increase by converging towards a constant long-term growth
rate, which is based on expectations for the development of gross domestic product (GDP) and
inflation, and are captured in the terminal value.
The value in use of a cash-generating unit is sensitive to the earnings projections, to the
discount rate applied and, to a much lesser extent, to the long-term growth rate. The discount
rates applied have been determined based on the capital asset pricing model which is comprised of a
risk-free interest rate, a market risk premium and a factor covering the systematic market risk
(beta factor). The values for the risk-free interest rate, the market risk premium and the beta
factors are determined using external sources of information. Business-specific beta factors are
determined based on a respective group of peer companies. Variations in all of these components
might impact the calculation of the discount rates. Pre-tax discount rates applied to determine
value in use of the cash-generating units in 2008 range from 12.9 % to 14.1 %.
Sensitivities: In validating the value in use determined for the cash-generating units, the major
value drivers of each cash-generating unit are reviewed annually. In addition, key assumptions used
in the DCF model (for example, the discount rate and the long-term growth rate) were sensitized to
test the resilience of value in use. Management
believes that the only circumstances where reasonable possible changes in key assumptions might
have caused an impairment loss to be recognized were in respect of Global Markets and Corporate
Finance where an increase of 25 % or 26 %, respectively, in the discount rate or a
decrease of 23 % or 27 %, respectively, in projected earnings in every year of the
initial five-year period, assuming unchanged values for the other assumptions, would have caused
the recoverable amount to equal the respective carrying amount.
The backdrop of a contracting global economy and significant near-term challenges to the banking
industry as a result of the financial crisis, and its implications for the Group’s operating
environment, may negatively impact the performance forecasts of certain of the Group’s
cash-generating units and, thus, could result in an impairment of goodwill in the future.
Other Intangible Assets
Other intangible assets are separated into those that are internally-generated, which consist
only of internally-generated software, and purchased intangible assets. Purchased intangible assets
are further split into amortized and unamortized other intangible assets.
The changes of other intangible assets by asset class for the years ended December 31, 2008, and
2007, are as follows.
Of which € 98 million were included in general and administrative expenses and
€ 15 million were recorded in commissions and fee income. The latter related to the
amortization of mortgage servicing rights.
2
Of which € 74 million were recorded as impairment of intangible assets and € 5
million were included in general and administrative expenses.
3
Of which € 181 million were included in general and administrative expenses and
€ 11 million were recorded in commissions and fee income. The latter related to the
amortization of mortgage servicing rights.
4
Of which € 310 million were recorded as impairment of intangible assets and € 1
million was recorded in commissions and fee income. The latter related to an impairment of
mortgage servicing rights.
In 2008, the main addition to other intangible assets related to Maher Terminals, a privately held
operator of port terminal facilities in North America. When held for sale accounting for Maher
Terminals ceased as of September 30, 2008, € 770 million were reclassified from assets held
for sale to amortized intangible assets. The total comprises contract-based (lease rights to
operate the ports), other (trade names) and customer-related intangible assets. As of December 31,2008, the carrying values were € 551 million for the lease rights, € 161 million for
the trade names and € 35 million for the customer-related intangible assets. The
amortization of these intangible assets is expected to end in 2030 for the lease rights, in 2027
for the trade names and between 2012 and 2022 for the customer-related intangible assets. The
additions to other intangible assets in 2007 were mainly due to the acquisition of Abbey Life
Assurance Company Limited, which resulted in the capitalization of a value of business acquired
(“VOBA”) of € 912 million. The VOBA represents the present value of the future cash flows of
a portfolio of long-term insurance and investment contracts and is being amortized over an
amortization period expected to end in 2039 (for further details see Notes [1] and [40]).
In 2008, impairment losses relating to customer-related intangible assets and contract-based
intangible assets (mortgage servicing rights) amounting to € 6 million and € 1
million were recognized as impairment of intangible assets and in commissions and fee income,
respectively, in the income statement. The impairment of customer-related intangible assets was
recorded in Asset and Wealth Management and the impairment of contract-based intangible assets was
recorded in Corporate Banking & Securities.
In 2007, impairment losses relating to purchased software and customer-related intangible assets
amounting to € 3 million and € 2 million, respectively, were recognized as general
and administrative expenses in the income statement. The impairment of the purchased software was
recorded in Asset and Wealth Management and the impairment of the customer-related intangible
assets was recorded in Global Transaction Banking.
In 2006, no impairment losses were recorded relating to amortized intangible assets.
Other intangible assets with finite useful lives are generally amortized over their useful lives
based on the straight-line method (except for the VOBA, as explained in Notes [1] and [40], and for
mortgage servicing rights).
Mortgage servicing rights are amortized in proportion to and over the estimated period of net
servicing revenues. The useful lives by asset class are as follows.
More than 96 % of
unamortized intangible assets, amounting to € 437 million, relate
to the Group’s U.S. retail mutual fund business and are allocated to the Asset Management
cash-generating unit. These assets are retail investment management agreements, which are contracts
that give DWS Scudder the exclusive right to manage a variety of mutual funds for a specified
period. Since the contracts are easily renewable, the cost of renewal is minimal, and they have a
long history of renewal, these agreements are not expected to be terminated in the foreseeable
future. The rights to manage the associated assets under management are expected to generate cash
flows for an indefinite period of time. The intangible assets were valued at fair value based upon
a third party valuation at the date of the Group’s acquisition of Zurich Scudder Investments, Inc.
in 2002.
In 2008
and 2007, losses of €
304 million and € 74 million respectively were
recognized in the income statement as impairment of intangible assets. The impairment losses were
related to retail investment management agreements and were recorded in Asset and Wealth
Management. The impairment losses were due to declines in market values of invested assets as well
as current and projected operating results and cash flows of investment management agreements,
which had been acquired from Zurich Scudder Investments, Inc. The impairment recorded in 2008
related to certain open end and closed end funds whereas the impairment recorded in 2007 related to
certain closed end funds and variable annuity funds. The recoverable amounts of the assets were
calculated at fair value less costs to sell. As market prices are ordinarily not observable for
such assets, the fair value was based on the best information available to reflect the amount the
Group could obtain from a disposal in an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable, willing
parties, after deducting the costs of disposal. Therefore, the fair value was determined based on
the income approach, using a post-tax discounted cash flow calculation (multi-period excess
earnings method).
In 2006, no impairment losses were recorded relating to unamortized intangible assets.
As of December 31, 2008, the Group classified several real estate assets as held for sale. The
Group reported these items in other assets and valued them at the lower of their carrying amount or
fair value less costs to sell, which did not lead to an impairment loss in 2008.
The real estate assets included commercial and residential property in Germany and North America
owned by the Corporate Division Corporate Banking & Securities (CB&S) through foreclosure. All
these items are expected to be sold in 2009.
As of December 31, 2007, the Group classified three disposal groups (two subsidiaries and a
consolidated fund) and several non-current assets as held for sale. The Group reported these items
in Other assets and Other liabilities, and valued them at the lower of their carrying amount or
fair value less costs to sell, resulting in an impairment loss of € 2 million in 2007, which
was recorded in income before income taxes of the Group Division Corporate Investments (CI).
The three disposal groups included two in the Corporate Division Asset and Wealth Management (AWM).
One was an Italian life insurance company for which a disposal contract was signed in December 2007
and which was sold in the first half of 2008, and a second related to a real estate fund in North
America, which ceased to be classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2008. The expenses which
were not to be recognized during the held for sale period, were recognized at the date of
reclassification. This resulted in an increase of other expenses of € 13 million in AWM in
2008. This amount included expenses of € 3 million which related to 2007. Due to the current
market conditions the timing of the ultimate disposal of this investment is uncertain. The last
disposal group, a subsidiary in CI, was classified as held for sale at year-end 2006 but, due to
circumstances arising in 2007 that were previously considered unlikely, was not sold in 2007. In
2008, the Group changed its plans to sell the subsidiary because the envisaged sales transaction
did not materialize due to the lack of interest of the designated buyer. In the light of the weak
market environment there are currently no sales activities regarding this subsidiary. The
reclassification did not lead to any impact on revenues and expenses.
Non-current assets classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2007 included two alternative
investments of AWM in North America, several office buildings in CI and in the Corporate Division
Private & Business Clients (PBC), and other real estate assets in North America, obtained by CB&S
through foreclosure. While the office buildings in CI and PBC and most of the real estate in CB&S
were sold during 2008, the ownership structure of the two alternative investments Maher Terminals
LLC and Maher Terminals of Canada Corp. was restructured and the Group consolidated these
investments commencing June 30, 2008. Due to the current market conditions the timing of the
ultimate disposal of these investments is uncertain. As a result, the assets and liabilities were
no longer classified as held for sale at the end of the third quarter 2008. The revenues and
expenses which were not to be recognized during the held for sale period were recognized at the
date of reclassification. This resulted in a negative impact on other income of € 62 million
and an increase of other expenses of € 38 million in AWM in 2008. These amounts included a
charge to revenues of € 20 million and expenses of € 21 million which related to
2007.
As of December 31, 2006, in addition to the CI subsidiary mentioned above, two equity method
investments in the Group Division CI, resulting in impairment losses of € 2 million, and two
equity method investments in CB&S were classified held for sale. The latter four investments were
sold in 2007.
The following are the principal components of assets and liabilities which the Group classified as
held for sale for the years ended December 31, 2008, and 2007, respectively.
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
–
417
Financial assets available for sale1
–
675
Equity method investments
–
871
Property and equipment
1
15
Other assets
131
864
Total assets classified as held for sale
132
2,842
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
–
417
Long-term debt
–
294
Other liabilities
–
961
Total liabilities classified as held for sale
–
1,672
1
An unrealized loss of € 12 million was recognized directly in equity at December31, 2007.
For the remaining portion of provisions as disclosed on the consolidated balance sheet,
please see Note [16] to the Group’s consolidated financial statements, in which allowances
for credit related off-balance sheet positions are disclosed.
Operational and Litigation
The Group defines operational risk as the potential for incurring losses in relation to staff,
technology, projects, assets, customer relationships, other third parties or regulators, such as
through unmanageable events, business disruption, inadequately-defined or failed processes or
control and system failure.
Due to the nature of its business, the Group is involved in litigation, arbitration and regulatory
proceedings in Germany and in a number of jurisdictions outside Germany, including the United
States, arising in the ordinary course of business. In accordance with applicable accounting
requirements, the Group provides for potential losses that may arise out of contingencies,
including contingencies in respect of such matters, when the potential losses are probable and
estimable. Contingencies in respect of legal matters are subject to many uncertainties and the
outcome of individual matters is not predictable with assurance. Significant judgment is required
in assessing probability and making estimates in respect of contingencies, and the Group’s final
liabilities may ultimately be materially different. The Group’s total liability recorded in respect
of litigation, arbitration and regulatory proceedings is determined on a case-by-case
basis and represents an estimate of probable losses after considering, among other factors, the
progress of each case, the Group’s experience and the experience of others in similar cases, and the opinions and
views of legal counsel. Although the final resolution of any such matters could have a material
effect on the Group’s consolidated operating results for a particular reporting period, the Group
believes that it will not materially affect its consolidated financial position. In respect of each
of the matters specifically described below, some of which consist of a number of claims,
it is the Group’s belief that the reasonably possible losses relating to each claim in excess of
any provisions are either not material or not estimable.
The Group’s significant legal proceedings are described below.
Tax-Related Products. Deutsche Bank AG, along with certain affiliates, and current and former
employees (collectively referred to as “Deutsche Bank”), have collectively been named as defendants
in a number of legal proceedings brought by customers in various tax-oriented transactions.
Deutsche Bank provided financial products and services to these customers, who were advised by
various accounting, legal and financial advisory professionals. The customers claimed tax benefits
as a result of these transactions, and the United States Internal Revenue Service has rejected
those claims. In these legal proceedings, the customers allege that the professional advisors,
together with Deutsche Bank, improperly misled the customers into believing that the claimed tax
benefits would be upheld by the Internal Revenue Service. The legal proceedings are pending in
numerous state and federal courts and in arbitration, and claims against Deutsche Bank are alleged
under both U.S. state and federal law. Many of the claims against Deutsche Bank are asserted by
individual customers, while others are asserted on behalf of a putative customer class. No
litigation class has been certified as against Deutsche Bank. Approximately 86 legal proceedings
have been resolved and dismissed with prejudice as against Deutsche Bank. Approximately 8 other
legal proceedings remain pending as against Deutsche Bank and are currently at various pre-trial
stages, including discovery. The Bank has received a number of unfiled claims as well, and has
resolved certain of those unfiled claims.
The United States Department of Justice (“DOJ”) is also conducting a criminal investigation of
tax-oriented transactions that were executed from approximately 1997 through 2001. In connection
with that investigation, DOJ has sought various documents and other information from Deutsche Bank
and has been investigating the actions of various individuals and entities, including Deutsche
Bank, in such transactions. In the latter half of 2005, DOJ brought criminal charges against
numerous individuals based on their participation in certain tax-oriented transactions while
employed by entities other than Deutsche Bank (the “Individuals”). In the latter half of 2005, DOJ
also entered into a Deferred Prosecution Agreement with an accounting firm (the “Accounting Firm”),
pursuant to which DOJ agreed to defer prosecution of a criminal charge against the Accounting Firm
based on its participation in certain tax-oriented transactions provided that the Accounting Firm
satisfied the terms of the Deferred Prosecution Agreement. On February 14, 2006, DOJ announced that
it had entered into a Deferred Prosecution Agreement with a financial institution (the “Financial
Institution”), pursuant to which DOJ agreed to defer prosecution of a criminal charge against the
Financial Institution based on its role in providing financial products and services in connection
with certain tax-oriented transactions provided that the Financial Institution satisfied the terms
of the Deferred Prosecution Agreement. Deutsche Bank provided similar financial products and
services in certain tax-oriented transactions that are the same or similar to the tax-oriented
transactions that are the subject of the above-referenced criminal charges. Deutsche Bank also
provided financial products and services in additional tax-oriented transactions as well. DOJ’s
criminal investigation is ongoing. In December 2008, following a trial of four of the Individuals,
three of the Individuals were convicted of criminal charges. The Bank is engaged in discussions
with DOJ concerning a resolution of the investigation.
Kirch Litigation. In May 2002, Dr. Leo Kirch personally and as an assignee of two entities of the
former Kirch Group, i.e., PrintBeteiligungs GmbH and the group holding company TaurusHolding GmbH & Co. KG, initiated
legal action against Dr. Rolf-E. Breuer and Deutsche Bank AG alleging that a statement made by Dr.
Breuer (then the Spokesman of Deutsche Bank AG’s Management Board) in an interview with Bloomberg
television on February 4, 2002 regarding the Kirch Group was in breach of laws and resulted in
financial damage.
On January 24, 2006, the German Federal Supreme Court sustained the action for the declaratory
judgment only in respect of the claims assigned by PrintBeteiligungs GmbH. Such action and judgment
did not require a proof of any loss caused by the statement made in the interview.
PrintBeteiligungs GmbH is the only company of the Kirch Group which was a borrower of Deutsche Bank
AG. Claims by Dr. Kirch personally and by TaurusHolding GmbH & Co. KG were dismissed. In May 2007,
Dr. Kirch filed an action for payment as assignee of PrintBeteiligungs GmbH against Deutsche Bank
AG and Dr. Breuer in the amount of initially approximately € 1.6 billion (the amount
depended, among other things, on the development of the price for the shares of Axel Springer AG)
plus interest. Meanwhile Dr. Kirch changed the calculation of his alleged damages and claims
payment of approximately € 1.3 billion plus interest. In these proceedings he will have to
prove that such statement caused financial damages to PrintBeteiligungs GmbH and the amount
thereof. In the Group’s view, the causality in respect of the basis and scope of the claimed
damages has not been sufficiently substantiated.
On December 31, 2005, KGL Pool GmbH filed a lawsuit against Deutsche Bank AG and Dr. Breuer. The
lawsuit
is based on alleged claims assigned from various subsidiaries of the former Kirch Group. KGL Pool
GmbH seeks a declaratory judgment to the effect that Deutsche Bank AG and Dr. Breuer are jointly
and severally liable for damages as a result of the interview statement and the behavior of
Deutsche Bank AG in respect of several subsidiaries of the Kirch Group. In December 2007, KGL Pool
GmbH supplemented this lawsuit by a motion for payment of approximately € 2.0 billion plus
interest as compensation for the purported damages which two subsidiaries of the former Kirch Group
allegedly suffered as a result of the statement by Dr. Breuer. In the Group’s view, due to the lack
of a relevant contractual relationship with any of these subsidiaries there is no basis for such
claims, and the causality in respect of the basis and scope of the claimed damages as well as the
effective assignment of the alleged claims to KGL Pool GmbH has not been sufficiently
substantiated.
Credit-related matters. Deutsche Bank has received subpoenas and requests for information from
certain regulators and government entities concerning its activities regarding the origination,
purchase, and securitization of subprime and non-subprime residential mortgages. Deutsche Bank is
cooperating fully in response to those subpoenas and requests for information. Deutsche Bank has
also been named as defendant in various civil litigations (including putative class actions),
brought under the Securities Act of 1933 or state common law, related to the residential mortgage
business. Included in those litigations are (1) two putative class actions pending in California
Superior Court in Los Angeles County regarding the role of Deutsche Bank’s subsidiary Deutsche Bank
Securities Inc. (“DBSI”), along with other financial institutions, as an underwriter of offerings
of certain securities and mortgage pass-through certificates issued by Countrywide Financial
Corporation or an affiliate; (2) a putative class action pending in the United States District
Court for the Southern District of New York regarding the role of DBSI, along with other financial
institutions, as an underwriter of offerings of certain mortgage pass-through certificates issued
by affiliates of Novastar Mortgage Funding Corporation; (3) a putative class action pending in
California Superior Court in Los Angeles County regarding the role of DBSI, along with other
financial institutions, as an underwriter of offerings of certain mortgage pass-through
certificates issued by affiliates of Indymac MBS, Inc.; (4) a putative class action pending in the
United States District Court for the Southern District of New York regarding the role of DBSI,
along with other financial institutions, as an underwriter of offerings of certain mortgage
pass-through certificates issued by affiliates of Wells Fargo Asset Securities Corporation; and (5)
a putative class action pending in New York Supreme Court in New York County regarding the role of
a number of financial institutions, including DBSI, as underwriter, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company
Americas, a Deutsche Bank subsidiary, as trustee, to certain mortgage pass-through certificates
issued by affiliates
of Residential Accredit Loans, Inc. In addition, certain affiliates of Deutsche Bank, including
DBSI, have been named in a putative class action pending in the United States District Court for
the Eastern District of New York regarding their roles as issuer and underwriter of certain
mortgage pass-through securities. Each of the civil litigations is in its early stages.
Auction rate securities. Deutsche Bank and DBSI are the subject of a putative class action, filed
in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, asserting various claims
under the federal securities laws on behalf of all persons or entities who purchased and continue
to hold Auction Rate Preferred Securities and Auction Rate Securities (together “ARS”) offered for
sale by Deutsche Bank and DBSI between March 17, 2003 and February 13, 2008. DBSI and Deutsche Bank
Alex. Brown, a division of DBSI, have also been named as defendants in four individual actions
asserting various claims under the federal securities laws and state common law by four investors
in ARS. The purported class action and three of the individual actions are in their early stages.
One of the individual actions has been dismissed. Deutsche Bank is also named as a defendant, along
with ten other financial institutions, in two putative class actions, filed in the United States
District Court for the Southern District of New York, asserting violations of the antitrust laws.
The putative class actions, which are in their early stages, allege that the defendants conspired
to artificially support and then, in February 2008, restrain the ARS market.
Deutsche Bank has also received regulatory requests from the Securities and Exchange Commission
(“SEC”) and state regulatory agencies in connection with investigations relating to the marketing
and sale of ARS. In August 2008, Deutsche Bank entered into agreements in principle with the New
York Attorney General’s Office (“NYAG”) and the North American Securities Administration
Association (“NASAA”), representing a consortium of other states and
U.S. territories, pursuant to which Deutsche Bank and its subsidiaries agreed to purchase from
their retail, certain smaller and medium-sized institutional, and charitable clients, ARS that
those clients purchased from Deutsche Bank and its subsidiaries prior to February 13, 2008; to work
expeditiously to provide liquidity solutions for their larger institutional clients who purchased
ARS from Deutsche Bank and its subsidiaries; and to pay an aggregate penalty of
U.S.$ 15 million to the NYAG and NASAA. The SEC’s investigation is continuing.
ÖBB Litigation. In September 2005, Deutsche Bank AG entered into a Portfolio Credit Default Swap
(“PCDS”) transaction with ÖBB Infrastruktur Bau AG (“ÖBB”), a subsidiary of Österreichische
Bundesbahnen-Holding Aktiengesellschaft. Under the PCDS, ÖBB assumed the credit risk of a € 612
million AAA rated tranche of a diversified portfolio of corporates and asset-backed securities
(“ABS”). As a result of the developments in the ABS market since mid 2007, the market value of the
PCDS declined and ÖBB recorded substantial mark-to-market losses on the position and intends to
post a provision for the entire notional amount of the PCDS in its financial accounts for the
fiscal year 2008.
In June of 2008, ÖBB filed a claim against Deutsche Bank AG in the Vienna Trade Court, asking that
the Court
declare the PCDS null and void. ÖBB argues that the transaction violates Austrian law, and alleges
to have been misled about certain features of the PCDS. ÖBB’s claim was dismissed by the Trade
Court in January 2009. ÖBB has stated that it will appeal the decision.
Other
Other provisions include non-staff related provisions that are not captured on other specific
provision accounts and provisions for restructuring. Restructuring provisions are recorded in
conjunction with acquisitions as well as business realignments. Other costs primarily include,
among others, amounts for lease terminations and related costs.
The following are the components of other short-term borrowings.
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Other short-term borrowings:
Commercial paper
26,095
31,187
Other
13,020
22,223
Total other short-term borrowings
39,115
53,410
[27] Long-Term Debt and Trust Preferred Securities
Long-Term Debt
The following table presents the Group’s long-term debt by contractual maturity.
By remaining maturities
Due in
Due in
Due in
Due in
Due in
Due after
Total
Total
in € m.
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2013
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Senior debt:
Bonds and notes:
Fixed rate
10,851
6,571
13,173
11,037
7,642
27,253
76,527
72,173
Floating rate
9,306
8,513
6,225
9,066
3,866
12,151
49,127
46,384
Subordinated debt:
Bonds and notes:
Fixed rate
696
7
293
167
1,163
1,454
3,780
3,883
Floating rate
1,372
1,376
974
499
47
154
4,422
4,263
Total long-term debt
22,225
16,467
20,665
20,769
12,718
41,012
133,856
126,703
The Group did not have any defaults of principal, interest or other breaches with respect to
its liabilities in 2008 and 2007.
Trust Preferred Securities
The following table summarizes the Group’s fixed and floating rate trust preferred securities,
which are perpetual
instruments, redeemable at specific future dates at the Group’s option.
The Group enters into derivative instruments indexed to Deutsche Bank common shares in order to
acquire shares to satisfy employee share-based compensation awards and for trading purposes.
Forward purchases and written put options in which Deutsche Bank common shares are the underlying
are reported as obligations to purchase common shares if the number of shares is fixed and physical
settlement for a fixed amount of cash is required. As of December 31, 2008, and December 31, 2007,
the obligation of the Group to purchase its own common shares amounted to € 4 million and
€ 3.6 billion, respectively, as summarized in the following table.
In December 2008, the Group decided to amend existing forward purchase contracts covering
33.6 million Deutsche Bank common shares from physical settlement to net-cash settlement.
The forward purchase contracts were used to satisfy employee share-based compensation awards. This
amendment resulted in the derecogniton of the related obligation to purchase common shares and the
corresponding charge to shareholders’ equity. The negative market value of the derivatives as of
the amendment date was recorded as Financial liability at fair value through profit or loss with a
corresponding debit to Additional paid-in capital.
Deutsche Bank’s share capital consists of common shares issued in registered form without par
value. Under German law, each share represents an equal stake in the subscribed capital. Therefore,
each share has a nominal value of € 2.56, derived by dividing the total amount of share capital by
the number of shares.
There are no issued ordinary shares that have not been fully paid.
Shares purchased for treasury consist of shares held by the Group for a period of time, as well as
any shares purchased with the intention of being resold in the short term. In addition, the Group
has launched share buy-back programs. Shares acquired under these programs serve among other
things, share-based compensation programs, and also allow the Group to balance capital supply and
demand. The fifth buy-back program was completed in May 2007 when the sixth buy-back program was
started. It was completed in May 2008 and since then no new share buy-back program has been
started. In the fourth quarter of 2008, the majority of the remaining shares have been sold in the
market. All such transactions were recorded in shareholders’ equity and no revenues and expenses
were recorded
in connection with these activities.
On September 22, 2008, Deutsche Bank AG issued 40 million new common shares at € 55 per share,
resulting in total proceeds of € 2.2 billion. The shares were issued with full dividend
rights for the year 2008 from authorized capital and without subscription rights.
Authorized and Conditional Capital
Deutsche Bank’s share capital may be increased by issuing new shares for cash and in some
circumstances for non-cash consideration. As of December 31, 2008, Deutsche Bank had authorized but
unissued capital of € 308,600,000 which may be issued at various dates through April 30, 2012 as
follows.
The Annual General Meeting on May 29, 2008 authorized the Management Board to increase the
share capital by up to a total of € 140,000,000 against cash payments or contributions in kind with
the consent of the Supervisory Board. The expiration date is April 30, 2013. This additional
authorized capital was not entered in the Commercial Register as of December 31, 2008. It will
become effective upon its entry in the Commercial Register.
Deutsche Bank also had conditional capital of € 153,815,099. Conditional capital is available for
various instruments that may potentially be converted into common shares.
The Annual General Meeting on June 2, 2004 authorized the Management Board to issue once or more
than once, bearer or registered participatory notes with bearer warrants and/or convertible
participatory notes, bonds with warrants, and/or convertible bonds on or before April 30, 2009. For
this purpose, share capital was increased conditionally by up to € 150,000,000.
Under the DB Global Partnership Plan, € 51,200,000 of conditional capital was available for option
rights available
for grant until May 10, 2003 and € 64,000,000 for option rights available for grant until May 20,2005. A total of
980,143 option rights were granted and not exercised as of December 31, 2008. Therefore, capital
can still be increased by € 2,509,166 under this plan. Also, the Management Board was authorized at
the Annual General Meeting on May 17, 2001 to issue, with the consent of the Supervisory Board, up
to 12,000,000 option rights on Deutsche Bank shares on or before December 31, 2003 of which 510,130
option rights were granted and not exercised as of December 31, 2008 under the DB Global Share Plan
(pre-2004). Therefore, capital still can be increased by € 1,305,933 under this plan. These plans
are described in Note [31].
The Annual General Meeting on May 29, 2008 authorized the Management Board to issue once or more
than once, bearer or registered participatory notes with bearer warrants and/or convertible
participatory notes, bonds with warrants, and/or convertible bonds on or before April 30, 2013. For
this purpose, share capital was increased conditionally by up to € 150,000,000. This conditional
capital was not entered in the Commercial Register as of December 31, 2008. It will become
effective upon its entry in the Commercial Register.
Dividends
The following table presents the amount of dividends proposed or declared for the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
2008
2007
2006
(proposed)
Cash dividends declared1 (in € m.)
310
2,274
2,005
Cash dividends declared per common share (in € )
0.50
4.50
4.00
1
Cash dividend for 2008 is based on the maximum number of shares that will be entitled to a
dividend payment for the year 2008.
No dividends have been declared since the balance sheet date.
Common shares issued under share-based compensation plans
1
15
25
Retirement of common shares
–
–
(102
)
Balance, end of year
1,461
1,358
1,343
Additional paid-in capital
Balance, beginning of year
15,808
15,246
14,464
Net change in share awards in the reporting period
225
122
(258
)
Capital increase
2,098
–
–
Common shares issued under share-based compensation plans
17
377
663
Tax benefits related to share-based compensation plans
(136
)
(44
)
285
Amendment of derivative instruments indexed to Deutsche Bank common shares
(1,815
)
–
–
Option premiums on options on Deutsche Bank common shares
3
76
(81
)
Net gains (losses) on treasury shares sold
(1,191
)
28
171
Other
(48
)
3
2
Balance, end of year
14,961
15,808
15,246
Retained earnings
Balance (adjusted), beginning of year1
26,051
20,900
18,221
Net income (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders
(3,835
)
6,474
6,070
Actuarial gains (losses) related to defined benefit plans, net of tax
(1
)
486
84
Cash dividends declared and paid
(2,274
)
(2,005
)
(1,239
)
Dividend related to equity classified as obligation to purchase common shares
226
277
180
Net gains on treasury shares sold
–
–
191
Retirement of common shares
–
–
(2,667
)
Other effects from options on Deutsche Bank common shares
(4
)
3
60
Other
(89
)
(84
)
–
Balance, end of year
20,074
26,051
20,900
Common shares in treasury, at cost
Balance, beginning of year
(2,819
)
(2,378
)
(3,368
)
Purchases of shares
(21,736
)
(41,128
)
(38,830
)
Sale of shares
22,544
39,677
35,998
Retirement of shares
–
–
2,769
Treasury shares distributed under share-based compensation plans
1,072
1,010
1,053
Balance, end of year
(939
)
(2,819
)
(2,378
)
Equity classified as obligation to purchase common shares
Balance, beginning of year
(3,552
)
(4,307
)
(4,449
)
Additions
(366
)
(1,292
)
(2,140
)
Deductions
1,225
2,047
2,282
Amendment of derivative instruments indexed to Deutsche Bank common shares
2,690
–
–
Balance, end of year
(3
)
(3,552
)
(4,307
)
Net gains (losses) not recognized in the income statement, net of tax
Balance (adjusted), beginning of year2
1,047
2,365
2,751
Change in unrealized net gains (losses) on financial assets available for sale, net of applicable tax and
other3
(4,517
)
427
466
Change in unrealized net gains (losses) on derivatives hedging variability of cash flows, net of tax4
(297
)
(7
)
(54
)
Foreign currency translation, net of tax5
(1,084
)
(1,738
)
(798
)
Balance, end of year
(4,851
)
1,047
2,365
Total shareholders’ equity, end of year
30,703
37,893
33,169
Minority interest
Balance, beginning of year
1,422
717
624
Minority interests in net profit or loss
(61
)
36
9
Increases
732
1,048
744
Decreases and dividends
(906
)
(346
)
(624
)
Foreign currency translation, net of tax
24
(33
)
(36
)
Balance, end of year
1,211
1,422
717
Total equity, end of year
31,914
39,315
33,886
1
The beginning balances were increased by € 935 million, € 449 million and
€ 365 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, for
a change in accounting policy and other adjustments in accordance with Note [1].
2
The beginning balances were reduced by € (86) million and
€ (38) million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, for a
change in accounting policy and other adjustments in accordance with Note [1].
3
Thereof € (32) million, € (9) million and
€ (84) million related to the Group’s share of changes in equity of associates or
jointly controlled entities for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
respectively.
4
Thereof € (119) million and € (7) million related to the
Group’s share of changes in equity of associates or jointly controlled entities for the
years ended December 31, 2008 and 2006, respectively.
5
Thereof € 19 million, € (12) million and € 1 million related
to the Group’s share of changes in equity of associates or jointly controlled entities for
the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Share-Based Compensation Plans used for Granting New Awards in 2008
The Group currently grants share-based compensation under three main plans. All awards
represent a contingent right to receive Deutsche Bank common shares after a specified period of
time. The award recipient is not entitled to receive dividends before the settlement of the award.
The terms of the three main plans are presented in the table below.
Plan
Vesting schedule
Early retirement provisions
Eligibility
Global Partnership
Annual Award
80 %: 24 months1
No
Group Board
Plan Equity Units
20 %: 42 months
50 %: 24 months
DB Equity Plan
Annual Award
25 %: 36 months
Yes
Select employees as annual retention
25 %: 48 months
Off Cycle Award
Individual specification2
No
Select employees to attract or retain key staff
Global Share Plan -
Germany
100 %: 12 months
No
Employee plan granting up to 10 shares per
employee in Germany3
1
With delivery after further 18 months
2
Weighted average relevant service period: 12 months
3
Participant must have been active and working for the Group for at least one year at date of grant
An award, or portions of it, may be forfeited if the recipient voluntarily terminates
employment before the end of the relevant vesting period. Early retirement provisions for the DB
Equity Plan – Annual Award, however, allow continued vesting after voluntary termination of
employment, when certain conditions regarding age or tenure are fulfilled.
Vesting usually continues after termination of employment in cases such as redundancy or
retirement. Vesting is accelerated if the recipient’s termination of employment is due to death or
disability.
In countries where legal or other restrictions hinder the delivery of shares, a cash plan variant
of the DB Equity Plan and the Global Share Plan was used for making awards from 2007 onwards.
The Management Board announced in 2007 its intention to discontinue the Global Share Plan in its
current form, and to replace it with country specific all employee share plans. The review for
suitable replacement plans is still ongoing. Taking into account new legislation being implemented
in Germany, which supports tax optimized share investment, the Board approved a final offer of the
current Global Share Plan in 2008 for Germany as an interim solution, until legislation becomes
effective in 2009.
The Group has other local share-based compensation plans, none of which, individually or in the
aggregate, are material to the consolidated financial statements.
Share-Based Compensation Plans used for Granting Awards prior to 2008
Share Plans and Stock Appreciation Right Plans
Prior to 2008, the Group granted share-based compensation under a number of other plans. The
following table summarizes the main features of these prior plans.
Plan
Vesting schedule
Early retirement
Eligibility
Last grant in
provisions
Restricted
Equity Units (REU) Plan
Annual Award
80 %: 48 months1
Yes
Select employees as annual
retention
2006
20 %: 54 months
DB Share Scheme
Annual Award
1/3 : 6 months
Select employees as annual
retention
1/3 : 18 months
No
2006
1/3 : 30 months
Off Cycle Award
Individual specification
No
Select employees to attract or retain key
staff
2006
DB Key Employee Equity
Plan (KEEP)
Individual specification
No
Select executives
2005
Stock Appreciation Rights
(SAR) Plan
Exercisable after 36 months Expiry
after 72 months
No
Select employees
2002
Global Share Plan
100 %: 12 months
No
All employee plan granting up to 10 shares
per employee
2007
1
With delivery after further 6 months
The REU Plan, DB Share Scheme and DB KEEP represent a contingent right to receive Deutsche Bank
common shares after a specified period of time. The award recipient is not entitled to receive
dividends before the settlement of the award.
An award, or portion of it, may be forfeited if the recipient voluntarily terminates employment
before the end of the relevant vesting period. Early retirement provisions for the REU Plan,
however, allow continued vesting after voluntary termination of employment when certain conditions
regarding age or tenure are fulfilled.
Vesting usually continues after termination of employment in certain cases, such as redundancy or
retirement. Vesting is accelerated if the recipient’s termination of employment is due to death or
disability.
The SAR plan provided eligible employees of the Group with the right to receive cash equal to the
appreciation of Deutsche Bank common shares over an established strike price. The last rights
granted under the SAR plan expired in 2007.
Performance Options
Deutsche Bank used performance options as a remuneration instrument under the Global Partnership
Plan and the pre-2004 Global Share Plan. No new options were issued under these plans after
February 2004. As of December 31, 2008, all options were exercisable.
The following table summarizes the main features related to performance options granted under the
pre-2004 Global Share Plan and the Global Partnership Plan.
Plan
Grant Year
Exercise price
Additional Partnership
Exercisable until
Eligibility
Appreciation Rights (PAR)
Global Share Plan
2001
€
87.66
No
Nov 2007
All employees1
(pre-2004)
2002
€
55.39
No
Nov 2008
All employees1
Performance Options
2003
€
75.24
No
Dec 2009
All employees1
Global
Partnership Plan Performance Options
2002
€
89.96
Yes
Feb 2008
Select executives
2003
€
47.53
Yes
Feb 2009
Select executives
2004
€
76.61
Yes
Feb 2010
Group Board
1
Participant must have been active and working for the Group for at least one year at date of
grant
Under both plans, the option represents the right to purchase one Deutsche Bank common share at
an exercise price equal to 120 % of the reference price. This reference price was set as
the higher of the fair market value of the common shares on the date of grant or an average of the
fair market value of the common shares for the ten trading days on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange up
to, and including, the date of grant.
Performance options under the Global Partnership Plan were granted to select executives in the
years 2002 to 2004. All these performance options are fully vested. Participants were granted one
Partnership Appreciation Right (PAR) for each option granted. PARs represent a right to receive a
cash award in an amount equal to 20 % of the reference price. The reference price was
determined in the same way as described above for the performance options. PARs vested at the same
time and to the same extent as the performance options. They are automatically exercised at the
same time, and in the same proportion, as the Global Partnership Plan performance options.
Performance options under the Global Share Plan (pre-2004), a broad-based employee plan, were
granted in the years 2001 to 2003. The plan allowed the purchase of up to 60 shares in 2001 and up
to 20 shares in both 2002 and 2003. For each share purchased, participants were granted one
performance option in 2001 and five performance options in 2002 and 2003. Performance options under
the Global Share Plan (pre-2004) are forfeited upon termination of employment. Participants who
retire or become permanently disabled retain the right to exercise the performance options.
Compensation Expense
Compensation expense for awards classified as equity instruments is measured at the grant date
based on the fair value of the share-based award.
Compensation expense for share-based awards payable in cash is remeasured to fair value at each
balance sheet date, and the related obligations are included in other liabilities until paid. For
awards granted under the cash plan version of the DB Equity Plan and DB Global Share Plan,
remeasurement is based on the current market price of Deutsche Bank common shares.
A further description of the underlying accounting principles can be found in Note [1].
The Group recognized compensation expense related to its significant share-based compensation plans
as follows:
in € m.
2008
2007
2006
DB Global Partnership Plan
10
7
9
DB Global Share Plan
39
49
43
DB Share Scheme/Restricted Equity Units Plan/DB KEEP/DB Equity Plan
1,249
1,088
751
Stock Appreciation Rights Plan1
–
1
19
Total
1,298
1,145
822
1
For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, net gains of € 1 million and
€ 73 million from non-trading equity derivatives, used to offset fluctuations in
employee share-based compensation expense, were included.
Of the compensation expense recognized in 2008 and 2007 approximately € 4 million and
€ 10 million, respectively, was attributable to the cash-settled variant of the DB Global
Share Plan and the DB Equity Plan.
Share-based payment transactions which will result in a cash payment give rise to a liability,
which amounted to
approximately € 10 million and € 8 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and
2007 respectively. This liability is attributable to unvested share awards.
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based
compensation was approximately € 0.6 billion and € 1.0 billion respectively.
Award-Related Activities
Share Plans
The following table summarizes the activity in plans involving share awards, which are those plans
granting a contingent right to receive Deutsche Bank common shares after a specified period of
time. It also includes the grants under the cash plan variant of the DB Equity Plan and DB Global
Share Plan.
In addition to the amounts shown in the table above, in February 2009 the Group granted
retention awards of
approximately 18.3 million units, with an average fair value of € 17.28 per unit under the
DB Equity Plan for 2009.
Approximately 0.3 million of these grants under the DB Equity Plan were granted under the
cash plan variant of this plan.
Furthermore, awards under the DB Restricted Cash Plan, amounting to approximately € 1.0
billion, were also granted in February 2009. The DB Restricted Cash Plan is neither share-based
nor related to the performance of Deutsche Bank common shares.
Approximately 5.4 million shares were issued to plan participants in February 2009, resulting from
the vesting of prior years DB Equity Plan awards.
Performance Options
The following table summarizes the activities for performance options granted under the Global
Partnership Plan and the DB Global Share Plan (pre-2004).
The following three tables present details related to performance options outstanding as of
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, by range of exercise prices.
The weighted-average exercise price does not include the effect of the Partnership
Appreciation Rights for the DB Global Partnership Plan.
The weighted average share price at the date of exercise was € 64.31, € 99.70 and € 91.72 in the
years ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Approximately 980,000 Global Partnership Plan Performance Options granted in 2003 expired on
February 1, 2009.
The Group provides a number of post-employment benefit plans. In addition to defined
contribution plans, there are plans accounted for as defined benefit plans. The Group’s defined
benefit plans are classified as post-employment medical plans and retirement benefit plans such as
pensions.
The majority of the beneficiaries of retirement benefit plans are located in Germany, the United
Kingdom and the United States. The value of a participant’s accrued benefit is based primarily on
each employee’s remuneration and length of service.
The Group’s funding policy is to maintain full coverage of the defined benefit obligation (“DBO”)
by plan assets within a range of 90 % to 110 % of the obligation, subject to
meeting any local statutory requirements. Any obligation for the Group’s unfunded plans is accrued
for as book provision.
Moreover, the Group maintains unfunded contributory post-employment medical plans for a number of
current and retired employees who are mainly located in the United States. These plans pay stated
percentages of eligible medical and dental expenses of retirees after a stated deductible has been
met. The Group funds these plans on a cash basis as benefits are due.
December 31 is the measurement date for all plans. All plans are valued using the projected
unit-credit method.
The following table provides reconciliations of opening and closing balances of the defined benefit
obligation and of the fair value of plan assets of the Group’s defined benefit plans over the years
ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, as well as a statement of the funded status as of December 31 in
each year.
Retirement benefit plans
Post-employment
medical plans
in € m.
2008
2007
2008
2007
Change in defined benefit obligation:
Balance, beginning of year
8,518
9,129
116
147
Current service cost
264
265
2
3
Interest cost
453
436
7
8
Contributions by plan participants
8
6
–
–
Actuarial loss (gain)
(160
)
(902
)
1
(21
)
Exchange rate changes
(572
)
(354
)
1
(15
)
Benefits paid
(393
)
(378
)
(8
)
(6
)
Past service cost (credit)
14
11
–
–
Acquisitions1
–
313
–
–
Divestitures
–
(3
)
–
–
Settlements/curtailments
(1
)
(19
)
–
–
Other2
58
14
–
–
Balance, end of year
8,189
8,518
119
116
Change in fair value of plan assets:
Balance, beginning of year
9,331
9,447
–
–
Expected return on plan assets
446
435
–
–
Actuarial gain (loss)
(221
)
(266
)
–
–
Exchange rate changes
(689
)
(351
)
–
–
Contributions by the employer
239
171
–
–
Contributions by plan participants
8
6
–
–
Benefits paid3
(358
)
(355
)
–
–
Acquisitions4
–
246
–
–
Divestitures
–
–
–
–
Settlements
(1
)
(13
)
–
–
Other2
–
11
–
–
Balance, end of year
8,755
9,331
–
–
Funded status, end of year
566
813
(119
)
(116
)
1
Abbey Life, Berliner Bank (2007)
2
Includes opening balance of first time application of smaller plans.
3
For funded plans only.
4
Abbey Life (2007)
The Group’s primary investment objective is to immunize broadly the Bank to large swings in the
funded status of the retirement benefit plans, with some limited amount of risk-taking through
duration mismatches and asset class diversification. The aim is to maximize returns within a
defined risk tolerance level specified by the Group.
The actual return on plan assets for the years ended December 31, 2008, and December 31, 2007, was
€ 225 million and € 169 million, respectively. In both years, market movements caused
the actual returns on plan assets to be lower than expected under the long term actuarial
assumptions, but this actuarial loss on plan assets was partially compensated for in 2008 (but more
than compensated for in 2007) by an actuarial gain on liabilities due to market movements.
The Group expects to contribute approximately € 200 million to its retirement benefit plans
in 2009. The final amounts to be contributed in 2009 will be determined in the fourth quarter of
2009.
The table below reflects the benefits expected to be paid in each of the next five years, and in
the aggregate for the five years thereafter. The amounts include benefits attributable to estimated
future employee service.
Retirement benefit plans
Post-employment
in € m.
medical plans1
2009
406
8
2010
419
8
2011
437
9
2012
458
9
2013
462
9
2014 – 2018
2,540
47
1
Net of expected reimbursements from Medicare for prescription drug benefits of
approximately € 1 million each year from 2009 until 2012, € 2 million in 2013 and € 9 million
in the aggregate from 2014 through 2018.
The following table provides an analysis of the defined benefit obligation into amounts arising
from plans that are wholly unfunded and amounts arising from plans that are wholly or partly
funded.
Retirement benefit plans
Post-employment
medical plans
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Benefit obligation
8,189
8,518
119
116
– unfunded
245
121
119
116
– funded
7,944
8,397
–
–
The following table shows the amounts for the current annual period and the previous two annual
periods of the
present value of the defined benefit obligation, the fair value of plan assets and the funded
status as well as the
experience adjustments arising on the obligation and the plan assets.
The following table presents a reconciliation of the funded status to the net amount recognized
in the balance sheet as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Retirement
Post-employment
benefit plans
medical plans
in € m.
Dec
31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Dec
31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Funded status
566
813
(119
)
(116
)
Past service cost (credit) not recognized
–
–
–
–
Asset ceiling
(9
)
(9
)
–
–
Net asset (liability) recognized
557
804
(119
)
(116
)
The Group has adopted a policy of recognizing actuarial gains and losses in the period in which
they occur. Actuarial gains and losses are taken directly to shareholders’ equity and are presented
in the Consolidated Statement of
Recognized Income and Expense and in Note [30]. The following table shows the cumulative amounts
recognized as at December 31, 2008 since inception of IFRS on January 1, 2006 as well as the
amounts recognized in the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, not taking deferred
taxes into account. Deferred taxes are disclosed in a separate table for income taxes taken to
equity in Note [33]. Adjusted amounts recognized for prior periods are presented in Note [1].
Amount recognized in the Consolidated
Statement of Recognized Income
and Expense (gain (loss))
in € m.
Dec
31,
20081
2008
2007
Retirement benefit plans:
Actuarial gain (loss)
645
(61
)
636
Asset ceiling
(9
)
–
(4
)
Total retirement benefit plans
636
(61
)
632
Post-employment medical plans:
Actuarial gain (loss)
53
(1
)
21
Total post-employment medical plans
53
(1
)
21
Total amount recognized
689
(62
)
653
1
Accumulated since inception of IFRS and inclusive of the impact of exchange rate changes.
Expenses for defined benefit plans recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income for the
years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 included the following items. All items are part of
compensation and benefits expenses.
in € m.
2008
2007
2006
Expenses for retirement benefit plans:
Current service cost
264
265
284
Interest cost
453
436
395
Expected return on plan assets
(446
)
(435
)
(413
)
Past service cost (credit) recognized immediately
14
11
32
Settlements/curtailments
–
(5
)
(5
)
Recognition of actuarial losses (gains) due to settlements/curtailments1
9
(6
)
(2
)
Amortization of actuarial losses (gains)1
1
(1
)
–
Asset ceiling1
(2
)
2
–
Total retirement benefit plans
293
267
291
Expenses for post-employment medical plans:
Current service cost
2
3
5
Interest cost
7
8
10
Amortization of actuarial losses (gains)1
2
(3
)
–
Total post-employment medical plans
11
8
15
Total expenses defined benefit plans
304
275
306
Total expenses for defined contribution plans
206
203
165
Total expenses for post-employment benefits
510
478
471
Disclosures of other selected employee benefits
Employer contributions to mandatory German social security pension plan
159
156
144
Expenses for severance payments
555
225
153
1
Items accrued under the corridor approach in 2006 and 2007 were reversed in 2008 due to
the change in accounting policy (differences between the amounts posted originally and the
amounts reversed are due to exchange rate changes).
Expected expenses for 2009
are € 307 million for the retirement benefit plans and
€ 10 million for the post-employment medical plans.
The weighted-average asset allocation of the Group’s funded retirement benefit plans as of December31, 2008 and 2007, as well as the target allocation by asset category are as follows.
Target allocation
Percentage of plan assets
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Asset categories:
Equity instruments
5 %
7 %
8 %
Debt instruments (including Cash and Derivatives)
90 %
90 %
87 %
Alternative Investments (including Property)
5 %
3 %
5 %
Total asset categories
100 %
100 %
100 %
The expected rate of return on assets is developed separately for each plan, using a building
block approach recognizing the plan’s specific asset allocation and the assumed return on assets
for each asset category. The plan’s target asset allocation at the measurement date is used, rather
than the actual allocation.
The general principle is to use a risk-free rate as a benchmark, with adjustments for the effect of
duration and specific relevant factors for each major category of plan assets. For example, the
expected rate of return for equities and property is derived by adding a respective risk premium to
the yield-to-maturity on ten-year fixed interest government bonds.
Expected returns are adjusted for factors such as taxation, but no allowance is made for expected
outperformance due to active management. Finally, the relevant risk premiums and overall expected
rates of return are confirmed for reasonableness through comparison with other reputable published
forecasts and any other relevant market practice.
Plan assets as of December 31, 2008, include derivatives with a positive market value of € 588
million. Derivative transactions are made within the Group and with external counterparties. In
addition, there are € 4 million of securities issued by the Group included in the plan
assets.
It is not expected that any plan assets will be returned to the Group during the year ending
December 31, 2009.
The principal actuarial assumptions applied were as follows. They are provided in the form of
weighted averages.
Assumptions used for retirement benefit plans
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Dec 31, 2006
to determine defined benefit obligations, end of year
Discount rate
5.6 %
5.5 %
4.8 %
Rate of price inflation
2.1 %
2.1 %
2.0 %
Rate of nominal increase in future compensation levels
3.0 %
3.3 %
3.2 %
Rate of nominal increase for pensions in payment
1.8 %
1.8 %
1.7 %
to determine expense, year ended
Discount rate
5.5 %
4.8 %
4.3 %
Rate of price inflation
2.1 %
2.0 %
2.1 %
Rate of nominal increase in future compensation levels
3.3 %
3.2 %
3.3 %
Rate of nominal increase for pensions in payment
1.8 %
1.7 %
1.8 %
Expected rate of return on plan assets1
5.0 %
4.6 %
4.4 %
Assumptions used for post-employment medical plans
to determine defined benefit obligations, end of year
Discount rate
6.1 %
6.1 %
5.8 %
to determine expense, year ended
Discount rate
6.1 %
5.8 %
5.4 %
1
The expected rate of return on assets for determining income in 2009 is 4.5 % .
Mortality assumptions are significant in measuring the Group’s obligations under its defined
benefit plans. These
assumptions have been set in accordance with current best practice in the respective countries.
Future longevity
improvements have been considered and included where appropriate.
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the average life expectancies for a 65 year old male and female,
weighted on DBO for the Group’s retirement benefit plans, were as follows.
The following table presents the sensitivity to key assumptions of the defined benefit
obligation as of December 31, 2008, and the aggregate of service costs and interest costs of the
retirement benefit plans for the year ended December 31, 2008. Each assumption is shifted in
isolation.
Defined benefit obligation as at
Aggregate of service costs and
Increase in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
interest costs for 2008
Discount rate (fifty basis point decrease)
560
15
Rate of price inflation (fifty basis point increase)
370
40
Rate of real increase in future compensation levels
(fifty basis point increase)
75
10
Longevity (improvement by ten percent)1
130
10
1
Improvement by ten percent on longevity means that the probability of death at each age is
reduced by ten percent. The sensitivity has, broadly, the effect of increasing the expected
longevity at age 65 by about one year.
Decreasing the expected return on plan assets assumption by fifty basis points would increase
the expenses for retirement benefit plans by € 45 million for the year ended December 31,2008.
In determining expenses for post-employment medical plans, an annual weighted-average rate of
increase of 8.0 % in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was assumed for
2009. The rate is assumed to decrease gradually to 5.1 % by the end of 2012 and to remain
at that level thereafter.
Assumed health care cost trend rates have an effect on the amounts reported for the post-employment
medical plans. A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the
following effects on the Group’s post-employment medical plans.
One-percentage point increase
One-percentage point decrease
Increase (decrease) in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Effect on defined benefit obligation, end of year
13
13
(12
)
(11
)
Effect on the aggregate of current service cost
and interest cost, year ended
The following are the components of tax expense (income).
in € m.
2008
2007
2006
Current tax expense (benefit)1
Tax expense (benefit) for current year
(32
)
3,504
2,782
Adjustments for prior years
(288
)
(347
)
(687
)
Total current tax expense (benefit)
(320
)
3,157
2,095
Deferred tax expense (benefit)1
Origination and reversal of temporary difference, unused tax losses and tax credits
(1,346
)
(651
)
288
Effects of changes in tax rates
26
(181
)
(7
)
Adjustments for prior years
(205
)
(86
)
(116
)
Total deferred tax expense (benefit)
(1,525
)
(918
)
165
Total income tax expense (benefit)
(1,845
)
2,239
2,260
1
Including income taxes which relate to non-current assets or assets and liabilities of
disposal groups classified as held for sale. For further information please see Note [22].
Income tax expense (benefit) includes policyholder tax attributable to policyholder earnings,
amounting to an income tax benefit of € 79 million and € 1 million in 2008 and 2007
respectively.
The current tax expense (benefit) includes benefits from previously unrecognized tax losses, tax
credits and deductible temporary differences, which increased the current tax benefit by € 45
million in 2008 and reduced the current tax expense by € 3 million and € 19
million in 2007 and 2006, respectively.
The deferred tax expense (benefit) includes expenses arising from write-downs of deferred tax
assets and benefits from previously unrecognized tax losses (tax credits/temporary differences) and
the reversal of previous write-downs of deferred tax assets, which reduced the deferred tax benefit
by € 971 million and € 71 million in 2008 and 2007
respectively and increased the deferred tax expense by € 93 million in 2006.
The following is an analysis of the difference between the amount that results from applying the
German statutory (domestic) income tax rate to income before tax and the Group’s actual income tax
expense.
in € m.
2008
2007
2006
Expected tax expense at domestic income tax rate of 30.7 % (39.2 % for 2007, 2006)
(1,760
)
3,429
3,269
Foreign rate differential
(665
)
(620
)
(250
)
Tax-exempt gains on securities and other income
(746
)
(657
)
(357
)
Loss (income) on equity method investments
(36
)
(22
)
(51
)
Nondeductible expenses
403
393
372
Goodwill impairment
1
21
10
Changes in recognition and measurement of deferred tax assets
926
68
74
Effect of changes in tax law or tax rate
26
(181
)
(362
)
Effect related to share based payments
227
–
–
Effect of policyholder tax
(79
)
(1
)
–
Other
(142
)
(191
)
(445
)
Actual income tax expense (benefit)
(1,845
)
2,239
2,260
The Group is under continuous examinations by tax authorities in various jurisdictions. “Other”
in the preceding table mainly includes the nonrecurring effect of settling these examinations.
The domestic income tax rate, including corporate tax, solidarity surcharge, and trade tax, used
for calculating
deferred tax assets and liabilities was 30.7 %, 30.7 % and 39.2 % for the
years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
In August 2007, the German legislature enacted a tax law change on company taxation
(“Unternehmensteuerreformgesetz 2008”), which lowered the statutory corporate income tax rate from
25 % to 15 %, and changed the trade tax calculation from 2008 onwards. This tax law
change reduced the deferred tax expense for 2007 by € 232 million. Further tax rate changes,
mainly in the United Kingdom, Spain, Italy and the United States of America, increased the deferred
tax expense for 2007 by € 51 million.
The inventory of each type of temporary difference, each type of unused tax losses and unused tax
credits that give rise to significant portions of deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as
follows.
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Deferred tax assets:
Unused tax losses
3,477
1,219
Unused tax credits
134
132
Deductible temporary differences:
Trading activities
8,769
5,313
Property and equipment
380
319
Other assets
1,167
822
Securities valuation
654
276
Allowance for loan losses
144
162
Other provisions
1,016
1,469
Other liabilities
568
1,190
Total deferred tax assets
16,309
10,902
Deferred tax liabilities:
Taxable temporary differences:
Trading activities
7,819
5,163
Property and equipment
53
57
Other assets
1,042
1,599
Securities valuation
605
681
Allowance for loan losses
167
89
Other provisions
1,221
697
Other liabilities
716
219
Total deferred tax liabilities
11,623
8,505
Net deferred tax assets
4,686
2,397
After netting, deferred tax assets and liabilities were included on the balance sheet as
follows.
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Disclosed as deferred tax assets
8,470
4,777
Disclosed as deferred tax liabilities
3,784
2,380
Net deferred tax assets
4,686
2,397
The closing balances of deferred taxes for 2007 were adjusted in accordance with Note [1].
The change in the balance of net deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities does not equal
the deferred tax
expense in this year. This is due to (1) deferred taxes that are booked directly to equity, (2) the
effects of exchange rate changes on tax assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than
euro, (3) the acquisition and disposal of entities as part of ordinary activities and (4) the
reclassification of deferred tax assets and liabilities which are presented on the face of the
balance sheet as components of other assets and liabilities.
Income taxes charged or credited to equity are as follows.
in € m.
2008
2007
2006
Actuarial gains and losses related to defined benefit plans
1
(192
)
(65
)
Financial assets available for sale
698
197
16
Derivatives hedging variability of cash flows
(34
)
(1
)
22
Other equity movement
67
19
(63
)
Income taxes (charged) credited to recognized income and expenses in total equity
731
215
(25
)
Other income taxes (charged) credited to total equity
(75
)
(35
)
195
As of December 31, 2008, and 2007, no deferred tax assets were recognized for the following
items.1
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Deductible temporary differences
(26
)
(34
)
Not expiring
(617
)
(1,120
)
Expiring in subsequent period
(1
)
–
Expiring after subsequent period
(2,851
)
(390
)
Unused tax losses
(3,469
)
(1,510
)
Expiring in subsequent period
–
–
Expiring after subsequent period
(90
)
(100
)
Unused tax credits
(90
)
(100
)
1
Amounts in the table refer to unused tax losses and tax credits for federal income tax
purposes.
Deferred tax assets were not recognized on these items because it is not probable that future
taxable profit will be available against which the unused tax losses and unused tax credits can be
utilized.
As of December 31, 2008, and December 31, 2007, the Group recognized deferred tax assets that
exceed deferred tax liabilities by € 5,637 million and € 2,582 million, respectively,
in entities which have suffered a loss in either the current or preceding period. This is based on
management’s assessment that it is probable that the respective entities will have taxable profits
against which the unused tax losses, unused tax credits and deductible temporary differences can be
utilized. Generally, in determining the amounts of deferred tax assets to be recognized, management
uses profitability information and, if relevant, forecasted operating results, based upon approved
business plans, including a review of the eligible carry-forward periods, tax planning
opportunities and other relevant considerations.
As of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the Group had temporary differences associated with
the Group’s parent company’s investments in subsidiaries, branches and associates and interests in
joint ventures, of € 157 million and € 255 million respectively, in respect of which
no deferred tax liabilities were recognized.
Since 2007, the payment of dividends to the Group’s shareholders no longer has income tax
consequences. In 2006, the effect for domestic tax rate differential on the dividend distribution
was a tax benefit of € 30 million.
In 2008, the Group finalized several acquisitions that were accounted for as business
combinations. Of these transactions, the acquisitions of DB HedgeWorks, LLC and the reacquisition
of Maher Terminals LLC and Maher Terminals of Canada Corp. were individually significant and are,
therefore, presented separately. The other business combinations, which were not individually
significant, are presented in the aggregate.
DB HedgeWorks, LLC
On January 31, 2008, the Group acquired 100 % of HedgeWorks, LLC, a hedge fund
administrator based in the United States which it subsequently renamed DB HedgeWorks, LLC (“DB
HedgeWorks”). The acquisition further strengthens the Group’s service offering to the hedge fund
industry. The cost of this business combination consisted of a cash payment of € 19 million
and another € 16 million subject to the acquiree exceeding certain performance targets over
the next three years. The purchase price was allocated as goodwill of € 28 million, other
intangible assets of € 5 million and net tangible assets of € 2 million. DB
HedgeWorks is included in GTB. The impact of this acquisition on the Group’s balance sheet was as
follows.
Carrying value before
Adjustments to
Fair value
in € m.
the acquisition
fair value
Assets:
Cash and due from banks
1
–
1
Goodwill
–
28
28
Other intangible assets
–
5
5
All remaining assets
1
–
1
Total assets
2
33
35
Liabilities:
Long-term debt
–
15
15
All remaining liabilities
1
–
1
Total liabilities
1
15
16
Net assets
1
18
19
Total liabilities and equity
2
33
35
Since the date of acquisition, DB HedgeWorks recorded net revenues and net losses after tax of
€ 6 million and € 2 million, respectively.
Maher Terminals LLC and Maher Terminals of Canada Corp.
Commencing June 30, 2008, the Group has consolidated Maher Terminals LLC and Maher Terminals of
Canada Corp., collectively and hereafter referred to as Maher Terminals, a privately held operator
of port terminal facilities in North America. Maher Terminals was acquired as seed asset for the
North American Infrastructure Fund. The Group initially owned 100 % of Maher Terminals and
following a partial sale of an 11.4 % minority stake to the RREEF North America
Infrastructure Fund in 2007, the Group retained a non-controlling interest which was accounted for
as equity method investment under the held for sale category at December 31, 2007 (see Note [22]).
In a subsequent effort to restructure the fund in 2008, RREEF Infrastructure reacquired all
outstanding interests in the North America Infrastructure Fund, whose sole investment is Maher
Terminals, for a cash consideration of € 109 million.
In discontinuing the held for sale accounting for the investment at the end of the third quarter
2008, the assets and liabilities of Maher Terminals were reclassified from the held for sale
category, with the reacquisition accounted for as a purchase transaction. On provisional values,
the cost of this acquisition was allocated as goodwill of € 33 million and net tangible
assets of € 76 million. Maher Terminals is included in AWM. As of the acquisition date, the
impact on the Group’s balance sheet was as follows.
Carrying value before
Reclassification from
Fair value
the acquisition and
held-for-sale category
included under held-
and Adjustments to
in € m.
for-sale category
fair value
Assets:
Interest-earning time deposits with banks
–
30
30
Property and equipment
–
169
169
Goodwill
–
597
597
Other intangible assets
–
770
770
All remaining assets
1,867
(1,683
)
184
Total assets
1,867
(117
)
1,750
Liabilities:
Long-term debt
–
839
839
All remaining liabilities
983
(845
)
138
Total liabilities
983
(6
)
977
Net assets
884
(111
)
773
Total liabilities and equity
1,867
(117
)
1,750
Post-acquisition net revenues and net losses after tax related to Maher Terminals in 2008
amounted to negative € 7 million and € 256 million, respectively. The latter includes
a charge of € 175 million net of tax reflecting a goodwill impairment recognized in the
fourth quarter 2008 (see Note [21]).
Other business combinations, not being individually material, which were finalized in 2008, are
presented in the
aggregate, and, among others, included the acquisition of Far Eastern Alliance Asset Management Co.
Limited,
a Taiwanese investment management firm, as well as the acquisition of the operating platform of
Pago eTransaction GmbH, a cash management and merchant acquiring business domiciled in Germany.
These transactions involved the acquisition of majority interests ranging between more than
50 % and up to 100 % for a total consideration of € 7 million, including less than
€ 1 million of costs directly related to these acquisitions.
Their impact on the Group’s balance sheet was as follows.
Carrying value before
Adjustments to
Fair value
in € m.
the acquisition
fair value
Assets:
Cash and due from banks
4
6
10
Interest-earning demand deposits with banks
6
3
9
Interest-earning time deposits with banks
2
3
5
Other intangible assets
–
1
1
All remaining assets
20
2
22
Total assets
32
15
47
Liabilities:
Other liabilities
1
7
8
All remaining liabilities
–
1
1
Total liabilities
1
8
9
Net assets
31
7
38
Total liabilities and equity
32
15
47
The effect of these acquisitions on net revenues and net profit or loss of the Group in 2008
was € 2 million and € (4) million, respectively.
Potential Profit or Loss Impact of Business Combinations finalized in 2008
If the business combinations described above which were finalized in 2008 had all been effective as
of January 1, 2008, the effect on the Group’s net revenues and net profit or loss after tax would
have been € 44 million and € (223) million, respectively. The latter
includes a charge of € 175 million net of tax reflecting a goodwill impairment related to
Maher Terminals recognized in the fourth quarter 2008.
Business Combinations finalized in 2007
In 2007, the Group finalized several acquisitions that were accounted for as business combinations.
Of these transactions, the acquisitions of Berliner Bank AG & Co. KG, MortgageIT Holdings, Inc. and
Abbey Life Assurance Company Limited were individually significant and are, therefore, presented
separately. The other business combinations, which were not individually significant, are presented
in the aggregate.
Effective January 1, 2007, the Group completed the acquisition of Berliner Bank AG & Co. KG
(“Berliner Bank”) which expands the Group’s market share in the retail banking sector of the German
capital. The cost of the acquisition consisted of a cash consideration of € 645 million and
€ 1 million of cost directly attributable to the acquisition.
From the purchase price, € 508 million was allocated to goodwill, € 45 million were
allocated to other intangible assets, and € 93 million reflected net tangible assets.
Berliner Bank is included in PBC. The impact of this acquisition on the Group’s balance sheet was
as follows.
Carrying value before
Adjustments to
Fair value
in € m.
the acquisition
fair value
Assets:
Cash and due from banks
190
–
190
Interest-earning demand deposits with banks
808
–
808
Interest-earning time deposits with banks
1,945
–
1,945
Loans
2,443
(28
)
2,415
Goodwill
–
508
508
Other intangible assets
–
45
45
All remaining assets
18
2
20
Total assets
5,404
527
5,931
Liabilities:
Deposits
5,107
–
5,107
All remaining liabilities
133
45
178
Total liabilities
5,240
45
5,285
Net assets
164
482
646
Total liabilities and equity
5,404
527
5,931
Post-acquisition net revenues and net profits after tax related to Berliner Bank in 2007
amounted to € 251 million and € 35 million, respectively.
Mortgage IT Holdings, Inc.
On January 2, 2007, the Group completed the acquisition of 100 % of MortgageIT Holdings,
Inc. (“MortgageIT”) for a total cash consideration of € 326 million. The purchase price was
allocated to goodwill of € 149 million and net tangible assets of € 177 million.
MortgageIT, a residential mortgage real estate investment trust (REIT) in the U.S., is included in
CB&S.
The impact of this acquisition on the Group’s balance sheet was as follows.
Carrying value before
Adjustments to
Fair value
in € m.
the acquisition
fair value
Assets:
Cash and due from banks
29
–
29
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
5,854
(5
)
5,849
Goodwill
9
140
149
All remaining assets
160
(7
)
153
Total assets
6,052
128
6,180
Liabilities:
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
3,390
–
3,390
Other liabilities
2,349
10
2,359
All remaining liabilities
95
10
105
Total liabilities
5,834
20
5,854
Net assets
218
108
326
Total liabilities and equity
6,052
128
6,180
Following the acquisition in 2007, MortgageIT recorded net negative revenues and net losses
after tax of € 38 million and € 212 million, respectively.
Abbey Life Assurance Company Limited
On October 1, 2007, the Group completed the acquisition of 100 % of Abbey Life Assurance
Company Limited
(“Abbey Life”) for a cash consideration of € 1,412 million and € 12 million of costs
directly related to the acquisition. The allocation of the purchase price resulted in net tangible
assets of € 512 million and other intangible assets of € 912 million. These
identified intangible assets represent the present value of the future cash flows of the long-term
insurance and investment contracts acquired in a business combination (the Value of Business
Acquired (“VOBA”)). Abbey Life is a UK life assurance company which closed to new business in 2000.
The company comprises primarily unit-linked life and pension policies and annuities and is included
in CB&S. The impact of this acquisition on the Group’s balance sheet was as follows.
Carrying value before
Adjustments to
Fair value
in € m.
the acquisition
fair value
Assets:
Interest-earning demand deposits with banks
232
–
232
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
14,145
–
14,145
Financial assets available for sale
2,261
–
2,261
Other intangible assets
–
912
912
All remaining assets
1,317
(1
)
1,316
Total assets
17,955
911
18,866
Liabilities:
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
Following the acquisition and in finalizing the purchase accounting in 2008, net assets
acquired were reduced against the VOBA for € 5 million, resulting in revised net tangible
assets of € 507 million and VOBA of € 917 million. Post-acquisition net revenues and
net profits after tax related to Abbey Life in 2007 amounted to € 53 million and € 26
million, respectively.
Other Business Combinations finalized in 2007
Other business combinations, not being individually material, which were finalized in 2007, are
presented in the
aggregate. These transactions involved the acquisition of majority interests ranging between
51 % and 100 % for a total consideration of € 107 million, including € 1
million of costs directly related to these acquisitions.
Their impact on the Group’s balance sheet was as follows.
Carrying value before
Adjustments to
Fair value
in € m.
the acquisition
fair value
Assets:
Cash and due from banks
3
77
80
Goodwill
3
5
8
Other intangible assets
8
–
8
All remaining assets
91
50
141
Total assets
105
132
237
Total liabilities
87
13
100
Net assets
18
119
137
Total liabilities and equity
105
132
237
The effect of these acquisitions on net revenues and net profit or loss of the Group in 2007
was € 2 million and € 1 million, respectively.
Potential Profit or Loss Impact of Business Combinations finalized in 2007
If the business combinations described above which were finalized in 2007, had all been effective
as of January 1, 2007, the effect on the Group’s net revenues and net profit or loss after tax in
2007 would have been € 426 million and € (74) million, respectively.
Business Combinations finalized in 2006
In 2006, the Group completed several acquisitions that were accounted for as business
combinations. The acquisition of United Financial Group, norisbank and Tilney Group Limited were
individually significant and are therefore presented separately. The other business combinations,
which were not individually significant, are presented in the aggregate.
United Financial Group
On February 27, 2006, the Group completed the acquisition of the remaining 60 % stake of
United Financial Group (“UFG”), following the purchase of a 40 % stake in UFG earlier in
2004. The transaction strengthens the Group’s position as one of the leading investment banks in
Russia. The cost of the acquisition for the 60 % stake consisted of a cash payment of
€ 189 million and € 2 million of cost directly attributable to the acquisition. An
additional € 82 million of the consideration was paid in escrow and deferred until the
contingency was settled in 2008. The purchase price was allocated as goodwill of € 122
million, other intangible assets of € 13 million and net tangible assets of € 138
million. UFG is included in CB&S.
As of the acquisition date, the impact on the Group’s balance sheet was as follows.
Carrying value before
Adjustments to
Fair value
in € m.
the acquisition
fair value
Assets:
Cash and due from banks
368
33
401
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
745
–
745
Goodwill
–
166
166
Other intangible assets
–
13
13
All remaining assets
1,227
(1
)
1,226
Total assets
2,340
211
2,551
Liabilities:
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
728
–
728
All remaining liabilities
1,360
–
1,360
Total liabilities
2,088
–
2,088
Net assets
252
211
463
Total liabilities and equity
2,340
211
2,551
Post-acquisition net revenues and net profits after tax related to UFG in 2006 amounted to
€ 171 million and € 95 million, respectively.
norisbank
On November 2, 2006, the Group completed the acquisition of norisbank’s (part of DZ Bank Group)
branch network business as well as the “norisbank” brand name. The acquisition, which is
reinforcing the Group’s strong position in the German consumer finance market, took place by
acquiring the assets and liabilities in form of an immediate merger of the acquired entity with the
acquirer, which consequently was renamed to norisbank. The cost of the acquisition consisted of a
cash consideration of € 414 million and € 1 million of cost directly attributable to
the acquisition. The purchase price, which depended on a price-adjustment mechanism to be
determined in 2008, was allocated as goodwill of € 230 million, other intangible assets of
€ 80 million and net tangible assets of € 105 million. norisbank is included in PBC.
The impact of this acquisition on the Group’s balance sheet was as follows.
Carrying value of the
Acquired assets and
Fair value
in € m.
acquirer
liabilities at fair value
Assets:
Cash and due from banks
28
–
28
Interest-earning demand deposits with banks
402
(89
)
313
Loans
–
1,641
1,641
Goodwill
–
230
230
Other intangible assets
4
80
84
All remaining assets
3
4
7
Total assets
437
1,866
2,303
Liabilities:
Deposits
–
1,417
1,417
All remaining liabilities
–
449
449
Total liabilities
–
1,866
1,866
Net assets
437
–
437
Total liabilities and equity
437
1,866
2,303
Following the acquisition, the total consideration, including directly attributable costs,
finally changed to € 417 million due to price adjustments and further acquisition cost. The
revised purchase price allocation resulted in goodwill of € 222 million, other intangible
assets of € 82 million and net tangible assets of € 113 million. Post-acquisition net
revenues and net losses after tax related to norisbank in 2006 amounted to € 30 million and
€ 5 million, respectively.
Tilney Group Limited
The Group closed the acquisition of 100 % of the UK wealth manager Tilney Group Limited
(“Tilney”) on December 14, 2006, as part of a strategic move to strengthen its presence in the UK
private wealth management market. The cost of the acquisition consisted of cash paid of € 317
million, € 11 million in loan notes issued, and € 5 million of cost directly
attributable to the acquisition. An additional € 46 million of the consideration was
deferred, subject to the
acquired entities’ performance exceeding certain targets over the subsequent three years. The
purchase price was allocated as goodwill of € 419 million, other intangible assets of
€ 97 million and net liabilities of € 137 million. Tilney is included in PWM.
As of the acquisition date, the impact on the Group’s balance sheet was as follows.
Carrying value before
Adjustments to
Fair value
in € m.
the acquisition
fair value
Assets:
Cash and due from banks
47
–
47
Goodwill
163
256
419
Other intangible assets
–
97
97
All remaining assets
36
2
38
Total assets
246
355
601
Liabilities:
Long-term debt
143
8
151
All remaining liabilities
46
25
71
Total liabilities
189
33
222
Net assets
57
322
379
Total liabilities and equity
246
355
601
Following the acquisition and up until December 31, 2007, an adjustment to the consideration
led to a repayment of less than € 1 million, resulting in a corresponding adjustment to
goodwill. Post-acquisition net revenues and net losses after tax related to Tilney in 2006 amounted
to € 3 million and less than € 1 million, respectively.
Other Business Combinations finalized in 2006
Other business combinations, not being individually material, which were finalized in 2006, are
shown in the aggregate. These transactions involved the acquisition of majority interests ranging
between 60 % and 100 % for a total consideration of € 168 million, including
€ 1 million of costs directly attributable to these acquisitions. Their impact on the
Group’s balance sheet was as follows.
Carrying value before
Adjustments to
Fair value
in € m.
the acquisition
fair value
Assets:
Cash and due from banks
63
–
63
Interest-earning demand deposits with banks
1
–
1
Goodwill
33
5
38
Other intangible assets
–
8
8
All remaining assets
378
–
378
Total assets
475
13
488
Total liabilities
288
8
296
Net assets
187
5
192
Total liabilities and equity
475
13
488
The effect on net revenues and net profit or loss of the Group in 2006 amounted to € 58
million and € 47 million,
respectively.
Potential Profit or Loss Impact of Business Combinations finalized in 2006
If the business combinations which were finalized in 2006 had all been effective as of January 1,2006, the effect on the Group’s net revenues and net profit or loss for 2006 would have been
€ 396 million and € 85 million, respectively.
During 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Group finalized several dispositions of
subsidiaries/businesses. For a list and further detail about these dispositions, please see Note
[2]. The total cash consideration received for these dispositions in 2008, 2007 and 2006 was
€ 182 million, € 375 million and € 544 million, respectively. The table below
includes the assets and liabilities that were included in these disposals.
in € m.
2008
2007
2006
Cash and cash equivalents
66
52
107
All remaining assets
4,079
885
2,810
Total assets disposed
4,145
937
2,917
Total liabilities disposed
3,490
463
1,958
[35] Derivatives
Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities
Derivative contracts used by the Group include swaps, futures, forwards, options and other
similar types of contracts. In the normal course of business, the Group enters into a variety of
derivative transactions for both trading and risk management purposes. The Group’s objectives in
using derivative instruments are to meet customers’ risk management needs, to manage the Group’s
exposure to risks and to generate revenues through proprietary trading activities.
In accordance with the Group’s accounting policy relating to derivatives and hedge accounting as
described in Note [1], all derivatives are carried at fair value in the balance sheet regardless of
whether they are held for trading or non-trading purposes.
Derivatives held for Trading Purposes
Sales and Trading
The majority of the Group’s derivatives transactions relate to sales and trading activities. Sales
activities include the structuring and marketing of derivative products to customers to enable them
to take, transfer, modify or reduce current or expected risks. Trading includes market-making,
positioning and arbitrage activities. Market-making involves quoting bid and offer prices to other
market participants, enabling revenue to be generated based on spreads and volume. Positioning
means managing risk positions in the expectation of benefiting from favorable movements in prices,
rates or indices. Arbitrage involves identifying and profiting from price differentials between
markets and products.
Risk Management
The Group uses derivatives in order to reduce its exposure to credit and market risks as part of
its asset and liability management. This is achieved by entering into derivatives that hedge
specific portfolios of fixed rate financial instruments and forecast transactions as well as
strategic hedging against overall balance sheet exposures. The Group actively manages interest rate
risk through, among other things, the use of derivative contracts. Utilization of derivative
financial instruments is modified from time to time within prescribed limits in response to
changing market conditions, as well as to changes in the characteristics and mix of the related
assets and liabilities.
Derivatives qualifying for Hedge Accounting
The Group applies hedge accounting if derivatives meet the specific criteria described in Note
[1].
The Group undertakes fair value hedging, using primarily interest rate swaps and options, in
order to protect itself against movements in the fair value of fixed-rate financial instruments due
to movements in market interest rates.
The following table presents the value of derivatives held as fair value hedges.
Assets
Liabilities
Assets
Liabilities
in € m.
2008
2008
2007
2007
Derivatives held as fair value hedges
8,441
3,142
2,323
961
For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, a gain of € 4.1 billion and € 147
million, respectively, were recognized on the hedging instruments. For the same periods the
loss on the hedged items, which were attributable to the hedged risk, was € 3.8 billion and
€ 213 million, respectively.
Cash Flow Hedging
The Group undertakes cash flow hedging, using equity futures, interest rate swaps and foreign
exchange forwards, in order to protect itself against exposures to variability in equity indices,
interest rates and exchange rates.
The table below summarizes the value of derivatives held as cash flow hedges.
Assets
Liabilities
Assets
Liabilities
in € m.
2008
2008
2007
2007
Derivatives held as cash flow hedges
12
355
14
–
A schedule indicating the periods when hedged cash flows are expected to occur and when they
are expected to affect the income statement is as follows.
First, Maher Terminals LLC, a fully consolidated subsidiary, utilizes a term borrowings program to
fund its infrastructure asset portfolio. Future interest payments under the program are exposed to
changes in wholesale variable interest rates. To hedge this volatility in highly probable future
interest cash flows, and align its funding costs with the
nature of its revenue profile, Maher Terminals LLC has transacted a series of term pay fixed
interest rate swaps.
Second, under the terms of unit-linked contracts written by Abbey Life Assurance Company Limited,
policyholders are charged an annual management fee expressed as a percentage of assets under
management. In order to protect against volatility in the highly probable forecasted cash flow
stream arising from the management fees, the Group has entered into three month rolling FTSE
futures. Other cash flow hedging programs use interest rate swaps and FX forwards as hedging
instruments.
For the years ended December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, balances of
€ (342) million and € (79) million,
respectively, were reported in equity related to cash flow hedging programs. Of these,
€ (56) million and € (67) million, respectively, related to terminated
programs. These amounts will be released to the income statement as appropriate.
For the years ended December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, losses of € 265 million and
€ 19 million, respectively, were recognized in equity in respect of effective cash flow
hedging.
For the years ended December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, losses of € 2 million and
€ 13 million, respectively, were removed from equity and included in the income statement.
For the years ended December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, a gain of € 27 million and a
loss of € 3 million, respectively, were recognized due to hedge ineffectiveness.
As of December 31, 2008 the longest term cash flow hedge matures in 2027.
Net Investment Hedging
Using foreign exchange forwards and swaps, the Group undertakes hedges of translation
adjustments resulting from translating the financial statements of net investments in foreign
operations into the reporting currency of the parent.
The following table presents the value of derivatives held as net investment hedges.
Assets
Liabilities
Assets
Liabilities
in € m.
2008
2008
2007
2007
Derivatives held as net investment hedges
1,081
1,220
146
109
For the years ended December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 losses of € 151 million and
€ 72 million, respectively, were recognized due to hedge ineffectiveness.
Treasury manages the Group’s capital at Group level and locally in each region. The allocation
of financial resources, in general, and capital, in particular, favors business portfolios with the
highest positive impact on the Group’s profit-ability and shareholder value. As a result, Treasury
periodically reallocates capital among business portfolios.
Treasury implements the Group’s capital strategy, which itself is developed by the Capital and Risk
Committee and approved by the Management Board, including the issuance and repurchase of shares.
The Group is committed to maintain its sound capitalization. Overall capital demand and supply are
constantly monitored and adjusted, if necessary, to meet the need for capital from various
perspectives. These include book equity based on IFRS accounting standards, regulatory capital and
economic capital. In October 2008, the Group’s target for the Tier 1 capital ratio was revised
upwards to approximately 10 % from an 8-9 % target range at the beginning of the
year.
The allocation of capital, determination of the Group’s funding plan and other resource issues are
framed by the
Capital and Risk Committee.
Regional capital plans covering the capital needs of the Group’s branches and subsidiaries are
prepared on a semi-annual basis and presented to the Group Investment Committee. Most of the
Group’s subsidiaries are subject to legal and regulatory capital requirements. Local Asset and
Liability Committees attend to those needs under the steward-ship of regional Treasury teams.
Furthermore, they safeguard compliance with requirements such as restrictions on dividends
allowable for remittance to Deutsche Bank AG or on the ability of the Group’s subsidiaries to make
loans
or advances to the parent bank. In developing, implementing and testing the Group’s capital and
liquidity, the Group takes such legal and regulatory requirements into account.
The 2007 Annual General Meeting granted to the Group’s management the authority to repurchase up to
52.6 million shares from the market before October 31, 2008. Based on this authorization the share
buy-back program 2007/08 was launched in May 2007 and completed in May 2008 when a new authority
was granted.
During this period 7.2 million shares were repurchased (6.33 million in 2007 and 0.82 million in
2008), thereof 4.1 million shares or 57 % were repurchased through the end of June 2007.
With the start of the crisis in July 2007, the share buy-back volume was significantly reduced and
only 3.1 million shares were repurchased between July 2007 and May 2008.
The 2008 Annual General Meeting granted to the Group’s management the authority to buy back up to
53.1 million shares before the end of October 2009. As of year end 2008 no shares have been
repurchased under this authorization.
In September 2008, the Group issued 40 million new registered shares without par value to
institutional investors in
an offering conducted as an accelerated book-build. The placement price was € 55 per share. The
aggregate gross proceeds amounted to € 2.2 billion. The purpose of the capital increase was
to generate the Tier 1 capital requirement for the acquisition of a minority stake in Deutsche
Postbank AG from Deutsche Post AG.
Capital management sold 16.3 million of the Group’s treasury shares (approximately 2.9 % of
the Group’s share capital) in open-market transactions from October to November 2008.
The
Group issued U.S.$ 2.0 billion of hybrid Tier 1 capital and U.S.$ 800 million and
€ 200 million of contingent capital for the year ended December 31, 2007. In 2008, the Group
issued
€ 1.0 billion and U.S.$ 3.2 billion of contingent capital. These contingent
capital instruments issued in 2008 are Upper Tier 2 subordinated notes that can be converted into
hybrid Tier 1 capital at the Group’s sole discretion. In 2008, the Group converted € 1.0
billion and U.S.$ 4.0 billion of contingent capital into hybrid Tier 1 capital leaving
only the € 200 million issued in 2007 in its original form. Total outstanding hybrid Tier 1
capital (all noncumulative trust preferred securities) as of December 31, 2008, amounted to
€ 9.6 billion compared to € 5.6 billion as of December 31, 2007.
Capital Adequacy
Beginning in 2008, Deutsche Bank calculated and published consolidated capital ratios pursuant
to the Banking Act and the Solvency regulation (“Solvabilitätsverordnung”), which adopted the
revised capital framework of the Basel Committee from 2004 (“Basel II”) into German law. Until the
end of 2007, Deutsche Bank published consolidated capital ratios based on the Basel I framework.
A bank’s total regulatory capital, also referred to as “Own Funds”, is divided into three tiers:
Tier 1, Tier 2 and Tier 3 capital, and the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital is also referred to as
“Regulatory Banking Capital”.
—
Tier 1 capital consists primarily of share capital (excluding cumulative preference shares),
additional paid-in
capital, retained earnings and hybrid capital components such as noncumulative
trust preferred securities, less goodwill and other intangible assets and other
deduction items such as common shares in Treasury.
—
Tier 2 capital consists primarily of cumulative
preference shares, cumulative trust preferred
securities and long-term subordinated debt, as well
as partially unrealized gains on listed securities
and the amount by which value adjustments and
provisions for exposures to central governments,
institutions and corporates and retail exposures as
measured under the bank’s internal rating based
approach (“IRBA”) exceeds the expected loss of such
exposures. Certain items must be deducted from Tier 1
and Tier 2 capital. Primarily these include capital
components the Group has provided to other financial
institutions or enterprises which are not
consolidated, but where the Group holds more than
10 % of the capital, the amount by which the expected
loss for exposures to central
governments, institutions and corporates and retail exposures as measured under
the bank’s IRBA model exceeds the value adjustments and provisions for such
exposures, the expected losses for certain equity exposures, securitization
positions to which the Solvency Regulation assigns a risk-classification
multiplier of 1,250 % and which have not been taken into account when calculating
the risk-weighted position for securitizations and the value of
securities delivered to a counterparty plus any replacement cost to the extent
the required payment by the counterparty has not been made within five business
days after delivery and the transaction has been allocated to the bank’s
trading book.
—
Tier 3 capital consists mainly of certain short-term
subordinated liabilities and it may only cover market
risk. Banks may also use Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital
that is in excess of the minimum required to cover
credit risk and operational risk in order to cover
market risk.
The amount of subordinated debt that may be included as Tier 2 capital is limited to
50 % of Tier 1 capital. Total Tier 2 capital is limited to 100 % of Tier 1 capital. Tier 3
capital is limited to 250 % of the Tier 1 capital not required to cover counterparty risk.
The minimum total capital ratio (Tier 1 + Tier 2 + Tier 3) is 8 % of the risk position. The
minimum Tier 1 capital ratio is 4 % of the credit risk and operational risk positions and
2.29 % of the market risk position. The minimum Tier 1 capital ratio for the total risk
position therefore depends on the weighted-average of the credit risk and operational risk and the
market risk position.
The Tier 1 capital ratio is the principal measure of capital adequacy for internationally active
banks. The ratio as
defined under the Basel II framework compares a bank’s regulatory Tier 1 capital with its credit
risks, market risks and operational risks (which the Group refers to collectively as the “risk
position”). In the calculation of the risk position the Group uses BaFin approved internal models
for all three risk types. More than 90 % of the Group’s exposure relating to asset and
off-balance sheet credit risks is measured using internal rating models under the so-called
advanced internal rating based approach (“advanced IRBA”). The Group’s market risk component is a
multiple of its value-at-risk figure, which is calculated for regulatory purposes based on the
Group’s internal models. These models were
approved by the BaFin for use in determining the Group’s market risk equivalent component of its
risk position.
The introduction of Basel II had a negative impact on regulatory capital mainly due to the
aforementioned deduction items from Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. The Other Inherent Loss Allowance is
no longer a separate regulatory capital component under Basel II as provisions are now taken into
account in the calculation of the deduction items. Following the application of the advanced IRBA
approach the Group’s credit risk position decreased, which outweighed the introduction of
operational risk as a new risk class.
The following two tables present a summary of the Group’s regulatory capital and risk position.
Amounts presented for 2008 are pursuant to the revised capital framework presented by the Basel
Committee in 2004 (“Basel II”) as adopted into German law by the German Banking Act and the
Solvency Regulation (“Solvabilitätsverordnung”). The amounts presented for 2007 are based on the
Basel I framework and thus calculated on a non-comparative basis.
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
(unless stated otherwise)
Basel II
Basel I
Credit risk
247,611
314,845
Market risk1
23,496
13,973
Operational risk
36,625
N/A
Total risk position
307,732
328,818
Tier 1 capital
31,094
28,320
Tier 2 capital
6,302
9,729
Available Tier 3 capital
–
–
Total regulatory capital
37,396
38,049
Tier 1 capital ratio
10.1 %
8.6 %
Total capital ratio
12.2 %
11.6 %
Average Active Book Equity
32,079
30,093
N/A – not applicable.
1
A multiple of the Group’s value-at-risk, calculated with a probability level of 99 % and a ten-day holding period.
The Group’s total capital ratio was 12.2 % on December 31, 2008, significantly higher
than the 8 % minimum required.
The Group’s Tier 1 capital was € 31.1 billion on December 31, 2008 and € 28.3 billion
on December 31, 2007. The Tier 1 capital ratio was 10.1 % as of December 31, 2008
(exceeding the Group’s target ratio of 10 %) and 8.6 % as of December 31, 2007
(within the Group’s then target range of 8-9 %).
The Group’s Tier 2 capital was € 6.3 billion on December 31, 2008, and € 9.7 billion
on December 31, 2007, amounting to 20 % and 34 % of Tier 1 capital, respectively.
The German Banking Act and Solvency Regulation rules require the Group to cover its market risk as
of December 31, 2008, with € 1,880 million of total regulatory capital (Tier 1 + 2 + 3)
compared to € 1,118 million as of
December 31, 2007. The Group met this requirement entirely with Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital that is
not required for the minimum coverage of credit and operational risk.
The following are the components of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital for the Group of companies
consolidated for regulatory purposes as of December 31, 2008, and December 31, 2007.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 20071
in € m.
Basel II
Basel I
Tier 1 capital:
Common shares
1,461
1,358
Additional paid-in capital
14,961
15,808
Retained earnings, common shares in treasury, equity classified as obligation to purchase common shares,
foreign currency translation, minority interest
16,724
17,717
Noncumulative trust preferred securities
9,622
5,602
Items to be fully deducted from Tier 1 capital2 (inter alia goodwill and intangible assets)
(10,125
)
(12,165
)
Items to be partly deducted from Tier 1 capital3
(1,549
)
N/A
Total Tier 1 capital
31,094
28,320
Tier 2 capital:
Unrealized gains on listed securities2 (45 % eligible)
–
1,472
Other inherent loss allowance
N/A
358
Cumulative preferred securities
300
841
Qualified subordinated liabilities
7,551
7,058
Items to be partly deducted from Tier 2 capital3
(1,549
)
N/A
Total Tier 2 capital
6,302
9,729
N/A – Not applicable
1
Comparative figures for 2007 are unadjusted for the retrospective changes described in Note
[1]. Including these total regulatory capital would have increased by € 849 million.
2
Net unrealized gains and losses on listed securities as to be determined for regulatory
purposes were negative at the end of 2008 € (108) million and were fully
deducted from Tier 1 capital.
3
Pursuant to German Banking Act section 10 (6) and section 10 (6a) in conjunction with
German Banking Act section 10a.
Basel II requires the deduction of goodwill from Tier 1 capital. However, for a transitional
period the German Banking Act allows the partial inclusion of certain goodwill components in Tier 1
capital pursuant to German Banking Act section 64h (3). While such goodwill components are not
included in the regulatory capital and capital adequacy ratios shown above, the Group makes use of
this transition rule in its capital adequacy reporting to the German regulatory authorities.
As of December 31, 2008, the transitional item amounted to € 971 million. In the Group’s
reporting to the German regulatory authorities, the Tier 1 capital, total regulatory capital and
the total risk position shown above were increased by this amount. Correspondingly, the Group’s
reported Tier 1 and total capital ratios including this item were 10.4 % and
12.4 %, respectively, on December 31, 2008.
The group of companies consolidated for banking regulatory purposes includes all subsidiaries as
defined in the
German Banking Act that are classified as banks, financial services institutions, investment
management firms, financial enterprises or ancillary services enterprises. It does not include
insurance companies or companies outside the finance sector.
For financial conglomerates, however, insurance companies are included in the capital adequacy
calculation. The Group has been designated as a financial conglomerate following the acquisition of
Abbey Life Assurance Company Limited in October 2007. The Group’s solvency margin as a financial
conglomerate remains dominated by its banking activities.
Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in orders and discretionary actions by the
BaFin and other regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Group’s
businesses. The Group complied with the regulatory capital adequacy requirements in 2008.
[37] Risk Disclosures
The Group has a dedicated and integrated legal, risk & capital function that is independent of
the group divisions. The Group manages risk and capital through a framework of principles,
organizational structures, as well as measurement and monitoring processes that are closely aligned
with the activities of the group divisions. The Group’s Management Board provides overall risk and
capital management supervision for the consolidated Group. Within the Management Board, the Chief
Risk Officer is responsible for the Group’s credit, market, liquidity, operational, business, legal
and reputational risk management as well as capital management activities. The Group’s Supervisory
Board regularly monitors the risk and capital profile.
Credit Risk
Credit risk arises from all transactions that give rise to actual, contingent or potential
claims against any counterparty, borrower or obligor (which the Group refers to collectively as
“counterparties”).
The Group distinguishes among three kinds of credit risk:
—
Default risk is the risk that counterparties fail to meet contractual payment obligations.
—
Country risk is the risk that the Group may suffer a loss, in any given country, due to any of
the following reasons: a possible deterioration of economic conditions, political and social
upheaval, nationalization and expropriation
of assets, government repudiation of indebtedness, exchange controls and disruptive currency depreciation or
devaluation. Country risk includes transfer risk which arises when debtors are unable to meet their obligations
owing to an inability to transfer assets to nonresidents due to direct sovereign intervention.
—
Settlement risk is the risk that the settlement or clearance of
transactions will fail. It arises whenever the exchange of cash,
securities and/or other assets is not simultaneous.
The Group manages credit risk in a coordinated manner at all relevant levels within the
organization. This also holds true for complex products which the Group typically manages within a
framework established for trading exposures. The following principles underpin the Group’s approach
to credit risk management:
—
In all group divisions consistent standards are applied in the respective credit decision processes.
—
The approval of credit limits for counterparties and the management of the Group’s individual credit exposures must fit
within the Group’s portfolio guidelines and credit strategies.
—
Every extension of credit or material change to a credit facility (such as its tenor, collateral structure or major
covenants) to any counterparty requires credit approval at the appropriate authority level.
—
The Group assigns credit approval authorities to individuals according to their qualifications, experience and training,
and the Group reviews these periodically.
The Group measures and consolidates all credit exposures to each obligor on a global consolidated basis that
applies across the consolidated Group. The Group defines an “obligor” as a group of individual
borrowers that are linked to one another by any of a number of criteria the Group has
established, including capital ownership, voting rights, demonstrable control, other indication
of group affiliation; or are jointly and severally liable for all or significant portions of the
credit extended by the Group.
Credit Risk Ratings
A primary element of the credit approval process is a detailed risk assessment of every credit
exposure associated with a counterparty. The Group’s risk assessment procedures consider both the
creditworthiness of the counterparty and the risks related to the specific type of credit facility
or exposure. This risk assessment not only affects the structuring of the transaction and the
outcome of the credit decision, but also influences the level of decision-making
authority required to extend or materially change the credit and the monitoring procedures the
Group applies to the ongoing exposure.
The Group has its own in-house assessment methodologies, scorecards and rating scale for evaluating
the creditworthiness of its counterparties. The Group’s granular 26-grade rating scale, which is
calibrated on a probability of default measure based upon a statistical analysis of historical
defaults in the Group’s portfolio, enables the Group to compare its internal ratings with common
market practice and ensures comparability between different sub-portfolios of
the Group. Several default ratings therein enable the Group to incorporate the potential recovery
rate of defaulted exposure.
The Group generally rates all its credit exposures individually. When the Group assigns its
internal risk ratings, the Group compares them with external risk ratings assigned to the Group’s
counterparties by the major international rating agencies, where possible.
Credit Limits
Credit limits set forth maximum credit exposures the Group is willing to assume over specified
periods. They relate to products, conditions of the exposure and other factors.
Monitoring Default Risk
The Group monitors all credit exposures on a continuing basis using several risk management
tools. The Group also has procedures in place intended to identify at an early stage credit
exposures for which there may be an increased risk of loss. The Group aims to identify
counterparties that, on the basis of the application of the Group’s risk management tools,
demonstrate the likelihood of problems, well in advance in order to effectively manage the credit
exposure and maximize the recovery. The objective of this early warning system is to address
potential problems while adequate alternatives for action are still available. This early risk
detection is a tenet of the Group’s credit culture and is intended to ensure that greater attention
is paid to such exposures. In instances where the Group has identified counterparties where
problems might arise, the respective exposure is placed on a watchlist.
The following table presents the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk without taking account
of any collateral held or other credit enhancements that do not qualify for offset in the Group’s
financial statements.
in € m.1
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Due from banks
9,826
7,457
Interest-earning deposits with banks
64,739
21,615
Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements
9,267
13,597
Securities borrowed
35,022
55,961
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss2
1,579,648
1,247,165
Financial assets available for sale2
19,194
32,850
Loans
271,219
200,597
Other assets subject to credit risk
78,957
84,761
Financial guarantees and other credit related contingent liabilities3
48,815
49,905
Irrevocable lending commitments and other credit related commitments3
104,077
128,511
Maximum exposure to credit risk
2,220,764
1,842,419
1
All amounts at carrying value unless otherwise indicated.
2
Excludes equities and other equity interests.
3
Financial guarantees, other credit related contingent liabilities and irrevocable lending
commitments (including commitments designated under the fair value option) are reflected at
notional amounts.
Collateral held as Security
The Group regularly agrees on collateral to be received from customers in its contracts subject
to credit risk. The Group regularly agrees on collateral to be received from borrowers in its
lending contracts. Collateral is security in the form of an asset or third-party obligation that
serves to mitigate the inherent risk of credit loss in an exposure, by either substituting the
borrower default risk or improving recoveries in the event of a default. While collateral can be an
alternative source of repayment, it does not mitigate or compensate for questionable reputation of
a borrower or structure.
The Group segregates collateral received into the following two types:
—
Financial collateral, which
substitutes the borrower’s ability to
fulfill its obligation under the legal
contract and as such is provided by
third parties. Letters of Credit,
insurance contracts, received
guarantees and risk participations
typically fall into this category.
—
Physical collateral, which enables the
Group to recover all or part of the
outstanding exposure by liquidating
the collateral asset provided, in
cases where the borrower is unable or
unwilling to fulfill its primary
obligations. Cash collateral,
securities (equity, bonds), inventory,
equipment (plant, machinery, aircraft)
and real estate typically fall into
this category.
Additionally, the Group actively manages the credit risk of the Group’s loans and lending-related
commitments.
A specialized unit in the Group, the Loan Exposure Management Group, focuses on the following two
primary initiatives within the credit risk framework to further enhance risk management discipline,
improve returns and use capital more efficiently:
—
To reduce single-name and industry credit risk concentrations within the credit portfolio, and
—
To manage credit exposures actively by utilizing techniques such as loan sales, securitization via collateralized loan
obligations, default insurance coverage as well as single-name and portfolio credit default swaps.
To manage better the Group’s derivatives-related credit risk, the Group enters into collateral
arrangements that generally provide risk mitigation through periodic (usually daily) margining of
the covered portfolio or transactions and termination of the master agreement if the counterparty
fails to honor a collateral call.
Concentrations of Credit Risk
Significant concentrations of credit risk exist if the Group has material exposures to a number
of counterparties with similar economic characteristics, or who are engaged in comparable
activities, where these similarities may cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be
affected in the same manner by changes in economic or industry conditions. A concentration of
credit risk may also exist at an individual counterparty level.
In order to monitor and manage credit risks, the Group uses a comprehensive range of quantitative
tools and metrics. Credit limits relating to counterparties, countries, products and other factors
set the maximum credit exposures that the Group intends to incur.
The Group’s largest concentrations of credit risk with loans are in Western Europe and North
America, with a significant share in households. The concentration in Western Europe is principally
in the Group’s home market Germany, which includes most of the mortgage lending business. Within
OTC derivatives business the Group’s largest concentrations are also in Western Europe and North
America, with a significant share in banks and insurance mainly within the investment-grade rating
band.
Credit Quality of Assets
The following table breaks down several of the Group’s main corporate credit exposure
categories, according to
the creditworthiness of the Group’s counterparties. To reduce the Group’s derivatives-related
credit risk, the Group regularly seeks the execution of master agreements (such as the
International Swaps and Derivatives Association’s master agreements for derivatives) with the
Group’s clients. A master agreement allows the netting of obligations arising under all of the
derivatives transactions that the agreement covers upon the counterparty’s default, resulting in a
single net claim against the counterparty (called “close-out netting”). For parts of the Group’s
derivatives business, the Group also enters into payment netting agreements under which the Group
sets off amounts payable on the
same day in the same currency and in respect to all transactions covered by these agreements,
reducing the Group’s principal risk.
For the OTC derivative credit exposure in the following table, the Group has applied netting only
when the Group believes it is legally enforceable for the relevant jurisdiction and counterparty.
Corporate credit exposure
Loans1
Irrevocable lending
Contingent liabilities
OTC derivatives3
Total
credit risk profile by credit-
commitments2
worthiness category
Dec 31,
Dec 31,
Dec 31,
Dec 31,
Dec 31,
Dec 31,
Dec 31,
Dec 31,
Dec 31,
Dec 31,
in € m.
2008
2007
2008
2007
2008
2007
2008
2007
2008
2007
AAA–AA
40,749
22,765
20,373
28,969
5,926
7,467
65,598
39,168
132,646
98,370
A
29,752
30,064
30,338
31,087
11,976
15,052
22,231
13,230
94,297
89,432
BBB
53,360
30,839
26,510
35,051
15,375
13,380
15,762
8,008
111,007
87,277
BB
44,132
26,590
19,657
25,316
10,239
9,146
13,009
7,945
87,037
68,996
B
10,458
6,628
5,276
7,431
4,412
4,252
3,898
2,370
24,044
20,681
CCC and below
8,268
3,342
1,923
657
887
609
3,092
1,281
14,170
5,889
Total
186,719
120,228
104,077
128,511
48,815
49,905
123,590
72,002
463,201
370,646
1
Includes impaired loans mainly in category CCC and below amounting to € 2.3 billion as of December 31, 2008, and € 1.5 billion as of December 31, 2007.
2
Includes irrevocable lending commitments related to consumer credit exposure of € 2.8 billion as of December 31, 2008 and € 2.7 billion as of December 31, 2007.
3
Includes the effect of master agreement netting and cash collateral received where applicable.
The following table presents the Group’s total consumer credit exposure.
The following table presents an overview of nonimpaired Troubled Debt Restructurings
representing the Group’s
renegotiated loans that would otherwise be past due or impaired.
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Troubled debt restructurings not impaired
80
43
The following table breaks down the nonimpaired past due loan exposure carried at amortized
cost according to its past due status.
The following table presents the aggregated value of collateral – with fair values capped at
transactional outstandings – held by the Group against its loans past due but not impaired.
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Financial collateral
987
915
Physical collateral
3,222
3,724
Total capped fair value of collateral held for loans past due but not impaired
4,209
4,639
Impaired Loans
Under IFRS, the Group considers loans to be impaired when it recognizes objective evidence that
an impairment loss has been incurred. While the Group assesses the impairment for its corporate
credit exposure individually, it considers smaller-balance, standardized homogeneous loans to be
impaired once the credit contract with the customer has been terminated.
The following table presents the breakdown of the Group’s impaired loans based on the country of
domicile of borrowers.
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Individually evaluated impaired loans:
German
750
957
Non-German
1,532
559
Total individually evaluated impaired loans
2,282
1,516
Collectively evaluated impaired loans:
German
824
817
Non-German
576
312
Total collectively evaluated impaired loans
1,400
1,129
Total impaired loans
3,682
2,645
The following table presents the aggregated value of collateral the Group held against impaired
loans, with fair values capped at transactional outstandings.
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Financial collateral
18
26
Physical collateral
1,175
874
Total capped fair value of collateral held for impaired loans
The following table presents the aggregated value of collateral the Group obtained on the
balance sheet during the reporting period by taking possession of collateral held as security or by
calling upon other credit enhancements.
in € m.
2008
2007
Commercial real estate
799
–
Residential real estate
170
137
Other
1,837
723
Total collateral obtained
during the reporting period
2,806
860
Collateral obtained is made available for sale in an orderly fashion or through public
auctions, with the proceeds used to repay or reduce outstanding indebtedness. Generally the Group
does not occupy obtained properties for its business use.
The commercial real estate collateral obtained in 2008 related to one individual borrower where the
bank has executed foreclosure by taking possession.
The residential real estate collateral obtained, as shown in the table above, excludes collateral
recorded as a result of consolidating securitization trusts under SIC-12 and IAS 27. The year-end
amounts in relation to collateral obtained for these trusts were € 127 million and € 396
million, for December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 respectively.
The bulk of other collateral obtained relates to reverse repo transactions in which the Group
obtained debt securities as collateral and has subsequently sold off the majority of collateral as
of year-end.
Settlement Risk
The Group’s trading activities may give rise to risk at the time of settlement of those trades.
Settlement risk is the risk of loss due to the failure of a counterparty to honor its obligations
to deliver cash, securities or other assets as contractually agreed.
For many types of transactions, the Group mitigates settlement risk by closing the transaction
through a clearing agent, which effectively acts as a stakeholder for both parties, only settling
the trade once both parties have fulfilled their sides of the bargain.
Where no such settlement system exists, the simultaneous commencement of the payment and the
delivery parts of the transaction is common practice between trading partners (free settlement). In
these cases, the Group may seek to mitigate its settlement risk through the execution of bilateral
payment netting agreements. The Group is also an active participant in industry initiatives to
reduce settlement risks. Acceptance of settlement risk on free settlement trades requires approval
from its credit risk personnel, either in the form of pre-approved settlement risk limits, or
through transaction-specific approvals. The Group does not aggregate settlement risk limits with
other credit exposures for credit approval purposes, but takes the aggregate exposure into account
when considering whether a given settlement risk would be acceptable.
In the course of its business, the Group regularly applies for and receives government support
by means of Export Credit Agency (“ECA”) guarantees covering transfer and default risks for the
financing of exports and investments into Emerging Markets and, to a lesser extent, developed
markets for Structured Trade & Export Finance business. Almost all export-oriented states have
established such ECAs to support its domestic exporters. The ECAs act in the name and on behalf of
the government of their respective country but are either constituted directly as governmental
departments or organized as private companies vested with the official mandate of the government to
act on its behalf. Terms and conditions of such ECA guarantees granted for mid-term and long-term
financings are quite comparable due to the fact that most of the ECAs act within the scope of the
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and
Development (“OECD”) consensus rules. The OECD consensus rules, an intergovernmental agreement of
the
OECD member states, define benchmarks to ensure that a fair competition between different exporting
nations will
take place. The majority of such ECA guarantees received by the Group were issued by the
Euler-Hermes Kreditversicherungs AG acting on behalf of the Federal Republic of Germany.
In certain financings, the Group also receives government guarantees from national and
international governmental institutions as collateral to support financings in the interest of the
respective governments.
Market Risk
Substantially all of the Group’s businesses are subject to the risk that market prices and
rates will move and result in profits or losses for the Group. The Group distinguishes among four
types of market risk:
—
Interest rate risk;
—
Equity price risk;
—
Foreign exchange risk; and
—
Commodity price risk.
The interest rate and equity price risks consist of two components each. General risk describes
value changes due to general market movements, while the specific risk has issuer-related causes
(including credit spread risk).
The Group assumes market risk in both its trading and its nontrading activities. The Group assumes
risk by making markets and taking positions in debt, equity, foreign exchange, other securities and
commodities as well as in equivalent derivatives.
The Group uses a combination of risk sensitivities, value-at-risk, stress testing and economic
capital metrics to
manage market risks and establish limits.
The Group’s Management Board, supported by Market Risk Management, which is part of the independent
legal, risk & capital function, sets a Group-wide value-at-risk limit for the market risks in the
trading book. Market Risk Management sub-allocates this overall limit to the group divisions. Below
that, limits are allocated to specific business lines and trading portfolio groups and geographical
regions.
In addition to the Group’s main market risk value-at-risk limits, the Group also operates stress
testing, economic capital and sensitivity limits. The Group governs the default risk of single
corporate issuers in the trading book through a specific limit structure managed by the Traded
Credit Products unit. It also uses market value and default exposure position limits for selected
business units.
The Group’s value-at-risk disclosure for the trading businesses is based on an own internal
value-at-risk model.
In October 1998, the German Banking Supervisory Authority (now the BaFin) approved the internal
value-at-risk model for calculating the regulatory market risk capital for general and specific
market risks. Since then the model has been periodically refined and approval has been maintained.
The Group continuously analyzes potential weaknesses of its value-at-risk model using statistical
techniques such as backtesting but also relies on risk management expert opinion. Improvements are
implemented to those parts of the value-at-risk model that relate to the areas where losses have
been experienced in the recent past.
The Group’s value-at-risk disclosure is intended to ensure consistency of market risk reporting for
internal risk
management, for external disclosure and for regulatory purposes. The overall value-at-risk limit
for the Corporate and Investment Bank Group Division started 2008 at € 105 million and was
amended on several occasions throughout the year to € 155 million at the end of 2008 (with a
99 % confidence level, as described below, and a one-day holding period). For consolidated
Group trading positions the overall value-at-risk limit was € 110 million at the start of
2008 and was amended on several occasions throughout the year to € 160 million at the end of
2008 (with a 99 % confidence level and a one-day holding period). The increase in limits
was needed to accommodate the impact of the
observed market data on the Group’s value-at-risk calculation.
The Group’s market risk reporting process operates independently from the risk-taking activities.
The market risk data and Profit and Loss information used in the value-at-risk calculation and the
associated back-testing reviews are provided by the Finance Division to the Market Risk Operations
unit, which is in charge of market risk reporting.
The value-at-risk approach derives a quantitative measure for trading book market risks under
normal market conditions, estimating the potential future loss (in terms of market value) that will
not be exceeded in a defined period of time and with a defined confidence level. The value-at-risk
measure enables the Group to apply a constant and
uniform measure across all trading businesses and products. It also facilitates comparisons of the
Group’s market risk estimates both over time and against the daily trading results.
The Group calculates value-at-risk for both internal and regulatory reporting using a 99 %
confidence level. For internal reporting, the Group uses a holding period of one day. For
regulatory reporting, the holding period is ten days.
The Group’s value-at-risk model is designed to take into account the following risk factors:
Interest rates (including credit spreads), equity prices, foreign exchange rates and commodity
prices, as well as their implied volatilities. The model incorporates both linear and, especially
for derivatives, nonlinear effects of the risk factors on the portfolio value. The statistical
parameters required for the value-at-risk calculation are based on a 261 trading day history
(corresponding to at least one calendar year of trading days) with equal weighting being given to
each observation.
The Group calculates value-at-risk using the Monte Carlo simulation technique and assuming that
changes in risk factors follow a normal or logarithmic normal distribution.
To determine the aggregated value-at-risk, the Group uses historically observed correlations
between the different general market risk factors. However, when aggregating general and specific
market risks, it is assumed that there is a correlation close to zero between the two categories.
Within the general market risk category, the Group uses historically observed correlations. Within
the specific risk category, zero or historically observed correlations are used for selected risks.
Limitations of Proprietary Risk Models
The Group is committed to the ongoing development of its proprietary risk models and will make
further significant enhancements with the goal to better reflect risk issues highlighted during the
2008 crisis. It allocates substantial
resources to reviewing and improving them.
The Group’s stress testing results and economic capital estimations are necessarily limited by the
number of stress tests executed and the fact that not all downside scenarios can be predicted and
simulated. While the risk managers have used their best judgment to define worst case scenarios
based upon the knowledge of past extreme market moves, it is possible for the Group’s market risk
positions to lose more value than even the economic capital estimates. The Group also continuously
assesses and refines the stress tests in an effort to ensure they capture material risks as well as
reflect possible extreme market moves.
The Group’s value-at-risk analyses should also be viewed in the context of the limitations of the
methodology used and are therefore not maximum amounts that the Group can lose on its market risk
positions. In particular, many of these limitations manifested themselves in 2008 which resulted in
the high number of outliers discussed below. The limitations of the value-at-risk methodology
include the following:
—
The use of historical data as a proxy for estimating future events may
not capture all potential events, particularly those that are extreme
in nature.
—
The assumption that changes in risk factors follow a normal or
logarithmic normal distribution. This may not be the case in reality
and may lead to an underestimation of the probability of extreme
market movements.
—
The correlation assumptions used may not hold true, particularly
during market events that are extreme in nature.
—
The use of a holding period of one day (or ten days for regulatory
value-at-risk calculations) assumes that all positions can be
liquidated or hedged in that period of time. This assumption does not
fully capture the market risk arising during periods of illiquidity, when liquidation or hedging of positions
in that period of time may not be possible. This is particularly the case for
the use of a one-day holding period.
—
The use of a 99 % confidence level does not take
into account, nor makes any statement about, any
losses that might occur beyond this level of
confidence.
—
The Group calculates value-at-risk at the close of
business on each trading day. The Group does not
subject intra-day exposures to intra-day
value-at-risk calculations.
—
Value-at-risk does not capture all of the complex
effects of the risk factors on the value of positions
and portfolios and could, therefore, underestimate
potential losses. For example, the way sensitivities
are represented in the value-at-risk model may only
be exact for small changes in market parameters.
The Group acknowledges the limitations in the value-at-risk methodology by supplementing the
value-at-risk limits
with other position and sensitivity limit structures, as well as with stress testing, both on
individual portfolios and on a
consolidated basis.
The following table shows the value-at-risk (with a 99 % confidence level and a one-day
holding period) of the trading units of the Group’s Corporate and Investment Bank Group Division.
Trading market risk outside of these units is immaterial. “Diversification effect” reflects the
fact that the total value-at-risk on a given day will be lower than the sum of the values-at-risk
relating to the individual risk classes. Simply adding the value-at-risk figures of the individual
risk classes to arrive at an aggregate value-at-risk would imply the assumption that the losses in
all risk categories occur simultaneously.
Trading portfolios
Value-at-Risk
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Interest rate risk
129.9
90.8
Equity price risk
34.5
49.5
Foreign exchange risk
38.0
11.3
Commodity price risk
13.5
8.7
Diversification effect
(84.5
)
(59.7
)
Total
131.4
100.6
The increase in the value-at-risk observed in 2008 was mainly driven by an increase in the
market volatility and by refinements to the value-at-risk measurement in 2008.
Market Risk of Nontrading Portfolios
There is nontrading market risk held and managed in the Group. Nontrading market risk arises
primarily from fund activities, principal investments, including private equity investments.
The Capital and Risk Committee supervises the Group’s nontrading asset activities. It has
responsibility for the alignment of the Group-wide risk appetite, capitalization requirements and
funding needs based on Group-wide, divisional and sub-divisional business strategies. Its
responsibilities also include regular reviews of the exposures within the nontrading asset
portfolio and associated stress test results, performance reviews of acquisitions and investments,
allocating risk limits to the business divisions within the framework established by the Management
Board and
approval of policies in relation to nontrading asset activities. The policies and procedures are
ratified by the Risk
Executive Committee. Multiple members of the Capital and Risk Committee are also members of the
Group Investment Committee, ensuring a close link between both committees.
The Investment & Asset Risk Management team was restructured during the course of 2008 and is now
called the Principal Investments team. It was integrated into the Credit Risk Management function,
is specialized in risk-related aspects of the Group’s nontrading alternative asset activities and
performs monthly reviews of the risk profile of the nontrading alternative asset portfolios,
including carrying values, economic capital estimates, limit usages, performance and pipeline
activity.
During 2008, the Group formed a dedicated Asset Risk Management unit, combining existing teams and
professionals. This allowed the Group to leverage upon already existing knowledge and resulted in a
higher degree of specialization and insight into the risks related to the asset and fund management
business. Noteworthy risks in this area arise, for example, from performance and / or principal
guarantees and reputational risk related to managing client funds.
Assessment of Market Risk in Nontrading Portfolios
Due to the nature of these positions and the lack of transparency of some of the pricing, the
Group does not use value-at-risk to assess the market risk in nontrading portfolios. Rather the
Group assesses the risk through the use of stress testing procedures that are particular to each
risk class and which consider, among other factors, large historically-observed market moves and
the liquidity of each asset class. This assessment forms the basis of the economic capital
estimates which enable the Group to actively monitor and manage the nontrading market risk.
The vast majority of the interest rate and foreign exchange risks arising from nontrading asset and
liability positions has been transferred through internal hedges to the Global Markets Business
Division within the Corporate and
Investment Bank Group Division, and is thus managed on the basis of value-at-risk, as reflected in
trading value-at-risk numbers. For the remaining risks that have not been transferred through those
hedges, in general foreign
exchange risk is mitigated through match funding the investment in the same currency and only
residual risk remains in the portfolios. Also, for these residual positions there is modest
interest rate risk remaining from the mismatch
between the funding term and the expected maturity of the investment.
The following table presents the economic capital usages separately for the Group’s nontrading
portfolios.
Major Industrial Holdings, Other Corporate Investments and Alternative Assets
Economic capital usage
in € bn.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Major industrial holdings
0.4
0.1
Other corporate investments
1.5
0.7
Alternative assets
1.3
0.9
Total
3.2
1.7
The economic capital usage for these nontrading asset portfolios totaled € 3.2 billion
at year-end 2008, which is € 1.5 billion, or 89 %, above the economic capital usage
at year-end 2007. This reflects a significant decrease in the capital buffer as a result of a
reduction in market value across all portfolios. From year-end 2008, the Group’s existing economic
capital process has been expanded to incorporate commitments made to Deutsche Asset
Management fund investors, which contributed a total of € 400 million in additional economic
capital reported under other corporate investments.
—
Major Industrial Holdings. The Group’s economic capital usage was € 439 million at December 31, 2008.
—
Other
Corporate Investments. The Group’s economic capital usage of € 1.5 billion for other corporate investments
at year-end 2008 was mainly driven by an increase of economic capital allocated to a strategic
investment in the PBC business division, mutual fund investments and the new economic capital treatment for
investor commitments referred to above.
—
Alternative Assets. The Group’s alternative assets include principal investments, real estate investments
(including mezzanine debt) and small investments in hedge funds. Principal investments are composed of direct
investments in private equity, mezzanine debt, short-term investments in financial sponsor leveraged buy-out funds,
bridge capital to leveraged buy-out funds and private equity led transactions. The increase in
the economic capital usage was largely due to the Group’s Asset Management business division’s
interest in an infrastructure asset and the larger size of the private equity portfolio in the
Global Markets business division. The alternative assets portfolio has some concentration in
infrastructure and real estate assets. Recent market conditions have limited the
opportunities to sell down the portfolio. The Group’s intention remains to do so, provided
suitable conditions allow it.
The Group’s total economic capital figures do not currently take into account diversification
benefits between the asset categories.
Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk management safeguards the ability of the bank to meet all payment obligations
when they come due. Treasury is responsible for the management of liquidity risk. The liquidity
risk management framework is designed to identify, measure and manage the liquidity risk position.
The underlying policies are reviewed and approved regularly by the board member responsible for
Treasury. In order to ensure adequate liquidity and a healthy funding profile for the Group,
Treasury uses various internal tools and systems which are designed and tailored to support the
Group’s specific management needs:
The Group’s liquidity risk management approach starts at the intraday level (operational
liquidity), managing the daily payments queue, forecasting cash flows and factoring in the Group’s
access to Central Banks. The reporting system tracks cash flows on a daily basis over an 18-month
horizon. This system allows management to assess the Group’s short-term liquidity position in each
location, region and globally on a by-currency, by-product and by-division basis. The system
captures all cash flows from transactions on the balance sheet, as well as liquidity risks
resulting from off-balance sheet transactions. The Group models products that have no specific
contractual maturities using statistical methods to capture the behavior of their cash flows.
Liquidity outflow limits (Maximum Cash Outflow Limits), which have been set to limit cumulative
global and local cash outflows, are monitored on a daily basis to safeguard the Group’s access to
liquidity.
The Group’s approach then moves to tactical liquidity risk management, dealing with access to
unsecured funding sources and the liquidity characteristics of the Group’s asset inventory (asset
liquidity). Unsecured funding is a finite resource. Total unsecured funding represents the amount
of external liabilities which the Group takes from the market irrespective of instrument, currency
or tenor. Unsecured funding is measured on a regional basis by currency and aggregated to a global
utilization report. The Capital and Risk Committee approves limits to protect the Group’s
access to unsecured funding at attractive levels. The asset liquidity component tracks the volume
and booking location within the consolidated inventory of unencumbered, liquid assets which the
Group can use to raise liquidity via secured funding transactions. Securities inventories include a wide variety of securities. As a
first step, the Group segregates illiquid and liquid securities in each inventory. Subsequently the
Group assigns liquidity values to different classes of liquid securities.
The strategic liquidity perspective comprises the maturity profile of all assets and liabilities
(Funding Matrix) on the Group’s balance sheet and the Group’s issuance strategy. The Funding Matrix
identifies the excess or shortfall of assets over liabilities in each time bucket, facilitating
management of open liquidity exposures. The Funding Matrix is a key input parameter for the Group’s
annual capital market issuance plan, which, upon approval by the Capital and Risk Committee,
establishes issuing targets for securities by tenor, volume and instrument.
The framework is completed by employing stress testing and scenario analysis to evaluate the impact
of sudden stress events on the Group’s liquidity position. The scenarios have been based on
historic events, such as the 1987 stock market crash, the 1990 U.S. liquidity crunch and the
September 2001 terrorist attacks, liquidity crisis case studies and hypothetical events. Also
incorporated are new liquidity risk drivers revealed by the financial markets crisis: prolonged
term money-market freeze, collateral repudiation, nonfungibility of currencies and stranded
syndications. The hypothetical events encompass internal shocks, such as operational risk events
and ratings downgrades, as well as external shocks, such as systemic market risk events, emerging
market crises and event shocks. Under each of these scenarios the Group assumes that all maturing
loans to customers will need to be rolled over and require funding whereas rollover of liabilities
will be partially impaired resulting in a funding gap. The Group then models the steps it would
take to counterbalance the resulting net shortfall in funding. Action steps would include switching
from unsecured to secured funding, selling assets and adjusting the price the Group would pay on
liabilities.
The following table presents a maturity analysis of the earliest contractual undiscounted cash
flows for financial liabilities as of December 31, 2008, and 2007.
Dec 31, 2008
On demand
Due within 3
Due between
Due between
Due after 5
months
3 and 12
1 and 5 years
years
in € m.
months
Noninterest bearing deposits
34,211
–
–
–
–
Interest bearing deposits
143,417
143,309
39,367
20,917
14,332
Trading liabilities1
1,249,785
–
–
–
–
Financial liabilities designated at fair
value through profit or loss
Negative market values from derivative
financial instruments qualifying for hedge
accounting1
4,362
–
–
–
–
Central bank funds purchased
9,669
17,440
–
–
–
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
871
36,899
19,602
–
2,636
Securities loaned
2,155
1,047
3
7
3
Other short-term borrowings
24,732
13,372
815
–
–
Long-term debt
9,799
4,455
15,096
68,337
35,685
Trust preferred securities
–
–
983
4,088
4,658
Other financial liabilities
124,768
6,954
864
108
49
Off-balance sheet loan commitments
69,516
–
–
–
–
Financial guarantees
22,505
–
–
–
–
Total3
1,748,617
257,665
85,388
102,351
70,429
1
Trading liabilities and derivatives balances are recorded at fair value. The Group
believes that this best represents the cash flow that would have to be paid if these
positions had to be closed out. Trading and derivatives balances are shown within on demand
which management believes most accurately reflects the short-term nature of trading
activities. The contractual maturity of the instruments may however extend over
significantly longer periods.
2
These are investment contracts where the policy terms and conditions result in their
redemption value equaling fair value. See Note [40] for more detail on these contracts.
3
The balances in the Note will not agree to the numbers in the Group balance sheet as the
cash flows included in the table are undiscounted. This analysis represents the worst case
scenario for the Group if they were required to repay all liabilities earlier than expected.
The Group believes that the likelihood of such an event occurring is remote. Interest cash
flows have been excluded from the table.
Negative market values from derivative
financial instruments qualifying for hedge
accounting1
2,315
–
–
–
–
Central bank funds purchased
6,130
16,200
–
–
–
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
43,204
93,119
18,815
452
821
Securities loaned
9,132
266
7
160
–
Other short-term borrowings
2,876
50,025
478
–
–
Long-term debt
4,221
1,759
19,911
70,189
30,879
Trust preferred securities
–
–
–
4,526
1,819
Other financial liabilities
139,711
5,739
495
22
49
Off-balance sheet loan commitments
94,190
–
–
–
–
Financial guarantees
22,444
–
–
–
–
Total3
1,196,336
500,914
112,059
109,202
88,524
1
Trading liabilities and derivatives balances are recorded at fair value. The Group
believes that this best represents the cash flow that would have to be paid if these
positions had to be closed out. Trading and derivatives balances are shown within on demand
which management believes most accurately reflects the short-term nature of trading
activities. The contractual maturity of the instruments may however extend over
significantly longer periods.
2
These are investment contracts where the policy terms and conditions result in their
redemption value equaling fair value. See Note [40] for more detail on these contracts.
3
The balances in the Note will not agree to the numbers in the Group balance sheet as the
cash flows included in the table are undiscounted. This analysis represents the worst case
scenario for the Group if they were required to repay all liabilities earlier than expected.
The Group believes that the likelihood of such an event occurring is remote. Interest cash
flows have been excluded from the table.
Insurance Risk
The Group’s exposure to insurance risk increased upon its 2007 acquisition of Abbey Life
Assurance Company
Limited and its 2006 acquisition of a stake in Paternoster Limited, a regulated insurance company.
The Group’s insurance activities are characterized as follows.
—
Annuity products – These are subject to mortality or morbidity risk
over a period that extends beyond the premium collection period, with
fixed and guaranteed contractual terms.
—
Universal life products – These are long duration contracts which
provide either death or annuity benefits, with terms that are not
fixed and guaranteed.
—
Investment contracts – These do not contain any insurance risk.
The Group is primarily exposed to the following insurance-related risks:
—
Mortality and morbidity risks – the risks of a higher or lower than the expected number
of death claims on assurance products and of an occurrence of one or more large claims,
and the risk of a higher or lower than expected number of disability claims,
respectively. The Group aims to mitigate these risks by the use of reinsurance and the
application of discretionary charges. The Group investigates rates of mortality and
morbidity annually.
—
Longevity risk – the risk of faster or slower than expected improvements in life
expectancy on immediate and deferred annuity products. The Group monitors this risk
carefully against the latest external industry data and emerging trends.
—
Expenses risk – the risk that policies cost more or less to administer than expected.
The Group monitors these expenses by an analysis of the Group’s actual expenses relative
to the budget. The Group investigates reasons for any significant divergence from
expectations and takes remedial action. The Group reduces the expense risk by having in
place (until 2010 with the option of renewal for two more years) an outsourcing
agreement which covers the administration of the policies.
—
Persistency risk – the risk of a higher or lower than expected percentage of lapsed
policies. The Group assesses persistency rates annually by reference to appropriate risk
factors.
The Group monitors the actual claims and persistency against the assumptions used and refines the
assumptions for the future assessment of liabilities. Actual experience may vary from estimates,
the more so as projections are made further into the future. Liabilities are evaluated at least
annually.
To the extent that actual experience is less favorable than the underlying assumptions, or it is
necessary to increase provisions due to more onerous assumptions, the amount of capital required in
the insurance entities may be affected.
The profitability of the non unit-linked long-term insurance businesses within the Group depends to
a significant extent on the value of claims paid in the future relative to the assets accumulated
to the date of claim. Typically, over the lifetime of a contract, premiums and investment returns
exceed claim costs in the early years and it is necessary to set aside these amounts to meet future
obligations. The amount of such future obligations is assessed on actuarial principles by reference
to assumptions about the development of financial and insurance risks.
For unit-linked investment contracts, profitability is based on the charges taken being sufficient
to meet expenses and profit. The premium and charges are assessed on actuarial principles by
reference to assumptions about the development of financial and insurance risks.
As stated above, reinsurance is used as a mechanism to reduce risk. The Group’s strategy is to
continue to utilize reinsurance as appropriate.
Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability to directly or indirectly
control the other party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial
or operational decisions. The Group’s related parties include
—
key management personnel, close family members of key management personnel and entities which are controlled, significantly
influenced by, or for which significant voting power is held by key management personnel or their close family members,
post-employment benefit plans for the benefit of Deutsche Bank employees.
The Group has several business relationships with related parties. Transactions with such parties
are made in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest
rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other
parties. These transactions also did not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or
present other unfavorable features.
Transactions with Key Management Personnel
Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning,
directing and controlling the activities of Deutsche Bank, directly or indirectly. The Group
considers the members of the Management Board and of the Supervisory Board to constitute key
management personnel for purposes of IAS 24.
The following table presents the compensation expense of key management personnel.
in € m.
2008
2007
2006
Short-term employee benefits
9
30
27
Post-employment benefits
3
4
4
Other long-term benefits
–
–
–
Termination benefits
–
–
8
Share-based payment
8
8
9
Total
20
42
48
Among the Group’s transactions with key management personnel as of December 31, 2008 were loans
and commitments of € 4 million and deposits of € 23 million. In addition the Group
provides banking services, such as payment and account services as well as investment advice, to
key management personnel and their close family members.
Transactions with Subsidiaries, Joint Ventures and Associates
Transactions between Deutsche Bank AG and its subsidiaries meet the definition of related party
transactions. If these transactions are eliminated on consolidation, they are not disclosed as
related party transactions. Transactions between the Group and its associated companies and joint
ventures also qualify as related party transactions and are disclosed as follows.
Loans
in € m.
2008
2007
Loans outstanding, beginning of year
2,081
622
Loans issued during the year
1,623
1,790
Loan repayment during the year
514
161
Changes in the group of consolidated companies1
(2,200
)
(2
)
Exchange rate changes/other
(156
)
(168
)
Loans outstanding, end of year2
834
2,081
Other credit risk related transactions:
Provision for loan losses
4
–
Guarantees and commitments3
95
233
1
Four entities that were accounted for using the equity method were fully consolidated for
the first time in 2008. Therefore loans made to these invest-ments were eliminated on
consolidation.
2
Included in this amount are loans past due of € 7 million and € 3 million as
of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. For the above loans the Group held collateral
of € 361 million and € 616 million as of December 31, 2008 and as of December31, 2007, respectively. Loans included also € 143 million and € 24 million
loans with joint ventures as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
3
The guarantees above include financial and performance guarantees, standby letters of
credit, indemnity agreements and irrevocable lending-related commitments.
Deposits
in € m.
2008
2007
Deposits outstanding, beginning of year
962
855
Deposits received during the year
955
294
Deposits repaid during the year
685
89
Changes in the group of consolidated companies1
(693
)
(43
)
Exchange rate changes/other
(293
)
(55
)
Deposits outstanding, end of year2
246
962
1
One entity that was accounted for using the equity method was fully consolidated in 2008.
Therefore deposits received from this investment were eliminated on consolidation.
2
The deposits are unsecured. Deposits include also € 18 million and € 3
million deposits from joint ventures as of December 31, 2008 and as of December 31,2007, respectively.
Other Transactions
In addition, the Group had trading assets with associated companies of € 390 million as of
December 31, 2008. As of December 31, 2007, trading positions with associated companies were
€ 67 million. Other transactions with related parties also reflected the following:
Xchanging etb GmbH: The Group holds a stake of 44 % in Xchanging etb GmbH and accounts for
it under the equity method. Xchanging etb GmbH is the holding company of Xchanging Transaction Bank
GmbH (“XTB”). Two of the four executive directors of Xchanging etb GmbH and one member of the
supervisory board of XTB are employees of the Group. The Group’s arrangements reached with
Xchanging in 2004 include a 12-year outsourcing agreement
with XTB for security settlement services and are aimed at reducing costs without compromising
service quality. In 2008 and 2007, the Group received services from XTB with volume of € 94
million and € 95 million, respectively.
In 2008 and 2007, the Group provided supply services (e.g., IT and real estate-related services)
with volumes of € 26 million and € 28 million, respectively, to XTB.
Mutual Funds: The Group offers clients mutual fund and mutual fund-related products which pay
returns linked to the performance of the assets held in the funds.
For all funds the Group determines a projected yield based on current money market rates. However,
no guarantee or assurance is given that these yields will actually be achieved. Though the Group is
not contractually obliged to support these funds, it made a decision, in a number of cases in which
actual yields were lower than originally projected
(although still above any guaranteed thresholds), to support the funds’ target yields by injecting
cash of € 49 million in 2007 and € 207 million in 2008. This action was on a
discretionary basis, and was taken to protect the Group’s market position. Initially such support
was seen as temporary action. However, when the Group continued to make cash injections through the
second quarter of 2008, it concluded that it could not preclude future discretionary cash
injections being made to support the yield and reassessed the consolidation requirement. The Group
concluded that the majority of the risk lies with it and that it was appropriate to consolidate
eight funds effective June 30, 2008.
During 2008, one of these funds (provided with a guarantee) was liquidated; there was no additional
income statement impact to the Group other than the cash injected at liquidation, which is included
in the amount detailed above.
Under IFRS, certain post-employment benefit plans are considered related parties. The Group has
business relationships with a number of its pension plans pursuant to which it provides financial
services to these plans, including
investment management services. The Group’s pension funds may hold or trade Deutsche Bank shares or
securities.
A summary of transactions with related party pension plans follows.
in € m.
2008
2007
Deutsche Bank securities held in plan assets:
Equity shares
–
–
Bonds
–
9
Other securities
4
21
Total
4
30
Property occupied by/other assets used by Deutsche Bank
–
–
Derivatives: Market value for which DB (or subsidiary) is a counterparty
335
(98
)
Derivatives: Notional amount for which DB (or subsidiary) is a counterparty
9,172
4,441
Fees paid from Fund to any Deutsche Bank asset manager(s)
The following table presents the significant subsidiaries Deutsche Bank AG owns, directly or
indirectly.
Subsidiary
Place of Incorporation
Taunus Corporation1
Delaware, United States
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas2
New York, United States
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.3
Delaware, United States
Deutsche Bank Privat- und Geschäftskunden Aktiengesellschaft4
Frankfurt am Main, Germany
DB Capital Markets (Deutschland) GmbH5
Frankfurt am Main, Germany
DWS Investment GmbH6
Frankfurt am Main, Germany
1
This company is a holding company for most of the Group’s subsidiaries in the United
States.
2
This company is a subsidiary of Taunus Corporation. Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas is
a New York State-chartered bank which originates loans and other forms of credit, accepts
deposits, arranges financings and provides numerous other commercial banking and financial
services.
3
This company is a subsidiary of Taunus Corporation. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. is a U.S.
SEC-registered broker dealer and a member of, and regulated by, the New York Stock Exchange.
It is also regulated by the individual state securities authorities in the states in which
it operates.
4
The company serves private individuals, affluent clients and small business clients with
banking products.
5
This company is a German limited liability company and operates as a holding company for a
number of European subsidiaries, mainly institutional and mutual fund management companies
located in Germany, Luxembourg, France, Austria, Switzerland, Italy, Poland and Russia.
6
This company, in which DB Capital Markets (Deutschland) GmbH indirectly owns 100 %
of the equity and voting interests, is a limited liability company that operates as a mutual
fund manager.
The Group owns 100 % of the equity and voting rights in these significant subsidiaries.
They prepare financial statements as of December 31 and are included in the Group’s consolidated
financial statements. Their principal countries of operation are the same as their countries of
incorporation.
Subsidiaries may have restrictions on their ability to transfer funds, including payment of
dividends and repayment of loans, to Deutsche Bank AG. Reasons for the restrictions include:
—
Central bank restrictions relating to local exchange control laws
—
Central bank capital adequacy requirements
—
Local corporate laws, for example limitations regarding the transfer
of funds to the parent when the respective entity has a loss carried
forward not covered by retained earnings or other components of
capital.
Subsidiaries where the Group owns 50 percent or less of the Voting Rights
The Group also consolidates certain subsidiaries although it owns 50 percent or less of the
voting rights. Most of those subsidiaries are special purpose entities (“SPEs”) that are sponsored
by the Group for a variety of purposes.
In the normal course of business, the Group becomes involved with SPEs, primarily through the
following types of transactions: asset securitizations, structured finance, commercial paper
programs, mutual funds, commercial real estate leasing and closed-end funds. The Group’s
involvement includes transferring assets to the entities, entering into derivative contracts with
them, providing credit enhancement and liquidity facilities, providing investment management and
administrative services, and holding ownership or other investment interests in the entities.
Investees where the Group owns more than half of the Voting Rights
The Group owns directly or indirectly more than half of the voting rights of investees but does
not have control over these investees when
—
another investor has the power over more than half of the voting
rights by virtue of an agreement with the Group, or
—
another investor has the power to govern the financial and operating
policies of the investee under a statute or an agreement, or
—
another investor has the power to appoint or remove the majority of
the members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body and
the investee is controlled by that board or body, or when
—
another investor has the power to cast the majority of votes at
meetings of the board of directors or equivalent governing body and
control of the entity is by that board or body.
The “List of Shareholdings 2008” is published as a separate document and deposited with the German
Electronic Federal Gazette (“elektronischer Bundesanzeiger”). It is available in the Investor
Relations section of Deutsche Bank’s website
(http://www.deutsche-bank.de/ir/en/content/reports.htm), but can also be ordered free of charge.
During the course of 2008, the Group entered into two reinsurance agreements, ceding a portion
of the insurance risk in the annuity contract portfolio. The cost of these contracts was calculated
using assumptions consistent with those used to value the underlying reinsured policies and
resulted in the recognition of an immaterial loss in the Group’s Income Statement.
Generally, amounts relating to reinsurance contracts are reported gross unless they have an
immaterial impact to their respective balance sheet line items. In the table above, reinsurance
amounts are shown gross.
Carrying Amount
The following table presents an analysis of the change in insurance and investment contracts
liabilities.
Included in Other changes in existing business for the investment contracts is € 935
million and € 122 million attributable to changes in the underlying assets’ fair value
for the years ended December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.
Key Assumptions in relation to Insurance Business
The liabilities will vary with movements in interest rates, which are applicable, in
particular, to the cost of guaranteed benefits payable in the future, investment returns and the
cost of life assurance and annuity benefits where future mortality is uncertain.
Assumptions are made related to all material factors affecting future cash flows, including future
interest rates, mortality and costs. The assumptions to which the long term business amount is most
sensitive are the interest rates used to discount the cash flows and the mortality assumptions,
particularly those for annuities.
Interest rates are used that reflect a best estimate of future investment returns taking into
account the nature and term of the assets used to support the liabilities. Suitable margins for
default risk are allowed for in the assumed interest rate.
Mortality
Mortality rates are based on published tables, adjusted appropriately to take into account changes
in the underlying population mortality since the table was published, company experience and
forecast changes in future mortality.
If appropriate, a margin is added to assurance mortality rates to allow for adverse future
deviations. Annuitant mortality rates are adjusted to make allowance for future improvements in
pensioner longevity. Improvements in annuitant mortality are based on a percentage of the medium
cohort projection subject to a minimum of rate of improvement
of 1.25 % per annum.
Costs
For non-linked contracts, allowance is made explicitly for future expected per policy costs.
Other Assumptions
The take-up rate of guaranteed annuity rate options on pension business is assumed as 60 %
and 57 % for the years ended December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.
Key Assumptions impacting Value of Business Acquired (VOBA)
The opening VOBA arising on the purchase of Abbey Life Assurance Company Limited was determined by
capitalizing the present value of the future cash flows of the business over the reported liability
at the date of acquisition.
If assumptions were required about future mortality, morbidity, persistency and expenses, they were
determined on a best estimate basis taking into account the business’s own experience. General
economic assumptions were set considering the economic indicators at the date of acquisition.
The rate of VOBA amortization is determined by considering the profile of the business acquired and
the expected depletion in future value. At the end of each accounting period, the remaining VOBA is
tested against the future net profit expected related to the business that was in force at the date
of acquisition. If there is insufficient net profit,
the VOBA will be written down to its supportable value.
Upon acquisition of Abbey Life Assurance Company Limited in October 2007, liabilities for insurance
contracts were recalculated from a UK GAAP to a U.S. GAAP best estimate basis in line with the
provisions of IFRS 4. The non-economic assumptions set at that time have not been changed but the
economic assumptions have been reviewed in line with changes in key economic indicators. For
annuity contracts, the liability was valued using the locked-in basis determined at the date of
acquisition.
Sensitivity Analysis (in respect of Insurance Contracts only)
The following table presents the sensitivity of the Group’s profit before tax and equity to
changes in some of the key assumptions used for insurance contract liability calculations. For each
sensitivity test, the impact of a reasonably possible change in a single factor is shown with other
assumptions left unchanged.
Impact on profit before tax
Impact on equity
in € m.
2008
2007
2008
2007
Variable:
Mortality1 (worsening by ten percent)
(12
)
(16
)
(12
)
(16
)
Renewal expense (ten percent increase)
(1
)
(1
)
(1
)
(1
)
Interest rate2 (one percent increase) (2007: one percent decrease)
(6
)
(115
)
(142
)
88
1
The impact of mortality assumes a ten percent decrease in annuitant mortality and a ten
percent increase in mortality for other business.
2
In 2007 the impact of a decrease was shown as it had the more adverse effect.
For certain insurance contracts, the underlying valuation basis contains a Provision for
Adverse Deviations (“PADs”). For these contracts, under U.S. GAAP, any worsening of expected future
experience would not change the level
of reserves held until all the PADs have been eroded while any improvement in experience would not
result in an increase to these reserves. Therefore, in the sensitivity analysis, if the variable
change represents a worsening of experience, the impact shown represents the excess of the best
estimate liability over the PADs held at the balance sheet date. As a result, the figures disclosed
in this table should not be used to imply the impact of a different level of change, and it should
not be assumed that the impact would be the same if the change occurred at a different point
in time.
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
(6,974
)
444
(15,224
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Issuances of subordinated long-term debt
22
2,343
1,438
Repayments and extinguishments of subordinated long-term debt
(203
)
(1,989
)
(1,230
)
Common shares issued under share-based compensation plans
19
389
680
Capital increase
2,200
–
–
Purchases of treasury shares
(21,708
)
(41,128
)
(38,830
)
Sale of treasury shares
21,400
39,729
36,380
Cash dividends paid
(2,274
)
(2,005
)
(1,239
)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
(544
)
(2,661
)
(2,801
)
Net effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
(125
)
(109
)
(34
)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
28,143
10,717
6,857
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
32,138
21,421
14,564
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
60,281
32,138
21,421
Net cash provided by operating activities include
Income taxes paid (received), net
(1,923
)
1,728
1,807
Interest paid
37,191
42,855
38,060
Interest and dividends received
44,524
47,612
41,595
Cash and cash equivalents comprise
Cash and due from banks
6,107
4,245
2,655
Interest-earning demand deposits with banks (not included: time deposits of
€ 33,086 m. at December 31, 2008 and € 40,710 m. and € 42,726 m. at December 31,2007 and 2006)
The following table presents the Parent Company’s long-term debt.
By remaining maturities
Due in
Due in
Due in
Due in
Due in
Due after
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
in € m.
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2013
Total
Total
Senior debt:
Bonds and notes:
Fixed rate
8,926
6,166
13,619
11,479
7,551
29,751
77,492
72,041
Floating rate
8,446
8,860
6,719
9,144
2,806
10,719
46,694
43,756
Subordinated debt
Bonds and notes:
Fixed rate
1,255
900
597
1,549
2,164
5,901
12,366
8,873
Floating rate
1,607
1,534
614
499
47
198
4,499
4,709
Total long-term debt
20,234
17,460
21,549
22,671
12,568
46,569
141,051
129,379
Consistent with the presentation for 2008, the financial statements for 2007 and 2006 have been
adjusted to allocate hedge accounting results to the parent.
[43] Condensed Consolidating Financial Information
On June 4, 1999, Deutsche Bank, acting through a subsidiary, acquired all outstanding shares of
Deutsche Bank Trust Corporation (formerly Bankers Trust Corporation), a bank holding company
headquartered in New York. Deutsche Bank conducts some of its activities in the United States
through Deutsche Bank Trust Corporation and its subsidiaries (“DBTC”). On July 10, 2002, Deutsche
Bank issued full and unconditional guarantees of DBTC’s outstanding SEC-registered obligations.
DBTC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Deutsche Bank. Set forth below is condensed consolidating
financial information regarding the Parent, DBTC and other subsidiaries of Deutsche Bank on
a combined basis.
Deutsche Bank AG has, via several subsidiaries, issued “trust preferred” securities that are listed
on the New York Stock Exchange. In each such transaction, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of
Deutsche Bank AG organized in the form of a Delaware business trust (the “Trust”) issues trust
preferred securities (the “Trust Preferred Securities”) in a public offering in the United States.
All the proceeds from the sale of the Trust Preferred Securities are invested by the Trust in the
Class B Preferred Securities (the “Class B Preferred Securities”) of a second wholly-owned
subsidiary of Deutsche Bank AG organized in the form of a limited liability company (the “LLC”).
The LLC uses all the proceeds from the sale of the Class B Preferred Securities to the Trust to
purchase a debt obligation from Deutsche Bank AG (the “Debt Obligation”). The distributions on the
Class B Preferred Securities match those of the Trust Preferred Securities. The Trust Preferred
Securities and the Class B Preferred Securities pay distributions quarterly in arrears and are
redeemable only upon the occurrence of certain events specified in the documents governing the
terms of those securities. Subject to limited exceptions, the Class B Preferred Securities
generally cannot be redeemed until at least five or 10 years after their issuance. The Trust
Preferred Securities and the Class B Preferred Securities are each subject to a full and
unconditional subordinated guarantee of Deutsche Bank AG. These subordinated guarantees are general
and unsecured obligations of Deutsche Bank AG and rank, both as to payment and in liquidation of
Deutsche Bank AG, junior in priority of payment to all current and future indebtedness of Deutsche
Bank AG and on parity in priority of payment with the most senior preference shares, if any, of
Deutsche Bank AG. The Group treats the Class B Preferred Securities of the LLC as Tier 1 or Upper
Tier 2 regulatory capital on a consolidated basis. In the following 2008
condensed consolidating balance sheet, a total of € 4.7 billion of the long-term debt of the
Parent and Deutsche Bank AG Consolidated represents the Debt Obligations issued by Deutsche Bank AG
to the LLC in these transactions.
Each such issuance of Trust Preferred Securities is described in the table below.
Amount of long-term debt of the Parent and Deutsche Bank AG Consolidated represented by
the Debt Obligations issued by Deutsche Bank AG to the applicable LLC, as of December 31,2008.
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
24,916
(29
)
(13,723
)
11,164
Cash flows from investing activities:
Proceeds from:
Sale of financial assets available for sale
2,089
58
9,805
11,952
Maturities of financial assets available for sale
2,732
515
3,098
6,345
Sale of equity method investments
1,447
–
2,450
3,897
Sale of property and equipment
1
–
122
123
Purchase of:
Financial assets available for sale
(13,288
)
(298
)
(9,121
)
(22,707
)
Equity method investments
(1,497
)
(6
)
(165
)
(1,668
)
Property and equipment
(398
)
(13
)
(195
)
(606
)
Net cash paid for business combinations/divestitures
–
–
(1,120
)
(1,120
)
Other, net
(6,310
)
(53
)
6,677
314
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
(15,224
)
203
11,551
(3,470
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Issuances of subordinated long-term debt
1,438
514
(976
)
976
Repayments and extinguishments of subordinated long-term debt
(1,230
)
(633
)
(113
)
(1,976
)
Issuances of trust preferred securities
–
–
1,043
1,043
Repayments and extinguishments of trust preferred securities
–
–
(390
)
(390
)
Common shares issued under share-based compensation plans
680
–
–
680
Purchases of treasury shares
(38,830
)
–
–
(38,830
)
Sale of treasury shares
36,380
–
–
36,380
Cash dividends paid
(1,239
)
–
–
(1,239
)
Other, net
–
(25
)
129
104
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
(2,801
)
(144
)
(307
)
(3,252
)
Net effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
(34
)
–
(476
)
(510
)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
6,857
30
(2,955
)
3,932
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
14,564
2,266
(3,408
)
13,422
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
21,421
2,296
(6,363
)
17,354
Net cash provided by operating activities include
Income taxes paid, net
1,807
121
1,174
3,102
Interest paid
38,060
1,584
10,277
49,921
Interest and dividends received
41,595
2,147
14,533
58,275
Cash and cash equivalents comprise
Cash and due from banks
2,655
2,077
2,276
7,008
Demand deposits with banks
18,766
219
(8,639
)
10,346
Total
21,421
2,296
(6,363
)
17,354
1
This column includes amounts for other subsidiaries and intercompany cash flows.
Consistent with the presentation for 2008, the financial statements for 2007 and 2006 have been
adjusted to allocate hedge accounting results to the parent.
Postbank. On January 14, 2009, Deutsche Bank AG and Deutsche Post AG agreed on
an amended transaction structure for Deutsche Bank’s acquisition of Deutsche Postbank AG shares
based on the purchase price agreed in September 2008. The contract comprises three tranches and
closed on February 25, 2009. As a first step, Deutsche Bank AG acquired 50 million Postbank shares
– corresponding to a stake of 22.9 % – in a capital increase of 50 million Deutsche Bank
shares against a contribution in kind excluding subscription rights. Therefore, upon closing of the
new structure the Group’s Tier 1 capital consumption was reduced compared to the previous
structure. The Deutsche Bank shares will be issued from authorized capital. As a result, Deutsche
Post will acquire a shareholding of approximately 8 % in Deutsche Bank AG, over half of
which it can dispose of from the end of April 2009, with the other half disposable from mid-June
2009. At closing, Deutsche Bank AG acquired mandatory exchangeable bonds issued by Deutsche Post.
After three years, these bonds will be exchanged for 60 million Postbank shares, or a
27.4 % stake. Put and call options are in place for the remaining 26.4 million shares, equal to a
12.1 % stake in Deutsche Postbank.
In addition, Deutsche Bank AG paid cash collateral of € 1.1 billion for the options which
are exercisable between the 36th and 48th month after closing.
Cosmopolitan Resort and Casino. As disclosed in Note [19] Property and Equipment, in September 2008
the Group foreclosed on the Cosmopolitan Resort and Casino property and has continued to develop
the project. The property is classified as investment property under construction in Premises and
equipment, and had a carrying value of € 1.1 billion as at December 31, 2008.
In the first quarter of 2009, there was evidence of a significant deterioration of condominium,
hotel and casino market conditions in Las Vegas. In light of this, the Group is currently
considering various alternatives for the future development and execution of the Cosmopolitan
Resort and Casino project. The recoverable value of the asset is dependent on developing market
conditions and the course of action taken by the Group. As a result it is possible that an
impairment to the carrying value may be required in 2009 which cannot be reliably quantified at
this time.
Amounts for 2008, 2007 and 2006 are prepared in accordance with IFRS, which is consistent with
the Group’s Financial Statements. In accordance with the SEC Release, “First-time application of
International Financial Reporting”, amounts prior to 2006 are prepared under U.S. GAAP.
Financial Condition
The following table presents the Group’s average balance sheet and net interest income for the
periods specified. The average balances are calculated in general based upon month-end balances.
The allocations of the assets and liabilities between German and Non-German offices are based on
the location of the Group’s entity on the books of which
it carries the asset or liability. Categories of loans include nonaccrual loans.
20-F Supplemental Financial Information (Unaudited)
The following table presents an analysis of changes in net interest income between the periods
specified, indicating for each category of assets and liabilities, how much of the change in net
interest income arose from changes in the volume of the category of assets or liabilities and how
much arose from changes in the interest rate applicable to the category. Changes due to a
combination of volume and rate are allocated proportionally.
2008 over 2007 due to changes in
2007 over 2006 due to changes in
in € m.
Net change
Volume
Rate
Net change
Volume
Rate
Interest and similar income
Interest-earning deposits with banks:
German offices
47
164
(117
)
166
47
119
Non-German offices
(118
)
319
(437
)
(140
)
(15
)
(125
)
Total interest-earning deposits with banks
(71
)
483
(554
)
26
32
(6
)
Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale
agreements:
German offices
(36
)
(12
)
(24
)
54
(36
)
90
Non-German offices
(90
)
501
(591
)
(209
)
(142
)
(67
)
Total central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale
agreements
(126
)
489
(615
)
(155
)
(178
)
23
Securities borrowed:
German offices
(6
)
14
(20
)
21
35
(14
)
Non-German offices
(2,767
)
(992
)
(1,775
)
212
112
100
Total securities borrowed
(2,773
)
(978
)
(1,795
)
233
147
86
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss:
German offices
(710
)
(816
)
106
561
37
524
Non-German offices
(7,272
)
(2,285
)
(4,987
)
3,164
6,579
(3,415
)
Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
(7,982
)
(3,101
)
(4,881
)
3,725
6,616
(2,891
)
Financial assets available for sale
German offices
68
(47
)
115
144
43
101
Non-German offices
(292
)
(78
)
(214
)
88
114
(26
)
Total financial assets available for sale
(224
)
(125
)
(99
)
232
157
75
Loans:
German offices
409
477
(68
)
756
323
433
Non-German offices
959
1,746
(787
)
801
300
501
Total loans
1,368
2,223
(855
)
1,557
623
934
Other
interest-earning assets
(318
)
1,678
(1,996
)
782
656
126
Total interest and similar income
(10,126
)
669
(10,795
)
6,400
8,053
(1,653
)
Interest expense:
Interest-bearing deposits:
German offices
555
694
(139
)
1,375
671
704
Non-German offices
(4,911
)
(841
)
(4,070
)
1,971
1,271
700
Total interest-bearing deposits
(4,356
)
(147
)
(4,209
)
3,346
1,942
1,404
Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase
agreements:
German offices
(376
)
(239
)
(137
)
199
(49
)
248
Non-German offices
(2,068
)
1,859
(3,927
)
882
1,364
(482
)
Total central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase
agreements
(2,444
)
1,620
(4,064
)
1,081
1,315
(234
)
Securities loaned:
German offices
(6
)
3
(9
)
4
(2
)
6
Non-German offices
(686
)
(338
)
(348
)
194
111
83
Total securities loaned
(692
)
(335
)
(357
)
198
109
89
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss:
German offices
40
(208
)
248
35
77
(42
)
Non-German offices
(6,218
)
(2,237
)
(3,981
)
(1,677
)
3,311
(4,988
)
Total financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
(6,178
)
(2,445
)
(3,733
)
(1,642
)
3,388
(5,030
)
Other short-term borrowings:
German offices
6
0
6
21
18
3
Non-German offices
(766
)
60
(826
)
(64
)
72
(136
)
Total other short-term borrowings
(760
)
60
(820
)
(43
)
90
(133
)
Long-term debt and trust preferred securities:
German offices
670
429
241
637
214
423
Non-German offices
(77
)
77
(154
)
816
163
653
Total long-term debt and trust preferred securities
Investment Portfolio (Securities Available for Sale)
The fair values of the Group’s investment portfolio as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were
as follows.
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Dec 31, 2006
Debt securities:
German government
2,672
2,466
2,879
U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies
302
1,349
1,348
U.S. local (municipal) governments
1
273
1
Other foreign governments
3,700
3,347
3,247
Corporates
6,035
7,753
7,217
Other asset-backed securities
372
6,847
6,633
Mortgage-backed securities, including obligations of U.S. federal agencies
87
3,753
4,182
Other debt securities
4,797
4,631
1,065
Total debt securities
17,966
30,419
26,572
Equity securities:
Equity shares
4,539
7,934
7,294
Investment certificates and mutual funds
208
306
519
Total equity securities
4,747
8,240
7,813
Total
22,713
38,659
34,385
As of December 31, 2008, there were no securities of an individual issuer that exceeded
10 % of the Group’s total shareholders’ equity.
The following table presents the fair value, remaining maturities, approximate weighted-average
yields (based on amortized cost) and total amortized cost by maturity distribution of the debt
security components of the Group’s
investment portfolio as of December 31, 2008:
Up to one year
More than one year
More than five years
More than ten years
Total
and up to five years
and up to ten years
in € m.
Amount
Yield
Amount
Yield
Amount
Yield
Amount
Yield
Amount
Yield
German government
39
3.52 %
32
2.99 %
45
3.45 %
2,556
3.51 %
2,672
3.50 %
U.S. Treasury and U.S. government
agencies
302
2.84 %
–
–
–
–
–
–
302
2.84 %
U.S. local (municipal) governments
1
2.76 %
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
2.76 %
Other foreign governments
1,528
2.31 %
169
5.28 %
253
5.49 %
1,750
3.84 %
3,700
3.39 %
Corporates
191
5.22 %
1,017
4.90 %
2,965
5.09 %
1,862
6.04 %
6,035
5.38 %
Other asset-backed securities
–
–
–
–
36
5.54 %
336
4.91 %
372
4.97 %
Mortgage-backed securities,
principally obligations of U.S.
federal agencies
20-F Supplemental Financial Information (Unaudited)
Loans Outstanding
The following table presents the Group’s loan portfolio according to the industry sector and
location (within or outside Germany) of the borrower.
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Dec 31, 2006
Dec 31, 2005
Dec 31, 2004
German:
Banks and insurance
12,397
792
1,160
1,769
2,047
Manufacturing
7,268
7,057
6,516
6,620
7,364
Households
48,514
46,490
44,902
43,196
40,936
Public sector
5,437
3,046
1,812
1,462
1,474
Wholesale and retail trade
3,444
3,227
3,013
3,394
3,742
Commercial real estate activities
13,869
10,200
10,071
10,625
11,100
Lease financing
1,030
1,548
1,017
1,001
820
Other
13,357
12,719
14,239
11,508
11,586
Total German
105,316
85,079
82,730
79,575
79,069
Non-German:
Banks and insurance
14,601
12,057
11,204
5,907
5,740
Manufacturing
11,775
9,010
7,211
9,083
5,906
Households
34,862
24,373
24,681
19,261
16,140
Public sector
4,535
2,040
2,341
1,167
1,804
Wholesale and retail trade
8,317
5,689
7,501
8,683
6,546
Commercial real estate activities
13,214
6,276
3,971
2,634
3,004
Lease financing
1,670
1,796
2,273
1,810
1,726
Other
78,077
54,368
38,406
25,143
18,830
Total Non-German
167,051
115,610
97,587
73,688
59,696
Gross loans
272,367
200,689
180,318
153,263
138,765
(Deferred expense)/unearned income
1,148
92
124
(20
)
76
Loan less (deferred expense)/unearned income
271,219
200,597
180,194
153,283
138,689
Included in the category “other” is investment counseling and administration exposure of
€ 31.2 billion and € 20.4 billion for December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007,
respectively.
Loan Maturities and Sensitivity to Changes in Interest Rates
The following table presents an analysis of the maturities of the loans in the Group’s loan
portfolio (excluding lease financings) as of December 31, 2008.
Dec 31, 2008
Within one
After one but
After five
Total
year
within five
years
in € m.
years
German:
Banks and insurance
12,085
129
183
12,397
Manufacturing
4,260
2,252
756
7,268
Households (excluding mortgages)
3,656
4,495
4,718
12,869
Households – mortgages
2,430
6,766
26,449
35,645
Public sector
3,815
1,404
218
5,437
Wholesale and retail trade
2,499
631
314
3,444
Commercial real estate activities
4,421
2,510
6,938
13,869
Other
6,125
4,184
3,048
13,357
Total German
39,291
22,371
42,624
104,286
Non-German:
Banks and insurance
4,967
4,465
5,169
14,601
Manufacturing
7,631
3,223
921
11,775
Households (excluding mortgages)
4,236
6,937
6,881
18,054
Households – mortgages
1,878
1,465
13,465
16,808
Public sector
2,119
189
2,227
4,535
Wholesale and retail trade
6,299
1,507
511
8,317
Commercial real estate activities
5,389
3,881
3,944
13,214
Other
32,136
15,839
30,102
78,077
Total Non-German
64,655
37,506
63,220
165,381
Gross loans
103,946
59,877
105,844
269,667
(Deferred expense)/unearned income
121
563
464
1,148
Loans less (deferred expense)/unearned income
103,825
59,314
105,380
268,519
The following table presents volumes of the loans in the Group’s loan portfolio (excluding
lease financings) as of
December 31, 2008, that had residual maturities of more than one year from that date, showing the
split between those at fixed and those at floating or adjustable interest rates.
20-F Supplemental Financial Information (Unaudited)
Problem Loans
The Group’s problem loans are comprised of nonaccrual loans, loans 90 days or more past due and
still accruing and troubled debt restructurings. All loans where known information about possible
credit problems of borrowers causes management to have serious doubts as to the ability of such
borrowers to comply with the present loan repayment terms are included in this disclosure. The
following table presents total problem loans based on the domicile of the Group’s counterparty
(within or outside Germany) for the last five years.
in € m.
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Dec 31, 2006
Dec 31, 2005
Dec 31, 2004
Nonaccrual loans:
German
1,738
1,913
2,167
2,771
3,146
Non-German
2,472
918
753
779
1,353
Total nonaccrual loans
4,210
2,831
2,920
3,550
4,499
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing:
German
183
199
183
198
236
Non-German
18
21
2
4
11
Total loans 90 days or more past due and still
accruing
201
220
185
202
247
Troubled debt restructurings:
German
122
49
85
48
71
Non-German
22
44
24
71
18
Total troubled debt restructurings
144
93
109
119
89
Additionally, as of December 31, 2008, the Group had € 4 million of lease financing
transactions that were nonperforming. This amount is not included in the Group’s total problem
loans.
The following table shows the approximate effect on interest revenue of nonaccrual loans and
troubled debt restructurings. It shows the gross interest income that would have been recorded, in
2008, if those loans had been current in accordance with their original terms and had been
outstanding throughout 2008 or since their origination, if the Group only held them for part of
2008. It also shows the amount of interest income on those loans that was included in net income
for 2008. The reduction of interest revenue the Group experienced from the nonperforming other
interest bearing assets was immaterial to the Group.
in € m.
2008
German loans:
Gross amount of interest that would have been recorded at original rate
88
Less interest, net of reversals, recognized in interest revenue
30
Reduction of interest revenue
58
Non-German loans:
Gross amount of interest that would have been recorded at original rate
94
Less interest, net of reversals, recognized in interest revenue
The following tables list only those countries for which the cross-border outstandings exceeded
0.75 % of the Group’s total assets as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. As of December31, 2008, there were no outstandings that exceeded 0.75 % of total assets in any country
currently facing debt restructurings or liquidity problems that the Group expects would materially
impact the country’s ability to service its obligations.
Dec 31, 2008
Banks and
Govern-
Other1
Commit-
Net local
Total
Percent
other
ments and
ments
country
financial
Official
claim
in € m.
institutions
institutions
United States
9,296
20,696
107,222
10,787
69,705
217,706
9.88 %
Great Britain
13,979
21,968
15,498
2,091
2,979
56,515
2.57 %
Luxembourg
4,010
3,387
28,190
2,388
3,325
41,300
1.88 %
France
6,071
2,651
22,387
3,848
–
34,957
1.59 %
Italy
8,109
3,930
9,407
366
11,494
33,306
1.51 %
Netherlands
4,740
1,417
14,649
5,187
–
25,993
1.18 %
Cayman Islands
116
54
19,758
5,727
–
25,655
1.16 %
Japan
1,625
2,145
16,132
111
4,420
24,433
1.11 %
Spain
6,358
2,239
7,980
878
4,831
22,286
1.01 %
1
Other includes commercial and industrial, insurance and other loans.
Dec 31, 2007
Banks and
Govern-
Other1
Commit-
Net local
Total
Percent
other
ments and
ments
country
financial
Official
claim
in € m.
institutions
institutions
United States
21,415
11,475
191,257
16,015
236,631
476,793
23.51 %
Great Britain
7,926
10,952
12,250
2,236
105,759
139,123
6.86 %
France
7,874
7,202
38,021
4,770
–
57,867
2.85 %
Italy
8,208
7,770
24,086
478
5,234
45,776
2.26 %
Luxembourg
5,605
2,091
26,419
1,979
–
36,094
1.78 %
Spain
7,316
4,344
12,016
1,165
4,278
29,119
1.44 %
Japan
1,912
4,377
21,505
251
–
28,045
1.38 %
Netherlands
4,799
2,714
15,712
4,819
–
28,044
1.38 %
Cayman Islands
217
321
21,949
1,042
–
23,529
1.16 %
Switzerland
1,818
903
11,071
2,024
2,635
18,451
0.91 %
Russia
7,484
758
7,026
297
–
15,565
0.77 %
1
Other includes commercial and industrial, insurance and other loans.
Dec 31, 2006
Banks and
Govern-
Other1
Commit-
Net local
Total
Percent
other
ments and
ments
country
financial
Official
claim
in € m.
institutions
institutions
United States
17,406
8,443
155,814
19,757
125,796
327,216
20.65 %
France
5,302
7,849
30,686
6,414
–
50,251
3.17 %
Italy
7,699
14,316
20,910
814
2,933
46,672
2.95 %
Netherlands
3,565
3,344
15,465
4,558
–
26,932
1.70 %
Spain
4,719
6,335
10,709
1,138
3,360
26,261
1.66 %
Luxembourg
7,342
1,556
13,567
2,522
–
24,987
1.58 %
Great Britain
6,422
5,288
11,085
1,547
–
24,342
1,54 %
Japan
2,154
4,411
17,067
56
–
23,688
1.49 %
Ireland
2,008
1,717
5,827
9,501
5
19,058
1.20 %
Switzerland
1,510
610
8,293
1,506
1,243
13,162
0.83 %
1
Other includes commercial and industrial, insurance and other loans.
20-F Supplemental Financial Information (Unaudited)
Allowance for Loan Losses
The following table presents a breakdown of the movements in the Group’s allowance for loan
losses for the periods specified.
in € m.
(unless stated otherwise)
2008
2007
2006
2005
2004
Balance, beginning of year
1,705
1,670
1,832
2,345
3,281
Charge-offs:
German:
Banks and insurance
(2
)
(1
)
(2
)
(1
)
(3
)
Manufacturing
(53
)
(58
)
(78
)
(61
)
(80
)
Households (excluding mortgages)
(330
)
(287
)
(244
)
(216
)
(185
)
Households – mortgages
(32
)
(26
)
(35
)
(36
)
(39
)
Public sector
–
–
–
–
–
Wholesale and retail trade
(41
)
(28
)
(40
)
(54
)
(78
)
Commercial real estate activities
(19
)
(41
)
(96
)
(112
)
(106
)
Lease financing
–
–
–
(3
)
–
Other
(127
)
(76
)
(102
)
(162
)
(231
)
German total
(604
)
(518
)
(596
)
(645
)
(722
)
Non-German:
Excluding lease financing
(386
)
(232
)
(135
)
(373
)
(672
)
Lease financing only
–
(2
)
(1
)
–
–
Non-German total
(386
)
(234
)
(136
)
(373
)
(672
)
Total charge-offs
(990
)
(752
)
(732
)
(1,018
)
(1,394
)
Recoveries:
German:
Banks and insurance
1
1
1
1
1
Manufacturing
14
21
19
11
12
Households (excluding mortgages)
81
63
46
41
37
Households – mortgages
3
–
8
–
–
Public sector
–
–
–
–
–
Wholesale and retail trade
8
10
9
10
12
Commercial real estate activities
9
9
16
4
3
Lease financing
–
–
–
–
–
Other
41
49
56
42
37
German total
157
153
155
109
102
Non-German:
Excluding lease financing
55
71
133
61
50
Lease financing only
–
1
–
–
–
Non-German total
55
72
133
61
50
Total recoveries
212
225
288
170
152
Net charge-offs
(778
)
(527
)
(444
)
(848
)
(1,242
)
Provision for loan losses
1,084
651
352
374
372
Other changes (e.g. exchange rate
changes, changes in the group of
consolidated companies)
(74
)
(88
)
(70
)
57
(66
)
Balance, end of year
1,938
1,705
1,670
1,928
2,345
Percentage of total net charge-offs to
average loans for the year
0.33 %
0.28 %
0.25 %
0.58 %
0.86 %
The Group’s allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2008 was € 1.9 billion, a
14 % increase from the € 1.7 billion reported for the end of 2007. The increase in
the Group’s allowance was principally due to provisions exceeding the Group’s charge-offs.
The Group’s gross charge-offs amounted to € 990 million in 2008. Of the charge-offs for
2008, € 626 million were related to the Group’s consumer credit exposure, and € 364
million to the Group’s corporate credit exposure, mainly driven by the Group’s German and U.S.
portfolios.
The Group’s provision for loan losses in 2008 was € 1.1 billion, principally driven by the
consumer credit exposure as a result of the deteriorating credit conditions in Spain, higher
delinquencies in Germany and Italy, as well as organic growth in Poland. For the Group’s corporate
credit exposures, € 257 million new provisions were established in the second half of 2008
relating to assets which had been reclassified in accordance with IAS 39. Additional loan loss
provisions within this portfolio were required on mainly European loans, reflecting the
deterioration in credit conditions.
The Group’s individually assessed loan loss allowance was € 977 million as of December 31,2008. The € 47 million increase in 2008 is comprised of net provisions of € 382
million (including the aforementioned impact from IAS 39 reclassifications), net charge-offs of
€ 301 million and a € 34 million decrease from currency translation and unwinding
effects.
The Group’s collectively assessed loan loss allowance totaled € 961 million as of December31, 2008, representing an increase of € 186 million against the level reported for the end
of 2007 (€ 775 million). Movements in this component include a € 702 million
provision being offset by € 477 million net charge-offs, and a € 39 million net
reduction due to exchange rate movements and unwinding effects. Given this increase, the Group’s
collectively assessed loan loss allowance is almost at the same level as the individually assessed
loan loss allowance.
The Group’s allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2007 was € 1.7 billion, virtually
unchanged from the level reported at the end of 2006.
The Group’s gross charge-offs amounted to € 752 million in 2007, an increase of € 20
million, or 3 %, from 2006. Of the charge-offs for 2007, € 244 million were
related to the Group’s corporate credit exposure, and € 508 million were related to the
Group’s consumer credit exposure.
The Group’s provision for loan losses in 2007 was € 651 million, up € 299 million, or
85 %, primarily related to a single counterparty relationship in the Group’s Corporate and
Investment Bank Group Division and the Group’s consumer finance growth strategy. In 2007, the
Group’s total loan loss provision was principally driven by the Group’s smaller-balance
standardized homogeneous loan portfolio.
The Group’s individually assessed loan loss allowance was € 930 million as of December 31,2007, a decrease of € 55 million, or 6 %, from 2006. The change is comprised of net
charge-offs of € 149 million, a decrease of € 52 million as a result of exchange rate
changes and unwinding effects and a provision of € 146 million, an increase of € 130
million over the previous year. The individually assessed loan loss allowance was the largest
component of the Group’s total allowance for loan losses.
The Group’s collectively assessed loan loss allowance totaled € 775 million as of December31, 2007, a € 91 million increase from the level at the end of 2006, almost fully driven by
the Group’s smaller-balance standardized homogeneous loan portfolio.
20-F Supplemental Financial Information (Unaudited)
The Group’s allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2006 was € 1.7 billion, a
9 % decrease from the € 1.8 billion reported for the beginning of 2006. The reduction in
the Group’s allowance was principally due to charge-offs exceeding the Group’s provisions.
The Group’s gross charge-offs amounted to € 732 million in 2006. Of the charge-offs for
2006, € 272 million were related to the Group’s corporate credit exposure, mainly driven by
the Group’s German and U.S. portfolios, and € 460 million were related to the Group’s
consumer credit exposure.
The Group’s provision for loan losses in 2006 was € 352 million, reflecting tight credit
risk management, positive
results of workout processes as well as the overall benign credit environment. In 2006, the Group’s
total loan loss provision was principally driven by the Group’s smaller-balance standardized
homogeneous loan portfolio.
The Group’s individually assessed loan loss allowance was € 985 million as of December 31,2006. The € 139 million decrease in 2006 is comprised of net charge-offs of € 116
million, a provision of € 16 million, and a € 39 million
decrease from currency translation and unwinding effects. Notably, the individually assessed loan
loss allowance was the largest component of the Group’s total allowance for loan losses.
The Group’s collectively assessed loan loss allowance totaled € 684 million as of December31, 2006, slightly below the level at the beginning of 2006 (€ 708 million). Movements in
this component include a € 336 million provision being offset by € 328 million net
charge-offs, and a € 32 million net reduction due to exchange rate changes and unwinding
effects.
The Group’s allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2005 was € 1.9 billion, an
18 % decrease from the € 2.3 billion reported at the end of 2004. The reduction in the
Group’s allowance was principally due to charge-offs exceeding the Group’s net provisions.
The Group’s gross charge-offs amounted to € 1.0 billion in 2005. Of the charge-offs for
2005, € 580 million were
related to the Group’s corporate credit exposure, mainly driven by the Group’s German and American
portfolios, and € 437 million were related to the Group’s consumer credit exposure.
The Group’s provision for loan losses in 2005 was € 374 million, reflecting tight credit
risk management, positive
results of workout processes as well as the overall benign credit environment. In 2005, the Group’s
total loan loss provision was principally driven by the Group’s smaller-balance standardized
homogeneous loan portfolio.
The Group’s specific loan loss allowance was € 1.2 billion as of December 31, 2005. The
€ 424 million decrease in the Group’s allowance in 2005 is comprised of net charge-offs of
€ 518 million and a net specific loan loss provision of € 52 million, which includes
a € 72 million net release for non-German clients and a € 42 million increase from
exchange rate changes. Notably, the specific loan loss allowance is the largest component of the
Group’s total allowance for loan losses.
The Group’s inherent loan loss allowance totaled € 698 million as of December 31, 2005,
slightly above the level at the end of 2004 (€ 691 million). Movements in this component
include € 365 million net provision being offset by € 330 million net charge-offs for
the Group’s smaller-balance standardized homogeneous loan portfolio, and a € 23 million net
reduction in the Group’s other inherent loss allowance.
The Group’s provision for loan losses in 2004 was € 372 million, a decrease of € 741
million or 67 % from the prior year, reflecting the improved credit environment
witnessed throughout the year, supported by some significant
releases, and a continuation of the Group’s strict credit discipline. This amount was composed of
both net specific and inherent loan loss provisions. In 2004, 73 % of the Group’s provision
related to its smaller-balance standardized
homogeneous loan portfolio.
The following table presents an analysis of the changes in the non-German component of the
allowance for loan losses. As of December 31, 2008, 51 % of the Group’s allowance for loan
losses was attributable to international
clients.
in € m.
2008
2007
2006
2005
2004
Balance, beginning of year
615
504
476
800
1,466
Provision for loan losses
752
316
60
(53
)
25
Net charge-offs
(330
)
(162
)
(3
)
(312
)
(622
)
Charge-offs
(385
)
(234
)
(136
)
(373
)
(672
)
Recoveries
55
72
133
61
50
Other changes (e.g.
exchange rate changes,
changes in the group of
consolidated companies)
(42
)
(43
)
(29
)
57
(69
)
Balance, end of year
995
615
504
492
800
The following table presents the components of the Group’s allowance for loan losses by
industry of the borrower, and the percentage of its total loan portfolio accounted for by those
industry classifications, on the dates specified. The breakdown between German and non-German
borrowers is based on the location of the borrowers.
The following table presents an analysis of the maturities of deposits in the amount of
U.S.$ 100,000 or more in offices in Germany as of December 31, 2008.
Dec 31, 2008
Within three
After three
After six
After one year
Total
months
months but
months but
within six
within one year
months
in € m.
Offices in Germany:
Certificates of deposits
41
–
–
6
47
Other time deposits
21,469
1,723
819
9,835
33,846
Total
21,510
1,723
819
9,841
33,893
The amount of certificates of deposits and other time deposits in the amount of U.S. $100,000
or more issued by Non-German offices was € 54.7 billion as of December 31, 2008.
Total deposits by foreign depositors in German offices amounted to € 34.2 billion, € 35.7
billion and € 30.0 billion as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 respectively.
Return on Equity and Assets
2008
2007
2006
Return on average shareholders’ equity (post-tax)1
(11.13) %
17.92 %
20.30 %
Return on average total assets (post-tax)2
(0.18) %
0.36 %
0.39 %
Equity to assets ratio3
1.60 %
2.01 %
1.91 %
Dividend payout ratio4:
Basic earnings per share
N/M
33 %
31 %
Diluted earnings per share
N/M
34 %
35 %
N/M – Not meaningful
1
Net income (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders as a percentage of average shareholders’ equity.
2
Net income (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders as a percentage of average total assets.
3
Average shareholders’ equity as a percentage of average total assets for each year.
4
Dividends paid per share in respect of each year as a percentage of the Group’s basic and
diluted earnings per share for that year. For 2008, the payout ratio was not calculated due
to the net loss.
20-F Supplemental Financial Information (Unaudited)
Short-Term Borrowings
Short-term borrowings are borrowings with an original maturity of one year or less. The
following table presents certain information relating to the categories of the Group’s short-term
borrowings. The Group calculated the average balances based upon month-end balances.
in € m.
(unless stated otherwise)
Dec 31, 2008
Dec 31, 2007
Dec 31, 2006
Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements:
Balance, end of year
87,117
178,741
102,200
Average balance
179,198
139,354
114,940
Maximum balance at any month-end
223,265
178,741
129,174
Weighted-average interest rate during the year
2.47
%
4.93
%
5.04
%
Weighted-average interest rate on year-end balance
2.73
%
3.02
%
7.26
%
Securities loaned:
Balance, end of year
3,216
9,565
21,174
Average balance
9,725
17,034
15,242
Maximum balance at any month-end
23,996
29,684
27,383
Weighted-average interest rate during the year
3.13
%
5.85
%
5.24
%
Weighted-average interest rate on year-end balance
3.52
%
4.76
%
4.55
%
Commercial paper:
Balance, end of year
26,095
31,187
34,250
Average balance
31,560
33,412
36,554
Maximum balance at any month-end
35,985
36,204
38,690
Weighted-average interest rate during the year
3.29
%
5.53
%
5.18
%
Weighted-average interest rate on year-end balance
3.01
%
4.92
%
4.61
%
Other:
Balance, end of year
13,020
22,223
14,183
Average balance
21,421
17,616
12,808
Maximum balance at any month-end
26,620
22,223
18,880
Weighted-average interest rate during the year
4.05
%
4.64
%
6.37
%
Weighted-average interest rate on year-end balance
As discussed on page (v), this document and other documents the Group has published or may
publish contain non-GAAP financial measures. Non-GAAP financial measures are measures of the
Group’s historical or future performance, financial position or cash flows that contain adjustments
that exclude or include amounts that are included or excluded, as the case may be, from the most
directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS in the Group’s
financial statements. The Group refers to the definitions of certain adjustments as “target
definitions” because the Group has in the past used and may in the future use the non-GAAP
financial measures based on them to measure its financial targets.
The Group’s non-GAAP financial measures that relate to earnings use target definitions that adjust
IFRS financial measures to exclude certain significant gains (such as gains from the sale of
industrial holdings, businesses or premises) and certain significant charges (such as charges from
restructuring, goodwill impairment or litigation) if such gains or charges are not indicative of
the future performance of the Group’s core businesses.
IBIT attributable to Deutsche Bank Shareholders (Target Definition): The IBIT attributable to
Deutsche Bank shareholders non-GAAP financial measure is based on income (loss) before income tax
expense attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders (i.e., less minority interest), adjusted for
certain significant gains and charges as follows:
2008 increase (decrease)
2007 increase (decrease)
in € m.
from 2007
from 2006
(unless stated otherwise)
2008
2007
2006
in € m.
in %
in € m.
in %
Income (loss) before income taxes (IBIT)
(5,741
)
8,749
8,339
(14,490
)
N/M
410
5
Less pre-tax minority interest
67
(36
)
(9
)
103
N/M
(27
)
N/M
IBIT attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders
(5,675
)
8,713
8,331
(14,387
)
N/M
382
5
Add (deduct):
Certain significant gains (net of related expenses)
(1,325
)1
(955
)2
(348
)3
(370
)
39
(606
)
174
Certain significant charges
572
4
74
5
–
497
N/M
74
N/M
IBIT attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders
(target definition)
(6,427
)
7,832
7,982
(14,259
)
N/M
(150
)
(2
)
N/M – Not meaningful
1
Gains from the sale of industrial holdings (Daimler AG, Allianz SE and Linde AG) of € 1,228 million and a gain from the sale of the investment in Arcor AG & Co. KG of € 97 million.
2
Gains from the sale of industrial holdings (Fiat S.p.A., Linde AG and Allianz SE) of € 514
million, income from equity method investments (Deutsche Interhotel Holding GmbH & Co. KG)
of € 178 million, net of goodwill impairment charge of € 54 million and gains
from the sale of premises (sale/leaseback transaction of 60 Wall Street) of € 317
million.
3
Gain from the sale of the bank’s remaining holding in EUROHYPO AG of € 131 million,
gains from the sale of industrial holdings (Linde AG) of € 92 million and a settlement
of insurance claims in respect of business interruption losses and costs related to the
terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 of € 125 million.
4
Impairment of intangible assets (Asset Management) of € 572 million.
5
Impairment of intangible assets (Asset Management) of € 74 million.
20-F Supplemental Financial Information (Unaudited)
Pre-Tax Return on Average Active Equity (Target Definition): The pre-tax return on average
active equity non-GAAP financial measure is based on IBIT attributable to Deutsche Bank
shareholders (target definition), as a percentage of the Group’s average active equity, which is
defined below. For comparison, also presented are pre-tax return on average shareholders’ equity,
which is defined as income (loss) before income tax expense attributable to Deutsche Bank
shareholders (i.e., less minority interest), as a percentage of average shareholders’ equity, and
pre-tax return on average active equity, which is defined as income (loss) before income tax
expense attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders (i.e., less minority interest), as a percentage
of average active equity.
Average Active Equity: The Group calculates active equity to make it easier to compare it to its
competitors and refers to active equity in several ratios. However, active equity is not a measure
provided for in IFRS and you should not compare the Group’s ratios based on average active equity
to other companies’ ratios without considering the differences in the calculation. The items for
which the Group adjusts the average shareholders’ equity are average unrealized net gains (losses)
on assets available for sale and on cash flow hedges (both components net of applicable taxes), as
well as average dividends, for which a proposal is accrued on a quarterly basis and for which
payments occur once a year following the approval by the general shareholders’ meeting.
2008 increase (decrease)
2007 increase (decrease)
in € m.
from 2007
from 2006
(unless stated otherwise)
2008
2007
2006
in € m.
in %1
in € m.
in %1
Average shareholders’ equity
34,442
36,134
29,906
(1,692
)
(5
)
6,228
21
Add (deduct):
Average unrealized gains (losses) on financial assets
available for sale and on cash flow hedges, net of
applicable tax
(619
)
(3,841
)
(2,667
)
3,222
(84
)
(1,174
)
44
Average dividend accruals
(1,743
)
(2,200
)
(1,615
)
457
(21
)
(585
)
36
Average active equity
32,079
30,093
25,623
1,986
7
4,470
17
Pre-tax return on average shareholders’ equity
(16.5) %
24.1 %
27.9 %
(40.6) ppt
(3.8) ppt
Pre-tax return on average active equity
(17.7) %
29.0 %
32.5 %
(46.7) ppt
(3.5) ppt
Pre-tax return on average active equity (target definition)
(20.0) %
26.0 %
31.2 %
(46.0) ppt
(5.2) ppt
1
Unless stated otherwise.
The non-GAAP financial measure for growth in earnings per share is Diluted Earnings
per Share (Target Definition), which is defined as net income (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank
shareholders (i.e., less minority
interest), adjusted for post-tax effects of significant gains/charges and certain significant tax
effects, after assumed conversions, divided by the weighted average number of diluted shares
outstanding. For reference, the Group’s
diluted earnings per share, which is defined as net income (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank
shareholders
(i.e., less minority interest), after assumed conversions, divided by the weighted average number
of diluted shares outstanding, is also provided.
Net income (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank
shareholders
(3,835
)
6,474
6,070
(10,309
)
N/M
404
7
Add (deduct):
Post-tax effect of certain significant gains/charges
(959
)1
(710
)2
(291
)3
(248
)
35
(420
)
144
Certain significant tax effects
–
(409
)4
(355
)5
409
N/M
(54
)
15
Net income (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank
shareholders
(basis for target definition EPS)
(4,794
)
5,355
5,424
(10,148
)
N/M
(69
)
(1
)
Diluted earnings per share
€ (7.61
)
€ 13.05
€ 11.48
€ (20.66
)
N/M
€ 1.57
14
Diluted earnings per share (target definition)
€ (9.51
)
€ 10.79
€ 10.24
€ (20.30
)
N/M
€ 0.55
5
N/M – Not meaningful
1
Gains from the sale of industrial holdings (Daimler AG, Allianz SE and Linde AG) of € 1,228
million, a gain from the sale of the investment in Arcor AG & Co. KG of € 86 million
and an impairment of intangible assets (Asset Management) of € 355 million.
2
Gains from the sale of industrial holdings (Fiat S.p.A., Linde AG and Allianz SE) of € 512
million, income from equity method investments (Deutsche Interhotel Holding GmbH & Co. KG)
of € 125 million, net of goodwill impairment charge of € 54 million, gains from
the sale of premises (sale/leaseback transaction of 60 Wall Street) of € 172 million
and an impairment of intangible assets (Asset Management) of € 44 million.
3
Gain from the sale of the bank’s remaining holding in EUROHYPO AG of € 131 million,
gains from the sale of industrial holdings (Linde AG) of € 92 million and a settlement
of insurance claims in respect of business interruption losses and costs related to the
terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 of € 67 million.
4
Enactment of the German tax reform and utilization of capital losses.
5
Corporate tax credits for prior years which were recognized in accordance with changes in the
German corporate income tax law for refund of distribution tax credits.